diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-0.txt | 9001 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-0.zip | bin | 202225 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-h.zip | bin | 275038 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-h/55194-h.htm | 10687 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 46335 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-h/images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg | bin | 1112 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55194-h/images/royalpowder.jpg | bin | 21998 -> 0 bytes |
10 files changed, 17 insertions, 19688 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08532b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #55194 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55194) diff --git a/old/55194-0.txt b/old/55194-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9d5b1d7..0000000 --- a/old/55194-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9001 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, No. 9, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, No. 9 - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: July 24, 2017 [EBook #55194] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, JUNE 1884 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - - THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - _A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. - ORGAN OF THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE._ - - VOL. IV. JUNE, 1884. No. 9. - - - - -Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle. - - -_President_—Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio. - -_Superintendent of Instruction_—Rev. J. H. Vincent, D.D., New Haven, Conn. - -_Counselors_—Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; Bishop H. -W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D. - -_Office Secretary_—Miss Kate F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J. - -_General Secretary_—Albert M. Martin, Pittsburgh, Pa. - - - - -Contents - -Transcriber’s Note: This table of contents of this periodical was created -for the HTML version to aid the reader. - - REQUIRED READING - Readings from Roman History 497 - Sunday Readings - [_June 1_] 499 - [_June 8_] 499 - [_June 15_] 499 - [_June 22_] 500 - [_June 29_] 500 - Readings in Art - III.—English Painters and Paintings 500 - Criticisms on American Literature 503 - United States History 505 - Night 510 - Eccentric Americans - VII.—The Well-Balanced Eccentric 510 - What Shall We Do With The Inebriates? 514 - Climate-Seeking in America 516 - A Dreamy Old Town 520 - Our Steel Horse 523 - The Navy 524 - Astronomy of the Heavens for June 528 - To Blossoms 529 - The Soldiers’ Home 529 - Eight Centuries with Walter Scott 533 - Some London Preachers 536 - The Prayer of Socrates 537 - C. L. S. C. Work 538 - Outline of C. L. S. C. Readings 539 - Local Circles 539 - Chautauqua for 1884 543 - Questions and Answers 544 - Chautauqua Normal Course 545 - Editor’s Outlook 546 - Editor’s Note-Book 548 - C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for June 551 - Notes on Required Readings in “The Chautauquan” 554 - Talk About Books 556 - - - - -REQUIRED READING - -FOR THE - -_Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle for 1883-4_. - -JUNE. - - - - -READINGS FROM ROMAN HISTORY. - -SELECTED BY WILLIAM CLEAVER WILKINSON. - - Next we will give a picture, a partial picture it must be, of an - action occurring a little more than half a century later in Roman - history. Dr. Arnold shall be our painter: - - -HANNIBAL CROSSING THE ALPS. - -[219 B. C.] - -Hannibal was on the summit of the Alps about the end of October; the -first winter snows had already fallen; but two hundred years before the -Christian era, when all Germany was one vast forest, the climate of the -Alps was far colder than at present, and the snow lay on the passes -all through the year. Thus the soldiers were in dreary quarters; they -remained two days on the summit, resting from their fatigues, and giving -opportunity to many of the stragglers, and of the horses and cattle, to -rejoin them by following their track; but they were cold and worn and -disheartened; and mountains still rose before them, through which, as -they knew too well, even their descent might be perilous and painful. - -But their great general, who felt that he now stood victorious on the -ramparts of Italy, and that the torrent which rolled before him was -carrying its waters to the rich plains of Cisalpine Gaul, endeavored to -kindle his soldiers with his own spirit of hope. He called them together; -he pointed out the valley beneath, to which the descent seemed the work -of a moment. “That valley,” he said, “is Italy; it leads us to the -country of our friends, the Gauls, and yonder is our way to Rome.” His -eyes were eagerly fixed on that point of the horizon; and as he gazed, -the distance between seemed to vanish, till he could almost fancy that he -was crossing the Tiber, and assailing the Capitol. - -After the two days’ rest the descent began. Hannibal experienced no more -open hostility from the barbarians, only some petty attempts here and -there to plunder; a fact strange in itself, but doubly so, if he was -really descending the valley of the Doria Baltea, through the country of -the Salassians, the most untamable robbers of all the Alpine barbarians. -It is possible that the influence of the Insubrians may partly have -restrained the mountaineers; and partly, also, they may have been -deterred by the ill success of all former attacks, and may by this time -have regarded the strange army and its monstrous beasts with something -of superstitious terror. But the natural difficulties of the ground on -the descent were greater than ever. The snow covered the track so that -the men often lost it, and fell down the steep below; at last they came -to a place where an avalanche had carried it away altogether for about -three hundred yards, leaving the mountain side a mere wreck of scattered -rocks and snow. To go round was impossible; for the depth of the snow on -the heights above rendered it hopeless to scale them; nothing, therefore, -was left but to repair the road. A summit of some extent was found, and -cleared of the snow; and here the army were obliged to encamp, whilst -the work went on. There was no want of hands; and every man was laboring -for his life; the road therefore was restored, and supported with solid -substructions below; and in a single day it was made practicable for -the cavalry and baggage cattle, which were immediately sent forward, -and reached the lower valley in safety, where they were turned out to -pasture. A harder labor was required to make a passage for the elephants; -the way for them must be wide and solid, and the work could not be -accomplished in less than three days. The poor animals suffered severely -in the interval from hunger; for no forage was to be found in that -wilderness of snow, nor any trees whose leaves might supply the place -of other herbage. At last they too were able to proceed with safety; -Hannibal overtook his cavalry and baggage, and in three days more the -whole army had got clear of the Alpine valleys, and entered the country -of their friends, the Insubrians, on the wide plain of northern Italy. - -Hannibal was arrived in Italy, but with a force so weakened by its losses -in men and horses, and by the exhausted state of the survivors, that he -might seem to have accomplished his great march in vain. According to his -own statement, which there is no reason to doubt, he brought out of the -Alpine valleys no more than 12,000 African and 8,000 Spanish infantry, -with 6,000 cavalry, so that his march from the Pyrenees to the plains of -northern Italy must have cost him 33,000 men; an enormous loss, which -proves how severely the army must have suffered from the privations of -the march and the severity of the Alpine climate; for not half of these -33,000 men can have fallen in battle. - - * * * * * - - Once again the subject shall be Hannibal, and Arnold shall be the - artist. This time Hannibal suffers his final defeat at the hands - of Scipio. - - -THE BATTLE OF ZAMA. - -[201 B.C.] - -Hannibal, we are told, landed at Leptis, at what season of the year we -know not; and after refreshing his troops for some time at Adrumetum, -he took the field, and advanced to the neighborhood of Zama, a town -situated, as Polybius describes it, about five days’ journey from -Carthage, toward the west. It seems that Scipio was busied in -overrunning the country, and in subduing the several towns, when he was -interrupted in these operations by the approach of the Carthaginian army. -He is said to have detected some spies sent by Hannibal to observe his -position; and by causing them to be led carefully round his camp, and -then sent back in safety to Hannibal, he so excited the admiration of his -antagonist as to make him solicit a personal interview, with the hope of -effecting a termination of hostilities. The report of this conference, -and of the speeches of the two generals, savors greatly of the style of -Roman family memoirs, the most unscrupulous in falsehood of any pretended -records of facts that the world has yet seen. However, the meeting ended -in nothing, and the next day the two armies were led out into the field -for the last decisive struggle. The numbers on each side we have no -knowledge of, but probably neither was in this respect much superior. -Masinissa, however, with four thousand Numidian cavalry, beside six -thousand infantry, had joined Scipio a few days before the battle; while -Hannibal, who had so often been indebted to the services of Numidians, -had now, on this great occasion, only two thousand horse of that nation -to oppose to the numbers and fortune and activity of Masinissa. The -account of the disposition of both armies, and of the events of the -action, was probably drawn up by Polybius from the information given -to him by Lælius, and perhaps from the family records of the house of -Scipio. And here we may admit its authority to be excellent. It states -that the Roman legions were drawn up in their usual order, except that -the maniples of every alternate line did not cover the intervals in -the line before them, but were placed one behind another, thus leaving -avenues in several places through the whole depth of the army, from front -to rear. These avenues were loosely filled by the light-armed troops, -who had received orders to meet the charge of the elephants, and to -draw them down the passages left between the maniples, till they should -be enticed entirely beyond the rear of the whole army. The cavalry, as -usual, was stationed on the wings; Masinissa, with his Numidians, on the -right, and Lælius, with the Italians, on the left. On the other side, -Hannibal stationed his elephants, to the number of eighty, in the front -of his whole line. Next to these were placed the foreign troops in the -service of Carthage, twelve thousand strong, consisting of Ligurians, -Gauls, inhabitants of the Balearian islands, and Moors. The second -line was composed of those Africans who were the immediate subjects of -Carthage, and of the Carthaginians themselves; while Hannibal himself, -with his veteran soldiers, who had returned with him from Italy, formed -a third line, which was kept in reserve, at a little distance behind the -other two. The Numidian cavalry were on the left, opposed to their own -countrymen under Masinissa; and the Carthaginian horse on the right, -opposed to Lælius and the Italians. After some skirmishing of the -Numidians in the two armies, Hannibal’s elephants advanced to the charge, -but being startled by the sound of the Roman trumpets, and annoyed by the -light-armed troops of the enemy, some broke off to the right and left, -and fell in amongst the cavalry of their own army on both the wings, so -that Lælius and Masinissa, availing themselves of this disorder, drove -the Carthaginian horse speedily from the field. Others advanced against -the enemy’s line, and did much mischief, till at length, being frightened -and becoming ungovernable, they were enticed by the light-armed troops -of the Romans to follow them down the avenues which Scipio had purposely -left open, and were thus drawn out of the action altogether. Meantime, -the infantry on both sides met, and, after a fierce contest, the foreign -troops in Hannibal’s army, not being properly supported by the soldiers -of the second line, were forced to give ground; and in resentment for -this desertion, they fell upon the Africans and Carthaginians, and cut -them down as enemies, so that these troops, at once assaulted by their -fellow-soldiers, and by the pursuing enemy, were also, after a brave -resistance, defeated and dispersed. Hannibal, with his reserve, kept -off the fugitives by presenting spears to them, and obliging them to -escape in a different direction; and he then prepared to meet the enemy, -trusting that they would be ill able to resist the shock of a fresh body -of veterans, after having already been engaged in a long and obstinate -struggle. Scipio, after having extricated his troops from the heaps of -dead which lay between him and Hannibal, commenced a second, and a far -more serious contest. The soldiers on both sides were perfect in courage -and in discipline, and as the battle went on, they fell in the ranks -where they fought, and their places were supplied by their comrades with -unabated zeal. At last Lælius and Masinissa returned from the pursuit -of the enemy’s beaten cavalry, and fell, in a critical moment, upon the -rear of Hannibal’s army. Then his veterans, surrounded and overpowered, -still maintained their high reputation, and most of them were cut down -where they stood, resisting to the last. Flight indeed was not easy, for -the country was a plain, and the Roman and Numidian horse were active -in pursuit; yet Hannibal, when he saw the battle totally lost, with a -nobler fortitude than his brother had shown at the Metaurus, escaped -from the field to Adrumetum. He knew that his country would now need his -assistance more than ever, and as he had been in so great a degree the -promoter of the war, it ill became him to shrink from bearing his full -share of the weight of its disastrous issue. - -On the plains of Zama twenty thousand of the Carthaginian army were -slain, and an equal number taken prisoners, but the consequences of the -battle far exceeded the greatness of the immediate victory. It was not -the mere destruction of an army, but the final conquest of the only -power that seemed able to combat Rome on equal terms. In the state of -the ancient world, with so few nations really great and powerful, and -so little of a common feeling pervading them, there was neither the -disposition nor the materials for forming a general confederacy against -the power of Rome; and the single efforts of Macedonia, of Syria, and of -Carthage herself, after the fatal event of the second Punic war, were -of no other use than to provoke their own ruin. The defeat of Hannibal -insured the empire of the ancient civilized world. - -The only hope of the Carthaginians now rested on the forbearance of -Scipio, and they again sent deputies to him, with a full confession of -the injustice of their conduct in the first origin of the war, and still -more in their recent violation of the truce, and with a renewal of their -supplications for peace. The conqueror, telling them that he was moved -solely by considerations of the dignity of Rome, and the uncertainty of -all human greatness, and in no degree by any pity for misfortunes which -were so well deserved, presented the terms on which alone they could hope -for mercy. “They were to make amends for the injuries done to the Romans -during the truce; to restore all prisoners and deserters; to give up all -their ships of war, except ten, and all their elephants; to engage in -no war at all out of Africa, nor in Africa without the consent of the -Romans; to restore to Masinissa all that had belonged to him or any of -his ancestors; to feed the Roman army for three months, and pay it till -it should be recalled home; to pay a contribution of ten thousand Euboic -talents, at the rate of two hundred talents a year, for fifty years; and -to give a hundred hostages, between the ages of fourteen and thirty, to -be selected at the pleasure of the Roman general.” At this price the -Carthaginians were allowed to hold their former dominion in Africa, and -to enjoy their independence, till it should seem convenient to the Romans -to complete their destruction. Yet Hannibal strongly urged that the terms -should be accepted, and, it is said, rudely interrupted a member of the -supreme council at Carthage, who was speaking against them. He probably -felt, as his father had done under circumstances nearly similar, that -for the present resistance was vain, but that, by purchasing peace at -any price, and by a wise management of their internal resources, his -countrymen might again find an opportunity to recover their losses. Peace -was accordingly signed, the Roman army returned to Italy, and Hannibal, -at the age of forty-five, having seen the schemes of his whole life -utterly ruined, was now beginning, with equal patience and resolution, to -lay the foundation for them again. - - * * * * * - - But Zama was Hannibal’s Waterloo, and the virtual overthrow of - Carthage. Rome’s course was now open to universal empire. - - - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -SELECTED BY THE REV. J. H. VINCENT, D.D. - - -[_June 1._] - -When we wish by our own efforts that something shall succeed, we become -irritated with obstacles, because we feel in these hindrances that the -motive that makes us act has not placed them there, and we find things in -them which the self-will that makes us act has not found there. - -But when God inspires our actions, we never feel anything outside that -does not come from the same principle that causes us to act; there is -no opposition in the motive that impels us; the same motive power which -leads us to act, leads others to resist us, or permits them at least; -so that as we find no difference in this, and it is not our own will -that combats external events, but the same will that produces the good -and permits the evil, this uniformity does not trouble the peace of the -soul, and is one of the best tokens that we are acting by the will of -God, since it is much more certain that God permits the evil, however -great it may be, than that God causes the good in us (and not some secret -motive), however great it may appear to us; so that in order really to -perceive whether it is God that makes us act, it is much better to test -ourselves by our deportment without than by our motives within, since if -we only examine ourselves within, although we may find nothing but good -there, we can not assure ourselves that this good comes truly from God. -But when we examine ourselves without, that is when we consider whether -we suffer external hindrances with patience, this signifies that there is -a uniformity of will between the motive power that inspires our passions -and the one that permits the resistance to them; and as there is no doubt -that it is God who permits the one, we have a right humbly to hope that -it is God who produces the other. - -But what! we act as if it were our mission to make truth triumph, -whilst it is only our mission to combat for it. The desire to conquer -is so natural that when it is covered by the desire of making the truth -triumph, we often take the one for the other, and think that we are -seeking the glory of God, when in truth we are seeking our own. It seems -to me that the way in which we support these hindrances is the surest -token of it, for in fine if we wish only the order established by God, -it is certain that we wish the triumph of his justice as much as that -of his mercy, and when it does not come of our negligence, we shall be -in an equal mood, whether the truth be known or whether it be combated, -since in the one the mercy of God triumphs, and in the other his -justice.—_Pascal._ - - -[_June 8._] - -O most blessed mansion of the heavenly Jerusalem! O most effulgent day of -eternity, which night obscureth not, but the supreme truth continually -enlighteneth! a day of perennial peace and joy, incapable of change or -intermission! It shineth now in the full splendor of perpetual light -to the blessed; but to the poor pilgrims on earth it appeareth only -at a great distance, and “through a glass darkly.” The redeemed sons -of heaven triumph in the perfection of the joys of his eternal day, -while the distressed sons of Eve lament the irksomeness of days teeming -with distress and anguish. How is man defiled with sins, agitated with -passions, disquieted with fears, tortured with cares, embarrassed -with refinements, deluded with vanities, encompassed with errors, worn -out with labors, vexed with temptations, enervated with pleasures, and -tormented with want! - -O when will these various evils be no more? When shall I be delivered -from the slavery of sin? When, O Lord, shall my thoughts and desires -center and be fixed in thee alone? When shall I regain my native liberty? -O, when will peace return, and be established, peace from the troubles -of the world, and the disorders of sinful passions; universal peace, -incapable of interruption; that “peace which passeth all understanding?” -When, O most merciful Jesus! when shall I stand in pure abstraction -from all inferior good to gaze upon thee and contemplate the wonders of -redeeming love? When wilt thou be to me all in all? O, when shall I dwell -with thee in that kingdom which thou hast prepared for thy beloved before -the foundation of the world? - -Soften, I beseech thee, the rigor of my banishment, assuage the violence -of my sorrow! for my soul thirsteth after thee; and all that the world -offers for my comfort would but add one more weight to the burden that -oppresses me. I long, O Lord, to enjoy thee truly, and would fain rise -to a constant adherence to heavenly objects, but the power of earthly -objects operating upon my unmortified passions, keeps me down. My mind -labors to be superior to the good and evil of this animal life, but -my body constrains it to be subject to them. And thus, “wretched man -that I am,” while the spirit is always tending to heaven, and the flesh -to earth, my heart is the seat of incessant war, and I am a burden -to myself! … LXXVII.—“Unto thee do I lift up mine eyes, O thou that -dwellest in the heavens.” In thee, the Father of mercies, I place all my -confidence! O illuminate and sanctify my soul with the influence of thy -Holy Spirit; that being delivered from all the darkness and impurity of -its alienated life, it may become the holy temple of thy living presence, -the seat of thy eternal glory! In the immensity of thy goodness, O Lord, -and “in the multitude of thy tender mercies, turn unto me,” and hear -the prayer of thy poor servant, who hast wandered far from thee into -the region of the shadow of death. O protect and keep my soul amid the -innumerable evils which this corruptible life is always bringing forth; -and by the perpetual guidance of thy grace, lead me in the narrow path -of holiness to the realms of everlasting peace.—_Kempis’ “Imitation of -Christ.”_ - - -[_June 15._] - -_The Christian life is better than any other that can be discovered or -devised._ - -First, this is manifest from its object. For no life can have or desire -a better object than that which is set forth in the Christian religion, -which finds its object in the vision of the divine essence.… But since -man can not attain to the contemplation of divine things except by -purification of the heart, how much, even in this regard, does the -Christian life excel all others. For no greater purification of the heart -can be discovered than Christian purification. For that is called pure -which is not mixed with another substance, especially one inferior to -itself. Thus gold is said to be pure when it is not mixed with silver -or lead, or any other inferior substance. Now, because the end of man -is God, when man through the intellect and the affections, is united or -mixed with other creatures as an ultimate end, especially with those -inferior to himself, he is called impure. And the more one frees himself -from the love of creatures, the more pure he becomes; purity of the human -heart consists in withdrawing the desires and the will from creature -loves. But no greater or more perfect withdrawal from earthly loves can -be discovered or devised than that which is proclaimed in the Christian -religion.… And since man can not live without any love, it teaches that -man should love God above all things, even above himself. And, if he -loves himself or other creatures, it commands that he love them for the -sake of God, so that all his love may tend toward God, and that in -the creatures themselves he may love God, and may think nothing, speak -nothing, do nothing which does not tend to the glory and honor of God, -so that the whole man may tend toward God, and be united with God, and -become one with God. And certainly no life can be discovered or devised -better than this. - -As to the will, he loves God and our Lord Jesus Christ above all things, -and his neighbor as himself, keeping all the commands of the law which -depend upon this double love. - -As to the sensibilities, he strives with all his might to bring desire -and anger and all the emotions under the control of reason, and by no -means to make provision for the lusts of the flesh (_curam carnis facere -in concupiscentia_).—_Savonarola—“De Simplicitate Christianæ Vitæ.”_ - - -[_June 22._] - -The sense of the vastness of the universe, and of the imperfection of -our own knowledge, may help us in some degree to understand—not, indeed, -the origin of evil and of suffering, but, at any rate, something of its -possible uses and purposes. We look around the world, and we see cruel -perplexities; the useless spared, the useful taken; the young and happy -removed, and the old and miserable lingering on; happy households broken -up under our feet, despondent hopes, and the failure of those to whom we -looked up with reverence and respect. We go through these trials with -wonder and fear; and we ask whereunto this will grow. But has nothing -been gained? Yes, that has been gained which nothing else, humanly -speaking, could gain. We may have gained a deeper knowledge of the mind -of God, and a deeper insight into ourselves. Truths which once seemed -mere words, received our heed and heart. Our understanding may have -become part of ourselves. - -Humility for ourselves, charity for others, self-abasement before the -judge of all mankind, these are the gifts that even the best man, and -even the worst man may gain by distrust, by doubt, by difficulty. - - * * * * * - -The perplexity, the danger, the grief often brings with it its own remedy. - -On each bursting wave of disappointment and vexation there is a crown of -heavenly light which reveals the peril and shows the way, and guides us -through the roaring storm. - -Out of doubt comes faith; out of grief comes hope; and “to the upright -there ariseth light in darkness.” - -With each new temptation comes a way to escape; with each new difficulty -comes some new explanation. As life advances it does indeed seem to be -as a vessel going to pieces, as though we were on the broken fragments -of a ship, or in a solitary skiff on the waste of waters; but as long as -existence lasts, we must not give up the duty of cheerfulness and hope. -He who has guided us through the day may guide us through the night also. -The pillar of darkness often turns into a pillar of fire. Let us hold on -though the land be miles away; let us hold till the morning breaks. That -speck on the distant horizon may be the vessel for which we must shape -our course. Forward, not backward, must we steer—forward, and forward, -till the speck becomes the friendly ship. Have patience and perseverance; -believe that there is still a future before us; and we shall at last -reach the heaven where we would be.—_Dean Stanley._ - - -[_June 29._] - -Man is but a reed, the weakest in nature, but he is a thinking reed. -It is not necessary that the entire universe arm itself to crush him. -A breath of air, a drop of water, suffices to kill him. But were the -universe to crush him, man would still be more noble than that which -kills him, because he knows that he dies; and the universe knows nothing -of the advantage it has over him. - -Our whole dignity consists then in thought. Our elevation must be -derived from this, not from space and duration, which we can not fill. -Let us endeavor, then, to think well. - -Our imagination so magnifies the present time by continually reflecting -upon it, and so diminishes eternity by not reflecting upon it, that we -make a nothingness of eternity, and an eternity of nothingness, and all -this has its roots so vital in us, that our reason can not defend us from -it. - - * * * * * - -It is necessary to know where to doubt, where to be assured, and where -to submit. Who does not thus, understands not the force of reason. There -are those who offend against these three principles, either affirming -everything as demonstrative, for want of a knowledge of demonstration; or -doubting everything, for want of knowing where it is necessary to submit; -or submitting to everything, for want of knowing where it is necessary to -judge. - -But those who seek God with all their heart, who have no sorrow, but in -being deprived of his presence, who have no desire but to possess him, -and no enemies but those who turn them from him; who are afflicted in -seeing themselves surrounded and oppressed by such enemies; let them be -comforted, I bring them good news; there is a liberator for them, I shall -cause them to see him; I shall show them that there is a God for them; I -shall show him to no others. - -The stoics say: Enter into yourselves; there you will find repose; and -this is not true. Others say: Go out of yourselves; seek happiness in -diverting yourselves; and this is not true. Diseases come; happiness is -neither out of us, nor in us; it is in God, both out of, and in us. - -If man is not made for God, why is he happy only in God? If man is made -for God, why is he opposed to God?—_Pascal._ - - - - -READINGS IN ART. - - -III.—ENGLISH PAINTERS AND PAINTINGS. - -Abridged from “English and American Painters,” by Wilmot Buxton and -S. R. Köhler. - - -WILLIAM HOGARTH, - -Who was the first original painter of England, was born in 1697. His -father, who had received a good education at St. Bees, kept a school in -Ship Court, and sought work from booksellers. But, like many another poor -scholar, he could not make a living, and died disappointed. - -After spending some time at school, William Hogarth, warned by the -example of his father, determined to pursue a craft in preference to -literature, and was apprenticed, probably in 1711, to Ellis Gamble, a -silversmith in Cranbourne Alley. He tells us how he determined to enter -a wider field than that of mere silver-plate engraving, though at the -age of twenty to engrave his own designs on copper was the height of -his ambition. The men and women who jostled him in London streets or -rolled by him in their coaches, were his models. Beside the keenest -powers of observation, and a sardonic, sympathizing, and pitying humor, -he possessed a wonderfully accurate and retentive memory, which enabled -him to impress a face or form on his mind, and to reproduce it at -leisure. Occasionally, if some very attractive or singular face struck -his fancy, he would sketch it on his thumb nail, and thence transfer -it. Hogarth tells us that “instead of burdening the memory with musty -rules, or tiring the eye with copying dry or damaged pictures, I have -ever found studying from nature the shortest and safest way of obtaining -knowledge of my art.” In 1724 he engraved “Masquerades and Operas,” a -satire, which represents “society” crowding to a masquerade, and led -by a figure wearing a cap and bells on his head, and the garter on -his leg. This engraving delighted the public whom it satirized, and -Hogarth lost much through piracies of his work. He was employed by the -booksellers to illustrate books with engravings and frontispieces. -In 1726 was published, beside his twelve large prints, which are well -known, an edition of “Hudibras,” illustrated by Hogarth, in seventeen -smaller plates. The designs of Hogarth are not so witty as the verses -of Butler, but we must remember that the painter had never seen men -living and acting as they are described in the poem; they were not -like the men of whom he made his daily studies. At this period he who -dared to be original, and to satirize his neighbors, had much trouble. -In 1730 Hogarth made a secret marriage at old Paddington Church, with -Jane, only daughter of Sir James Thornhill, Serjeant-Painter to the -King. He had frequented Thornhill’s studio, but whether the art of the -court painter, or the face of his daughter was the greater attraction we -know not. There is no doubt that Hogarth’s technique was studied from -Thornhill’s pictures, and not from those of Watteau or Chardin, as has -been supposed. For a time after his marriage Hogarth confined himself to -painting portraits and conversation pieces, for which he was well paid, -although Walpole declares that this “was the most ill-suited employment -to a man whose turn was certainly not flattery.” Truthfulness, however, -is more valuable in a portrait than flattery, and we surely find it in -Hogarth’s portraits of himself, one in the National Gallery, and in that -of “Captain Coram,” at the Foundling. - -One of the best of Hogarth’s life stories is the “Marriage à la Mode,” -the original paintings of which are in the National Gallery; they -appeared in prints in 1745. These well known pictures illustrate the -story of a loveless marriage, where parents sacrifice their children, the -one for rank, the other for money. Mr. Redgrave (“A Century of Painters”) -tells us that “the novelty of Hogarth’s work consisted in the painter -being the inventor of his own drama, as well as painter, and in the way -in which all the parts are made to tend to a dramatic whole, each picture -dependent on the other, and all the details illustrative of the complete -work. The same characters recur again and again, moved in different -tableaux with varied passions, one moral running through all, the -beginning finding its natural climax in the end.” We can not do more than -mention some of the remaining works by which the satirist continued “to -shoot Folly as she flies.” “Beer Street,” and “Gin Lane,” illustrate the -advantages of drinking the national beverage, and the miseries following -the use of gin. “The Cockpit” represents a scene very common in those -days, and contains many portraits. “The Election” is a series of four -scenes, published between 1755 and 1758, in which all the varied vices, -humors, and passions of a contested election are admirably represented. - -Hogarth’s last years were embittered by quarrels, those with Churchill -and Wilkes being the most memorable. The publication in 1753 of his -admirable book, called “The Analysis of Beauty,” in which he tried to -prove that a winding line is the line of beauty, produced much adverse -criticism and many fierce attacks, which the painter could not take -quietly. He was further annoyed by the censures passed on his picture of -“Sigismunda,” now in the National Gallery, which he had painted in 1759 -for Sir Richard Grosvenor, and which was returned on his hands. Two years -previously Hogarth had been made Serjeant-Painter to the King. He did -not live to hold his office long; on October 26th, 1764, the hand which -had exposed the vices and follies of the day so truly, and yet with such -humor, had ceased to move. - - -RICHARD WILSON. - -The story of Richard Wilson (1713-1782) is the story of a disappointed -man. Born at Pinegas, Montgomeryshire, the son of the parson of that -place, Wilson’s early taste for drawing attracted the attention of Sir -George Wynne, by whom he was introduced to one Wright, a portrait painter -in London. In 1749 he visited Italy, and whilst waiting for an interview -with the landscape painter Zuccarelli he is said to have sketched the -view through the open window. The Italian advised the Englishman to -devote himself henceforth to landscapes, and Wilson followed his advice. -After six years’ stay in Italy, during which period he became imbued with -the beauties of that country, Wilson returned to England in 1755, and -found Zuccarelli worshiped, whilst he himself was neglected. His “Niobe,” -one version of which is in the National Gallery, was exhibited with -the Society of Artists’ Collection, in Spring Gardens, 1760, and made -a great impression, but, in general, his pictures, infinitely superior -to the mere decorations of the Italian, were criticised, and compared -unfavorably with those of Zuccarelli, and it was not till long after -Wilson’s death that he was thoroughly appreciated. He was often compelled -to sell his pictures to pawnbrokers, who, so it is said, could not sell -them again. Wilson was one of the original thirty-six members of the -Royal Academy, and in 1776 applied for and obtained the post of Librarian -to that body, the small salary helping the struggling man to live. The -last years of his life were brightened by better fortune. A brother left -him a legacy, and in 1780 Wilson retired to a pleasant home at Llanberis, -Carnarvon, where he died two years later. Mr. Redgrave says of him: -“There is this praise due to our countryman—that our landscape art, which -had heretofore been derived from the meaner school of Holland, following -his great example, looked thenceforth to Italy for its inspiration; -that he proved the power of native art to compete on this ground also -with the art of the foreigner, and prepared the way for the coming men, -who, embracing Nature as their mistress, were prepared to leave all and -follow her.” Wilson frequently repeated his more successful pictures. -“The Ruins of the Villa of Mæcenas, at Tivoli” (National Gallery), was -painted five times by him. In the same gallery are “The Destruction of -Niobe’s Children,” “A Landscape with Figures,” three “Views in Italy,” -“Lake Avernus with the Bay of Naples in the Distance,” etc. In the Duke -of Westminster’s collection are “Apollo and the Seasons” and “The river -Dee.” Wilson, like many another man of genius, lived before his time, and -was forced one day to ask Barry, the Royal Academician, if he knew any -one mad enough to employ a landscape painter, and if so, whether he would -recommend him. - - -JOSHUA REYNOLDS. - -Joshua Reynolds (1723-1792) was born at Plympton, Devon, the son of a -clergyman who was a master in the grammar school. His father had intended -him for a doctor, but nature decided that Joshua Reynolds should be a -painter. He preferred to read Richardson’s “Treatise on Painting” to any -other book, and when his taste for art became manifest he was sent to -London to study with Hudson, the popular portrait painter of the day. It -was in 1741 that Joshua Reynolds began his studies with Hudson, and as -that worthy could teach him little or nothing, it is fortunate for art -that the connection only lasted two years. On leaving Hudson’s studio -Reynolds returned to Devonshire, but we know little about his life there -till the year 1746, when his father died, and the painter was established -at Plymouth Dock, now Devonport, and was painting portraits. Many of -these earlier works betray the stiffness and want of nature which their -author had probably learned from Hudson. Having visited London, and -stayed for a time in St. Martin’s Lane, the artists’ quarter, Reynolds -was enabled, in 1749, to realize his great wish, and go abroad, where, -unfettered and unspoilt by the mechanical arts of his countrymen, he -studied the treasures of Italy, chiefly in Rome, and without becoming a -copyist, was imbued with the beauties of the Italian school. A love of -color was the characteristic of Reynolds, and his use of brilliant and -fugitive pigments accounts for the decay of many of his best works; he -used to say jestingly that “he came off with _flying colors_.” Doubtless -the wish to rival the coloring of the Venetians led Reynolds to make -numerous experiments which were often fatal to the preservation of his -pictures. - -Most of the leaders of the rank and fashion of the day sat for their -portraits to the painter who “read souls in faces.” In 1768 Joshua -Reynolds was chosen first President of the Royal Academy, and was -knighted by George III. He succeeded, on the death of Ramsey, to the -office of Court Painter. His “Discourses on Painting,” delivered at the -Royal Academy, were remarkable for their excellent judgment and literary -skill. A lesser honor, though one which caused him the greatest pleasure, -was conferred on Reynolds in 1773, when he was elected Mayor of his -native Plympton. In the same year he exhibited his famous “Strawberry -Girl,” of which he said that it was “one of the half dozen original -things” which no man ever exceeded in his life’s work. In 1789 the -failure of his sight warned Sir Joshua that “the night cometh when no man -can work.” He died, full of years and honors, on February 23rd, 1792, and -was buried near Sir Christopher Wren, in St. Paul’s Cathedral. - -Reynolds was a most untiring worker. He exhibited two hundred and -forty-five pictures in the Royal Academy, on an average eleven every -year. In the National Gallery are twenty-three of his paintings. Mr. -Ruskin deems Reynolds “one of _the_ seven colorists of the world,” and -places him with Titian, Giorgione, Correggio, Tintoretto, Veronese, and -Turner. He likewise says: “Considered as a painter of individuality -in the human form and mind, I think him, even as it is, the prince of -portrait painters.” Titian paints nobler pictures, and Van Dyck had -nobler subjects, but neither of them entered so subtly as Sir Joshua did -into the minor varieties of heart and temper. - - -THOMAS GAINSBOROUGH. - -Thomas Gainsborough (1727-1788), the son of a clothier, was born at -Sudbury, in Suffolk. The details of this master’s life are few and -uneventful. When between fourteen and fifteen years of age, his father -sent Thomas Gainsborough to London to study art. His first master -was Gravelot, a French engraver of great ability, to whose teaching -Gainsborough probably owed much. From him he passed to Hayman, in the -St. Martin’s Lane Academy, a drawing school only. Gainsborough began as -a portrait and landscape painter in Hatton Garden, but finding little -patronage during four years of his sojourn there, returned to his -native town. In 1760 he removed to Bath, and found a favorable field -for portrait painting, though landscape was not neglected. Fourteen -years later Gainsborough, no longer an unknown artist, came to London -and rented part of Schomberg House, Pall Mall. He was now regarded -as the rival of Reynolds in portraiture, and of Wilson in landscape. -Once, when Reynolds at an Academy dinner proposed the health of his -rival as “the greatest landscape painter of the day,” Wilson, who was -present, exclaimed, “Yes, and the greatest portrait painter, too.” One -of the original members of the Royal Academy, Gainsborough exhibited -ninety pictures in the Gallery, but refused to contribute after 1783, -because a portrait of his was not hung as he wished. A quick tempered, -impulsive man, he had many disputes with Reynolds, though none of them -were of a very bitter kind. Gainsborough’s “Blue Boy” is commonly said -to have been painted in spite against Reynolds, in order to disprove the -President’s statement that blue ought not to be used in masses. But there -were other and worthier reasons for the production of this celebrated -work, in respect to which Gainsborough followed his favorite Van Dyck in -displaying “a large breadth of cool light supporting the flesh.” It is -pleasant to know that whatever soreness of feeling existed between him -and Sir Joshua passed away before he died. This was in 1788. Gainsborough -was buried at Kew. The Englishness of his landscapes makes him popular. -Wilson had improved on the Dutch type by visiting Italy, but Gainsborough -sought no other subjects than his own land afforded. Nature speaks in his -portraits, or from his landscapes, and his rustic children excel those of -Reynolds, because they are really sun-browned peasants, not fine ladies -and gentlemen masquerading in the dresses of villagers. Mr. Ruskin says -of Gainsborough: “His power of color (it is mentioned by Sir Joshua as -his peculiar gift) is capable of taking rank beside that of Rubens; he is -the purest colorist—Sir Joshua himself not excepted—of the whole English -school; with him, in fact, the art of painting did in great part die, and -exists not now in Europe. I hesitate not to say that in the management -and quality of single and particular tints, in the purely technical part -of painting, Turner is a child to Gainsborough.” - - -JOSEPH TURNER. - -Joseph Mallord William Turner (1775-1851) stands at the head of English -landscape painters. It has been said that though others may have equaled -or surpassed him in some respects, “none has yet appeared with such -versatility of talent.” Turner owed nothing to the beauty or poetic -surroundings of his birthplace, which was the house of his father, a -barber in Maiden Lane, Covent Garden. But as Lord Byron is said to have -conjured up his loveliest scenes of Greece whilst walking in Albemarle -Street, so the associations of Maiden Lane did not prevent Turner from -delineating storm-swept landscapes, and innumerable splendors of nature. -The barber was justly proud of his child, who very early displayed his -genius, and the first drawings of Turner are said to have been exhibited -in his father’s shaving room. In time the boy was coloring prints and -washing in the backgrounds of architects’ drawings. Dr. Monro, the art -patron, extended a helping hand to the young genius of Maiden Lane. -“Girtin and I,” says Turner, “often walked to Bushey and back, to make -drawings for good Dr. Munro at half a crown a piece, and the money for -our supper when we got home.” He did not, of course, start from London. - -In 1789 Turner became a student in the Academy, and exhibited a picture -in the next year at Somerset House, “View of the Archbishop’s Palace -at Lambeth.” He was then only fifteen. From that time he worked with -unceasing energy at his profession. Indeed, the pursuit of art was the -one ruling principle of his life. He frequently went on excursions, -the first being to Ramsgate and Margate, and was storing his memory -with effects of storm, mist, and tempest, which he reproduced. In 1799, -when made A.R.A., Turner had already exhibited works which ranged over -twenty-six counties of England and Wales. In 1802 he was made full -Academician, and presented, as his diploma picture, “Dolbadarn Castle, -North Wales.” In this year he visited the Continent, and saw France -and Switzerland. Five years later Turner was appointed Professor of -Perspective to the Royal Academy. We are told his lectures were delivered -in so strange a style, that they were scarcely instructive. Of his -water-color paintings and of the “Liber Studiorum” it is impossible to -speak too highly; he created the modern school of water-color painting, -and his works in oil have influenced the art of the nineteenth century. -He visited Italy for the first time in 1819; again ten years later, and -for the last time in 1840. His eccentricity, both in manner and in art, -increased with age. Though wealthy, and possessing a good house in Queen -Anne Street, he died in an obscure lodging by the Thames, at Chelsea, a -few days before Christmas, 1851. - -Turner bequeathed his property to found a charity for male decayed -artists, but the alleged obscurity of his will defeated this object. It -was decided that his pictures and drawings should be presented to the -National Gallery, that one thousand pounds should be spent on a monument -to the painter in St. Paul’s, twenty thousand pounds should be given to -the Royal Academy, and the remainder to the next of kin and heir at law. -The National Gallery contains more than one hundred of his pictures, -beside a large number of water-color drawings and sketches. - - -EASTLAKE. - -Charles Lock Eastlake (1793-1865), son of the Solicitor to the Admiralty -in that town, was born at Plymouth, and educated first in Plympton -Grammar School, where Reynolds had studied, and afterward at the -Charterhouse, London. Choosing the profession of a painter, he was -encouraged, doubtless, by his fellow townsman, Haydon, who had just -exhibited “Dentatus.” Eastlake became the pupil of that erratic master, -and attended the Academy schools. In 1813 he exhibited at the British -Institution a large and ambitious picture, “Christ raising the Daughter -of the Ruler.” In the following year the young painter was sent by Mr. -Harmon to Paris, to copy some of the famous works collected by Napoleon -in the Louvre. The emperor’s escape from Elba, and the consequent -excitement in Europe, caused Eastlake to quit Paris, and he returned -to Plymouth, where he practiced successfully as a portrait painter. In -1819 Eastlake visited Greece and Italy, and spent fourteen years abroad, -chiefly at Ferrara and Rome. The picturesque dress of the Italian and -Greek peasantry so fascinated him that for a long period he forsook -history for small _genre_ works, of which brigands and peasants were the -chief subjects. A large historical painting, “Mercury bringing the Golden -Apple to Paris,” appeared in 1820, and seven years later, “The Spartan -Isidas.” In 1828 Eastlake produced “Italian Scene in the Anno Santo, -Pilgrims arriving in sight of St. Peters,” which he twice repeated. In -1829 “Lord Byron’s Dream,” a poetic landscape (National Gallery), was -exhibited, and Eastlake becoming an Academician, returned to England. To -his labors as a painter Eastlake added the duties of several important -offices, and much valuable literary work. He was Secretary to the Royal -Commission for Decorating the New Palace of Westminster, Librarian of -the Royal Academy, and Keeper, and afterward Director of the National -Gallery. In 1850 he succeeded Sir Martin Shee as President of the Royal -Academy, and was knighted. From that time till his death, at Pisa, in -1865, he was chiefly engaged in selecting pictures to be purchased by the -British Government. He was editor of Kugler’s “Handbook of the Italian -Schools of painting,” and author of “Materials for a History of Oil -Painting.” - - -SIR EDWIN LANDSEER. - -Edwin Henry Landseer (1802-1873) was eminent among English animal -painters. No artist has done more to teach us how to love animals and to -enforce the truth that - - “He prayeth best who loveth best - All things both great and small.” - -Not only did Landseer rival some of the Dutch masters of the seventeenth -century in painting fur and feathers, but he depicted animals with -sympathy, as if he believed that “the dumb, driven cattle” possess souls. -His dogs and other animals are so human as to look as if they were able -to speak. The painter was the son of John Landseer, the engraver, and -was born in London. He received art lessons from his father, and, when -little more than a baby, would sketch donkeys, horses, and cows at -Hampstead Heath. Some of these sketches, made when Landseer was five, -seven, and ten years old, are at Kensington. He was only fourteen when -he exhibited the heads of “A Pointer Bitch and Puppy.” When between -sixteen and seventeen he produced “Dogs Fighting,” which was engraved by -the painter’s father. Still more popular was “The Dogs of St. Gothard -rescuing a Distressed Traveler,” which appeared when its author was -eighteen. Landseer was not a pupil of Haydon, but he had occasional -counsel from him. He dissected a lion. As soon as he reached the age -of twenty-four he was elected A.R.A., and exhibited at the Academy -“The Hunting of Chevy Chase.” This was in 1826, and in 1831 he became -a full member of the Academy. Landseer had visited Scotland in 1826, -and from that date we trace a change in his style, which thenceforth -was far less solid, true and searching, and became more free and bold. -The introduction of deer into his pictures, as in “The Children of the -Mist,” “Seeking Sanctuary,” and “The Stag at Bay,” marked the influence -of Scotch associations. Landseer was knighted in 1850, and at the French -exhibition of 1855 was awarded the only large gold medal given to an -English artist. Prosperous, popular, and the guest of the highest -personages of the realm, he was visited about 1852 by an illness which -compelled him to retire from society. From this he recovered, but the -effects of a railway accident in 1868 brought on a relapse. He died in -1873, and was buried in St. Paul’s Cathedral. On the death of Sir Charles -Eastlake, in 1865, he was offered the Presidentship of the Royal Academy, -but this honor he declined. In the National Gallery are “Spaniels of King -Charles’s Breed,” “Low Life and High Life,” “Highland Music” (a highland -piper disturbing a group of five hungry dogs, at their meal, with a blast -on the pipes), “The Hunted Stag,” “Peace,” “War” (dying and dead horses, -and their riders lying amidst the burning ruins of a cottage), “Dignity -and Impudence,” “Alexander and Diogenes,” “The Defeat of Comus,” a sketch -painted for a fresco in the Queen’s summer house, Buckingham Palace. -Sixteen of Landseer’s works are in the Sheepshanks Collection, including -the touching “Old Shepherd’s Chief Mourner,” of which Mr. Ruskin said -that “it stamps its author not as the neat imitator of the texture of a -skin, or the fold of a drapery, but as the man of mind.” - - - - -CRITICISMS ON AMERICAN LITERATURE. - - -CONDITIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE. - -The conditions under which the communities of the New World were -established, and the terms on which they hitherto existed, have been -unfavorable to Art. The religious and commercial enthusiasms of the -first adventurers to her shores, supplying themes for the romancers of -a later age, were themselves antagonistic to romance. The spirit which -tore down the aisles of St. Regulus, and was revived in England in a -reaction against music, painting and poetry, the Pilgrim Fathers bore -with them in the “Mayflower” and planted across the seas. The life -of the early colonists left no leisure for refinement. They had to -conquer nature before admiring it, to feed and clothe before analyzing -themselves. The ordinary cares of existence beset them to the exclusion -of its embellishments. While Dryden, Pope and Addison were polishing -stanzas and adding grace to English prose, they were felling trees, -navigating rivers, and fertilizing valleys.… An enlightened people in a -new land “where almost every one has facilities elsewhere unknown for -making his fortune,” it is not to be wondered that the pursuit of wealth -has been their leading impulse; nor is it perhaps to be regretted that -much of their originality has been expended upon inventing machines -instead of manufacturing verses, or that their religion itself has taken -a practical turn. One of their own authors confesses that the “common -New England life is still a lean, impoverished life, in distinction from -a rich and suggestive one,” but it is there alone that the speculative -and artistic tendencies of recent years have found room and occasion -for development. Our travelers find a peculiar charm in the manly force -and rough adventurous spirit of the Far West, but the poetry of the -pioneer is unconscious. The attractive culture of the South has been -limited in extent and degree. The hothouse fruit of wealth and leisure, -it has never struck its roots deeply into native soil.… All the best -transatlantic literature is inspired by the spirit of confidence—often of -over-confidence—in labor. It has only flourished freely in a free soil; -and for almost all its vitality and aspirations, its comparatively scant -performance and large promise we must turn to New England. Its defects -and merits are those of the national character as developed in the -northern states, and we must seek for an explanation of its peculiarities -in the physical and moral circumstances which surround them. - -When European poets and essayists write of nature it is to contrast her -permanence with the mutability of human life. We talk of the everlasting -hills, the perennial fountains, the ever-recurring seasons.… In America, -on the other hand, it is the extent of nature that is dwelt upon—the -infinity of space, rather than the infinity of time, is opposed to the -limited rather than to the transient existence of man. Nothing strikes a -traveler in that country so much as this feature of magnitude. The rivers -like rolling lakes, the lakes which are inland seas, the forests, the -plains, Niagara itself, with its world of waters, owe their magnificence -to their immensity; and by a transference, not unnatural, although -fallacious, the Americans generally have modeled their ideas of art after -the same standard of size. Their wars, their hotels, their language, are -pitched on the huge scale of their distances. “Orphaned of the solemn -inspiration of antiquity,” they gain in surface what they have lost in -age; in hope, what they have lost in memory. - - “That untraveled world whose margin fades - Forever and forever when they move,” - -is all their own; and they have the area and the expectation of a -continent to set against the culture and the ancestral voices of a -thousand years. Where Englishmen remember, Americans anticipate. In -thought and action they are ever rushing into empty spaces. Except in a -few of the older states, a family mansion is rarely rooted to the same -town or district; and the tie which unites one generation with another -being easily broken, the want of continuity in life breeds a want of -continuity in thought. The American mind delights in speculative and -practical, social and political experiments, as Shakerism, Mormonism, -Pantagamy; and a host of authors from Emerson to Walt. Whitman, have -tried to glorify every mode of human life from the transcendental to the -brutish. The habit of instability, fostered by the rapid vicissitudes of -their commercial life and the melting of one class into another drifts -away all their landmarks but that of temporary public opinion; and where -there is little time for verification and the study of details, men -satisfy their curiosity with crude generalizations. The great literary -fault of the Americans has thus come to be _impatience_. The majority -of them have never learned that “raw haste is half-sister to delay,” -that “works done least rapidly, art most cherishes.” The make-shifts -which were first a necessity with the northern settlers have grown into -a custom. They adopt ten half measures instead of one whole one; and, -beginning bravely like the grandiloquent preambles to their Constitutions -end sometimes in the sublime, and sometimes in the ridiculous. - -The critics of one nation must, to a certain extent, regard the works of -another from an outside point of view. Few are able to divest themselves -wholly of the influence of local standards; and this is preëminently -the case when the early efforts of a young country are submitted to -the judgment of an older country, strong in its prescriptive rights, -and intolerant of changes the drift of which it is unable or unwilling -to appreciate. English critics are apt to bear down on the writers and -thinkers of the new world with a sort of aristocratic hauteur; they are -perpetually reminding them of their immaturity and their disregard of -the golden mean. Americans, on the other hand, are impossible to please. -Ordinary men among them are as sensitive to foreign, and above all to -British censure, as the _irritable genus_ of other lands. Mr. Emerson is -permitted to impress home truths on his countrymen, as “your American -eagle is all very well, but beware of the American peacock.” Such remarks -are not permitted to Englishmen; if they point to any flaws in American -manners or ways of thinking, with an effort after politeness, it is “the -good natured cynicism of a well-to-do age;” if they commend transatlantic -institutions or achievements, it is, according to Mr. Lowell, “with -that pleasant European air of self-compliment in condescending to be -pleased by American merit which we find so conciliating.” Now that the -United States have reached their full majority, it is time that England -should cease to assume the attitude of their guardian, and time that -they should cease to be on the alert to resent the assumption. Foremost -among the more attractive features of transatlantic literature is its -_freshness_. The authority which is the guide of old nations constantly -threatens to become tyrannical; they wear their traditions like a -chain; and in the canonization of laws of taste, the creative powers -are depressed. Even in England we write under fixed conditions; with -the fear of critics before our eyes, we are all bound to cast our ideas -into similar moulds, and the name of “free-thinkers” has grown into a -term of reproach. Bunyan’s “Pilgrim’s Progress” is perhaps the last book -written without a thought of being reviewed. There is a gain in the habit -of self-restraint fostered by this state of things; but there is a loss -in the consequent lack of spontaneity, and we may learn something from -a literature which is ever ready for adventure. In America the love of -uniformity gives place to impetuous impulses; the most extreme sentiments -are made audible; the most noxious “have their day and cease to be;” and -truth being left to vindicate itself, the overthrow of error, though more -gradual, may at last prove more complete. A New England poet can write -with confidence of his country as the land - - “Where no one suffers loss or bleeds - For thoughts that men call heresies.” - -Another feature of American literature is its _comprehensiveness_; what -it has lost in depth it has gained in breadth. Addressing a vast audience -it appeals to universal sympathies.—_Abridged from “American Literature” -in Encyclopædia Britannica._ - - -OUR LITERATURE IMITATIVE. - -Literature is a positive element of civilized life; but in different -countries and epochs it exists sometimes as a passive taste or means -of culture, and at others as a development of productive tendencies. -The first is the usual form in colonial societies, where the habit -of looking to the fatherland for intellectual nutriment as well as -political authority is the natural result even of patriotic feeling. The -circumstances, too, of young communities, like those of the individual, -are unfavorable to original literary production. Life is too absorbing -to be recorded otherwise than in statistics. The wants of the hour and -the exigencies of practical responsibility wholly engage the mind. Half a -century ago, it was usual to sneer in England at the literary pretensions -of America; but the ridicule was quite as unphilosophical as unjust, -for it was to be expected that the new settlements would find their -chief mental subsistence in the rich heritage of British literature, -endeared to them by a community of language, political sentiment, -and historical association. And when a few of the busy denizens of a -new republic ventured to give expression to their thoughts, it was -equally natural that the spirit and the principles of their ancestral -literature should reappear. Scenery, border-life, the vicinity of the -aborigines, and a great political experiment were the only novel features -in the new world upon which to found anticipations of originality; in -academic culture, habitual reading, moral and domestic tastes, and cast -of mind, the Americans were identified with the mother country, and, -in all essential particulars, would naturally follow the style thus -inherent in their natures and confirmed by habit and study. At first, -therefore, the literary development of the United States was imitative; -but with the progress of the country, and her increased leisure and -means of education, the writings of the people became more and more -characteristic; theological and political occasions gradually ceased -to be the exclusive moulds of thought; and didactic, romantic, and -picturesque compositions appeared from time to time. Irving peopled -“Sleepy Hollow” with fanciful creations; Bryant described not only with -truth and grace, but with devotional sentiment, the characteristic -scenes of his native land; Cooper introduced Europeans to the wonders -of her forest and seacoast; Bancroft made her story eloquent; and -Webster proved that the race of orators who once roused her children to -freedom was not extinct. The names of Edwards and Franklin were echoed -abroad; the bonds of mental dependence were gradually loosened; the -inherited tastes remained, but they were freshened with a more native -zest; and although Brockden Brown is still compared to Godwin, Irving -to Addison, Cooper to Scott, Hoffman to Moore, Emerson to Carlyle, and -Holmes to Pope, a characteristic vein, an individuality of thought, and -a local significance is now generally recognized in the emanations of -the American mind; and the best of them rank favorably and harmoniously -with similar exemplars in British literature; while, in a few instances, -the nationality is so marked, and so sanctioned by true genius, as -to challenge the recognition of all impartial and able critics. The -majority, however, of our authors are men of talent rather than of -genius; the greater part of the literature of the country has sprung -from New England, and is therefore, as a general rule, too unimpassioned -and coldly elegant for popular effect. There have been a lamentable -want of self-reliance, and an obstinate blindness to the worth of -native material, both scenic, historical, and social. The great defect -of our literature has been a lack of independence, and too exclusive a -deference to hackneyed models; there has been, and is, no deficiency of -intellectual life; it has thus far, however, often proved too diffusive -and conventional for great results.—_Henry T. Tuckerman._ - - -POETRY OF AMERICA. - -America abounds in the material of poetry. Its history, its scenery, the -structure of its social life, the thoughts which pervade its political -forms, the meaning which underlies its hot contests, are all capable -of being exhibited in a poetical aspect. Carlyle, in speaking of the -settlement of Plymouth by the Pilgrims, remarks that, if we had the open -sense of the Greeks, we should have “found a poem here; one of nature’s -own poems, such as she writes in broad facts over great continents.” If -we have a literature, it should be a national literature; no feeble or -sonorous echo of Germany or England, but essentially American in its tone -and object. No matter how meritorious a composition may be, as long as -any foreign nation can say that it has done the same thing better, so -long shall we be spoken of with contempt, or in a spirit of impertinent -patronage. We begin to sicken of the custom, now so common, of presenting -even our best poems to the attention of foreigners with a deprecating, -apologetic air; as if their acceptance of the offering, with a few soft -and silky compliments, would be an act of kindness demanding our warmest -acknowledgements. If the _Quarterly Review_ or _Blackwood’s Magazine_ -speaks well of an American production, we think that we can praise it -ourselves, without incurring the reproach of bad taste. The folly we -yearly practice, of flying into a passion with some inferior English -writer, who caricatures our faults, and tells dull jokes about his tour -through the land, has only the effect to exalt an insignificant scribbler -into notoriety, and give a nominal value to his recorded impertinence. If -the mind and heart of the country had its due expression, if its life had -taken form in a literature worthy of itself, we should pay little regard -to the childish tattling of a pert coxcomb, who was discontented with our -taverns, or the execrations of some bluff sea-captain, who was shocked -with our manners. The uneasy sense we have of something in our national -existence which has not yet been fitly expressed, gives poignancy to -the least ridicule launched at faults and follies which lie on the -superficies of our life. Every person feels that a book which condemns -the country for its peculiarities of manners and customs does not pierce -into the heart of the matter, and is essentially worthless. If Bishop -Berkeley, when he visited Malebranche, had paid exclusive attention -to the habitation, raiment, and manners of the man, and neglected the -conversation of the metaphysician, and, when he returned to England, had -entertained Pope, Swift, Gay, and Arbuthnot, with satirical descriptions -of the “complement extern” of his eccentric host, he would have acted -just as wisely as many an English tourist, with whose malicious -pleasantry on our habits of chewing, spitting, and eating, we are silly -enough to quarrel. To the United States, in reference to the pop-gun -shots of foreign tourists, might be addressed the warning which Peter -Plymley thundered against Bonaparte, in reference to the Anti-Jacobin -jests of Canning: Tremble, oh thou land of many spitters and voters, “for -a _pleasant_ man has come out against thee, and thou shalt be laid low by -a joker of jokes, and he shall talk his pleasant talk to thee, and thou -shalt be no more!” - -In order that America may take its due rank in the commonwealth of -nations, a literature is needed which shall be the exponent of its -higher life. We live in times of turbulence and change. There is a -general dissatisfaction, manifesting itself often in rude contests and -ruder speech, with the gulf which separates principles from actions. -Men are struggling to realize dim ideals of right and truth, and each -failure adds to the desperate earnestness of their efforts. Beneath -all the shrewdness and selfishness of the American character, there -is a smouldering enthusiasm which flames out at the first touch of -fire,—sometimes at the hot and hasty words of party, and sometimes at -the bidding of great thoughts and unselfish principles. The heart of -the nation is easily stirred to its depths; but those who rouse its -fiery impulses into action are often men compounded of ignorance and -wickedness, and wholly unfit to guide the passions which they are able to -excite. There is no country in the world which has nobler ideas embodied -in more worthless shapes. All our factions, fanaticisms, reforms, -parties, creeds, ridiculous or dangerous though they often appear, are -founded on some aspiration or reality which deserves a better form and -expression. There is a mighty power in great speech. If the sources of -what we call our fooleries and faults were rightly addressed, they would -echo more majestic and kindling truths. We want a poetry which shall -speak in clear, loud tones to the people; a poetry which shall make us -more in love with our native land, by converting its ennobling scenery -into the images of lofty thought; which shall give visible form and life -to the abstract ideas of our written constitutions; which shall confer -upon virtue all the strength of principle, and all the energy of passion; -which shall disentangle freedom from cant and senseless hyperbole, and -render it a thing of such loveliness and grandeur as to justify all -self-sacrifice; which shall make us love man by the new consecrations -it sheds on his life and destiny; which shall force through the thin -partitions of conventionalism and expediency; vindicate the majesty of -reason; give new power to the voice of conscience, and new vitality to -human affection; soften and elevate passion; guide enthusiasm in a right -direction, and speak out in the high language of men to a nation of -men.—_E. P. Whipple._ - - -THE THREE PERIODS OF OUR LITERATURE. - -The literary history of the United States may be treated under three -distinctly marked periods, viz.: a colonial, or ante-revolutionary -period, during which the literature of the country was closely -assimilated in form and character to that of England; a first American -period (from 1775 to 1820) which witnessed the transition from a style -for the most part imitative to one national or peculiar, as a consequence -of the revolutionary struggle and the ideas generated by it; a second -American (from 1820 to the present time), in which the literature of the -country assumed a decided character of originality. - -Though men of letters were found everywhere among the colonists, in New -England alone, where the first printing press was established, was there -any considerable progress made in literary culture, and the literature of -the colonial period was chiefly confined to that locality or indirectly -connected with it. The earliest development, owing to the religious -character of the people, and to the fact that during the first century -after the settlement of the country the clergy were the best informed -and educated class, was theological. Some of the works, by Edwards and -others, in defense of the dogmas of the church were very elaborate, -and the positions taken maintained with much ability and acuteness of -argument. - -The influence of the great English essayists and novelists of the -eighteenth century had, meanwhile, begun to affect the literature of -the New World; and in the essays, the collection of maxims published -under the title of “Poor Richard,” or “The Way to Wealth,” the -scientific papers and autobiography of Benjamin Franklin, we have -specimens of practical philosophy, or of simple narrative expressed in -a style eminently clear, pleasing, and condensed; and not unfrequently -embellished by the wit and elegance characteristic of the best writers of -Queen Anne’s time. His investigations in electricity and other scientific -subjects are not less felicitously narrated, and together with the works -of James Logan, Paul Dudley, Cadwallader Colden and John Bartram, a -naturalist, and one of the earliest of American travelers, constitute the -chief contributions to scientific literature during the colonial period. - -II. The earliest works produced during the first American period, -commencing with the Revolution, are naturally associated with the causes -which led to that event. The severance of the intellectual reliance -of the colonies on the mother country followed as a consequence of -their political independence, and as early as the commencement of the -revolutionary struggle the high literary ability as well as practical -wisdom evinced in the public documents of the principal American -statesmen, were recognized by Lord Chatham, in whose opinion these -productions rivaled the masterpieces of antiquity. Politics now gained -a prominence almost equal to that enjoyed by theology in the preceding -period. The discussions accorded thoroughly with the popular taste, -and the influence of political writers and orators in giving a decided -national type to American literature is unmistakable. - -III. The last period of American literature presents a marked contrast -with those which preceded in the national character, as well as in the -variety and extent of its productions. In 1820 the poverty of American -Literature was sneeringly commented upon by Sydney Smith in the Edinburgh -_Review_, but from that date, the political crisis being past, the -intellectual development of the country has been commensurate with its -social and material progress, until at the present day it can be said -there is no department of human knowledge which has not been more or less -thoroughly explored by American authors. In history, natural science, -jurisprudence, and imaginative literature their efforts have not been -exceeded by those of contemporary authors in any part of the world. - -The catalogue of American books, many of them having rare excellence, -published in the last half century would fill volumes. - -Perhaps in her periodical literature, more than elsewhere, America -excels. Her leading quarterlies and literary magazines are scarcely -inferior to the best we get from Europe; while their number and -circulation are matter of astonishment. The masses in America read -far more than in other countries. They patronize 11,403 different -periodicals, that have an aggregate circulation of 31,177,924. Of these -3,637,224 are received daily, making 148,451,110 papers a year. There are -19,459,107 papers published weekly, making 97,295,535 a year. Others are -published semi-weekly, monthly, semi-monthly, or quarterly.—_Abridged -from American Cyclopædia._ - - * * * * * - -For when a man is brought up honorably, he feels ashamed to act basely; -every one trained to noble deeds blushes to be found recreant; valor may -be taught, as we teach a child to speak, to hear those things which he -knows not; such love as the child learns he retains with fondness to old -age—strong incitements to train your children well.—_Euripides._ - - - - -UNITED STATES HISTORY. - - -THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. - -For twelve years after the defeat of the French, the English colonists in -America, though suffering many things, prospered. A patriotic, vigorous -race had possession of the new world—men who loved liberty, knew their -rights, and dared maintain them. Their civil institutions were founded -on liberal principles, and the sovereignty of the people recognized. -Time and conflicting interests had somewhat weakened the ties that -bound them to the mother country. Already numbering near two millions, -though nominally subject to the crown they had, for generations, managed -their affairs with more hindrance than help from the ruling class in -Great Britain. Agriculture was the chief industry, and the products -had become extensive; but commerce hampered by many restrictions was -carried on awkwardly, and often with little profit to the producers. -Manufacturing enterprises were discouraged and hindered by arbitrary -enactments respecting them. The colonists felt the wrongs they suffered, -but endured them till the hindrances and burdens became intolerable. -Their complaints unheeded and their petitions spurned, nothing could -longer delay the bold, defiant assertion of their rights, or quell the -spirit of indignant resentment. The most thoughtful had reluctantly come -to regard war as inevitable, and resolutely prepared to meet the demands -that would be made on them. The differences between the home government -and the colonists were of long standing and about matters of such vital -interest to the latter, they could make no compromise. The king and his -ministers claimed the right to tax, at their pleasure, two millions -of British subjects who were allowed no representation in Parliament. -This was denied steadily and with emphasis—every attempt to enforce, -however indirectly, the claim was watched and defeated. Enactments that -were regarded oppressive were either evaded or openly set at naught. -The duties required could not be collected. No matter how plain the -law, governors who held office by the appointment of the king could not -enforce it, and the recusant merchants and manufacturers, if arrested and -tried, were not convicted. Applications to the courts for warrants to -seize goods were resisted—and neither search nor seizure was found quite -safe for those who attempted it. - -In 1763 officers were directed to confiscate all merchant vessels -engaged in what was declared unlawful trade, and English war ships were -sent to the American coast to enforce the order. This exasperating -measure ruined for a time trade with the West Indies, but failed to -intimidate. The next year the odious Stamp Act was passed requiring all -deeds, articles of agreement, notes, receipts, checks and drafts to be -written on paper bearing the government stamp, and taxed from three -pence to six pounds sterling, according to the purpose for which it -was prepared. Franklin, who labored hard to prevent the passage of the -act, was sadly disappointed and wrote to a friend at home: “The sun of -American liberty has set—we must now light the lamps of industry and -economy.” “Be assured,” said the patriotic friend in reply, “we shall -light torches of another sort.” And they did. The paper was manufactured -and sent over in large quantities, but no market was found for it. In -New York and Boston much of it was seized and publicly destroyed, while -whole cargoes were carried back to England. The people were thoroughly -aroused and indignant. Crowds of excited men collected in the towns, and -acts of violence were committed against any who proposed submission. -The ringing words of Patrick Henry in the Virginia legislature, and the -resolutions sent out from that body boldly declaring that the colonists, -as Englishmen, would never submit to be taxed without representation, -startled the people. Some were alarmed, but most expressed hearty -approval. About the same time similar action was taken by the New -York and Massachusetts legislatures, and the question of an American -Congress, suggestive of a separate nationality, was agitated. The -patriotic society known as “The Sons of Liberty” was now organized, the -members being pledged to oppose tyranny and defend, with their lives, -if necessary, the sacred rights of freemen. Merchants in the principal -cities bound themselves to buy no more goods from English houses until -the offensive act was repealed, while the people with wonderful unanimity -resolved to deny themselves all imported luxuries. The storm that was -seen to be gathering caused some hesitation in Parliament. The English -manufacturers and merchants, whose products and merchandise remained -in their storehouses, became alarmed, while a few eminent statesmen as -Lord Camden, and Pitt in the House of Commons, espoused the cause of the -colonists and denounced the folly of the administration. “You,” said -Pitt in a powerful speech, “have no right to tax America. I rejoice -that Americans have resisted.” The result was the necessitated repeal -of the unwise measure. To cover their retreat from the position taken, -and to conciliate the Tories, the act to repeal was accompanied with a -declaration of “right to bind the colonists in all things whatsoever.” -Nobody seemed to care much for their harmless declaration, and for a -brief space there was quiet, if not peace. - -A year later there was a change in the ministry, and, in an hour of -unparalleled folly, another scheme was brought forward to levy a tax in -a slightly different form—a duty on sundry specified articles, such as -glass, paper, printers’ colors and tea. The resentment was immediate and -indignant. It seemed like adding insult to injury, and denunciations of -the attempt, both in popular assemblies and by the press, were prompt -and bitter. Early in 1768 the legislature of Massachusetts adopted a -circular calling on the other colonies for assistance in a determined -effort to have redress. This, more than all that orators or editors could -say, exasperated the British lords, who in the name of the king enjoined -the legislature to at once rescind their action, that was pronounced -treasonable, and to express regret for such hasty proceedings. The sturdy -Massachusetts men, who had counted the cost, were not in a temper to do -anything of the kind, but instead they almost unanimously re-affirmed -their action; nor would they disperse at his bidding when the Tory -governor, with authority dissolved the Assembly. They knew the peril of -the situation, and their great disadvantage in having among them and over -them civil officers appointed by the king, while his armies held all the -forts and arsenals of the country. But there was no alternative. They -must accept a servile condition or offer manly resistance and take the -consequences. For this they were ready, and the people ready to sustain -them. In opposition to the governor’s edict they communicated to their -constituents and to the other colonies their unchanging determination to -resist the unjust demands of their lordly oppressors. This hastened the -crisis. The exasperated governor invoked the aid of the military. And his -friend General Gage, commander of the British forces in America, ordered -from Halifax two regiments of regulars to strengthen the governor’s -police. It seemed a large force for the purpose, but even they were -not sufficient to squelch the spirit of freedom. The civil authorities -promptly refused to provide supplies or quarters for the troops for whose -presence they had no occasion or need. They were encamped on the common, -and, for the purpose of intimidation, a great display was made, but it -only imbittered the feelings of the citizens. Mutual hatred between them -and the hired soldiers, aggravated by insults and injuries on both sides, -soon led to open hostilities. A small company of soldiers were attacked -by a mob, and fired, killing some and wounding others. The rage of the -people at the occurrence knew no bounds. They became so violent that it -was thought advisable to withdraw the troops from the city. The squad -implicated in the massacre was indicted for murder and had a fair trial. -This was magnanimous. The keenest sense of the injuries received did not -make true patriots forgetful of the personal rights of those who were the -instruments of the oppression they suffered. At the trial of the soldiers -John Adams and Josiah Quincy, both well known as stanch advocates of the -people’s cause, appeared for the defense, and showed that the evidence -could only convict of manslaughter, and as it seemed in self-defense, the -punishment should be light. - -Meanwhile full accounts of these disturbances were sent to England -and caused intense excitement there. Parliament not only censured the -colonists in strongly worded resolutions, but directed the governors to -seize and transport to England for trial the leaders of disloyalty. The -order was never carried out. Even after this some concessions were made -to the demands of the colonists under the pressure of urgent appeals from -English merchants who saw nothing but financial ruin to themselves in the -loss of their trade with America. The duties on all articles imported -from England were removed except on tea, and that, it was said, was -retained simply to assert the sovereignty of the home government. This -was an effort to conciliate those whom threats and military displays had -failed to intimidate, but it too failed. - -The East India Company had large quantities of tea in their storehouses, -and having no orders from merchants, and being assured that many -_Tories_, as all officers and supporters of the king were called, would -patronize them, made arrangements for carrying on the business through -their own agents. The plan seemed to promise success. Their men were -appointed and a number of vessels freighted and sent to America. But -there were difficulties in the way. In New York and Philadelphia the -consignees, though anxious for the gains promised them, became alarmed -and dared not enter on the duties of their appointment; and the captains -were obliged to return to England with their cargoes. In Boston the -agents of the company refused to resign, though threatened for their -contumacy. In the midst of the excitement three ships arrived with -cargoes of tea. A large committee demanded that it should be taken -away. Of course there could be no public, and the vigilance of the -citizens prevented a secret landing. The shipmasters saw that the only -safe course for them was to obey the will of the people, but when they -would have departed the governor was obstinate and no clearance could -be obtained without first landing the cargoes. Repeated meetings were -held, the question fully discussed, when it was resolved to resist to the -last extremity the landing of the tea. They were in mass meeting when -the ultimatum of the governor refusing the passports was received. The -deliberations were then at an end, and the enthusiasm knew no bounds. A -man in the crowd suddenly gave the war whoop and a rush was made for the -wharf. The disguised man was joined by others, perhaps twenty in number, -who without damaging any other property emptied all the tea chests into -the sea. The work was done speedily and without hindrance. When informed -of these violent proceedings Parliament immediately passed the “Boston -Port Bill,” and removed the custom house to Salem. At the same time two -other acts were passed, that added fuel to the fire, one giving the -appointment of all civil and judicial officers directly to the crown; -the other providing that in any future trial for homicide or violent -resistance of the lawfully constituted authorities, the governor might -send the accused out of the colony for trial. - -In 1774 General Gage was appointed governor instead of Hutchinson. -Personally he was much preferred to his predecessor, but coming to -enforce the Port Bill, and having military authority the people felt that -he was their enemy, and were ready to obstruct any measures he might -adopt. Though Gage, with his army of regulars, was in possession, the -organization and training of the militia proceeded with great zeal. Soon -twelve thousand were enrolled as “Minute Men,” or civilians ready for -military service at a moment’s notice. In the other colonies much the -same state of things existed. The people organized, drilled and prepared -materials of war for the common defense. - -In September of this year Congress met in Philadelphia. Of the -fifty-three members in attendance nearly all were men of high standing -in society, and already known to the country as true patriots. They were -not an assembly of political aspirants and adventurers who, for personal -ends, had sought the high position they filled, but representative men -who deeply felt that the best interests, if not the very existence of the -communities they represented demanded of them measures as prudent and -cautious as they were firm and uncompromising. They indorsed the action -of the Massachusetts Convention; put forth a plain, well-considered -declaration of colonial rights; enumerated instances in which these had -been violated; effected a more efficient opposition to any trade with -England until satisfaction could be obtained for injuries done. - -The moderation yet firmness of Congress met with very general approval. -A few were in sympathy with the government, and the Quakers condemned -everything they thought might bring on the country the calamities of war. -All other religious bodies, and especially the pastors of the New England -churches, without hesitation lent all their influence to the cause of -freedom. Parliament now decided on more violent coercive measures. The -policy of Pitt was rejected. The colonial agents, Franklin and others, -were refused a hearing, and large military reënforcements ordered to -America. The crisis had come sooner than some, who thought it inevitable, -expected, but the citizens, cut off from all their sources of prosperity -and denounced as rebels, were ready. The British garrison in Boston was -strong, but the suffering people were unawed, and the commander of the -post learned with some concern of the vigorous preparations for the -impending conflict that were progressing in all parts of the province. -Arms and other war material were, with all possible speed, collected and -stored in different places. It was soon learned that notwithstanding the -presence of the army and vigilance of the officers, large quantities -of arms and ammunition had been smuggled out of Boston and stored at -Concord, some eighteen miles distant. General Gage thought the time -had come to stop these movements that might cause him serious trouble, -and eighteen hundred of his infantry were sent to seize the stores at -Concord. The plan of that first raid was supposed to be entirely secret. -But somehow, Dr. Warren, a prominent Boston patriot, became apprised -of it and spread the intelligence through the country in time to have -the stores in part removed to a safer place. The troops next morning on -reaching Lexington, a few miles from Concord, found a company of militia -under arms, who were ordered to disperse, a volley was fired and eight -men killed. At Concord the minute men endeavored to keep possession of a -bridge, but were charged and driven from it. The object of the raid was -in part accomplished. Some stores that could not be removed in time to -save them were destroyed, but nothing of value could be taken away. The -“Minute Men” were, by this time, coming from all quarters, and a very -hasty retreat was found necessary. They were exposed to a galling fire -from riflemen concealed on both sides of the road, while others pressed -hard on their rear. Many fell, and but for reënforcements sent out to -meet them, the whole command might have been cut off or captured. They -lost that day not far from three hundred men. British soldiers and their -officers gained some new ideas of the metal of the untrained militia -with whom they had to deal. The war was now begun, the first blood shed, -and the call to arms was promptly answered in all parts of the province. -In a short time there were more men gathered about Boston with their -rifles and shotguns than could be employed. The city was besieged, and -in the trenches, amidst intense excitement, there was enough brave -talk of driving the British into the sea. Through all the southern and -middle colonies the news of the opening of the campaign called forth the -strongest expressions of sympathy and prompt assurances of support in -the common cause. Everywhere the patriots organized for defense and for -the seizure of such military funds and stores as might be found at posts -not sufficiently guarded. - -In May, 1775, Congress met again in Philadelphia and decided that as -war had been commenced by the mother country the most active measures -should be taken for defense. George Washington, of Virginia, was made -commander-in-chief, and several Major and Adjutant Generals appointed. - -In the meantime the forces that held Gage shut up in Boston rapidly -increased in numbers. Stark, Putnam, Green and Arnold, with their -militia, hastened to the scene of action, eager to avenge the wrongs of -their fellow citizens. - -In another quarter the eccentric Ethan Allen, with a company of Vermont -mountaineers, made a dash as daring and successful as any during the -war. The attention of the patriotic leaders was turned to the fortress -at Ticonderoga, where immense stores were collected for the use of the -British army. Allen resolved to surprise the garrison and capture the -place. They reached the shore of the lake opposite Ticonderoga without -being discovered, but found the means of transportation so limited -that only eighty men succeeded in crossing. To delay was to fail, and -the attack must be made at once. Allen and Arnold, who had joined the -expedition as a private, rushed into the gateway of the fort, driving, -and entering with the sentinel, closely followed by their men. The shouts -of the audacious assailants, already within the fort, were such as few -garrisons had heard. Not a gun had been discharged, but Allen’s men faced -the barracks, while he rushed to the quarters of the commandant, and -shouted, “Surrender this fort immediately.” “By what authority?” inquired -the astounded officer, suddenly roused from his slumbers. “In the name -of the Great Jehovah and of the Continental Congress,” said Allen. And -there seemed to be no alternative. A fortress that cost England millions -of dollars was captured in ten minutes by that little band of patriots. -Twenty cannon and a vast quantity of all kinds of military stores fell -into the hands of the Americans. - -In May of this year Generals Howe, Clinton, and Burgoyne arrived at -Boston with reënforcements that increased the army holding the place -to more than ten thousand men. General Gage, thus strengthened, became -arrogant, issued his proclamation, denouncing those in arms as rebels, -but offering pardon to any who would submit, excepting Adams and Hancock. -These two, when delivered up or taken, were to suffer the penalty for -treason. - -There were evident preparations for some movement from Boston—rumor said -to burn the neighboring towns, and lay waste the country. To prevent -this the Americans determined to seize and fortify Bunker Hill, which -commanded the peninsula over which their enemies would seek to pass. On -the night of the 16th of June, Colonel Prescott was sent with a thousand -men to occupy the hill. The movement was skilfully carried out, and a -position a little farther down the peninsula than that contemplated, -and within easy cannon range of the city was fortified, the men working -diligently till morning in digging trenches and constructing their fort. -When the astonished general discovered what was done, he said: “We must -take those works immediately.” After a fierce cannonade, that did little -harm, the attack was made by General Howe, with three thousand regulars, -determined to carry the works on the hill by assault. As the column moved -forward in fine order, all the batteries within range opened fire on -the intrenchments of the Americans, who were only about fifteen hundred -in number, and having wrought all night, and till three p. m., were -suffering from hunger and fatigue. Happily the gunners did not get the -range, or much disturb those in the trenches, who reserved their fire -till the head of the column was within one hundred and fifty feet, when, -at the command of Prescott, every gun was discharged with deliberate -aim. The shock was terrible. Hundreds fell, and there was a precipitate -retreat. At the foot of the hill they were re-formed, and made a second -fierce assault, with a like result, the men in the trenches reserving -their fire till the enemy were close at hand. The destruction was so -terrible that nearly all the officers fell, and the shattered column -returned in disorder. General Clinton, who had witnessed the unexpected -repulse, hastened to the field with reinforcements, and the third attempt -was more successful. The provincials had but little ammunition left, and -were unable to repel the fresh assailants. Some had already leaped over -the breastworks, and the brave defenders of the fort withdrew. In the -retreat the lamented Warren fell. Though defeated it was a glorious day -for the patriots. Generals Howe and Clinton had gained a victory, but at -fearful cost. Two more such would have nearly blotted out that splendid -army. - -They dared not venture into the country, but returned to Boston and -were still closely besieged by Washington and his army. The siege was -so pressed that it was difficult to subsist the army there, and to save -the city from destruction they were allowed to embark the whole army on -transports, taking with them many Tories who had been too open in their -friendship for the Royalists to be safe if left behind. Of that class -there were some in almost all communities, and during the bloody years -that followed they both suffered much and caused much suffering. In some -sections where they were numerous the citizen conflicts between Whigs and -Tories, or Patriots and Loyalists were characterized by great bitterness -and unmitigated cruelty on both sides. Hundreds were slain not in battle, -but by the hands of assassins who were neighbors, and had been friends. - -For nearly a year no decisive battles were fought, though there was much -skirmishing and much suffering, destruction of property and loss of life. -The colonists were in an anomalous condition, still confessing themselves -British subjects, and in the Episcopal churches repeating prayers for the -king, while doing all in their power to resist his authority and destroy -his armies. - -In June, 1776, a resolution similar to that passed by the Virginia -Assembly, was discussed in Congress with much ability, and on the 4th of -July the memorable Declaration of Independence, drawn up by Jefferson, -with the assistance of Franklin and others, was adopted. The preamble, as -remarkable for its finish as for clearness and strength, commences: “When -in the course of human events it becomes necessary for one people to -dissolve the political bonds which have connected them with another, and -to assume among the nations of the earth the separate and equal station -to which the laws of nature and nature’s God entitle them, a decent -respect for the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare -the causes which impel them to the separation.” After such a beginning -there follows a clear, succinct, forcible statement of the wrongs -endured, and the contemptuous rejection of all petitions for redress. -The conclusion reached is in the following words: “These united colonies -are, and of right ought to be, free and independent States, that they are -absolved from all allegiance to the British crown, and that all political -connection between them and Great Britain is and ought to be totally -dissolved.” - -For the maintenance of this declaration the signers pledged their -property, lives and sacred honor. - -Hostilities were continued with, if possible, more determined energy on -both sides. With some partial successes there followed a long series of -disasters to the patriot cause, that at times seemed almost hopeless. - -In August Washington, anticipating an attack on New York, sent Putnam -with nine hundred men to defend the place. They were defeated with heavy -loss on Long Island. The enemy, however, did not gain much from the -victory, as the patriots quietly crossed the river to New York in the -night, and the victors had but possession of the island, and nothing -more. In the city Washington himself took command, and had a large part -of his available forces there. When the British fleet, that was expected, -entered the harbor, any attempt further to defend the place would have -been useless, and the patriot forces were withdrawn. Fort Washington, -a place of great natural and artificial strength, on Manhattan Island, -five miles from the city, was for some reason not evacuated when the -army left, and was some time after attacked and forced to surrender. The -assailants suffered great loss, but took the fort, and the garrison of -two thousand men were crowded into the filthy New York military prisons. -Washington retreated through New Jersey, closely pursued, but by great -vigilance and skill avoided a conflict for which he was not prepared. It -often requires more real generalship to conduct a retreat safely, than to -make a successful assault, and the great American general, with an army -so inferior in numbers and equipments, had much to do in that line during -the struggle for independence. - -On the 8th of December he crossed the Delaware, taking with him or -destroying all the boats within reach, and thus baffled his pursuer. -Cornwallis found it necessary to wait for the freezing of the river, and -reluctantly put his army into winter quarters in the nearest towns and -villages. Two thousand Hessians, commanded by Colonel Rahl, occupied -Trenton, and the other detachments were arranged so that all might -proceed against Philadelphia soon as the river was bridged with ice. -During the month Washington saw and seized the opportunity to strike -a blow for his disheartened country. He planned to cross the river -Christmas night, in three divisions, and attack the portion of the army -at Trenton before daylight. The division led by the General himself and -Sullivan succeeded, not without great difficulty because of the floating -ice, in crossing some miles above the town. The others failed. Though -delayed beyond the time intended, and without the support expected, the -attempt must be made. So dividing those that were over into two bands, -that the assault might be made on both sides at once, they approached -rapidly. The Hessians were completely surprised, their Colonel killed at -the first volley, and the whole regiment, thinking themselves surrounded, -threw down their arms and begged for quarter. They were made prisoners -of war, and before night their captors had them safe beyond the river. -This at the time, and under all the circumstances, was an event of great -importance, as it encouraged the soldiers and gave new hope to the -country. - -Three days after, Washington with all his available force returned to -Trenton, and on the day following, Cornwallis approached from Princeton -with the main body of his army, determined to crush the resolute -Americans. After much skirmishing Cornwallis attempted to force his way -into the town, but was repulsed, and, as it was now evening, thought -it prudent to wait for the morning. The position of the Americans, -confronted with such superior numbers, was critical. To attempt to -recross the Delaware was too hazardous, so it was promptly decided to -withdraw quietly in the night, and by a circuitous route to strike the -enemy at Princeton before his expectant antagonist could discover the -movement. The baggage was safely removed, the campfires were lighted, -and a guard left to keep them burning. The sentries walked their beats -too, unconcernedly, till the morning light showed a deserted camp, and -about the same time the roar of American cannon thirteen miles away told -Cornwallis how he had been outgeneraled. A sharp battle was fought at -Princeton, and Washington was again victorious, but the legions of the -British army were within hearing. When they arrived the active enemy that -had so annoyed and harmed them had departed, going northward. Again sadly -disappointed, Cornwallis must needs hasten to New Brunswick, to protect -the stores. - -It is impossible here even to mention the important events that followed. -For weary months and years the terribly destructive war continued. -Many campaigns were planned and conducted with great energy. Battles -were fought in which the carnage was fearful. Ships were burned or -sunk—strongholds were taken by siege or assault, and the garrisons -defending them cut to pieces, or, as in some instances, cruelly massacred -after they were surrendered. Towns and hamlets were burned, and large -sections of country laid waste. For a time the greatest destruction was -in the East and North, but when the work of death fairly commenced in -the South blood flowed not less freely. In 1779 the principal theater of -the war was in Georgia and the Carolinas, and the heaviest engagements -were adverse to the Americans. Savannah and Charleston were captured and -the whole states overrun by detachments of British soldiers who at first -met with but little opposition. Very soon, however, the patriots, though -unable by reason of their losses to take the field in force, renewed the -contest under Sumter, Marrion, Pickens, and other daring leaders who -continually harassed not only the British, but also the Tories, of whom -there were great numbers in that region. - -In the North General Burgoyne, after two battles with General Gates, in -both of which the Americans had the advantage, surrendered his whole -army of seven thousand regulars, beside Indians and Canadians. This -achievement, vastly important to the country, as it had influence in -securing the powerful aid of France, gave Gates a standing higher than -he deserved or could maintain. On account of his victory at Saratoga -he was sent to recover South Carolina; but in his first encounter with -Cornwallis at Camden, he was routed, with the loss of one thousand men, -and with the remnant of his army fled to North Carolina. - -After obtaining aid from France, though some serious disasters were -suffered, and the faint-hearted were at times discouraged, the cause of -the country gained strength till final success was assured. - -In 1781, at Cowpens, S. C., on January 17th, General Morgan won a -brilliant victory over the British under Tarleton; and the bloody -battle at Eutaw Springs nearly terminated the war in South Carolina. -In Virginia, Cornwallis, who was now opposed by La Fayette, Wayne -and Steuben, had fortified himself at Yorktown, where he had a large -army. Meanwhile, the American army of the North, under Washington, -and the French army under Count de Rochambeau formed a junction on -the Hudson which seemed to threaten an attack on Clinton in New York, -and effectually prevented him from sending aid to the army shut up at -Yorktown. By a sudden diversion, and before the movement was discovered, -the allied armies, 12,000 strong, were far on their way toward Yorktown, -and arrived without hindrance, on the 28th of September. The siege was -but short. On the 19th of October Cornwallis surrendered, with his -whole army of 7,000 men. This victory substantially terminated the -conflict, and secured American independence. Thus ended the war which, -in the language of Pitt, “Was conceived in injustice, nurtured in folly, -and whose footsteps were marked with slaughter and devastation. The -nation was drained of its best blood and its vital resources, for which -nothing was received in return but a series of inefficient victories and -disgraceful defeats; victories obtained over men fighting in the holy -cause of liberty—defeats which filled the land with mourning for the loss -of dear and valuable relations, slain in a detested and impious quarrel.” - -During the seven years of blood Great Britain sent to the war she was -waging to subdue her colonists 134,000 soldiers and seamen. The forces of -the United States and their allies consisted of 230,000 regular soldiers, -and some 56,000 militia. Those who perished in battle or otherwise, by -reason of the war, reached some hundreds of thousands; other hundreds -of thousands were made widows or orphans, while the cost in actual -expenditures and property destroyed must be told by hundreds of millions. -And yet, for America, the sacrifice was not too great. The heritage of -freedom left us is more than worth it all. - - [End of Required Reading for 1883-4.] - - - - -NIGHT. - -By CHARLES GRINDROD. - - - The sunset fades into a common glow: - A deeper shadow all the valley fills: - The trees are ghostlier in the fields below: - The river runs more darkly through the hills: - Only the Night-bird’s voice the coppice thrills, - Stirring the very leaves into a sense. - A witching stillness holds the breath of things. - Earth has put on her garb of reverence, - As when a nun within a cloister sings - To mourn a passing soul before it wings. - Silent as dew now falls the straight-winged Night. - Clear overhead (God’s still imaginings), - Shining like Hope, through very darkness bright, - Star follows star, till heaven is all alight. - - - - -ECCENTRIC AMERICANS. - -By COLEMAN E. BISHOP. - - -VII.—THE WELL-BALANCED ECCENTRIC. - -At length we have an Eccentric American who was practical, successful, -useful, and happy; who was a conservative radical, a laughing -philanthropist, a non-resisting hero, a lovely fighting Quaker, the -popular champion of an unpopular cause, and—most singular of all!—a -Christian in fact and act, though counted a heretic by evangelicals, and -excommunicated by his own sect. It is just because his life was gentle, -and the elements so mixed in him, that Isaac T. Hopper takes rank as one -of the grandest and rarest of Eccentrics. For, as the reader may know, we -have declared from the outset of this series that the true man in a false -world is necessarily eccentric; that uniformity is always at the expense -of principle. “Ay, sir; to be honest, as this world goes, is to be one -man picked out often thousand.” And isn’t that odd? - -The key to this symmetrical eccentricity of friend Hopper is found -in the counterbalancing qualities of his character. A powerful will -was offset by a conscience equally imperative. A native bravery was -balanced by softness of heart, so that he was at once incapable of fear -and of cruelty; combativeness was mollified by simplicity of manner -and frankness of speech. A genius for finesse was by an all-pervading -benevolence and love of justice enlisted in the service of the slave -and the convict; a lively sense of humor sweetened the austerities of -a formal religion, softened the asperities of a life of warfare and -informed great natural pride with geniality. With less love of abstract -justice, he might have been a great lawyer; with less conscience and -benevolence he might have been a great soldier; with less earnestness and -dignity he might have been a great comedian; with less philanthropy he -might have been a great business man; with less executive will he might -have been a great preacher. Balanced as these qualities were, he was a -rare Eccentric—being lawyer, soldier, comedian, business man and minister -combined. - -“The boy was father of the man,” in his case. Born in 1771 to poor -parents, farmers in New Jersey, he early made manifest extraordinary -qualities. - -_Bravery._—A cosset lamb which he had reared was seized by a foraging -party of British soldiers from Philadelphia and cast bound into their -wagon. The lad of ten years ran and climbed into the vehicle, cut the -cords with a rusty jack-knife, and then stoutly resisted the captors, -until the officer in command, attracted by the outcry, rode up and -ordered the lamb restored, out of admiration for the wee patriot’s pluck -and devotion. He would fight any man on behalf of all of his pet animals, -of which he always had a menagerie, caught and tamed by aid of a certain -brute free-masonry which he possessed. - -_Justice._—Isaac and his brother trapped partridges. One day the former -found one in his brother’s trap and none in his own; first removing the -bird to his own trap he carried it home, saying he took it out of his -trap—the little lawyer! But before morning conscience asserted itself, he -confessed the deception and restored the game—the little justice! - -_Humor._—His love of mischief kept him in continual disgrace, and the -house and school in continual turmoil—albeit his love of justice usually -led to reparation of damages; if he got others into scrapes he was quite -willing to shoulder the consequences; he could fill a schoolmate’s dinner -pail with sand, and then dry all tears by giving up his own lunch. One -night he went to see old Polly milk. Fun soon got the better of the -boy, he got a twig, the cow got a sensation, and Polly got a surprise. -There was a lacteal cataclysm and a _tableau vivant_; mingled strains -of wild juvenile laughter and wilder feminine screams, accompanied by a -rude barbaric clangor of cow-bell and tin pail. The boy went slippered -and supperless to bed, but he lay there hungry and happy, waking the -wild echoes of his raftered chamber with shouts of laughter over the -persisting vision of how the maid turned pale and flew, and the cow -turned pail and ran, with altitudinous tail and head. The artless sports -of our childhood are often our most enduring joys, and Father Hopper -never forgot this _chef d’œuvre_ of his childhood, though he was only -five years old when he thus essayed the part of _Puck_; for he afterward -secured the cow’s bell, and for fifty years used it as a dinner bell, -refusing to substitute a more melodious, but less memorial monitor. He -immensely enjoyed reviving at once the household and his own thoughts -with it, and often with a sedate Quaker chuckle told the story when he -tolled the bell. - -Not the least curious antithesis in this mixed character was his -open-heartedness and cunning; his simplicity of speech and shrewdness -of management. From the age of nine years he marketed the farm produce -in Philadelphia, and there was known as “The Little Governor,” for -his precocious dignity. When asked the price of a pair of fowls, he -replied, “My father told me to sell them for fifty cents if I could, if -not, to take forty.” He got the fifty before he would part with them, -however—just as, years on, he would frankly give up his plans to an -antagonist and still beat him. - -Isaac’s sympathy with the enslaved was aroused as early as the age of -nine by listening to the harrowing narrative of a native African captive; -and he was only sixteen years old when he assisted to liberate a slave -who had acquired the right of freedom by residence in Philadelphia. -The lad was at that time apprentice to a tailor, his uncle, in the -city. Slavery still existed in all the states of the union, though -the movement for its gradual abolishment had been begun in several of -them. Pennsylvania had taken a long step in this direction by enacting -the gradual emancipation of her own citizens’ slaves, and decreeing -that any slave from another state, coming by his owner’s consent into -Pennsylvania and there abiding continuously for six months, should be -free; and that any slave landing there from a foreign country should -immediately become free by that fact. It was in enforcing this law, as -also in preventing the kidnaping of free negroes from Pennsylvania, that -Hopper soon distinguished himself. Philadelphia became a modern city -of refuge, and Friend Hopper a recognized deliverer of fugitives and -freedmen, from either Southern or Northern states. It is thus a fact, not -often remarked as to the relation of human slavery to our government, -that the first blows at the institution were the work of state rights; -and that the remedy provided for this trenching of one state upon the -institutions of another, in the fugitive slave law of Fillmore’s time, -was an encroachment of federal power over the previously reserved rights -of the states. The National Anti-Slavery Society was formed many years -later; the national conscience was not yet quickened on this question; -but Philadelphia had even then a local anti-slavery society, and with -it Friend Hopper identified himself. He made himself master of all -the laws, findings, decisions and proceedings relating to slavery and -manumission, as well as, incidentally, an adept in the proverbially -intricate Pennsylvania laws of contracts, property, evidence, and -general processes, so that he soon became the best authority thereon -in Philadelphia. In fact, he was the embodiment of that enigma which, -it is alleged, could “puzzle a Philadelphia lawyer.” His standing in -court became so well recognized that no lawyer was anxious to take a -case against him. “You had better consult Mr. Hopper,” said a judge to a -veteran counselor who asked his opinion on a slave case before him, “he -knows more law on these cases than you and I both together.” “I thought -I knew something of law, but it seems I do not,” said a magistrate -petulantly, upon being tripped up in a slave case by Friend Hopper, a -layman. The latter did not scruple to use in behalf of freedom all the -technicalities and delays of law; and his craft in these devices was -not the less effective because his openness of manner made him seem an -unsophisticated and rather simple fellow. His dignity, simplicity and -directness of speech in quaint Quaker phraseology, compelled the respect -of courts and won the confidence of juries. If needs were he would -procrastinate and continue a case in court three or four years, until the -master would tire out and sell the manumission of the slave for a nominal -sum. In case of attempted kidnaping he took the aggressive against the -abductors, and forced them to pay roundly for the benefit of the negroes; -generally those who came to carry off others were glad enough to escape -themselves. Hopper and other friends advanced large sums of money for -the purchase of manumissions, which were invariably repaid, in part or -entire, from the subsequent earnings of the freedmen. - -Unbroken success at length brought Friend Hopper a factitious reputation, -insomuch that it was difficult to enlist Philadelphia officers of law -heartily against him; if a magistrate reluctantly granted a process, the -constables more timidly executed it. “Did you say I dared not grant a -warrant to search your house?” demanded the Mayor upon one occasion. - -“Indeed I did say so, and I now repeat it,” rejoined the imperturbable -Quaker. “I am a man of established reputation; I am not a suspicious -character.” (This was what the world calls “bluffing.” The slave was at -that moment locked in his house.) - -“Is not this man’s slave in your house?” asked the Mayor. - -“Thou hast no right to ask that question, friend Mayor. A man is not -bound to inform against himself. Thou well knowest the penalty for -secreting a slave.” - -Getting no evidence sufficient for a search-warrant, his house was -watched day and night for a week. Friend Hopper, with perfect urbanity, -tendered the planter the use of his warm parlor as a guard-house, for -the nights were cold. This was surlily refused. In the morning he had a -good hot breakfast prepared for the shivering men outside, but they dared -not accept it. They had learned that Hopper was most dangerous when most -agreeable, and feared a trick from the gift-bearing Greek. A ruse _was_ -preparing for them. At night a free colored man was employed to run out -of the house. The guard sprang out of their hiding and seized him, but -immediately released him on perceiving their mistake. Hopper arrested -them and put them under peace bonds. This made them cautious. The next -night the same negro made another rush and was not stopped. The third -night it was the slave who did the rushing; he ran past the irresolute -guard and escaped to other hiding, until Hopper could negotiate his -manumission with the discouraged master. - -On one occasion he instituted a fictitious suit for debt against a -freedman in order to gain time to secure evidence of his freedom. On -another, he offered to become bound _to the United States_ for the -return of a slave to court, and the simple magistrate so entered the -recognizance. When the day came Hopper was there but the slave was not, -and magistrate, owner and lawyer for the first time discovered that the -bond was worthless, as the United States could not be a party to it. -Again he entered into an undertaking to produce a slave or pay $500 for -his freedom—after his master had once before agreed to free him for $150. -He produced the slave, and professed to have failed in raising the $500, -and demanded the return of his bond. The slave, previously instructed, as -soon as the bond touched Hopper’s hand, bolted and escaped by a back door -and an alley. The master was so furious at this trick that he assaulted -several free colored people, for which he was arrested and threatened -with such heavy penalties that he was glad to remit the $150 first -promised him for a bill of manumission, and to pay some damages to the -other negroes besides. - -“There is no use trying to capture a runaway slave in Philadelphia,” -exclaimed an irate and discouraged master. “I believe the devil himself -could not catch them when they once get here.” - -“That is very likely,” answered Friend Hopper with a twinkling eye; “but -I think he would have less difficulty in catching the masters, being so -much more familiar with them.” - -In dealing with so desperate a class of men as usually made a business -of man-chasing, incensed as they were by his successful tactics, Hopper -was often in extreme peril, and he always showed a coolness and dexterity -equal to the most daring of them. His adventures and escapes outdo -romance. After making all allowance for supposed consciousness of the -weakness of a bad cause on the part of his antagonists, and the moral -effect of his name; after picturing his insensibility to fear, his calm, -good-natured, and dignified bearing, and above all, that remarkable -will-power, under which officers in the rightful discharge of their -duties had been known to surrender to him—maugre all this, it seems -wonderful that in the hundreds of cases he had to do with, he neither -used force nor (save once) suffered by force. It seems as if there could -have been found some one man in the United States cool enough to face -down or reckless enough to strike down this man of peace—but there was -not. It must have been the power of passiveness, the irresistibleness -of non-resistance. “The weak alone are strong.” This is Scriptural -eccentricity. Even in this world of force he who, when smitten on one -cheek, can turn the other, may conquer—though this is a definition of -success by cheek that is not usually accepted. - -The solitary occasion upon which Friend Hopper suffered violence was when -a posse of kidnapers guarding a negro threw him bodily from a second -story window. Though severely hurt, as it afterward turned out, he gained -a reëntrance, and while the guard were yet congratulating themselves on -being well rid of him, he walked into the room, cut the captive’s bonds -and secured his escape. He seemed to bear a charmed life, and when years -later he went to Europe, he found the reputation of a wizard had preceded -him. - -These efforts lasted during his forty years’ residence in Philadelphia, -and continued after his removal to New York (1829). Not less than one -thousand persons owed their escape from servitude to him, some of them -becoming useful members of society. One was a missionary to Sierra Leone, -one a bishop, several were preachers and teachers. So this one tailor -made nine men multiplied an hundred fold. - -He made other than black men. His labors in behalf of prison reform and -for the raising of fallen men and abandoned women, and the relief of the -unfortunate, if less exciting, were not less apt to draw our admiration -and sympathy. The story of “The Umbrella Girl,” which has traveled the -rounds of the press for forty years, is a good example of his tact in -conducting a delicate case to a happy end; one hardly knows which most -to admire, the goodness or the shrewdness of the philanthropist. His -biography, by Lydia Maria Child, abounds in narratives of these acts; it -would make an admirable Sunday-school library volume. - -His success in reclaiming the lost and despairing was largely due to two -beautiful traits, viz.: his confidence in human nature and his patient -long-suffering. Seventy and seven times could he forgive and lift again -a brother, because he believed there was an imperishable spark of the -divine there. He was accustomed to say that there was not one among the -prisoners in the Philadelphia penitentiary with whom he would be afraid -to trust himself alone by night with large sums of money in his pocket. - -His biographer tells the following in point: - - One of the prisoners, who had been convicted of manslaughter, - became furious, in consequence of being threatened with a - whipping. When they attempted to bring him out of his dungeon - to receive punishment, he seized a knife and a club, rushed - back again, and swore he would kill the first person who came - near him. Being a very strong man, and in a state of madness, - no one dared to approach him. They tried to starve him into - submission, but finding he was not to be subdued that way, they - sent for Friend Hopper, as they were accustomed to do in all such - difficult emergencies. He went boldly into the cell, looked the - desperado calmly in the face, and said, “It is foolish for thee - to contend with the authorities, thou wilt be compelled to yield - at last. I will inquire into thy case. If thou hast been unjustly - dealt by, I promise thee it shall be remedied.” This kind and - sensible remonstrance had the desired effect. From that time - forward he had great influence over the ferocious fellow, who was - always willing to be guided by his advice, and finally became one - of the most reasonable and orderly inmates of the prison. - -Charity for convicts was truly eccentric in that day. The general -sentiment regarding prisoners and prison management was far different -from what it now is. It was with great difficulty that consent could be -got to even hold religious services in prison; the authorities declaring -that the prisoners would rise, kill the minister, escape in a body, and -burn and kill indiscriminately. At the first service (1787) they had -a loaded cannon mounted on the rostrum, by the side of the messenger -of Christ, a man standing by with lighted match during the prayer and -preaching, the prisoners being carefully arranged in a solid column -in front of the cannon. Thus was accompanied the first preaching to -prisoners in this country. Deplorable as was their situation behind the -bars, their punishment was hardly less after their release. “Who passes -here leaves hope behind” might have been written over the prison door -outside and inside. (Was the North then more humane in its regard of -convicts than the South was in its regard of slaves? In which respect has -public sentiment more improved, and in what states most?) - -Among the insane, too, he was a missionary. He had the clairvoyant sense -to understand, and the mysterious power to control them, such as made -him when a boy a tamer of wild animals. In fact, among all the depraved -and unfortunate elements of society his face was a benediction, his -tones pulsated hope, his hand lifted to better lives. I fancy that his -cheery, hearty, homely, sympathetic presence came from the feminine side -of his nature, while the strong uplift and commanding presence came from -the masculine side; and that he seemed both mother and father to the -unfortunate; to be a representative of both home and heaven. The grandest -natures that walk the earth are these congenital marriages, combinations -of the two sexes in one person. The weakest, those which are only -masculine or only feminine. - - “The bravest are the tenderest, - The loving are the daring.” - -Friend Hopper’s appearance was much in his favor in this work. His erect -form, jet black, curly hair, plain, rich Quaker costume, and dignified -port made him conspicuous in a crowd. But his face was the study. Its -lines mingled of strength and tenderness gave it that representation -of benign efficiency which sculptors and limners try to give to their -personifications of divine attributes. Humboldt’s was one of those -faces—and I remember once seeing some children, constructing a “play” -world, paste a likeness of Humboldt to the ceiling. When asked what that -was for, they explained with perfect sincerity and reverence, “That is -God.” Happy the childhood that hath received such beautiful conceptions -of the All Father! It was often remarked that Hopper’s face bore a strong -resemblance to that of Napoleon Bonaparte. Joseph Bonaparte, when he -resided at Bordentown, frequently commented on the remarkable likeness, -and declared that Isaac T. Hopper could easily excite a revolution in -Paris. - -In 1829 Friend Hopper had reduced himself to insolvency by the -expenditure of money and time on behalf of others, and he closed his -tailoring business at Philadelphia, removed to New York, and accepted -the agency for the publications of the Anti-Slavery Society. Here his -activity in behalf of slaves got him worse enmity than in Philadelphia it -did. New York’s commercial interests made her a Northern stronghold of -pro-slavery sentiment. The press was violent against the Abolitionists, -the courts were unfriendly, and “Judge Lynch” more than once summarily -adjudicated their cases. One of these mobs directed their attack toward -Friend Hopper’s store, after having sacked several places. He was -apprised of the danger but refused to budge, to call in help, to close -his doors, or to put up his shutters. He received the howling rioters, -standing impassively on the steps. Not a word was uttered on either -side; the mob stopped its course there, because the sight of its master -compelled it to pause, and presently it passed on to other spoliation. -It was quite fit that in the same city twenty-five years later, the mob -which hung negroes to lamp posts and burned colored orphan asylums should -single out the house of Isaac T. Hopper’s daughter for destruction, while -she was away nursing soldiers in the hospitals! - -The commercial spirit of slavery invaded every interest of society -and every church. Even the Quakers became infected, insomuch that -Friend Hopper and others were tried and expelled the society for their -connection with anti-slavery publications. Thus the persecuted sect of -old turned persecutors. This was the severest penalty this Eccentric -was called on to pay for his adherence to his work; for he loved the -faith and associations of his fathers. It was he who remained orthodox -and regular, however, and the society which became eccentric to true -Quakerism; they narrowed and declined. “His character grew larger and his -views more liberal, after the bonds which bound him to a sect were cut -asunder,” says his Quaker biographer; “it is astonishing how troublesome -a living soul proves to be when they try to shut it up within the narrow -limits of a drowsy sect.” He lived to be solicited to return to the -society, and to decline a connection with a church which he thought had -abandoned its own faith and practice. - -In New York Friend Hopper also continued his work on behalf of -prisoners and offenders. Public interest at length awoke; the Prison -Association was formed, and organized efforts began in that direction. -Father Hopper was made its agent, and he became a very active one, -for though seventy-four years old, his movements were as elastic, his -spirit as young, and his hair as unstreaked of white as ever. In the -legal relations of this work, Friend Hopper was frequently before the -legislature and the governor of the state, and his appeals uniformly -secured ameliorations of law or pardon of convicts. “Friend Hopper, I -will pardon any convict whom you say you conscientiously believe I ought -to pardon,” said Governor Young. Hopper always addressed his excellency -as “Esteemed friend, John Young,” and the Governor in reply adopted the -Quaker “thou” and “thee.” When he was seventy-eight years old the Prison -Association struck a bronze medallion likeness of Hopper, from the fine -portrait by the artist Page, representing him raising a prisoner from the -ground, and bearing the striking text: - - “To seek and save that which was lost.” - -No one this side of the White Throne knows how many he was instrumental -in rescuing from worse than death. One whom he had lifted from prison, -from the insane asylum, from the gutter many times, and at last made a -safe, good, and happy woman, thus wrote him: - - “Father Hopper, you first saw me in prison, and visited me. You - followed me to the asylum. You did not forsake me. You have - changed a bed of straw to a bed of down. May heaven bless and - reward you for it. No tongue can express the gratitude I feel. - Many are the hearts you have made glad. Suppose all you have - dragged out of one place and another were to stand before you at - once! I think you would have more than you could shake hands with - in a month; and I know you would shake hands with them all.” - -Isaac T. Hopper’s democratic spirit was one of the most conspicuous of -his minor traits. It was founded in his natural lack of reverence and -intense love of justice, and fostered by his religious training and -political experience. He came honestly by it. His mother revealed it in -her parting injunction to him upon his leaving home: “My son, you are -now going forth to make your own way in the world. Always remember that -you are as good as any other person; but remember also that you are no -better.” Fowler, the phrenologist, made a happy guess when he said of -Hopper: - - “He has very little reverence, and stands in no awe of the powers - that be. He is emphatically republican in feeling and character. - He has very little credulity; he understands just when and where - to take men and things.” - -How remarkable was the benevolence of a man thus keen-sighted for human -defects, and immovable by human excellence, that he became so great a -philanthropist; but for this counterbalance of sympathy and justice he -would have been a cynic—with his keen wit, a satirist. His democratic -manners showed more conspicuously in the old country than here. The -following incidents illustrate his irreverence and coolness: - - When in Bristol, he asked permission to look at the interior of - the cathedral. He had been walking about some little time when - a rough looking man said to him in a very surly tone, “Take off - your hat, sir!” - - He replied very courteously, “I have asked permission to enter - here to gratify my curiosity as a stranger. I hope there is no - offense.” - - “Take off your hat!” rejoined the rude man. “If you don’t, I’ll - take it off for you.” - - Friend Hopper leaned on his cane, looked him full in the face, - and answered very coolly, “If thou dost, I hope thou wilt send - it to my lodgings; for I shall have need of it this afternoon. I - lodge at No. 35, Lower Crescent, Clifton.” The place designated - was about a mile from the cathedral. The man stared at him as - if puzzled whether he were talking to an insane person or not. - When the imperturbable Quaker had seen all he cared to see, he - deliberately walked away. - - At Westminster Abbey he paid the customary fee of two shillings - sixpence for admission. The doorkeeper followed him, saying, “You - must uncover yourself, sir.” - - “Uncover myself,” exclaimed the Friend, with an affectation of - ignorant simplicity. “What dost thou mean? Must I take off my - coat?” - - “Your coat!” responded the man, smiling. “No, indeed, I mean your - hat.” - - “And what should I take off my hat for?” he inquired. - - “Because you are in a church, sir,” answered the doorkeeper. - - “I see no church here,” rejoined the Quaker. “Perhaps thou - meanest the house where the church assembles. I suppose thou - art aware that it is the _people_, not the _building_, that - constitutes a church, sir?” - - The idea seemed new to the man, but he merely repeated, “You must - take off your hat, sir.” - - But the Friend inquired, “What for? On account of these images? - Thou knowest Scripture commands us not to worship graven images.” - - The man persisted in saying that no person could be permitted - to pass through the church without uncovering his head. “Well, - friend,” rejoined Isaac, “I have some conscientious scruples on - that subject; so give me back my money and I will go out.” - - The reverential habits of the doorkeeper were not quite strong - enough to compel him to that sacrifice; and he walked away - without saying anything more on the subject. - - When Friend Hopper visited the House of Lords, he asked the - sergeant-at-arms if he might sit on the throne. He replied, “No, - sir. No one but his majesty sits there.” - - “Wherein does his majesty differ from other men?” inquired he. - “If his head were cut off, wouldn’t he die?” - - “Certainly he would,” replied the officer. - - “So would an American,” rejoined Friend Hopper. As he spoke he - stepped up to the gilded railing that surrounded the throne, - and tried to open the gate. The officer told him it was locked. - “Well, won’t the same key that locked it unlock it?” inquired he. - “Is this the key hanging here?” - - Being informed that it was, he took it down and unlocked the - gate. He removed the satin covering from the throne, carefully - dusting the railing with his handkerchief before he hung the - satin over it, and then seated himself in the royal chair. - “Well,” said he, “do I look anything like his majesty?” - - The man seemed embarrassed, but smiled as he answered, “Why, sir, - you certainly fill the throne very respectably.” - - There were several noblemen in the room, who seemed to be - extremely amused by these unusual proceedings. - -Father Hopper lived verily to a “green old age.” On his eightieth -birthday he thus wrote to his youngest daughter, Mary: - -“My eye is not dim, nor my natural force abated. My head is well covered -with hair, which still retains its usual glossy, dark color, with but few -gray hairs sprinkled about. My life has been prolonged beyond most, and -has been truly a chequered scene. Mercy and kindness have followed me -thus far, and I have faith that they will continue with me to the end.” - -A few months later, going to visit a discharged convict for whom the -association had built a shop far up in the city, Friend Hopper took a -fatal cold. It was a long and painful sickness, but he restrained his -tendency to groan by singing, and said: “There is no cloud. There is -nothing in the way. Nothing troubles me.” His heart was with his past -work. His son-in-law wrote: “Reminiscences are continually falling from -his lips, like leaves in autumn from an old forest tree; not, indeed -green, but rich in the colors that are of the tree, and characteristic. I -have never seen so beautiful a close to a good man’s life.” On the last -day he said: “I seem to hear voices singing, ‘We have come to take thee -home.’” And again he spoke low to his daughter, “Maria, is there anything -peculiar in this room?” “No; why do you ask that question?” “Because,” -said the dying patriarch, “you all look so beautiful; and the covering -on the bed hath such glorious colors as I never saw. But perhaps I had -better not have said anything about it.” - -His last act was characteristic. Calling for his box of private papers -he took out one and asked to have it destroyed, lest it should do some -injury. He confided to his eldest daughter as a precious keepsake a -little yellow paper, fastened by a rusty pin; it was the first love -letter of his first love, her mother, written when she and he were -fourteen years old, children in school. Love of justice and love of love -in his last breath! - - * * * * * - -Truth is the source of every good to gods and men. He who expects -to be blest and fortunate in this world should be a partaker of it -from the earliest moment of his life, that he may live as long as -possible a person of truth; for such a man is trustworthy. But that -man is untrustworthy who loveth a lie in his heart; and if it be told -involuntary, and in mere wantonness, he is a fool. In neither case -can they be envied; for every knave and shallow dunce is without real -friends. As time passes on to morose old age, he becomes known, and has -prepared for himself at the end of his life a dreary solitude; so that, -whether his associates and children be alive or not, his life becomes -nearly equally a state of isolation.—_Plato._ - - - - -WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH THE INEBRIATES? - - Synopsis of a lecture delivered on Saturday, April 12, in the - National Museum, at Washington, D. C., by Dr. W. W. Godding, in - charge of the Government Hospital for the Insane at Washington, - D. C. - - -The profound interest which I feel for this subject is in sympathy with -certain words of Terence: “I am a man, and nothing that concerns a man -do I deem a matter of indifference to me.” This sentiment is to be -commended to the scientists of the Christian era. Entitled, then, to the -grave consideration of humanity, is the miserable inebriate. The study -of this subject has both a biological and anthropological bearing. The -former defines the protoplasm—the wonderful beginning of existence—the -subject in hand demonstrates the destructive oxidation of the soul in the -presence of alcohol, the deterioration of vital energy, and a misspent -life. Again, the anthropologist studies man in his present and primeval -existence, delving into burial mounds and bone cases to spell out the -lessons learned by each succeeding generation in the great struggle for -existence. - -Of man it has been written: “How noble in reason! how infinite in -faculties! in form and moving, how express and admirable! in action, -how like an angel! in apprehension, how like a God!” But by saturating -his brain with whiskey, how soon would the godlike man become debased -lower than the meanest brute. Truly here in the nineteenth century—not -in the old red sandstone or in the silurian beds—but right here in this -day appears what might be called the “missing link” in anthropological -studies. - -What is to be done with the inebriate? Prohibition, total abstinence, and -women’s crusades have struggled with the demon of drunkenness, but its -throne has not yet been demolished. Its dominion was set up among men -long before the Macedonian conqueror, with heel planted upon the neck of -a prostrate world, was vanquished by it, and its temples were already -hoary when the old Roman worshiped Bacchus under the vines. In the -history of the world it has been more potent than Christianity in winning -the savage tribes, and at the same time has done more to depauperize -Christian nations than all other calamities put together. The subject -of intemperance and its cure present the most important social problem -of the day for both philanthropist and legislator. However, much good -has been brought about by the moral forces of society and the benevolent -organizations, toward the extinction of the vice, yet it seems that -its utter annihilation is entirely beyond the reach of all influences. -Shakspere well described this lurking remnant of a vice not wholly to be -controlled, when he said, “I have lost the immortal part, sir, of myself, -and what remains is bestial.” There has been too much nonsense in dealing -with the inebriate. The world has laughed too long at the noisy, reeling -comedy daily enacted on our streets, and is unmindful too often of the -corresponding silent tragedy taking place at home. Patient women are not -unfrequently found wearing away in gloom what might have been a happy -life, looking for the daily return of a drunken husband. Many a death is -attributed in the obituary columns of our papers to Bright’s disease, or -pneumonia, when in reality whiskey should take all the blame. - -The indiscriminate commitment of the inebriate to the hospital for the -insane is a grievous wrong. Genuine cases of a real insanity, resulting -from dipsomania, are indeed to be found, but it is absurd to class any -considerable portion of the inebriates in this category. The hospital -for the insane is, however, preferred to the workhouse, as announcing -less publicly the disgrace of the victim, and therefore it is that -dipsomania is so often stretched into insanity. With some physicians -inebriety is confounded with insanity, while others deny the existence -of an insanity whose sign is a passion for drink, and accordingly fail -to distinguish dipsomania from drunkenness or crime. These points need -not, however, be discussed in a lecture intended to treat the subject -socially. Social science asks whether this inebriety is a crime or -a disease. The law classes drunkenness among crimes, and sends the -offenders to penal institutions; but how often do friends, unwilling -to see the victims of intemperance committed with the felons, bring to -bear on the case powerful arguments to show that the mind is diseased, -and thus have him transferred from the gaol to the lunatic asylum, where -he is evidently out of place as soon as the fumes of alcohol have left -the brain. Inebriety is both a crime and a disease, and owing to a want -of recognition of this truth on the part of philanthropists, much work -and intended good have been wasted. When it is regarded by the law as -an _iniquitous disease_, and provided for by the law with a _curative -punishment_, then will the community at large be afforded a relief which -might also effect the recovery of the victim. - -As to the vices of drunkenness and opium consumption, women are probably -as much addicted to the latter as men, while drunkenness counts many -more victims among the males. The former is a social vice, the latter a -solitary evil. The latter injures none but the consumer, leaving out of -consideration its power to unfit the mind for business, and thus injure -the other members of the family. Through persistent indulgence in opium -the mind at last suffers more surely than from alcohol. The love of opium -often originates in a physician’s prescription of an opiate for the -relief of pain. That is a grave responsibility, but it is inexcusable -that the patient is allowed to renew the prescription at will, and long -after the immediate necessity for its use has passed away. The antidotes -so commonly used as “opium cures” are nothing but disguised morphine, -and the poor wretch instead of conquering his love for opiates allows -them to get a firmer and surer hold upon him. Such nostrums as “Collins’s -cure” and “Hoffman’s antidote” should be analyzed by a chemist directed -by state authorities, and the amount of morphine contained in them be -published to the world. Prolonged treatment in proper homes, where the -victims of opium can be protected against themselves, is the only radical -cure. - -The dipsomaniac is often to be found in the full vigor of youth; a man -rejoicing in a magnificent physique, and showing no external signs of -impairment. He may have talent and wit, and be high in the social scale. -But behind the mask something is found to be lacking. His liver, clogged -with fatty deposit, is disordered, the coats of the stomach are more or -less burnt out, dyspeptic symptoms are apparent. The man becomes moody -and irritable if deprived of his stimulant, while gout and neuralgia -perhaps add themselves to the list of symptoms. The most marked result -probably is the utter absence of the natural instincts of rectitude and -morality. His whole confession of faith might be summed up in the words -of Byron: “Man, being reasonable, must get drunk; the best of life is but -intoxication.” - -If the dipsomaniac be sent to the hospital, it is noticed that, -while recovering from the immediate effects of his revels there is a -condition of unstrung nerves, with marked depression of mind. As his -normal activity is restored through rest, proper food and abstinence -from stimulants, there appear peculiar intellectual and moral phases -characteristic of the inebriate. He speaks of his indulgence as a thing -of the past; blames everybody but himself for his excess; declares that -it is the result of a dose of Plantation Bitters (perhaps) taken as a -cure for an attack of cholera morbus, at the suggestion of a friend -who declared they contained no alcohol; treats the matter as something -which could never possibly happen again—in fact, regards it as an -unfortunate mistake. He declares that the idea of being detained as a -lunatic is absurd, and repugnant to his feelings, and probably will soon -actually have the effect of converting him into a lunatic; that it is -absolutely necessary for him to go and attend to his business. He will -never forget the physician’s kindness, and departs apparently cured. -His actions remind me of the poor Indian who came to the missionary -and began repeating the names of the twelve apostles, adding those of -the patriarchs and Old Testament worthies, and anxious to enlarge upon -Biblical literature; but when the astounded missionary exclaimed, “What -does all this mean?” the Indian promptly replied “Whiskey.” - -I have pictured the dipsomaniac as I myself have known him. There are, of -course, cases in which the victim is thoroughly convinced of his folly -and sin, and radically cured. That is the exception, however, and not the -rule. The grave question then has to be considered—“What shall we do with -the inebriates?” Are they to be sent back to their families, because the -law allows a man’s house to be his castle, in which he has a right to do -as he pleases? The inebriate has no such right. Whether sick or criminal, -such a man is a nuisance, and should be put down. The law should confine -him, however, not as a disturber of the peace, not as a terror to wife -and children, nor as a dangerous man to the community, but he should be -restrained and punished because he is a confirmed inebriate, with the -hope that the punishment will cure his disease and depravity. If sent -to the insane hospital it should be as an inebriate, not as a lunatic, -and a separate building and enclosed grounds should be provided for this -class. The law should provide for his prolonged detention and compulsory -labor. The victim, if a minor, should be sentenced for the remainder of -his minority. It is an open question whether the will power of a drunkard -ever, indeed, attained its majority. If over twenty-one years of age, the -first offense should be limited to perhaps one year; but should a second -commitment be necessary, then for a term of years, discretionary power -being left with the court, under the advice of the authorities of the -institution. - -Insufficient period of detention, lack of legal power to detain, and -absence of authority to inflict compulsory labor, has prevented much good -being done by inebriate asylums. It is the province of legislation to -invest the court and authorities of inebriate asylums with these powers. -Unfortunately, there is a fourth drawback to the permanent cure of the -inebriate—one which is outside of the control of legislation—namely: a -general indisposition to reform, a perfect atrophy of moral sense, an -instinctive return, like “the dog to his own vomit,” of the inebriate to -his cups. After the law has endued the authorities of inebriate asylums -with all desired power, the essential element of their cure then comes -in, and that is sound medical treatment. Asylums conducted in this manner -would be able to record quite as large a proportion of good recoveries -as the insane hospitals. Would there be anything cruel in subjecting -the patient to compulsory labor, or in detaining him for a long period? -Surely not; his freedom before the right time would only mean a return -to vice and sloth, while his labor could probably be made to pay for -his maintenance in the asylum. Not until savants take an interest in -this subject will public sentiment be gained, legislation in its behalf -enacted and, in fine, a glad release from this state of bondage be -attained. - - * * * * * - -It is a foe invisible which I fear—an enemy in the human breast which -opposes me—by its coward fear alone made fearful to me; not that which, -full of life, instinct with power, makes known its present being; that -is not the perilously formidable. Oh, no! it is the common, the quite -common, the thing of an eternal yesterday, which ever was and evermore -returns—sterling to-morrow for it was sterling to-day; for man is made -of the wholly common, and custom is his nurse. Woe then to them who lay -irreverent hands on his old house furniture, the dear inheritance from -his forefathers! For time consecrates, and what is gray with age becomes -religion. Be in possession, and thou hast the right, and sacred will the -many guard it for thee.—_Schiller._ - - - - -CLIMATE-SEEKING IN AMERICA. - -By GEO. ALFRED TOWNSEND. - - -As nations rise in wealth, comfort and communications, they discover -that the simplest of all things, mere climate or air, is of the greatest -value. The English race paid early attention to this question and seized -upon the sheltered positions, the _spas_ and baths as places of resort -both for weak systems and for luxurious existence. Religion itself -conveniently placed its miracles and chapels where the best climate or -the most healing waters were found. - -Soon after America was discovered there spread through the most -successful nations a belief in a Golden Spring, an El Dorado, and this -was pursued notably in Florida, where many yet believe that the most -golden spring is to be found, as its season hardly begins till February -or March, and is used to offset a lingering winter and the angry winds of -the northern sea coast country. - -One of the most notable instances of seeking a climate in our colonial -history is that of Sir William Johnson, who lived among the six nations -of Indians about the Mohawk, and being a portly man with European habits -of life, he found his old age, in spite of his active and military -youth, affected by gouts and by the heavy stagnant air of the limestone -valleys in which he lived, and he was one of the first Americans to -select at once a seacoast resort and the mineral springs. We need not -repeat the story of how the Indians, among whom he married, concluded in -their affection for him to show him their celebrated mineral spring, and -took him on a litter through hidden paths to the Tufa rock of Saratoga, -where he, the first of white men, saw the reflection of his face in the -meteoric water there. It is not as well known that Sir William Johnson -also made himself a road to the sea beach, near New London, where he went -in summer, not for mineral water, but for sea air, which he esteemed so -much more valuable. - -Climate, indeed, is one of the most important subjects to be considered -by superior men, and the earliest travelers in this country noted down -where they escaped the insects, where the nights were cool, where the -trade winds blew, etc. The oranges of Florida, for instance, were noted -by the old Spanish chroniclers as the finest that grew in their immense -dominions, and that perfection is kept up to the present time. - -General Washington, a man of good condition, was one of the early -annual seekers for a pleasant climate, which he found west of the North -Mountain, about Berkeley Springs, where he had a hut built, and for -years repaired there with his chicken cocks and horses. When he went -through Virginia as a young surveyor, he observed the differences in the -temperature, and in the humidity, and located some of the best springs -and resorts in the Old Dominion. When Washington first visited Saratoga -he endeavored, at once, to purchase the tract enclosing the few sources -at that time known, so much was he impressed with the superiority of the -climate of New York in summer over that of Virginia. - -Mr. Jefferson, who was one of the best amateurs in the country at all -sorts of subjects, although he lived on the top of a mountain above -the tidewater region, and in sight of other peaks, would not spend his -summers at home about Charlottsville, but had a road cut far into the -west and built himself a sort of lodge called Poplar Forest, in the high -country about Lynchburgh; it was a brick house on a slope, one story -high in front and two stories high in the rear, of octagon shape, with a -portico in front and a veranda in the rear. To this spot Jefferson went -both in summer and in autumn to escape his political followers, and to -think, read and sleep. - -Jefferson was one of the earliest weather prophets in this country and -in his works are found many references to the American climate, of use -to any future climatologist. About 1805 he wrote to Mr. Volney, the -philosopher: “In no case does habit attach our choice or judgment more -than in climate. The Canadian glows with delight in his sleigh and snow, -the very idea of which gives me the shivers. The changes between heat -and cold in America are greater and more frequent, and the extremes -comprehend a greater scale on the thermometer in America than in Europe. -Habit, however, prevents these from affecting us more than the smaller -changes of Europe affect the European, but he is greatly affected by -ours. As our sky is always clear and that of Europe always cloudy, there -is a greater accumulation of heat here than there in the same parallel. -The changes between wet and dry are much more frequent and sudden in -Europe than in America, for though we have double the rain, it falls in -half the time. Taking all these together, I prefer much the climate of -the United States to that of Europe, and I think it a more cheerful one. -It is our cloudless sky which has eradicated from our constitutions all -disposition to hang ourselves, which we might otherwise have inherited -from our English ancestors. Still, I do not wonder that a European should -prefer his grey to our azure sky.” - -This description in the main holds good to our time, although social -causes have increased here the tendency to suicide, though perhaps the -ratio of suicide is no greater in America now than it ever was. If we add -dueling, which was a form of suicide, to the regular cases of suicide, I -have my doubts whether more Americans make away with themselves now than -in the early days. I happen to think of one signer of the Declaration -of Independence who died from mental excitement over signing that -instrument, of another who was poisoned, and of a third who was killed by -a fellow patriot in a duel. - -Jefferson also noted in 1809, under “Cultivation,” the changes in the -American climate, in a letter to Dr. Chapman: “I remember,” said he, -“that when I was a small boy, say sixty years ago, snows were frequent -and deep in every winter, to my knee very often, to my waist sometimes, -and that they covered the earth long. And I remember while yet young to -have heard from very old men that in their youth the winters had been -still colder, with deeper and longer snows. In the year 1772 we had a -snow two feet deep in the Champagne parts of this state, and three feet -in the counties next below the mountains. But when I was President the -average fall of snow for the seven winters was only 14½ inches, and the -ground was covered but sixteen days in each winter on an average of the -whole. I noticed the change in our climate in my ‘Notes on Virginia,’ -but since that time public vocations have taken my attention from the -subject, nor do I know of any source in Virginia now existing, from which -anything on climate can be derived. Dr. Williamson has written on the -subject, and Mr. Williams in his ‘History of Vermont’ has an essay on the -subject of climate.” - -Addressing Mr. Louis E. Beck at Albany, N. Y., in 1824, when he was a -very old man, Jefferson said: - -“I thank you for your pamphlet on the climate of the West; although it -does not yet establish a satisfactory theory, it is an additional step -toward it. My own was perhaps the first attempt to bring together the -few facts then known, and suggest them to public attention, and they -were written before the close of the revolutionary war, when the western -country was a wilderness untrodden but by the feet of the savage or the -hunter. It is now flourishing in population and science, and after a few -more years of observation and collection of facts, they will doubtless -furnish a theory of their climate. Years are requisite for this, steady -attention to the thermometer, to the plants growing there, the times of -their leafing and flowering, its prevalent winds, quantities of rain and -snow, temperature of fountains, animal inhabitants, etc. We want this, -indeed, for all the states, and the work should be repeated once or twice -in a century to show the effects of clearing and culture toward changes -of climate.” - -Thus promptly did our early scholars and sages watch the climatic -relations of the country to its population and vitality. These “Notes -on Virginia,” which Jefferson wrote during the Revolution, contain -five years’ instrumental observation on rain, heat and wind taken at -Williamsburgh, the tidewater capital, which is about forty miles from -Fortress Monroe, which latter place has since become a winter resort. He -computed that we had forty-seven inches of rain annually, considerably -more than fell in Europe, but a much larger proportion of sunshine than -there, only half as many cloudy days as in France and Germany, and the -statesman says about the Alleghany Mountain region, of which Chautauqua -Lake is an outpost: - -“It is remarkable that proceeding on the same parallel of latitude -westerly, the climate becomes colder in like manner as when you proceed -northerly. This continues to be the case until you attain the summit -of the Alleghany, which is the highest land between the ocean and -the Mississippi. From thence, descending in the same latitude to the -Mississippi, the change reverses, and, if we may believe travelers, it -becomes warmer there than it is on the same latitude on the sea side. -On the higher parts of mountains, where it is absolutely colder than it -is on the plains on which they stand, frosts do not appear so early by -a considerable time in autumn, and go off sooner in the spring than on -the plains. I have known frost so severe as to kill the hickory trees -round about Monticello, and yet not injure the tender fruit blossoms -then in bloom on the top and higher parts of the mountain. A change in -our climate is taking place very sensibly, and both heats and colds are -becoming much more moderate, within the memory even of the middle-aged.” - -General Washington, it may not be generally known, kept all his early -diaries on the blank leaves of the “Virginia Almanac,” which was printed -at Williamsburgh, showing that he watched the weather as if it were a -part of public life. - -Washington came to the vicinity of Chautauqua Lake in 1753, when he was -scarcely of age, and this journey makes his earliest diary. He went -from Williamsburgh to Fredericksburgh, thence to Alexandria, thence to -Winchester in the valley of Virginia, thence to Cumberland, Maryland, -and down the Monongahela River and up the Alleghany to French Creek, or -the Venango. All the land was then a wilderness. Washington reported -from hearsay, at Venango, that there were four forts, the first of them -on French Creek near a small lake, the next on Lake Erie about 15 miles -from the other, from which it was 120 miles to the fort at the falls of -Lake Erie. From the fort on Lake Erie to Montreal was about 600 miles, -which the French only required four weeks to traverse in good weather. -Washington noted the good land about Venango and the extensive and rich -meadows, one of which was four miles in length. When Washington was -interested in connecting Lake Erie with the waters of the Ohio by a -canal, he was very explicit in addressing General William Irvine about -the climate traits of Chautauqua Lake; this General Irvine was a doctor -born in Ireland and settled at Carlisle, Pa., and he was among the first -men to understand the climate of Lake Erie, and he managed to get for -Pennsylvania a frontage on this lake. - -In the pursuit of climate, it is probable that the first movements were -made by the people of the populous states of Virginia and Pennsylvania. -Any one who possesses a library of travels in America, conveying -successive pictures of our social life from colonial times down to the -day of railroads, will discover numbers of perished watering places. - -For instance, about the time of the Revolution, the chief summer resorts -in Pennsylvania were about York, as at York Springs, and I possess -pictures of old log hotels at some of these resorts, where the outspurs -of the Blue Mountains gave a little altitude above the surrounding -plains. The wounded soldiers in the Revolution were sent up to Ephrata -and Litiz and Bethlehem, where the air was good and nurses were to be had. - -These Blue Mountains were not ascended until 1716, when Governor -Spotiswood of Virginia undertook to find where the rivers of that state -had their fountains, and he took an ensign in the British army and -went to the frontier, where he was joined by some gentlemen and some -militia rangers, about fifty in all, with pack-horses and much liquor, -and this little army started out from near the site of the battle of -Chancellorsville, and it took them a week to get to the top of the Blue -Ridge at Swift Run Gap, thirty-six days after the Governor had left -Williamsburgh. They went down into the Shenandoah Valley and called -that flowing river the Euphrates. So much delighted was Spotiswood with -the air and scenery of the mountains that he instituted an order of -knighthood called the Tramontane order. - -Such was the beginning of human knowledge of the Alleghanies, nearly 170 -years ago. The lives of three not very old men would have spanned from -that day to this. The nearest approach of that Alleghany range, of which -the Blue Ridge was the first parallel, to the great interior lakes of -North America, is at Chautauqua. At this lake the Alleghany ridge, which -divides the sources of the Ohio valley from the great lakes, is between -800 and 1400 feet high, every hill arable, and the earliest settlers -observed how quickly the apples, pears and plums succeeded in the mild -climate. They were surprised to find, at an altitude of more than 1300 -feet above the ocean, a noble sheet of water 20 miles long. Some of the -earliest settlers in this region came from the Blue Mountain country, -buying their land from the Holland Land Company of New York, of which -William H. Seward was long the attorney. Some of the first settlers -pitched their cabins about 1803. - -It is understood that Chautauqua Lake was first navigated about 1782, -when the Revolutionary war was almost done and the battle of Yorktown had -been fought. Desirous of keeping up some show of hostility, about 1800 -British and Indians were sent to recapture Pittsburgh, and they launched -their canoes on this lake, but their spies came back and told them that -the Americans were on the lookout. Earlier than this, about 1752, when -the French resolved to seize on the head waters of the Ohio, they left -Niagara Fort by water in April and got to a place they called Chadacoin -(undoubtedly Chautauqua) on Lake Erie, where they began to cut timber -and prepared to build a fort, but their engineer coming on afterward put -a stop to it, saying that the Chautauqua River was too shallow to carry -out any craft with provisions to the Ohio. The man who had begun building -the fort, M. Babeer, was so much pleased with the spot that he insisted -on continuing his work, and he demanded that his opponent give him a -certificate to excuse himself to the governor for not selecting so good a -place. Consequently the fort was built at Erie, or Presqu’Ile. - -The region about Chautauqua Lake is therefore, in an imperial sense, -the oldest in America, the neighborhood for which two great empires -contended, and at the time the French were meditating the seizure of -these high lands and water-courses, twelve Virginians, two of whom were -named Washington, formed the Ohio Company, before the year 1750. - -Thus a third of a century only elapsed between the discovery of the Blue -Ridge and the enterprises to connect the Alleghanies and the lakes on the -part of two distinguished nations. - -The high lands and hills about Chautauqua were familiar objects to the -subjects of Louis XV. on their way to meet the adolescent Washington, -and young Jumondville, who fell before Washington’s night assault, had -cooled his fevered eyes on the green forests of the Chautauqua summits. -In forty-six years more, old General Wayne, who used this region as the -base of observations against the Indians of Michigan and Ohio, closed -his eyes almost within sight of the Chautauqua hillocks, and, while his -body was still lying in the fort where he breathed his last, Commodore -Perry was building a crude navy to sweep Lake Erie of the British. Perry -came through New York state to Lake Ontario, from thence went to Buffalo -and took a sleigh on the ice for Erie, also passing within sight of the -high knobs of Chautauqua. Several of his vessels went from the region -of Buffalo, and at the age of twenty-seven this young officer won a fame -hardly surpassed in the naval history of the New World. - -The influence of the lake and western climate on the seamen and soldiers -who visited it was almost immediately seen in their location hereabout -and settling of many towns on the southern shore of Lake Erie, and if -both sides of this lake were American, there seems to be little doubt -that it would now be approaching the time of being the greatest center -of population in the New World. That center has been driven down the hot -Ohio valley by the limitations of our boundary, which giving not American -soil to the north of Lake Erie, has reluctantly abandoned the cool summer -air and clear fine winters of the lakes for the hot limestone inclosures -of the streams to the south. - -Yet the present growth of towns along Lake Erie shows with what alacrity -the populations of the lower West precipitate themselves against the -shores of the lake. Cleveland is growing faster than Cincinnati. Detroit, -long retarded by a _habitant_ population, is growing faster than -Louisville. Toledo is growing faster than Wheeling. Buffalo has almost -outgrown its more ancient neighbor of Pittsburgh. Chicago and Milwaukee -stride ahead of St. Louis and Memphis. When the summer comes and the -great national conventions choose their places of meeting, they benefit -by experience, and both assemble the same year at Chicago to get the air -of the lakes instead of sweltering in St. Louis or Cincinnati. - -The fine climate about Chautauqua is in much a matter of altitude. -Proceeding either east or west from this point, the shores of the lakes -lie comparatively flat, and in the state of Ohio there is but one -eminence sufficient to be called a mountain, and that is the Little -Mountain not far from Painesville, a mere knob only about 200 feet above -the plain, and ten miles back from Lake Erie. Even here some comfort can -be had by the inhabitants of the plain, and a hotel was built at least -fifty years ago. - -The rise of public biography on the southern shore of Lake Erie has not -been overlooked by the general reader; Garfield, Giddings, Wade, General -McPherson, Hon. Henry B. Payne, Governor Todd, William Howells, Chief -Justice Waite and many others are among the men whose minds have been -lifted by the breezes from the lake, and which have already begun to -display an energizing character attracting the attention of the whole -country. - -It has only been eighty-eight years since the first surveyors landed -at Conneaut to survey the military lands of Connecticut and organize -northern Ohio. When they pulled their boats ashore, which they had taken -from Buffalo up the lake, they were so touched with their improved health -that they moored on the beach, had prayer together and resolved to make -the first day in the West a holiday. Mr. Harvey Rice in his recent -history of the Western Reserve says: “The day was remarkably pleasant -and the air bracing, and they partook of an extemporized feast with -a keen relish, and gave for one of the toasts, ‘May these fifty sons -and daughters multiply in sixteen years sixteen times fifty.’” Seven -weeks after this picnic the site of Cleveland was selected for a city. -Twenty-two years after that the first steamboat starting from Buffalo -passed within sight of Chautauqua and entered the harbor of Cleveland and -went on to Detroit. - -I have been almost an extensive traveler in the United States, not like -commercial travelers, merely visiting the towns and trading points, but -the scenery and the health resorts. About twenty-four years ago I went -on the press and the vocation of special correspondent was then just -rising into consideration, and I threw myself toward it, desiring to -gratify “the lust of the eye” by my newspaper facilities. Even before I -left school I had tramped through the Alleghany mountains, through the -Sinking Spring valley, the Seven mountains and the fountain town called -Bellefonte, in the heart of the Alleghanies. Next I went through the -Lackawanna and Wyoming valleys, visited the old resorts in the lap of -Pennsylvania under the Blue Mountains, and in the midst of the war was -a battle correspondent at such places as the Fauquier White Sulphur -Springs. Next, lecturing opportunities took me through New York state and -the West, and I visited Fredonia twice, in the vicinity of Chautauqua -Lake, and there heard of the beautiful region almost overhanging it, on -the highlands. With renewed opportunities I have been in California, -about Los Angeles, and at Santa Barbara, and in southern Georgia and -Florida, and in Cuba, at the Hot Springs of Arkansas, on the summits -of the Osage mountains where the trade wind blows, at Springfield and -through the Indian territory, and at San Antonio, in Texas, with smaller -journeys to Oaklands and the Green Brier White Sulphur Springs, on the -Alleghany tops and the Peaks of Otter, and along all our coasts as far as -Mount Desert and New Brunswick, and several times in the White Mountains, -down the St. Lawrence to the sea and out the Northern Pacific railroad, -and I miss no opportunity, when I can afford it, to extend my information -of places and people. - -This is only said in answer to your request to give some idea of the -relative quality of the air about Chautauqua Lake. I have seen no place -where the air is so pure and the nights so agreeable anywhere along our -lakes, and the spot seems almost arranged by nature with a reference to -the anticipated arrangement of the people and the lines of communication -in this republic. - -When you consider that the low grade railroad route to the West must -turn the Alleghany mountains to the North and use the limited space -between those mountain spurs and the lake to reach the West without -unnecessary expenditure of steam power, it would seem that Chautauqua -Lake had been adjusted to the coming lines of travel, and we already have -the Lake Shore, the Nickel Plate, the Erie, and the different Alleghany -River lines, with more lines soon to come, to connect the Lehigh, the -Lackawanna, the West Shore, and kindred systems with the great West. - -Surely the spot is most agreeable for health and enjoyment to the great -homogeneous people who are nearly evenly divided in numbers by the -Alleghany range. The Alleghany mountains have hardly commenced their -material development, and being full of coal, oil, iron, and the more -precious minerals, the time is approaching when that mountain range will -contain on its slopes the densest population in America, and its mineral -resources be worked from the vicinity of Buffalo to Alabama. - -My brother, Doctor Ralph M. Townsend, who was a surgeon connected with -the medical schools of Philadelphia, and also a writer, was taken ill -about ten years ago and compelled to search up and down the world for -a climate in which to live. He tried Algiers, the south of France, the -Bahamas, the Bermudas, Central America, Lower California, Colorado, and -finally died in the Adirondack mountains, which he thought might allow -him, in the dry air, to safely winter there. He did not like Florida, -thought it was too damp, considered the southern part of California to be -subject to winds, took cold in Colorado, which hastened his death, and -finally considered that the northern climates were the most reliable. His -vital power was almost spent when he came to this conclusion. - -I was recently talking to General Pike Graham, a retired officer of the -United States army and a native of Virginia, about the relative climate -of Europe and America. He said that he had spent within a very few years -three full winters abroad, and had tried almost all the resorts in the -South of Europe, and he considered that the United States was much better -situated for climate. He did not think Florida was a good climate, being -too low and subject to changes and to dampness, but regarded southwestern -Texas as perhaps the best he knew. I haw talked to other travelers who -consider the City of Mexico to have the best air they know of on the -continent. - -It is of advantage to an invalid to have a resort from which the -surrounding world of men is attainable. That accounts for Fortress Monroe -in the winter, with probably an inferior climate, absorbing much of the -best travel to Florida. It is softer than any indentation to the north -of the Chesapeake, and can be reached by a husband, or brother, or wife, -from any of the great centers of the North in a very little time. The -same is the case with Chautauqua Lake; it is only a night from the East, -and a night and a day from the far West. A large portion of the American -people can visit it without taking rail at all, using the steam lines on -the St. Lawrence and the great lakes. It is especially a summer climate -and the foliage of western New York in the autumns is not equaled on the -globe, at least not in the temperate zones. The finest autumn tints I -ever recollect to have seen are in western New York, where the character -of the trees assimilates to the ardor of the foliage, and the maples and -poplars almost imitate the finery of the Indians who once dwelt in their -region. - -The Western States do not possess the variety of the East in coasts, -hills, spas, and scenery; much of the Mississippi valley is limestone -hill or flat plain, bare of mountains, and the first cool and lovely spot -reached from the West is on the lofty headwaters of the Ohio, near Lake -Erie. Following the Lake Shore to the westward I do not know of a single -spot to be found like Chautauqua, though one should go as far as Duluth, -where I have been also in the time of its prosperity, about 1872; the -heat at Duluth, though so much farther to the north, was much greater -in midsummer than it is on the Chautauqua uplands. Indeed, the heat of -the American summer penetrates almost every resort, and I have known at -Saratoga some of the most stagnant days of my life. A perfectly cool -climate is not obtained along our coasts till one gets to New Brunswick, -about St. John, and the coolness there has the drawback of heavy fogs and -a moisture exceeding Ireland. - -My brother, already referred to, possessed more special intelligence on -this subject than myself, and at the commencement of his sickness he -began a series of letters to the _Medical and Surgical Reporter_, where -I read at the outstart this sentence: “My languor and lassitude from May -until July was followed by a slight attack of laryngitis. I grew thinner -daily. A week in July at the high, dry country estate of a friend did -bring some increased strength and appetite, but a second week at Cape May -brought on a severe attack of bronchitis. Recovering partly from this, -two weeks were spent at Saratoga and Lake George with the effect of again -bringing me home with a bronchial attack, and the last straw was finally -attained by taking my boy to Atlantic City for his health. I had hardly -come within smell of the salt marshes at this place when my bronchial -trouble was brought back with redoubled intensity.” - -He goes on to say that his doctor, Professor Da Costa, ordered him to -find a new climate at once, as a deposit had already made its appearance -in both lungs. This was just ten years ago, and in the month of October, -he says: “Of the many different medical friends who came to say good-bye -and add hearty wishes for my recovery, scarcely two united on the same -place as the one best suited for me to go to.” - -My brother’s letters, continued for several months and written just -before his death, grappled with the question of a climate after severe -experience. He found Mentone “the most crowded of all places with -invalids, and the least deserving of patronage of any place long the -Riviera.” “If you get into a carriage in front of a hotel on a beautiful -sunshiny day you protest against taking an overcoat in the absolute -heat, but when you turn a corner into a shady street or get on the shady -side of a wall or hill and let the sun be temporarily obscured, you must -quickly draw close your overcoat and pull a robe over your lap. I do not -recommend Nice as a winter climate except by comparison, and I would -never halt on the north shore of the Mediterranean if it were in my power -to reach Egypt or Algeria.” - -He kept a diary, wherever he went, of the condition of the weather, and -Europe is almost invariably written “cloudy,” “chilly,” “raw,” “showery,” -or “rain.” He thought much better of Algiers, where he stayed fifty-nine -days, but how few persons can afford to go to Algiers—“and even there,” -he says, “ten days were partially or wholly cloudy, and on eleven -days we had continuous rains or showers, one of the rainy days being -characterized by a smart hail storm.” This was between January and March. - -Santa Barbara is probably the best indorsed wintering place on the coast -of California. I went ashore there from a ship, and found a small town, -partly of frame houses and partly of Mexican huts, with a dull mongrel -life, hardly relieved by an old mission house a mile or so in the rear -of the town; the invalids looked like banished people, and had then such -infrequent access to the outer world that their eyes seemed yearning -toward their homes in Chicago or elsewhere. The element of society and -of change and life is more necessary than medicine to a desponding and -invalid nature. That is the great trouble with the majority of American -resorts, which are neither large enough to accommodate the crowd in the -high season, nor near enough to the channels of travel in any season. -There can not be, for example, a more wretched place than the Hot Springs -of Arkansas, even in the height of the season, which is in late winter -and spring; the close ragged valley with a sewer running through the -middle of it, alternately a stench and deluge, and the series of raveled -hotels wherein gambling is the chief occupation, where the rain is -frequent and at times seems constant, and the natural life of the place -is hard and outlaw like, and it takes about twenty-four hours to get -anywhere in the current of mankind. - -San Antonio, which has a good climate, has not a hotel fit for a -person to inhabit who is acquainted with the comforts of the table. -Though situated considerably inland, it is subject to what are called -“northers,” or cold storms, that often bring hail, and advance upon the -place with the rapidity of a spirit of ice and snow. Almost all those -southern resorts are too warm for summer tourists, and this is the case -at the Green Brier Sulphur Springs, notwithstanding its high altitude; -the nights are cold, but mid-day is often exhausting. - -About Oakland, in Maryland, is a cool climate, and the summit there has -become something similar to Chautauqua Lake, having groups of hotels -about six miles apart, and between them in the glades is a kind of -religious camp settlement. - -The interior of New York state, as at Cooperstown, is agreeable in the -nights, but the limestone soil retains a portion of its heat and the days -are often sultry. - -The White Mountains have the disadvantage of remoteness from any -considerable centers of population and are not upon the main highways -of travel. It takes a whole day to go to the mountains from Boston, and -many of the resorts there are distant from the railroad, and must be -reached by livery teams, which slowly climb to the altitudes, and affect -the patience and also increase the cost of living. The days are often -very cold. I was in the White Mountains last summer, and undertook to -walk from my hotel down to the village of Franconia, in plain sight. I -generally found that the heat spoiled my linen and brought me back to the -hotel used up. - - * * * * * - -For my own part I am fully persuaded that the most powerful goddess, -and one that rules mankind with the most authoritative sway is Truth. -For though she is resisted by all, and ofttimes has drawn up against -her the plausibilities of falsehood in the subtlest forms, she triumphs -over all opposition. I know not how it is that she, by her own unadorned -charms, forces herself into the heart of man. At times her power is -instantly felt; at other times, though obscured for awhile, she at last -bursts forth in meridian splendor, and conquers by her innate force the -falsehood with which she has been oppressed.—_Polybius._ - - - - -A DREAMY OLD TOWN. - -By EDITH SESSIONS TUPPER. - - -To Chautauquans the name Chautauqua means one thing; and yet I believe -that anything pertaining to Chautauqua county must of necessity be of -interest to the thousands who know and love the beautiful lake which -bears the name. To this end has this rambling sketch of the oldest town -in the county been prepared. It lies only seven miles away from _the_ -Chautauqua; at just the right distance for a day’s excursion from that -point, when the student’s head, bewildered by so many good things, -demands and needs a day’s rest and diversion. The drive is a delightful -one, passing through the pretty little village of Mayville and over -the hills, from one of which one gets a view of two lakes, beautiful -Chautauqua flashing and sparkling under the mid-summer sun, glorious -old Erie rolling his blue waters with slow and majestic movement. Then -descending these hills one comes into the pleasant valley and into the -dreamy old town. It has been said of it, that one-half of it is dead and -the other half gone to its funeral, but to the tired heart and brain its -peaceful quiet comes as a whiff of salt air or a breeze from mountain -heights. With natural advantages equal to those of many noted watering -places, it is somewhat of a mystery why the sleepy old place has never -awakened and found itself famous. - -But it lies, sleeping beauty that it is, dreaming, shut in by a range of -dark green hills on one side and by the waters of the bluest of all the -great lakes on the other. There are a few factories and mills within its -precincts, but somehow no whirr of machinery nor other sound ever comes -from them to break the stillness, which is Sabbath-like every day. It -boasts of three railroads, but each at a respectful enough distance from -the town, so that the faint shriek of the locomotive alone causes the -sojourner to remember that far away, somewhere, outside, there is such -a thing as a busy, noisy, bustling world. It is the home of solidity, -respectability, and wealth. A place in which erring human nature finds -it very easy to be good; in which the old-fashioned virtues of sobriety, -temperance, and hospitality hold sway; in which no more reckless -amusements than lawn tennis and teas, with an occasional reception at one -of the many beautiful homes, or a clam-bake on the shores of the lake are -permitted; a thoroughly drowsy old town. - -Westfield, the oldest town of the famous Chautauqua county, New York -state, lies on the shore of Lake Erie, fifty-seven miles west from -Buffalo. It is a garden of the gods on a small scale. Lying back one mile -and a half from the lake, it receives its breezes at exactly the right -temperature. It is never too hot in summer; rarely too cold in winter. - -The town is divided by a deep picturesque gorge, through which Chautauqua -Creek runs, and whose sides are now high and rocky, now a bewildering -and beautiful mass of wild grapevines, chestnut and willow, and shrubs -of nearly every variety and description. It is spanned at seemingly the -most inaccessible places by various bridges and ah! the beauty of that -deep chasm on an autumn day, when it is ablaze with the color of maple -leaf and sumach and golden rod. This gorge deepens and widens, grows more -wild and gloomy as it runs back among the Chautauqua hills, until it -culminates in a most remarkable freak of nature, known the country round -as the “Hog’s Back,” of which a description will be given further on. - -The first white settlement of this town, and of the entire county as -well, was commenced in 1802, at what was long known as the Cross Roads, -and which is now marked by a curious stone monument. The earlier history -of these regions is dim and indistinct, but all tradition and history, -as well as many curious relics which have been discovered, point to the -fact that after the mound builders, the Neutral nations, or as they -were called by the Senecas, the _Kahkwas_, were the first occupants of -the soil of Chautauqua. They dwelt in forty villages, some of which -were near Fort Niagara; some in Erie county, but the greater part of -their territory extended west along the shore of Lake Erie, through -Chautauqua county into Ohio. They were a strange race of people, famous -hunters, exceedingly fierce and superstitious. The first knowledge had -by Europeans of the Lake Erie regions, and of the tribes which inhabited -them, was obtained by the French in Canada; their enterprise in this -surpassing that of the British. - -Father Lalement, in a letter to the Provincial of Jesuits in France, -dated at St. Mary’s Mission, May 19, 1641, speaks of the Neutrals, and -also of a warlike nation named the Eries, or the Nation of the Cat, so -called from the extraordinary number of wild cats which infested their -section, that lived to the south of Lake Erie and west of the Neutral -nation. The Eries were great warriors and were a terror to the Iroquois. -They fought with poisoned arrows, having no fire-arms. - -Both these nations were cruelly destroyed by the Iroquois in 1651 and -1655. The final overthrow of the Neutral nation is supposed to have taken -place near Buffalo; the destruction of the Eries, along the shore of -the beautiful lake bearing this name. The whole force of the Iroquois -embarked in canoes upon the blue waters of the lake, and after assaulting -the Eries at a point, the exact location of which is not now known, -scenes most horrible and revolting were enacted, and the brave Eries were -totally annihilated in a fearful butchery. - -The accounts of the destruction of these nations are found in the written -narratives of the Jesuits, who were living at that time among the -Indians of New York and Canada. From the extirpation of the Neutral and -Erie nations, until its settlement by pioneers, Chautauqua county, and -especially the portion along the shore of Lake Erie, was the home of the -Senecas, the fiercest tribe of the Iroquois nation. - -In 1679, La Salle, Tonti, his Italian lieutenant, Father Louis Hennepin -and several others set sail from Cayuga Creek, a small stream emptying -into Niagara River, for the foot of Lake Erie, steering west-southwest. -They made many leagues, passing what is now Chautauqua county. They are -supposed to be the first Europeans who saw the Chautauqua hills, gloomy -and rugged, covered with mighty forests. The boundary line between -the French and English possessions in America had long been a cause -of contention, and the territory of Chautauqua county was included -in the disputed ground. Communications between the French posts on -the Mississippi and French forts in Canada were made by the long and -tedious routes of the Mississippi, Green Bay routes, and afterward by -Lake Michigan and the Wabash. The easy communication between Canada -and the Mississippi by way of Lake Erie and Chautauqua Lake was not -discovered until 1752, when the Marquis Du Quesne, having been appointed -Governor-General of Canada, arrived there. He at once took more -aggressive and decided measures to obtain possession of the disputed -territory, than any of his predecessors had done. He immediately began to -construct the long line of frontier forts which La Salle had suggested, -that were to unite Canada and Louisiana by way of the Ohio. This bold -step is regarded as leading to the French and Indian war, which resulted -in losing Canada to the French. One of Du Quesne’s first acts was to open -a portage road from the mouth of the Chautauqua Creek, which empties into -Lake Erie a mile and a half from the town of Westfield, to the head of -Chautauqua Lake, and thus open communication between Lake Erie and the -head waters of the Ohio. - -In a letter which he sends to the French minister of the marine and -colonies, in Paris, he states that his intention is to begin his posts -near the mouth of _Chataconit_, or Chautauqua Creek. This portage road -was cut through the wilderness more than twenty years before the battle -of Lexington, and yet traces of it to this day are to be seen in and -about the town. In 1761 Sir William Johnson journeyed to Detroit to -establish a treaty with the Ottawa confederacy. On his return, he sailed -along the southern shore of Lake Erie, and in his journal speaks thus of -this portage: - - “Wednesday, October 1, 1761.—Embarked at _Presque Isle_ (Erie) at - 7 o’clock, with the wind strong ahead, continued so all the day, - notwithstanding it improved all day, and got to _Jadaghque Creek, - and carrying place_, which is a fine harbor and encampment.” - -In a letter from General Washington to General Irvine, dated Mount -Vernon, October 31, 1788, he speaks thus of this portage: - - “If the Chautauqua Lake at the head of the Connewango River - approximates Lake Erie as closely as it is laid down in the draft - you sent me, it presents a very short portage indeed between the - two, and access to all those above the latter. - - “I am, etc., - - “GEORGE WASHINGTON.” - -One of Chautauqua’s earliest pioneers was William Peacock, who passed -over this road in 1800. Ten years later he became the agent of the -Holland Land Company. He was an eccentric and shrewd man, and in a short -time became exceedingly wealthy, the hard working land owners thought -at their expense. He was charged with reserving the choicest farms, -best water powers and timber lands for himself and his favorites. The -land holders also thought he was not giving them credit for interest -which they paid from time to time upon their land, and these opinions -found vent in the newspapers, and the agitation grew until on the 6th -of February, 1836, a mob gathered from all parts of the county at -Dewittville, a little hamlet on the shore of Chautauqua Lake. - -Word was brought to Mr. Peacock at Mayville, a village at the head of the -lake, and seven miles from Westfield, that a raid was to be made upon the -land office that night, and that mischief might be done to his person -unless he should make good his escape. Donald McKenzie, a northwestern -fur trader, and brother of the McKenzie who discovered the river of that -name, had three years previous to this come to Mayville to live, and was -in the land office that dreary February afternoon when this alarming -message was brought. The stalwart Scotchman, through whose veins flowed -some of the proudest blood of Caledonia, feared neither “mon nor de’il.” -It was his custom to wear a very long black coat which fell in ample -folds around his massive frame. Mr. Peacock was an undersized man. Donald -McKenzie cast the drapery of his inky cloak about the frightened little -man and thus shielded and shrouded from sight, he hurried him up the hill -to his home, whence he was soon taken in a covered sleigh to Westfield, -and down the lake shore road to Buffalo as fast as horses could carry -him, and none too soon was he out of the way, for at dusk a crowd of -infuriated men, numbering two or three hundred, made a raid upon the land -office, demolished it, and after working until near morning succeeded in -forcing open the vault and seized the books, records and contracts and -carried them two miles away, and heaping them up made a goodly bonfire -of them. The ruins of the land office are yet to be seen in Mayville. -The land holders by this mad proceeding brought only “confusion worse -than death” upon themselves, while the prudent Peacock accumulated a -wonderful property, and was afterward made judge. He left to one heir -alone the whole village of Barcelona, the harbor of Westfield, situated -just east of the mouth of Chautauqua Creek, the starting point of the -French portage road. This harbor was made a port of entry by the general -government. In 1828 a lighthouse was erected by a citizen at his own -expense; a steamer named the “William Peacock,” for the hero of the land -office story, was built; all craft on the lake stopped at the little -port; a company was formed called the Barcelona Company; the village was -enlarged, the streets being laid out in city fashion; corner lots sold -for fabulous sums; men lost their heads; the place was to be a great -port; when suddenly the railroad came creeping along the shore; the -bubble broke; the mushroom town was a failure; fortunes were lost, and -to-day Barcelona harbor is a deserted village with grass-grown streets, -gaunt houses, whose windows stare reproachfully at the gay carriage -loads passing by, and an old white lighthouse, which, like the ghostly -finger of the past, seems to beckon to all to come and look upon the -desolation around it. A few sad faced women who might have ridden in -their carriages; brawny fishermen who might have owned their blocks and -wharves and shipping, are the only inhabitants. Down on the beach of a -bright autumn afternoon the nets are spread a-drying; little huts, whose -half open doors reveal the hauls of herring and bass, are here and there; -ruddy faced boys lie sprawling on the sand, sunning themselves; the trees -have grown thick and tall about the lighthouse upon the cliff; no sound -is heard save the hiss of the waves as they tumble in; the quaint little -harbor wears a disappointed look. Old “Groats’ Inn,” though time has -used it roughly, alone seems to try and hold its ancient smartness, like -an antiquated spinster who wishes it understood that the reason she has -never married is not that she never had an offer. Summer and winter for -many long years has it stood there on the edge of the cliff, waiting for -the rush of travel which never came; ready to give hospitality to man and -beast, but no wayfarer ever knocks for admission and entertainment. There -is nothing sadder than a deserted village. What a mockery it seems of all -human hopes and ambitions. In these old houses that look as if they were -weary waiting through so many long years, what homely, uneventful lives -have been spent; what tired eyes have closed for the last time; what -aching and disappointed hearts have ceased to beat, thankful, no doubt, -that the worry and fret were all over. - -When old Judge Peacock died, his heirs each received one thirteenth of -his vast estate. One grand-nephew, whose father and mother had been -cousins, fell heir to two-thirteenths, and from being a poor lad living -among the fishermen, found himself the possessor of this entire harbor -and nearly all the land lying between it and Westfield. - -In June, 1836, four months after the land office at Mayville had been -destroyed, William H. Seward having been appointed to the agency, and -also having an interest in the purchase, established the land office in -Westfield and lived there until his election as governor of New York. The -Seward mansion is one of the attractions to visitors. It is a “brave old -house,” with a beautiful lawn, fronting on the village green. Its trees -are trimmed in a peculiar old-fashioned way. Its iron gates stand open, -as if inviting the passer to enter and look upon its quaint surroundings. -Another stately old-time mansion is that of the Patterson family. It was -originally occupied by a brother of Seward’s, and when a member of the -family died its front door was painted black! A superb lawn shaded by -grand old trees sweeps away on one side; a garden of grapevines lies on -the other; in front great beds of scarlet geranium blaze, and the trees -and shrubs are out in the same quaint pattern as those upon the Seward -estate. The fashion of other days is plainly to be seen in everything -pertaining to both these rare old places. - -The drives about the town are picturesque and delightful. From nearly -every street and road you get enchanting views of the lake on one hand -and the range of hills on the other. The streets are laid in curves, and -you are continually sweeping rounded corners and coming upon unexpected -beauties. Old trees meet above your head; you cross and recross the gorge -dividing the town; far below you rushes the stream; down a shaded street -you go past old-fashioned homes and modern villas in sharp contrast, -and suddenly through overhanging boughs you catch the glory of the blue -waters of old Erie; you are soon in Barcelona harbor; from there you -can drive for miles along the beach, now on the cliff, with the waves -thundering in many feet below you, now further back from the shore -past finely cultivated farms, vineyards, orchards, fields “afoam with -sweetness,” and never failing to catch through grove, across fields of -waving corn and grain, wooded hollows through which clear waters run, -glimpses of the lake’s witchery. - -Or you can drive into Peacock’s Grove at Barcelona—a lovely little forest -of tall graceful trees, with a velvet turf from which all annoying brush -has been removed. Leave your carriage, throw yourself upon the ground and -drink in the ever changing beauty of the magic view; the turquoise blue -of the water, of a sunny morning; the sapphire blue of a drowsy summer -afternoon; the molten glory of sky and water at sunset; the slow oncoming -of the solemn moon. How the trees seem to whisper to the waters as if -they were talking over all they have witnessed in common; faintly comes -the tinkle of a cow bell from a neighboring copse; the crows are calling -to each other in the tree-tops; across the path scamper the squirrels; -the bay is dotted with the boats of the fishermen; there is scarcely a -ripple on the vast stretch of water before you; a heavenly peace lies on -lake and shore. - -Or take the drive to the wonderful “Hog’s Back.” Leaving the town behind -you, commence the gradual ascent of the dark and rugged hills. Up and -up, higher and higher you go, now pause and look back. The valley lies -smiling before you—a lovely jewel with its setting of the marvelously -blue waters behind it. You leave your carriage and horses in a hospitable -farm yard and set out on foot for the “Hog’s Back.” Across a meadow or -two and you come into a forest of pines and hemlocks. The wind sighs -through the trees as it only sighs through such a wood; far, far off you -hear the rushing of water. You go on a few steps further and suddenly -you find yourself on the edge of a most frightful precipice, the descent -into which is over a narrow ledge of earth thrown up by some tremendous -eruption into the shape of the back of a giant hog. And such an abyss! -Words can not express the awful stillness which reigns over this mighty -gorge whose sides are lined with gloomy forests. Primeval solitudes -could not have been more desolate. The descent is terrible, but nothing -in comparison with the dizzy ascent. One draws a breath of relief when -safely up once more and out from the shade of the mysterious pines into -the gladness of sunlight and an open sky. - -Having heard that a mile or so from the town were still to be seen traces -of an old French fort, built either at the time Du Quesne cut the portage -road, or during the French and Indian war, the writer drove with a friend -one morning in search of the place. After many questions, directions and -counter-directions, we finally found the farm upon which it was said to -be located. The genial farmer to whom we stated our errand laughed and -answered: - -“O, yes, I’ve got all there is left of it, which ain’t much.” - -He told us we could drive nearly to the spot, and led the way, walking by -the carriage, while a joyful dog leaped on before. Past the farm house, -barns, the orchard flaunting its magnificent red fruit, through the “back -lot,” across a field perfumed with its “second crop” of red clover, we -came to a rail fence almost hidden from view by young chestnut trees -and the rioting wild grapevine. Thus far, and no farther, could we go -in the carriage, and leaving it, we stepped over the fence chivalrously -lowered by our guide, and soon saw “all there’s left of it.” Only an -immense circular breastwork, with tall straight trees many, many years -old growing on its top, is left of what may have been simply a supply -station, a fort erected by the French against the Indians, possibly the -fort where the brave Eries were massacred by the Iroquois, or going -further back, it may have been the work of the mound builders. - -“I can’t tell you anything about it,” said our obliging guide, “but -if you want to take the trouble to go there, old Uncle Dave Cochrane -will tell you all about it. He’s ninety years old, but he remembers -everything, and he’ll be glad to see you and tell you all he knows.” - -Being directed to Uncle Dave’s, we left the farm and drove in the -opposite direction toward the lake. When about half way to Barcelona, we -turned aside from the main road, and in a hollow, close by Chautauqua -Creek, found an old-fashioned stuccoed house, over which the scarlet -woodbine crept and clung lovingly. We could bring no one to the front -door, and so the Adventurous One commenced to explore the rear of the -house, and was rewarded by seeing peering over the top of the coal bin in -the woodshed, an old, old man with a chisel in his hand. - -“Are you Uncle David Cochrane?” - -“Hey?” shouted the old gentleman. - -The question was repeated, and the answer was literally bawled: - -“Yes; who be you?” - -The Adventurous One was obliged to state her name and errand before the -old man would move one step from behind the coal bin. - -“I’ll come around to the front of the house,” announced this tremendous -voice, coming with startling effect from this little bundle of humanity -to which it belonged, “for I’m hard o’ hearin’.” - -And so Uncle Dave and the Adventurous One sat down on a bench by the old -stone wall around the little garden, and while the autumn sun smiled down -on the waters of the pretty stream that flowed by the old man’s door, -this voice from the past spoke freely and at length. - -Uncle Dave was a remarkable old gentleman, possessing an astounding -memory, of which faculty he was well aware, and of which he was very -proud. He had dates, incidents, historical events at his tongue’s end. On -being asked, who in his opinion had built the fortifications we had that -morning seen, he said emphatically: - -“It was some of them ten foot fellers that lived here long before the -Injuns. Injuns never done it, they didn’t know enough, and they are too -old for the French to have built ’em.” - -Did he mean the mound builders? - -“Yes, I reckin that’s what ye call ’em.” - -Did he ever see any traces of the old portage road? - -“O, yes,” he trumpeted forth, “the French under _Du Quizney_ built that -road from the mouth of this here very creek to the head of Chautauqua -Lake.” - -“Do you remember, Mr. Cochrane, when Lafayette visited Westfield in 1823?” - -“Yes, sir,” he shouted, and his withered old face was suddenly -transfigured by some nameless light, “indeed I do. Word was brought to -us that Lafayette was in Erie, and Judge Peacock had a splendid span of -greys and a nice carriage, and he sent them to the State line to bring -him to Westfield. I got a six-pounder all ready, and when the runner came -ahead to let us know them grays was in sight, I jest teched her off. He -drove over the bridge and up on the village square, and got out of the -carriage and took off his hat.” Here the old man reverently uncovered his -head, straightened himself and became unconsciously dramatic. “He was a -sandy haired feller, a reg’lar Frenchman, and he spoke to everybody that -crowded up to shake hands with him. And I tell ye it was a sight to see -them Revolutioners crowd around him. Alec Wilson, he was a Revolutioner, -an Irishman, says he, ‘God bless yez, Markis, how air yez;’ and the -Markis says just as pleasant and affable like, ‘Very well, my friend, but -you have the advantage of me.’ ‘Why, Markis,’ says Alec, ‘I wuz one of -General Washington’s body-guard, I wuz. Many a time have I seen you and -the Gineral together, Lord love ye.’ ‘Is that so, Alec,’ says the Markis, -‘then I must shake hands again,’ and he did shake again with that air -Irishman!” - -When we came away his parting shout was to this effect: - -“When ye find a man of my age with a better memory, s’posen ye let me -know.” - -Good by, brave old pioneer, we shall never see you again; but the picture -you made as you stood there “in the pleasant autumn weather,” the breeze -playing with your white hair, your little cottage, its cream tint -contrasting so well with the vivid red of the woodbine which wantoned -over it, for a back-ground, will not soon be forgotten. - -Westfield is admirably adapted for a summer resort. Aside from its -beautiful scenery, its hills, its lake with its inducements in the way -of fishing, sailing and rowing, its charming drives, and equally as -charming walks, it is undeniably a healthy place. Its air is pure and -bracing. Every breath you draw seems to put new life into your frame. -There are mineral springs near the town which might be utilized. There -are many points near by suitable for excursions. Van Buren’s Harbor, a -delightful picnic ground, and the best beach along shore for bathing, is -within a short drive. Peacock’s Grove offers inducements for camping and -clam baking. There are many other beautiful villages easy of access; the -remarkable “Hog’s Back” furnishes a day’s diversion; twenty miles away -is a wonderful geological attraction known as Panama Rocks, which well -deserves and repays attention. In point of fact, the sleepy old place has -more than its share of surrounding attractions and only needs a magic -touch to waken it, and yet it would be a pity to transform this little -Arcadia into a fashionable watering place. One would not care to see -its primitive beauty sullied and its peace broken in upon by the world. -Rather let it remain one of those places fast dying out before the march -of so-called civilization, a dreamy old town. - - - - -OUR STEEL HORSE. - - -If we should try to trace the rise of the bicycle I imagine that the -multitude of queer contrivances which would be brought together could -hardly be surpassed by a collection of the flying machines of the -world, or of the instruments for producing perpetual motion. Since Von -Drais’ _draisine_ of 1817 we have had a series of curious and ingenious -inventions, all aiming at the same result—a steel horse which would never -tire, which would eat no oats and need no groom, but which, while subject -to none of the drawbacks of horseflesh, would carry its owner to his -business, on pleasure trips across the country—anywhere and everywhere. -Has it been found at last? Truly, it seems so. To our few standard -methods of traveling, by steam, by rail, by carriage, by horse, and by -foot, we must certainly add by bicycle. - -Most people remember the forerunner of the present light and noiseless -“wheel,” for it was not until 1865 that the first bicycle—we called it -a velocipede then—was brought to America. Every one will remember too -the velocipede craze that possessed the whole race of boys, young and -old, in 1869-’70. Many a town still contains the shattered remnant of -a velocipede rink, which in those days was its most popular place of -amusement, and in many a wood-shed, garret or barn loft there is still -stowed away the remnant of an old-fashioned velocipede which once made -happy a now grown-up-and-gone-away son. - -Since those days there has been a decided change in the construction of -the machine, the almost clumsy velocipede has become the airy “wheel.” -The general structure has not been changed, but improved mechanical -work and greater skill in adapting certain points so that they will do -more effective work has brought the vehicle to a very high degree of -perfection. The bicycle and tricycle in their improved forms are meeting -with remarkable success. It is said that there are 30,000 bicyclers in -the United States, nearly all having joined the ranks in the past six -years, and that these 30,000 have four hundred organized clubs. The -national club, called “The League of American Wheelmen,” numbers already -4,000 members, two excellent magazines, _Outing_ and _The Wheelman_, and -several papers are devoted to its interests, and are spreading everywhere -information and enthusiasm. - -Tricycles are rapidly gaining the favor among ladies that the bicycle -already has won among gentlemen. Hundreds of them are in use in the -cities, where a common sight on the boulevards and in the parks is a -tricycle party of ladies and portly men taking a morning constitutional -or an afternoon’s pleasure ride. - -So many of our hobbies have their day and die, are popular because some -shrewd fellow has made them fashionable that people of good common sense -are becoming a little slow in adopting new things. Many are now inquiring -about the validity of the bicycle’s claim. Is it as useful, as healthful, -as pleasant a steed as avowed? No doubt an unqualified affirmative in -answer to this question would be wrong, but that there are many strong -points in favor the facts will prove. To fairly test its capabilities -one should not take the experience of the first day’s riding, or of a -would-be wheelman who is yet in the A B Cs of bicycling. It is an art -and must be learned. A novice can not mount and ride away without a few -tumbles; he can not at first “take” a curb or, in fact, any obstruction. -If he try to use the brake in going down hill he will undoubtedly be -thrown overboard and roll instead of wheel to the foot. He will ache and -groan over long rides, and if easily discouraged, give up his efforts. -But are these results any worse, or even so bad as the results of the -first experiences on horseback? What is the bicycle or tricycle worth to -the one who can handle it? is the question. - -We are accustomed to think of it as useful only on a level where the -roads are hard and smooth and unobstructed, but he is a poor wheelman -indeed, who can ride only on smooth ground. Any ordinary road, though -it may be encumbered by ruts, pebbles, or mud, may be safely traveled. -Snowy roads, of course, are hard traveling, but it is recorded of an -enthusiastic New Hampshire bicycler that he was on the roads a part of -each day during the year 1881. Candidly, it requires an unusual amount -of skill and enthusiasm to use a bicycle on snowy or rugged roads for -any long distance, although a quite possible task. By far the worst -impediment which the “wheel” encounters is a stretch of loose sand, then -all momentum is lost by the friction, and to go at all is very hard work; -however, there is rarely a road so located that turf or a beaten walk -does not lie near, to which the rider may resort. Nor are the hills a -disadvantage, unless they are very long and steep. The ordinary grade can -be easily mounted, though, as in walking, there is of course a greater -degree of exertion required than on the level. The true answer to the -question, where the bicycle may be ridden, is: On any road where one can -drive safely and pleasantly. - -The question of speed is a very important one. Unless something can be -gained in point of time it is no advantage to rushing clerks and brokers -and students to bicycle their way to business and back; but the fact that -something can be gained is a very strong point in favor of the “wheel.” -The rate of speed compared with walking is three to one, and the exertion -on level ground is but one-third of that of walking. On our steel horse, -too, we make better time than on horseback. In a day’s travel the gain -is very noticeable. The bicycle will take you four or five times as far -as you can walk and twice as far as you can ride on horseback. The real -advantage of a mode of travel which exercises and exhilarates, which is -less wearisome than walking and which, while it gives as high speed as a -horse, yet causes none of the trouble, the possible risk and no expense, -is very apparent. This is no whimsical fancy either, but a fact. Many -physicians, clergymen and business men are finding it invaluable in their -work. A certain physician of high rank has given it as his opinion, -that the “bicycle or tricycle can be practically and profitably used by -physicians as an adjunct to, or even in place of, the horse; and that it -solves, beyond any question, the problem of exercise for a very large -class of our patients.” And another writing of its merits, says: “This -summer I have turned both my horses out to grass and have trusted to my -bicycle alone, doing, on an average, about 50 miles a day. I find I get -through my day’s work with less fatigue than on horseback, and without -the monotony of driving.” If it will serve the purpose of a doctor it -will of any and all busy men. - -More important than its practical value is its health giving qualities. -It is a veritable cure-all. The pleasure of the exercise, the fine play -it gives to the muscles of the upper and lower limbs, and the free -exposure to sun and air are the best possible medicines. _Ennui_, the -wretched, worn-out feeling of so many over-worked students, bookkeepers -and professional men, dyspepsia and nervousness can have no better -prescription than bicycle or tricycle riding. Indeed, of the latter -no less an authority than B. W. Richardson, M. D., a famous English -physician, says: “I am of the opinion that no exercise for women has ever -been discovered that is to them so really useful. Young and middle aged -ladies can learn to ride the tricycle with the greatest facility, and -they become excellently skillful. The tricycle is, in fact, now with me a -not uncommon prescription, and is far more useful than many a dry, formal -medicinal one which I have had to write on paper.” - -The real enjoyment of the exercise is wonderfully in its favor. No finer -sport can be found than the rapid spinning by green fields, through shady -woods and along clear streams, lifted so far above the earth that you -half believe you are treading air, so still and smoothly your “wheels” -carry you. The bounding life that gentle exercise and abundant air and -sunshine bring is yours. You seem almost a creature of the air as you -whirl along. It is pure, perfect pleasure—the perfection of motion. One -feature of bicycle and tricycle riding that commends it to many is the -opportunity it offers for delightful summer trips. The bicycle clubs -of many cities make daily morning runs of ten or twelve miles into the -country, returning in time for a club breakfast at the home of some -member—longer trips which occupy a day are common, and a month’s travel -through a pleasant country is becoming a very fashionable as well as -healthful and inexpensive way of spending a vacation. An English lady and -her sister recently made a trip of 470 miles through the pleasant country -of South England on tricycles, and declare that they had so pleasant a -time they intend to make another tour next year. Indeed, so successful -have bicycle and tricycle excursions become that they threaten to rival -the railway and steamer. - -The expense is of course an important item to most people, and is -decidedly in favor of the wheel. As in all goods, the prices vary with -quality and finish. The price of a bicycle varies from $7 to $175, of -a tricycle from $20 to $240. The medium prices give as durable and -useful an instrument as the higher. When once owned there is little more -expense—a trifle will be spent in repairs each year, and if desired, -there are certain accessories which can be added. New tires are needed -about once in four years, and cost about $10 for a fifty-inch bicycle. -But there is no feeding nor stalling nor grooming. Your steel horse makes -no demands upon your purse, your sympathies, or your time. - -What is the bicycle coming to? Certainly to be a very important factor -in our civilization. We may expect to see it some day in war—already the -mounted orderlies in the Italian army use it. In twenty years, maybe -less, we shall all be taking our wedding trips by bicycle, and it may -not be wild to suppose that the enterprising wheelman will soon have a -highway from New York to San Francisco, and that our summer trips to the -Golden Gate or the Atlantic will be _via_ bicycle. - - * * * * * - -Never, never has one forgotten his pure, right-educating mother. On the -blue mountains of our dim childhood, toward which we ever turn and look, -stand the mothers, who marked out to us from thence our life; the most -blessed age must be forgotten ere we can forget the warmest heart. You -wish, O woman! to be ardently loved, and forever, even till death. Be, -then, the mothers of your children.—_Richter._ - - - - -THE NAVY. - -WHY IT SHOULD BE EFFICIENTLY MAINTAINED IN TIME OF PEACE. - -By LIEUTENANT G. W. MENTZ, of the U. S. Navy. - - -Many intelligent people in our country know nothing whatever of the navy. - -We are not a warlike nation, and our people are engaged in peaceful -pursuits. The majority are so busied with matters which have no -connection with nautical affairs that they have no time for reflection -upon any such subject. - -A great many of our fellow countrymen have never seen the ocean, have -never seen anything in the shape of a ship except a river steamboat. - -Not seeing the navy, not hearing of it in these piping times of peace, -having no dealings with it or with ships, never coming in contact with it -in any way, and not understanding anything about it, they never trouble -themselves with it, and care nothing for it, just as almost every one -naturally does with any subject in which he is not personally interested. - -But how can our people in the interior be influenced to interest -themselves in a subject which really is of vital importance to them, and -almost as much so as to those living on the seaboard? - -They are told, year after year, that our coasts and our lakes -are undefended, that a navy is absolutely necessary, that in its -present state it could not stand a chance with the navy of even a -fourth-rate power; yet they never care enough about it to instruct -their representatives in Congress to put the country in a secure state -of defense, and unless so instructed by the people, our politicians -will never do anything but dilly-dally with every subject of national -importance. - -We are slapped in the face, first on one side then on the other, and -kicked about by nations which are picayunish in their resources in -comparison with ourselves, and yet we take it all with indifference or a -faint protest. - -We are a strange combination as a nation; the same men who would resent -an insult individually, or so provide themselves with weapons that no one -would _dare_ insult them, when taken collectively as a nation pitifully -ask to be “let off” the moment the British lion shows his teeth, or the -Prussian eagle raises his claws. - -But it is not intended to appeal to the sentiment of the people of the -United States, or to their sense of honor to rouse their interest in the -navy. That has been tried too often, and has failed in every case, until -truly patriotic men (and thank God there are a few such men left) have -almost given up in despair, if not in disgust. This article will, it is -hoped, prove, on other grounds than sentiment, the absolute necessity of -a navy in time of peace by showing what it does when we are not at war. - -Every one knows the navy has something to do with the defenses of the -country, but— - -What is the use of a navy in time of peace? - -What does it do? - -What does it consist of? - -Who manages it? - -How much does it cost us taxpayers? - -Do we get any return for our money? and the like, are questions which -every one, in his capacity of an American citizen, has a right to ask, -and which should be answered in such a way that every school boy could -understand. - -It is easily understood by those of our countrymen living even in those -parts of our land most remote from either ocean washing our shores, that -a navy is necessary in time of war with a foreign country, and that then -it would protect our coasts and prevent an invasion of our soil, and keep -the enemy’s war ships from destroying our cities, or from blockading -our ports, and thus give the grain and beef—“the production of which is -the very life and soul of the West”—an opportunity to get out of the -country, and to their markets; for it requires no great reasoning powers -to understand that with the enemy hovering around our ports with his -ships of war, no shipment of grain and beef could take place. - -But the navy protects those same interests in time of peace, and in this -way: - -Suppose _no_ nation had a navy, and that _no_ armed force existed on the -sea, what would be the result? - -We would want to export our surplus grain and beef, and hundreds of -other articles which we raise in excess of our needs in this country and -exchange them for tea and coffee and other articles which we can not -raise. We can not send them by rail across the ocean, we have to employ -ships. _We can not get along without ships._ - -Even in this age of steam and telegraph, can any one doubt that with no -armed force to protect the ships with their valuable cargoes and small -crews of two dozen or more men, that the pirate would not again infest -the seas and prey upon commerce? Steam and the telegraph would aid him -just as much as they would the merchant. But, it might be argued, arm the -crews of the merchant ship, put guns and gunners on board. If you do that -you have a navy, and a much more expensive and inefficient one than by -the present methods. - -The navies of the world drove the pirate from the seas. He became a -universal enemy, and was hunted down by the war ships of all civilized -nations, and there was no dissenting voice among them upon this one -question of piracy. To prevent his return the existence of a naval force -was necessary _and the display of such a force is all that prevents his -return now_. - -Of those who believe there would be no piracy did no navies exist in this -age of enlightenment and of rapid communication, it might be asked if -they thought property would at all be safe in any of our cities if the -police were withdrawn from its protection. What is it that prevents many -a thief from robbing property when he finds it apparently unprotected, -_sees_ no policemen as he looks up and down the street? It is his -knowledge that the city _has_ a police force, and that a policeman may be -in the near vicinity, though not in sight. - -_It is this moral effect of the existence of an armed force_ which -prevents many robberies being committed on shore, and it is the same with -the ocean. - -_Without an armed force on the ocean to protect cargoes in time of peace -the temptation to become suddenly rich, and without any one knowing how, -would be too great to be resisted. The navy is the police of the seas, -and one class of property should be protected just as much as another. -Shipping is entitled to the same treatment and care as any other form of -invested capital._ - -Acknowledging then that it is the existence of war vessels on the seas -that prevents piracy and insures the safety of our cargoes of grain and -beef, and other articles in their transit across the ocean, and that a -navy in this way protects commerce in time of peace, _then, is it just -that ONE nation should bear all the expense of keeping up a sufficient -show of force in the shape of a navy to prevent the return of the -pirates? All nations who have property on the ocean, or ships carrying -cargoes from port to port, must aid in thus protecting the seas in -proportion to the value of property sailing the ocean. And the maritime -powers of the world must assist each other against the common enemy, just -as the police of one country assist those of another in procuring and -bringing to justice the extraditional criminals._ - -It is not right or just for a country to have a merchant marine without a -corresponding navy to protect it; it is unjust to other nations, and we -have the second largest merchant marine in the world, and hardly rank as -_fifth_ as a naval power. - -The country in time of peace, in the early stages of its existence, -when our navy was as large in proportion to the inhabitants as it is -now, had practically merchant ship after merchant ship seized, not by -individuals, but by nations which possessed more powerful navies, and the -number of ships so seized by France alone counts up in the hundreds, and -France is a friend of the United States if we have one in Europe. - -It seems to be natural that the unprotected should be imposed upon. -Wherever we glance throughout nature we find the mighty preying upon the -weak, and even in the very plants the weaker are crowded out and must -give way to the stronger. This is true of men, and it is likewise true of -nations. For a proof consider the number of nations England has crowded -out. We, too, have crowded out the Indian. - -I suppose the Bey of Tunis would still be imposing upon our merchants in -the Mediterranean if we had not aroused ourselves and shown him what a -naval force could do, and made him respect it. - -Many Americans engaged in commerce are temporarily resident abroad, and -although they may be most law abiding, there still occur times when they -are imposed upon, and in some cases incarcerated or maltreated, even -murdered. The government owes these men protection. It is the solemn duty -of the government to see that they are justly treated; and this can be -done, in many cases, in no better way than by a show of force. One small -gunboat in a port where one of our fellow citizens has been imposed upon -will do more toward setting him right than thousands of appealing or -of threatening words from a distance. There are hundreds of instances -on record in the Navy and State Departments which might be cited in -illustration of this, but the following will serve the purpose. They are -taken from recent editions of the Washington _National Republican_: - - In the spring of 1858 the United States steamer “Fulton,” - mounting six guns, was cruising in the West Indies. Information - reached the commander that a revolution had broken out at - Tampico; that the town was besieged, and that American merchant - vessels were detained in the river. The “Fulton” proceeded with - all despatch to Tampico, and found affairs as had been reported. - - Tampico is situated six miles up the river of that name. The - revolutionary and besieging party was within three miles of the - city, and had established a custom house at the mouth of the - river. Five American merchant vessels were in the river at the - time. They had paid the necessary custom house dues at Tampico, - and started down the river to proceed to sea. Upon approaching - the mouth of the river they were directed to anchor until they - had paid additional custom house dues. To this, of course, the - American captains positively refused, as they had already paid - the necessary legal dues. Consequently the vessels were detained - under the guns of the besieging party, and had not the United - States steamer “Fulton” made her appearance they would continue - to have been detained. The commander of the “Fulton” demanded - their instant release, which was complied with, and the vessels - proceeded to sea accordingly. - - One of the captains was very spunky, and gave those Mexicans a - piece of his mind. For this he was taken out of his vessel and - put in prison. The excuse for this which the Mexicans gave was - that a small signal gun, which a man could easily carry, was - found on board, and this was considered contraband. The commander - of the “Fulton” went in person, demanded the release of this - captain, took him off in his gig, and restored him to his vessel. - - Gen. Gaza, of the besieging forces, hadn’t an idea that there was - an American man-of-war within a thousand miles of Tampico when - he committed these high-handed proceedings, and he was greatly - astonished when the “Fulton” made her appearance. It does not - always matter so much about the size of a man-of-war on hand upon - these occasions. A six or eight gun vessel may suffice, and will - often effect the service required quite as well as a frigate. - What is necessary is the sight of the American ensign and pennant - backed by a few guns. - - In September, 1873, a revolution of a violent character broke out - at Panama, and the city was besieged. Whenever there is trouble - on the Isthmus they make a “dead set” at the railroad. In case - of war the government of Colombia guarantees to protect and - preserve neutrality upon the Panama railroad. Upon this occasion - the governor of Panama declared his inability to protect the - railroad. The commander-in-chief of the United States naval - forces in the Pacific happened to be at Panama just in the “nick - of time,” with two good sized men of war, the “Pensacola” and - “Benicia,” and upon his own responsibility landed 250 men—seamen - and marines—divided between the Panama railroad station and the - custom house. The city of Panama and the Panama railroad were - in imminent danger of being destroyed. The show of forces had - the desired effect, without the necessity of firing a shot. Once - the revolutionary party approached, with an attempt, apparently, - to come upon the railroad, but a bold front shown by the United - States forces evidently caused them to change their minds. - - Four lines of steamers of four different nations were then - running and connecting with the Panama railroad, viz.: American, - English, French, and German. Passengers, freights, and specials - continually passed over the road in safety and without - interruption. These troubles lasted for a fortnight, when the - insurrectionary forces retired and broke up, and the United - States naval forces were withdrawn to their ships. - - For these services the United States naval commander-in-chief - received the thanks of the Panama Railroad Company, the several - Pacific Mail Steamship Companies, and all the consuls and foreign - merchants. - - These are a few instances of which the writer is cognizant of - what the navy does in time of peace. Scarcely a naval officer - of moderate experience and length of service but has witnessed - similar scenes in different parts of the world. They do not - attract the attention of the public, and naval officers are not - apt to blow their own trumpets.—_March 13, 1884._ - - * * * * * - - Under the Napoleon dynasty, when Murat was king of Naples, - several American merchant vessels, with valuable cargoes, were - captured and confiscated under protest, and taken into Neapolitan - ports. The entire proceedings were pronounced arbitrary and - thoroughly illegal. In course of time Napoleon and all his - dynasties went under, and Naples and the Neapolitans were - restored to their possessions and the government of their country - once more. But the government of Naples was held responsible for - the seizure and consequent loss to their owners of these vessels - and cargoes, although these flagrant acts were committed under - the French. - - After a lapse of time a thorough investigation and an estimate of - losses were made. A demand for indemnity was made and positively - refused. Several years elapsed when Gen. Jackson became President - of the United States, and he, with his accustomed emphasis, - repeated the demand, which was again refused. In the year 1832 - Gen. Jackson appointed a special minister (Hon. John Nelson, of - Maryland) to Naples to press this demand. Commodore Daniel T. - Patterson (who commanded the naval forces and coöperated with - Gen. Jackson at New Orleans) was at this time commander-in-chief - of the United States Mediterranean squadron, consisting of three - fifty-gun frigates and three twenty-two-gun corvettes. The writer - of this was a midshipman in the squadron. - - It was arranged that one ship at a time should make her - appearance at Naples. The commodore went in first, and a week - after another ship arrived. Mr. Nelson then made the demand as - directed by his government. It was refused. At the end of a - week a third ship appeared, and so continued. The Neapolitan - government became alarmed, began to look at the condition of - the forts, mounted additional guns, built sand bag batteries, - and kept up a constant drilling of their troops. When the fifth - ship arrived the government gave in, acknowledged the claim, and - ordered it to be paid just as the sixth ship entered the harbor. - - The amount was not so large—about $350,000—but there was a great - principle involved. This money was owing to owners, captains, - and crews of American merchant vessels, whose property had been - illegally and unjustly taken from them. - - And it may be asked when and whether they would ever have - received it had it not been for the United States navy. This - fully illustrates one of Nelson’s maxims: “To negotiate with - effect a naval force should always be at hand.”—_About April 4, - 1884._ - - * * * * * - - VIGOROUS, BUT TARDY. - - The House committee on foreign affairs yesterday directed - Representative Lamb to report to the House the following: - - _Resolved_, That the President be directed to bring to - the attention of the government of Venezuela the claim - of John E. Wheelock, a citizen of the United States, for - indemnity for gross outrages and tortures inflicted upon - him by an officer of said Venezuelan government, and to - demand and enforce in such manner as he may deem best an - immediate settlement of said claim. - - The report accompanying the resolution says: “Your committee - is of the opinion that more vigorous measures than diplomatic - correspondence are necessary to secure justice for the citizen of - the United States thus grievously wronged.” Mr. Wheelock’s claim - is for $50,000.—_April 18, 1884._ - -Even the missionary, the peaceful man of God, in his commendable work -of extending the teachings of the Bible to semi-civilized people, often -carries his life in his hand, and many have asked for the protection of a -man-of-war. - -Numbers of American missionaries in China can tell with what joy they -have hailed “the good old flag backed by a few guns.” - -Since the massacre of foreigners (mostly missionaries) in Tientsin, -China, in June, 1870, that place has scarcely ever been without the -presence of an American war vessel, and missionaries resident there will -not hesitate to acknowledge the feeling of security such a vessel brings -with her, and the necessity of such a show of force. - -While England is very prompt in redressing the wrongs of those of her -subjects resident abroad, the United States is very derelict, and the -difference in the respect shown by foreigners to Americans and Englishmen -is very marked in consequence. - -But there are other reasons than those of policing the sea and protecting -our citizens abroad, why a navy is necessary in time of peace. - -It requires time to build ships and guns, and to train men to handle -them, and we must be prepared with suitable weapons to meet any enemy who -may declare war against us. - -Wars come upon us when least expected, and even we, who are advocates -of settling all difficulties with foreign nations by arbitration, and -who pride ourselves upon maintaining only a small army and navy, cannot -escape the horrors of war. - -If there is any truth in the saying that “History repeats itself,” then -the time for us to be at war is close at hand. - -We are young as a nation, and although our tendencies have been peaceful, -and although we have almost, _have_ sacrificed our honor, yet, in spite -of all that, we have never had a reign of peace for a longer period than -thirty-five years, and in the one hundred and odd years of our existence, -we, the “peaceful nation,” have had _four foreign wars_. Two with Great -Britain, one with France, and one with Mexico. Can any one believe we -will never have another foreign war? - -We are not prepared for war, and in time of peace we should prepare for -war. - -As stated above, we rank as a fifth-rate naval power, and our next war -is going to be a foreign war—(for we will hardly fight among ourselves -again)—and _then the navy will have to do most, if not all, of the -fighting_. - -Our resources are not as great as our people in their fancied security -believe. For instance, the whole number of deep-sea sailor men from whom -we could draw recruits, is only 60,000, including foreigners sailing -under the American flag. These men are untrained for war purposes, and -as much so as any man you might pick up in the streets is untrained as a -cavalry man or artillery man, although he may have had some experience in -riding a horse or in shooting birds with a shot gun. - -The tendencies of the present age are to wars of short duration, and in -our next war we will be “knocked out” in as comparatively short a time as -Mr. Sullivan “knocks out” his opponents, unless we are better prepared -than we are at present. - -“At present England could bring, in thirty days, the greater part of her -immense iron clad fleet to operate upon our coast, and the damage which -this force could inflict upon the seaboard, and indirectly upon the whole -country would be incalculable. In thirty days we would have paid in the -way of ransom money and in the value of property destroyed the value of -a dozen navies, to say nothing of the national disgrace, and a complete -cessation of foreign and coastwise trade. In thirty days we could do -nothing, _absolutely nothing_ in the way of improvising a coast defense. -Our naval vessels could not be recalled from foreign stations, and if -they could their weakness and small number would only insure certain -defeat.” - -It takes a year to build even a simple unarmored ship, whose thin sides -of 10-16 of an inch can be penetrated by modern guns at a distance of -several miles; - -And three years to build such iron clads as most of the South American -states even, possess; - -And a year to build a modern steel gun of any power; - -When all the skilled labor and appliances for manufacturing the material -are at hand. - -But our workmen, though skilled in other things, are not skilled in -making the requisite kind of metal either for guns or armor, and in -putting it together when it is obtained. We have not the immense steam -hammers and plant for such colossal work. - -Our country is exposed on all sides—Pacific, Atlantic, and lakes. - -The country that goes to war with us is not going to treat us as the -militia did the rioters in Cincinnati the other day, remain inactive -until we can arm ourselves. - -If England is to be our enemy (and there is no reason why she should not -be, for she has never shown her friendship for us except by words. In her -actions she has proved an enemy, and we must never forget the blockade -runners and the “Alabama,” and the fact that is largely due to her, that -our civil war lasted so long), she will attack us both on the Atlantic -coast and on the great lakes. - -In the latter region she is much better prepared to injure us now, and we -in a worse condition to prevent it, than in 1812. - -Profiting by her experience, she is preparing a waterway that will admit -her gunboats to the very heart of our country. It requires no close -observation to realize that other motives than those of commerce induced -England to purchase and expend millions of money upon the Welland Canal, -and that it gives her a great strategical advantage. - -That is one advantage she has over us, should the war be carried to the -lakes. - -Another is, the mouth of the St. Lawrence River—the route from the sea to -the lakes—lies wholly within British territory. - -Still another is, we have signed an agreement with England not to -maintain more than one small gunboat on the lakes, and not to build any -war vessels on the lakes. - -In the interests of economy we have practically cut ourselves off from -the right or privilege to construct what we please in our own territory. -Next, it may be presumed, we will be asking permission to sneeze. - -With the Welland Canal and the agreement not to build war vessels on the -lakes, we have placed ourselves at great disadvantage. - -That agreement does not affect England, for she possesses a waterway -for her gunboats from the sea to the lakes. Our only waterway from the -sea to the lakes, the Erie Canal, is not deep enough, nor are its locks -large enough, for gunboats. England has one hundred such vessels which -she could assemble at Montreal upon the _slightest_ suspicion of war, and -when the time came for action, they would proceed via the Welland Canal, -and destroy Buffalo, Erie, Cleveland, Sandusky, Toledo, and all the other -great cities on the lakes before we could improvise an effective defense, -and certainly before we could build _one_ ship to oppose her fleet. The -“Michigan” would not be effective, the English fleet would soon sink -her. It might be argued that Buffalo and the other ports would furnish -merchant steamers in an emergency, which could serve as improvised -gunboats. But even if such vessels could successfully oppose a fleet -of vessels built specially for war purposes, the guns, equipments and -ammunition are not on hand to be put on board such ships, even if they -were to be found conveniently moored to the docks at Buffalo, nor are -the trained crews to be found at a moment’s notice, and those men who -are trained would be needed to move the regular ships of the navy on the -seaboard, where the enemy would be even more vigorous in his operations. - -Many people have a misconception of the effectiveness of the torpedo. - -The torpedo is certainly a powerful and destructive weapon when it works -all right, but you might plant torpedoes all over some of our harbors, -and still they would not protect the cities from destruction, nor prevent -the enemy from landing and capturing the city, in spite of the torpedoes. - -At New York there is no necessity for a fleet to _enter_ the harbor to -destroy the city. There is a place south of Long Island, nine miles -distant from the City Hall in New York, where there is plenty of water -for a fleet of the largest ironclads to take up its position, from which -it could batter down Brooklyn and New York. Some of the modern guns send -shot weighing 2,000 lbs. (one ton) eleven miles. - -Then too, there might appear a foreign Farragut to PASS the torpedoes, -losing perhaps some of his vessels, but still having enough left to -accomplish his object. - -The torpedo is by no means a _sure_ weapon. During the war of the -Rebellion the ship “Ironsides” was stationary for one hour directly over -a torpedo which had a 5,000 lb. charge of powder, at Charleston. It -failed to explode despite every effort of the operator on shore to get it -to do its work. - -_If_ a ship happens to pass directly over a torpedo, and - -_If_ the operator touches the firing key at exactly the right moment, and - -_If_ the connection between the electrical battery and the torpedo fuse -is all right, and - -_If_ the fuse itself is in good condition, and - -_If_ the charge in the torpedo has not deteriorated, the torpedo _may_ -explode and blow up the ship. - -Too many “ifs” to make this a reliable weapon, and one to be solely -depended upon. - -Torpedoes, or submarine mines, unless protected by batteries, to prevent -the enemy from quietly picking them up, are of no use whatever except to -cause delay. - -It is the custom in modern wars for the victor to demand of the -vanquished large war indemnities, so that the people who are whipped -not only suffer great losses incident to war itself, but must pay the -expenses both they and their conquerors have incurred, and the people -have to pay this in the shape of taxes. - -Now, no one believes we are going to be conquered, but this is how an -enemy’s fleet off New York, for instance, will affect all the people in -the United States. - -They would send a shot or two in the vicinity of the city, from their -position south of Long Island, just to show what they _could_ do, and -threaten to destroy the city if a tribute of anywhere from $100,000,000 -to $200,000,000 is not forthcoming in twenty-four hours. It would be -paid, as that amount does not anywhere near represent the value of -property in New York City. The United States government would have to -return this amount to the citizens who advanced it, for according to the -constitution the government must provide for the common defense of the -country. Then it would fall back on the taxpayers again, and _they_ would -have to pay it. - -All that could be prevented by having the proper defense always ready. - -The other important cities on the coasts are as vulnerable to attack as -New York. - -Just think of the billions of property which in this way is at the mercy -of an enemy. - -We forget that English soldiers once destroyed our capitol. - -They could do it now, and think of the vast amount of money in the -treasury at Washington which would fall into their hands, and the value -of the property that would be destroyed, and of the valuable papers that -would be lost. - -“There is no insurance against the great evils of war so certain and -CHEAP as the preparations for defense and offense.” - -We are less likely to be attacked if our great seaboard and lake cities -are defended by heavy rifled guns, by ironclads and torpedoes, and if we -have enough cruisers to threaten an enemy’s commerce, and can take the -offensive at once. - -Offense, with the proper weapons, is the best kind of defense. - -We must have a suitable navy to attack our enemy before he can get to our -coast, and before he can either destroy or blockade our ports. - -Our policy being a peaceful one, we are not going to engage in war -except in self defense, and we do not need to keep up a large naval -establishment in time of peace, _but what we have should be the very -best that can be obtained, and each individual ship and gun, and the -personnel, should be of the most effective kind_. - - - - -ASTRONOMY OF THE HEAVENS FOR JUNE. - -By PROF. M. B. GOFF. - - -THE SUN - -In the northern hemisphere the longest day of this year is the 20th -of this month; though in many places it would be difficult to notice -that there was really any difference between the length of this day and -that of a few of those preceding and succeeding. The sun has reached -his farthest point northward, and, although he travels about his usual -distance each day, he moves in a part of his orbit which is, for all -practical purposes, parallel to the equator, and hence must rise about -the same place and hour each morning, and set at the same place and -hour every evening. About the 21st of December of each year we have -the shortest day, with several of the neighboring days but very little -longer; for the reason that at that date the sun reaches its southern -limit and moves almost parallel to the equator. - -It may be interesting to see how our neighbors fare in regard to longest -days. By the working of a few problems in spherical trigonometry we find -that our friends living on the equator have all their days the same -length, namely, twelve hours. So that there is in that region no looking -forward to the long winter evenings, nor any hoping for the shortening of -summer’s sultry days. They have, however, this advantage: If the sun’s -rays do sometimes “come down by a straight road,” they do not continue so -long at a time as with us. As we proceed north, we find in latitude 30° -48′ that the longest day is fourteen hours, in latitude 49° 2′, sixteen -hours; in 58° 27′, eighteen hours; in 63° 23′, twenty hours; in 65° 48′, -twenty-two hours; in 66° 32′, twenty-four hours, no night at all; and -51′ further north, that is, in latitude 67° 23′, the longest day begins -about the fifth of June, and lasts till about the fourth of July, and is -about thirty days long; in 73° 40′, it is three months long; in 84° 5′, -it is five months; and at the north pole six months. Practically the days -are longer than here represented; for we have natural light enough to -pursue most vocations both before sunrise and after sunset. In latitude -63° 23′, for example, where the day’s extreme length is twenty hours, on -account of the twilight the remaining four hours might as well be called -daylight, for the sun descends only a few degrees below the horizon, and -though hidden from sight, still through the medium of the atmosphere -affords almost the usual light of day. - -Of course our friends in the corresponding latitudes of the southern -hemisphere are enjoying correspondingly short days and long nights. -In 63° 23′ south latitude the day is only four hours long, and the -night twenty hours. No wonder people sometimes say, “This is a queer -world.” Its mechanism is certainly very wonderful. If we wished to be -somewhat exact, we would say that the sun enters _Cancer_ and summer -begins on June 20th, at 7:51 p. m., Washington mean time, and continues -ninety-three days, fourteen hours twenty-two minutes. Other items are as -follows: On the 1st, 15th, and 30th, the sun rises at 4:31, 4:28, and -4:29 a. m.; and on the same dates sets at 7:24, 7:32, and 7:34 p. m. -During the month our days vary in length from fourteen hours fifty-three -minutes to fifteen hours five minutes; and on the 20th, the time from -early dawn till the end of twilight is nineteen hours thirty minutes. -On the 3rd, at 4:00 p. m., the sun is in conjunction with Saturn; on -the 14th, at 3:00 p. m., 90° west of Uranus; on the 30th, at midnight, -farthest from the earth; greatest elevation, in latitude 41° 30′ north, -71° 57′. Diameter decreases from 31′ 36″ on the 1st, to 31′ 32″ on the -30th. - - -THE MOON’S - -Phases occur in the following order: Full moon on the 8th, at 2:41 p. m.; -last quarter, on 16th, at 9:26 a. m.; new moon, on 23rd, at 12:25 a. m.; -first quarter, on 30th, at 1:06 a. m. On the 1st, the moon sets at 12:38 -a. m.; on the 15th, rises at 11:45 p. m.; and on the 29th, sets at 11:42 -p. m. Is farthest from the earth on the 16th, at 10:18 p. m.; nearest to -earth on 21st, at 10:30 p. m. Least meridian altitude on 9th, 29° 41′; -greatest altitude on the 22nd, amounting to 67° 18⅓′. - - -MERCURY. - -A pair of good sharp eyes looking out sufficiently early in the morning, -can almost any day during the month get a view of this planet; especially -will this be the case near the 12th, the day on which it reaches its -greatest western elongation, amounting to 23° 19′. On the 1st, 15th, and -30th, the time of rising is 3:51, 3:23, and 3:37 a. m. On the 21st, at -12:41 p. m., it will be 1° 39′ north of the moon, and on the 26th, at -6:00 p. m., one minute of arc north of Saturn. - - -VENUS. - -This planet which has for several months been so conspicuous in the -western sky, reaches its greatest brilliancy on the 3rd, after which -it will decrease in interest, and continue to appear each day smaller, -until its light is again obscured by the sun, and after remaining for a -short time hidden from view, again appears in the eastern horizon as the -_Lucifer_ (light-bearer) of the ancients. It will set at 10:24, 9:40, and -8:21 p. m., respectively, on the evenings of the 1st, 15th, and 30th. Its -diameter will increase from 35.8″ to 55.2″; but as it “turns its back -upon us,” its increasing diameter will not add to the amount of light -furnished the earth. - - -MARS. - -On the 1st Mars will be found quite close to, and a little to the east -of the star Regulus, in the constellation _Leo_, and will move east -somewhat rapidly, making a direct movement of 14° 31′ 55.5″ from the 1st -to the 30th. His diameter decreases from 6.6″ to 5.8″, indicating his -continually increasing distance from the earth. He rises during the day -and sets at the following hours: On the 2nd at 12:07 a. m.; on the 15th -at 11:30 p. m.; and on the 30th at 10:49 p. m. - - -JUPITER - -During the month moves about six degrees eastwardly from a point a little -west of _Præsepe_, in _Cancer_, leaving the Nebula a little to the north, -and reaching, on the 30th, a point a little northeast of _Delta Cancri_. -He comes to the meridian on the 1st, 15th, and 30th, at 3:34.6, 2:50.2, -and 2:03.5, p. m., and sets on the same days at 10:49, 10:01, and 9:12 p. -m., respectively. - - -SATURN, - -Who has for several months been making of himself such a fine display, -exhibiting to those who were fortunate enough to possess a moderately -good telescope, a splendid view of his rings, now retires abashed before -the “King of Day;” during the first of the month, not even deigning -“to put in an appearance.” But he only “bides his time.” For during -the succeeding months he will be cheerfully “at home” to early risers. -It will be observed that on the 1st he rises after and sets before the -sun, namely, at 4:51 a. m. and 7:23 p. m.; on the 15th, rises at 4:02, -twenty-six minutes before the sun, and sets at 6:36 p. m., some fifty-six -minutes earlier than the sun; and on the 30th rises at 3:11 a. m., and -sets 5:47 p. m. On the 3rd, at 4:00 p. m. he is in conjunction with and -about 1° 23′ south of the sun; and on the 21st, at 10:30 p. m., 2° 46′ -north of the moon. Diameter, 15.6″. - - -URANUS - -Makes an advance movement of 22′ 30″, presenting a diameter of 3.7″. Is -evening star during the month, setting at the following times: On the 2nd -at 1:07 a. m.; on the 16th at 12:12 a. m.; and on the 30th at 11:14 p. m. -On the 14th at 3:00 p. m., is 90° east of the sun; on the 1st at 3:54 p. -m., is 3° 21′ north of the moon, and again on the 28th at 11:42 p. m., 3° -21′ north of the moon. - -One of the odd things in astronomy is the story of the satellites of -Uranus. In a work published as recently as 1852, we are gravely told that -Uranus “is attended by _six_ moons or satellites, which revolve about -him in different periods, and at various distances. Four of them were -discovered by Dr. Herschel and two by his sister, Caroline Herschel, -with the promise of more to be discovered;” and then we are given their -distances from the planet, and also their times of revolution, which -vary from 224,000 to 1,556,000 miles as to distance, and from five days, -twenty-one hours, twenty-five minutes, twenty seconds to one hundred and -seven days, sixteen hours, thirty-nine minutes, fifty-six seconds, as -to times of revolution. But now we are told Herschel’s “satellites have -been sought for in vain, both with Mr. Lassell’s great reflectors and -with the Washington twenty-six inch refractor, all of which are optically -more powerful than the telescopes of Herschel. There may be additional -satellites which have not yet been discovered; but if so, they must -have been too faint to have been recognized by Herschel.” Our latest -information on this subject gives four satellites named Ariel, Umbriel, -Titania, Oberon, in order outwardly from the planet, and their periodic -times, respectively, 2.52, 4.14, 8.7, and 13.46 days; the credit of -discovering the two outer ones being given to Herschel and that of the -two inner being divided between Mr. Lassell and Mr. Struve. - - -NEPTUNE - -Will be one of our morning stars, rising at 3:35, 2:45, and 1:48 a. m., -on the 1st, 15th, and 30th, respectively. His motion, 58′ 39″ direct; -diameter, 2.5″. - - - - -TO BLOSSOMS. - -By R. HERRICK. - - - Fair pledges of a fruitful tree, - Why do ye fall so fast? - Your date is not so past, - But you may stay yet here awhile - To blush and gently smile, - And go at last. - - What, were ye born to be - An hour or half’s delight, - And so to bid good-night? - ’Twas pity Nature brought ye forth - Merely to show your worth, - And lose you quite. - - But you are lovely leaves, where we - May read how soon things have - Their end, though ne’er so brave: - And after they have shown their pride - Like you, awhile, they glide - Into the grave. - - - - -THE SOLDIERS’ HOME. - -By OLIVER W. LONGAN, - -Adjutant General’s Office, War Department. - - -Visitors to Washington, whether for the purpose of meeting friends, or, -as strangers to “see the sights,” are moved by common impulse to find -their greatest gratification in all day tours from building to building, -and from point to point, where the wonders of the place are to be found, -and no ordinary matter can distract the attention from the one object -which is the topic for discussion and arrangement through all the indoor -hours of morning and evening while the visit lasts. Even the dreary -drizzling rain which fairly divides the time with the sunshine of this -weather-wise day can not dampen the ardor of the tourist, and on foot -or on wheel the round is pursued regardless of fatigue and discomfort. -Indeed, there is something of heroism both in the appearance and feeling -manifest in the mien and move of the travelers as they walk about the -streets or “climb to the dome,” and after the wearied guest has departed -and the family physician is called in to prescribe a tonic or stimulant -for an exhausted nature upon which the duty of guide has been imposed in -the days just past, he will invariably remark with exasperating irony -which almost makes the patient determine never again to truthfully reveal -the cause of infirmity, “of course you climbed to the dome.” - -The purpose being to invite the reader to the “dome” as the first point -of view, a few words of description are offered. The dome of the capitol -building is a conspicuous object from all parts of the city and affords -a standpoint from which to obtain the best prospect of all the city and -surrounding country. This fact, and because it fills a picture of beauty -in a vista from a particular spot in the grounds of the Soldiers’ Home, -introduces it into this article. - -From a balcony on the top of the dome, two hundred and sixteen feet from -the ground, on the eastern front of the capitol, the eye takes in a scene -of which Humboldt remarked, “I have not seen a more charming panorama in -all my travels.” West at a distance of nearly three miles is Arlington. -The mansion, which was once the home of Robert E. Lee, resembles, in the -distance, the “Hall in the Grove.” Behind it is the city of the dead, a -_home_ for the remains of about 15,000 soldiers. North a little more than -three miles is the home of the living soldier. The clock tower appears to -be the only sign of habitation upon a well wooded hill. - -As one of the many places of interest which receives the attention and -merits the praise of visitors as a spot “beautiful for situation,” -a brief history and description is offered to the readers of THE -CHAUTAUQUAN, but in neither will there be found any of the mellowness of -age which is possessed by old-world places nor of the power which belongs -to - - “Things of earth, which time hath bent, - A spirit’s feeling; and where he hath lent - His hand, but broke his scythe. - … - For which the palace of the present hour - Must yield its pomp, and wait till ages are its dower.” - -The credit of the origin of the movement to establish a retreat for the -old and disabled soldiers of the United States army, appears to be due to -Hon. James Barbour, Secretary of War under John Quincy Adams. In a report -dated November 26, 1827, he suggests the founding of an army asylum. A -report was made upon the subject by the Committee on Military Affairs -in the House of Representatives May 21, 1828, and another February 27, -1829. Except the collection of some data upon the subject nothing further -appears to have been done until in 1839 General Robert Anderson, “the -hero of Fort Sumter,” reviewed the work and submitted his plans and -views to a number of older and more experienced officers of the army. -Their responses indicate the high degree of favor with which they looked -upon the project, but their words of foreboding in pointing out the -difficulties to be surmounted in bringing a measure through the Congress -to give it a legal status gave evidence that their estimate of strategy -did not confine its use to the military department. Receiving but little -more than good wishes for his encouragement, the dauntless captain (such -was the rank then held by General Anderson) went knocking at the doors of -Congress, and a communication addressed by him February 12, 1840, to Hon. -John Reynolds, M. C., embodying the details of his plan became the basis -of a favorable report by the House Military Committee January 7, 1841, in -which, after setting forth the usage of the service and the improvement -which would follow an act which should give the faithful soldier “the -confidence of comfortable provision for his old age when he shall be worn -out in his country’s service,” the committee declare it to be a “high -gratification” to recommend to the “favorable consideration of Congress -the admirable plan submitted by Captain Anderson—a plan which imposes no -additional burden on the community, but merely provides that the savings -of the soldier, in the vigor of his age, may afford him a shelter in the -times of his infirmity or old age.” - -Never did an apple afloat more provokingly elude a youth, as with -hands resolutely clasped behind him, he bent over the tub of water and -endeavored to take it with his teeth, than did the object of Captain -Anderson play away from successful accomplishment. The experience of -people who have sought the favor of the law-making or executive powers -to obtain an object of personal good for themselves or others has taught -them that, as old people look over their spectacles to see the movement -on the other side, so do the servants of the public over the object -presented to measure the strength of the impelling power, and that -attitude is apt to remain unchanged until the impulsion becomes dynamic -when the direction of view is turned into, and through the matter urged -upon them. Something of this character must have been the experience of -those pleading the cause of the “old soldier” for about twelve years. -General Winfield Scott made special mention of the subject and strongly -recommended it in his annual report dated November 20, 1845, and again in -a report dated November 3, 1849, he says: - -“While the army under my command lay at Pueblo a part of the summer of -1847, an humble petition to Congress in favor of an asylum … for the -benefit of _enlisted_ men was drawn up and signed by, I believe, every -commissioned officer.… In connection with that petition I beg to add -the following facts: On the capture of the city of Mexico, by the same -army, I levied a contribution upon the inhabitants of $150,000, in lieu -of pillage, to which the city, by the usages of war, was, under the -circumstances, liable.” The disposition of this money was accounted for -in a letter to the Secretary of War, dated at Mexico February 6, 1848, -in which was enclosed a draft for $100,000, concerning which the letter -says: “I hope you will allow the draft to go to the credit of an _army -asylum_, and make the subject known, in the way you deem best, to the -military committee of Congress. That sum is, in small part, the price of -the American blood so gallantly shed in this vicinity.” Quoting again -from the report of November 3, 1849: “The draft was made payable to me; -and, in order to place the deposit beyond the control of any individual -functionary whatever, I endorsed it, ‘The Bank of America will place the -within amount to the credit of _army asylum, subject to the order of -Congress_.’” The remainder of the report is an earnest protest against -the disposition of the draft (which the Secretary of War had caused to -be turned into the United States treasury), and a renewed “petition that -Congress may appropriate the whole to an _army asylum_ for the worn out -or decayed _enlisted_ men (regulars and volunteers) yet in service, or -who may have been honorably discharged therefrom.” Thus, all along the -line the history shows the difficulties which confronted the friends -of the soldier, while within the citadel the feeling of opposition -was strong enough to evoke the following from a member of the House of -Representatives, in a letter to General Anderson, dated January 31, 1851: - -“The prejudices of the House against the army are strong, and stupid and -undiscriminating opposition is made to all changes which do not propose -to cut down the army. I am not hopeful of the success of any measure—of -the number in contemplation—that looks to the improvement of the army.” -This language was descriptive of a most remarkable state of feeling, -else the honorable member erred greatly in thinking that in the face of -the recent achievements in Mexico the national legislature would strike -down the bruised and broken battalions which had brought untold wealth -to the people, as well as glory to the national standard. The action -of a few weeks later indicated that however strong was the prejudice -against the army there was a power somewhere which operated to protect -and advance the interests so long and faithfully urged upon Congress in -favor of the “army asylum,” and on the 3d of March, 1851, the approval -of the President was given to “An Act to found a military asylum for the -relief and support of invalid and disabled soldiers of the army of the -United States.” The law constituted the general-in-chief commanding the -army and seven other general officers a board of commissioners with the -necessary powers for carrying out the purposes of the act, and provided -for the detail of officers from the army for the position of governor, -deputy governor, and secretary and treasurer, for each site which should -be established. It gave the right of admission to benefit in the asylum -to all discharged soldiers of twenty years’ service, and all disqualified -by wounds received or disease contracted in the service and in the line -of military duty—excepting deserters, mutineers, habitual drunkards and -convicted felons—and required the discharge from the asylum of those who, -being under fifty years of age, should recover their health so as to be -fit again for military duty. By the same act a specific appropriation -of money (including the levy made by General Scott upon Mexico), -amounting to $183,110.42, was made to establish the asylum, and for its -future maintenance provision was made to devote all monies derived from -stoppages and fines by courts-martial, from pay forfeited by deserters, -and from the effects of deceased soldiers unclaimed for three years—the -latter to be subject to demand of legal heirs at any time—also from a -deduction of twenty-five cents per month from each enlisted soldier, -giving the volunteers or those belonging to organizations raised for a -limited period the option of permitting the deduction from their pay -to be made or not, as they chose, but making it obligatory in effect -upon the _regular_ soldier. An amendment to this law was made March 3, -1859, which changed the name of the institution to the “Soldiers’ Home,” -reduced the number of commissioners to _three_, reduced the monthly -deduction from the pay of the soldiers to twelve and one-half cents per -month, and required pensioners to surrender their pensions to the Home -while they should remain in and receive its benefits. Another amendment -was made March 3, 1883, which made the Board of Commissioners to consist -of the general-in-chief commanding the army, the commissary general, the -adjutant general, the judge advocate general, the quartermaster general, -the surgeon general, and the governor of the Home (all _ex-officio_), -and provided for the pensions of inmate pensioners to be held in trust -for their benefit, or to be paid to their parents, wives or children. -With the exception of these amendments the provisions of the original law -remain in force. - -The first commissioners, with General Scott as the senior officer, lost -no time in selecting a location for the “asylum.” Parcels of ground on -every side in the immediate vicinity of Washington City were offered -at prices varying from $50 to $350 per acre. A portion of Mount Vernon -was also offered at $1,333.33 per acre. Two tracts north of the city, -containing a total of 256 acres, were purchased for $57,500. On one of -these tracts were good buildings, one of which, “the mansion,” is now a -summer residence for the President of the United States. Additions of -ground since made to the original purchase have increased the number of -acres to 500. The tract is nearly seven-eighths of a mile wide for about -half its length from the southern boundary, which is irregular. The -north half is reduced in width by a change of direction of the eastern -boundary running westward about 400 yards. The western boundary nearly -opposite the same point changes its course and runs northeast until it -meets the eastern boundary at a point about one mile and three-eighths -from the south line. In this north point nearly all of the buildings are -situated. The ground is nearly level, being the broad top of a ridge -which, upon the east side just outside the Home grounds, is of quite -abrupt descent. A public road cuts off about fifteen acres, a portion -of which is devoted to a national cemetery, while the remaining portion -is a hillside grove in which, within a year past, a platform and seats -have been erected for use on “decoration day.” Within the main grounds a -pear orchard covers the “point,” and the first building near it is the -library. The building was originally intended for a billiard room and -bowling alley, and is the only building upon the grounds upon which the -genius of the architect “run to waste.” The main building a few yards -south of the library was the first one erected after the purchase of the -grounds for an asylum. It was commenced in 1852 and completed in 1857. It -is of white marble, the front structure 151⅓ feet long by 57 feet wide, -four stories high, with a clock tower in the center of the south front. -A rear wing from the center covers nearly equal ground with the front. -In the basement are the kitchens, store rooms, offices, smoking rooms, -etc. Upon the first floor is the dining room, large enough to seat 340 -men. The remainder of this floor, and all the other floors, is devoted -to sleeping rooms, and of these—except in the matter of ventilation of -a few of the upper rooms—it may be said that they are as nearly perfect -for the uses intended as can well be made. Single beds, wire and hair -mattresses, clean and comfortable clothing of woolen and linen, clean -uncarpeted floors and pure air, a box or locker for each man, make up a -sum of comfort for the lodging of one accustomed only to the blanket and -the bunk, which is well nigh perfect, and not to be found for the same -person in the most luxurious bed-chamber wealth could provide. On the -east of the main building is the annex used principally as a dormitory. -On the same side are the stables and shops, the former too close for a -well regulated institution. Upon the west and next the main building is -the mansion, the dwelling of the former proprietor, and now the summer -residence of the President. It has been remodeled, and very little of -the original appearance of the building which a few years since was -almost buried in vines, is left. Directly south from the mansion and -main building the ground falls off gradually for half a mile, while on -either side the ridge extends in a graceful sweep for about five hundred -yards to bluffs somewhat abrupt, but not enough so to mar the beauty of -rounded form. Upon the western ridge going southward from the mansion are -the following objects in their order: The office building, a one story -brick structure, where the commissioners meet at least once every month; -the governor’s residence, and next the deputy governor’s residence, both -large, roomy, and comfortable double houses of the same material as the -“main building,” and of design in harmony with it. Next is a double -building of brick occupied by the treasurer and the attending surgeon. -These buildings all have a back-ground of woods which extends with the -gradually sloping hill to the highway which here forms the western -boundary of the grounds. The next object upon the western avenue is a -portrait statue of General Scott, which was erected in 1874 upon a point -of the ridge, which here extends to the east so as to make one side of a -basin formed with the lower ground south of the mansion. The statue is -bronze, ten feet high, upon a granite pedestal placed in the center of -a mound, around which is a circular drive for carriages. The figure is -represented in uniform, with a military cloak, fastened at the throat and -thrown back from the right shoulder; head uncovered, left arm slightly -bent and the hand resting on the thigh, the right hand upon the breast -and thrust under the partly open coat. The position is one of dignified -repose. No strain of feeling is aroused in the observer, such as is -felt in looking upon the various equine figures in the city, upon which -is perpetuated in the figure of the officer, the tension of nerve and -alertness which almost prompts an effort to break the spell and give the -dead their rest. - -Standing beside the statue, or seated upon the rustic bench close by, -a view may be obtained which the visitor who has leisure may enjoy for -an indefinite time. The city lies not far below. The eye can cover it -all at one gaze. The dome of the capitol stands high above every other -object—except that shaft of marble which bids fair to soon become the -Washington monument—and far beyond is the broad Potomac, whose course is -in the direction of view, and carries the eye on and on until objects -become indistinct. Perhaps an officer close by may be observed lazily -reclining upon the grass, while a soldier stands near him waving in -various directions a white flag with a square block of color in the -center. Presently the officer takes a small telescope from the earth -beside him, and leveling it in a direction west of the city, looks -steadily for a minute or two, lowers the glass and apparently writes -down the result of his observation in a memorandum book. Looking in the -same direction as did the officer the sight will be just strong enough -to discern a flag-staff upon the top of the hills on the other side of -the Potomac, perhaps five or six miles away. Curiosity may be gratified -by a few questions, and from the answers it will be learned that the -flag-staff marks the spot known as Fort Meyer, Virginia, the station -of the United States signal corps, and the operation just witnessed -was simply a practice lesson in transmitting a message by the use of -the small flag, the motions of which to right, to left, to front, or -by circle, indicated the letters or words of the message. A practice -day upon this spot, by the signal men, is a diversion for many an old -soldier whose monotonous life is greatly relieved even by a pantomime. -A little east of south from the statue, about 400 yards distant, -is Barnes’ Hospital, named for General Joseph K. Barnes, deceased, -late surgeon-general of the army, who was the senior officer of the -commissioners of the Home, when the hospital was built nearly eight -years ago. It is a model hospital in every respect, and has received -unqualified approval from the foremost medical men of Europe, as well -as of America. It is full of patients all the time. It was intended to -accommodate sixty, but the average number is about eighty. Some are -ailing, some are waiting, some of sight or limb are wanting, all are -forever done with the fullness of physical life, and the surgeon looks -upon them as his children, whose every want he must attend. Three hundred -yards farther south is the portion of the grounds known as “Harewood,” -an estate of 191 acres added to the Home by purchase in 1872. A good -portion of it is woods, through which are beautiful drives winding into -labyrinths for one unaccustomed to them, for at three different points a -stranger will be bewildered by following a well-worn track which returns -upon itself, and may be traversed many times before some objects begin -to have a familiar look. One of these places is bounded by a drive which -is as irregular as would be the loop of a lasso thrown from the hand -and permitted to drop upon the ground, an oblong irregular figure, from -the northern end of which is the capitol “vista.” Through the woods -for a distance of 500 or 600 yards an opening has been cut just wide -enough, and trimmed just high enough to admit a view of the dome of the -capitol, which is invisible from points a step or two on either side of a -particular spot. With the aid of very little imagination one may think -the eye rests upon the temple in the new city which has been pictured in -misty glory by so many artists. - -Upon the “Harewood” grounds are the principal farm and dairy buildings. -The cottage now occupied by the farmer was, in some of the years of war, -the summer home of the “great war secretary,” Edwin M. Stanton, the man -who in the war times inspired more fear amongst his subordinates by the -promptness and severity of his punishments for delinquencies than ever -visited the same persons in the presence of an active foe. And yet when -he stood upon the steps of the north front of the old War Department -building, now gone down with him to the dust, and tried on that memorable -3d of April, 1865, to speak congratulatory words concerning the news -which had come over the wires from the hand of President Lincoln, at City -Point, Va., of a broken Rebellion and an evacuated Confederate capitol, -his eyes were so full of tears that he did not see that the crowd which -stood about and before him was composed of his apparently demoralized -officers and clerks who had abandoned their desks and swarmed from the -building by the windows as well as the doors; or, if he did see them, -his voice was too much broken with the emotions, which were stronger -than his stout heart, to permit him to administer a rebuke to those who -almost without exception, at some time in the months and years just past, -contributed their share to the result, and many had brought away the -marks of the sacrifice. - -The work of farming is confined to the products of a market garden, which -can not be purchased for the purposes of the Home in as good condition -as they can be raised upon the ground. The dairy is the most important -institution of the Home, and the herd of from forty to fifty Alderney and -Holstein cattle is by no means the least amongst the matters of interest -to be seen upon the grounds. The work of the dairy is done by men. The -cooking for the inmates, nursing the sick, and indeed all the indoor -work usually done by women is done by men. Some of the employes are -“civilians,” so called to distinguish them from inmates who are employed -upon light work. - -There are five principal gates or entrances to the Home grounds; two -upon the east side and three upon the west side. At each is a lodge and -a gate-keeper. The first on the east is the Harewood gate, entering -upon the grounds already mentioned, of the same name. From it the “East -drive,” after a serpentine course westward for about 500 yards up a -pretty sharp grade, turns northward, and as it passes along east of -the central portion of the grounds affords the finest view of the open -country, the drive being upon high ground and the view unobstructed -across the entire place. From the same gate “Corcoran Avenue,” flanked -on both sides by magnificent rows of shade trees, leads into the woods. -“Sherman” gate is near the north point opposite the cemetery; “Scott” -gate, or as familiarly known, “Eagle” gate because of the immense iron -eagles upon the gate pillars, is directly opposite “Sherman” gate, and -both lead to the buildings only a few steps distant. There is a large -gate a few steps west of the Scott statue so little used as not to be -dignified with a name. The most important gate is one nearest the city -upon the west side. It is reached by an avenue from “Seventh Street -Road,” a continuation of the most important street running north and -south in Washington. The avenue is the property of the Home, although the -land on either side is owned by private parties. It is called “Whitney -Avenue,” and the gate bears the same name. The ornaments upon the gate -pillars or piers, which are of brick capped with stone, are large vases -said to be copies of a vase designed by Thorwaldsen. The first view -upon entering this gate is the one which may properly be called the -“prettiest” when the word is used as meaning an appearance which gives -momentary pleasure, but may not be remembered as one would remember the -scenery and lake at Chautauqua. About two hundred feet from the gate are -two little lakes which serve to assure the visitor that there really is -real water on the place. By artificial means one of these lakes is held -at a level about ten feet above the other, and by pipes carried to the -center of the lower, a pretty, single jet fountain is formed. The north -end of the upper lake is crossed by a substantial iron bridge, and the -south end of the lower one is covered by a short granite span. Between -the two all effort to find any satisfaction in the waste (?) of water is -futile. But for miniatures they are really pretty, and with the three -swans bumping up against the green shore as they float backward and swim -forward, the half dozen white ducks with their heads in the mud and their -dozen red legs and feet in the air in active effort to kick themselves -farther into the mud, and the two wild geese, domesticated by the loss of -part of a pinion each, as they stand sullenly by looking like fettered -savages, all combine to afford a diversion which may not be found -anywhere else by the visitor. - -The drives throughout the grounds will afford a ride of ten or eleven -miles without going twice over the same spot, except at crossings. -They are beautiful, hard, well kept, graveled courses. The gutters -are models, and of themselves works of beauty, as they are paved with -selected stone, nearly white, nearly of a size, and none much larger -than a large egg, all in their natural form or shape. But it all affords -but little genuine good to the old soldier. If he ventures out upon the -road his walk is beset with dangers, and a sudden fright from a dashing -team almost upon him drives away all gratification he might receive by -looking from a place of safety upon the handsome equipages whirling by. -Except the “short cuts” through the grass—and these are few and under -prohibition—there is but one foot-path of any length in the grounds, and -that is of brick, between the main building and the hospital. In most -cases, to traverse this, is not even a matter of melancholy pleasure. The -many privileges ready made for the citizens of Washington, without care -or cost to them, are no doubt appreciated by them, but if a due weight -of appreciation could be given to the cost, both original in money and -cumulative in deprivation to those whose right it is to use them, the use -of extended drives in a beautiful park away from the heat and dust of the -streets, and yet so near as to be at the door, would lead all the rest. - -The Soldiers’ Home in the District of Columbia is unquestionably a grand -institution, and in providing creature comforts, can probably not be -improved upon, but it fails to meet a want which is known and recognized -by the authorities having it in charge. Perhaps the one word which -will best express it is _diversion_, not in the sense of amusement, -but to take one away from his melancholies and permit no reaction. The -inmates are men who have formed habits which grew under circumstances of -constantly recurring excitement. - -They are able to understand that the best years of their lives have -passed, and that the best powers of their bodies have been used, while -nearly half of the allotted time of life, as measured by the number -of their years, ought to still be to their credit, but they feel in -some way that their hands are empty. True, they have every comfort for -animal life, and in the little red stone chapel, the three services -every Sunday are more than they ever knew before as a provision for -their spiritual welfare, and they have the same freedom from care to -which they have been accustomed through their military life, but each -one sees that all he has is shared by five hundred others, and in it all -he has no single part over which he can exercise individual control, -not even himself. Everything tells him his work is done, and there is -no more in the give and take of life over which he can plan and work. -Discontent is inevitable, and until some plan is devised for bringing -the military service, or most of its features, to the Home, and having -there a counterpart of the camp and its duties, not to be imposed as -set tasks, but to be taken up and directed by the men who all their -lives have been under direction, and ought now to enjoy the privilege of -apparent control, a remedy will probably not be found. It took years -to overcome in a measure the dislike and suspicion with which the old -soldier regarded the Home. It was a manifestation of interest in him -which was new and unusual, and by him untried. Progress has been made -in the past years toward overcoming the matters which may be mentioned -as difficulties in the problem of how to take care of men who ought to -be simply aided in taking care of themselves by supplying them to a -proper extent with means or material, and throwing upon them sufficient -responsibility to create the _occupation_, which is the greatest need of -the institution. This will gradually be worked out, and then the Home -will be what it should, a place for work and life, and less of a place -for waiting and death. - - - - -EIGHT CENTURIES WITH WALTER SCOTT. - -By WALLACE BRUCE. - - -It has been truly said that Walter Scott’s novels have done more to warm -the hearts of the English people toward their northern brethren than -any other influence during the last century. The two races, unlike in -national traditions and social characteristics, differing as to climatic -influence and formation of country, with a blood-stained record since the -days of Keneth Mac Alpine, were not naturally allied, or well prepared -for immediate and lasting friendship. To borrow the language of surgery: -It was not a national break to be easily “knitted,” but a sort of -compound fracture. - -For thirty generations English and Scot had literally “glowered” across -the border. Constrained in the narrow island of Britain, they had -struggled like Roman gladiators in a wave-washed Coliseum, from which -there was no escape. In the world’s history there is no other record of -two races, with so many divergent points, and so much ancestral hatred, -solidifying into one harmonious nation; and it is to the glory of Scott -to have contributed to so grand a consummation. “All war,” Bulwer says, -“is a misunderstanding.” It seemed to be the mission of our novelist -to introduce England and Scotland to each other, and to make future -misunderstanding impossible. Some of the volumes and characters, which -we are to consider in this and in the following paper, emphasize and -illustrate this conclusion. - -“The Pirate,” next in historic sequence, has little to do with the -history of reigns and dynasties. With the exception of a single -paragraph, which refers incidentally to the commotion between Highlanders -and Lowlanders, between Williamites and Jacobites, one would not dream -that there was such a thing as a government in the world. The reader, -in spite of the warlike title, finds himself in a northern Arcadia. In -the hospitable home of Magnus Troil we have a picture of a Norwegian -Udaller—one of the last survivors, who kept alive the customs of -Scandinavia in the Orkney and Zetland Islands. What Cedric, the Saxon, -was to his people, as a prototype of antique manners in the reign -of Richard, the Lion Hearted, Magnus Troil is to the few surviving -Norwegians at the close of the last century in the stormy islands of -the north. We sit at his board, and hear Sagas rehearsed by fishermen, -who preserved among themselves the ancient Norse tongue. We listen -to the dark romance of other days when the black raven banner ruled -the seas. We are taken back in fancy to moonlit bays, where mermaids -mingle their voices with the moaning waves. The monstrous leviathans -of the deep again seem real, and the sea-snake, with towering head, -girdles with its green folds the misty islands of Shetland. We find -captains negotiating for favorable voyages with weird hags and insane -witches—antique insurance brokers, who were willing to take payment -without giving indemnity. We find in Norna—the wild prophetess—who half -believed her own divinations, a legitimate descendant of the Voluspæ, or -divining women, who, from Hebraic and Delphic times, have wielded power -through centuries of superstition. We find Christian inhabitants of well -governed and hospitable villages, who regard the spoils of the sea, and -castaway wrecks, as kindly dispensations of Providence. We are introduced -to a primitive people still clinging to the belief that a supernatural -race, allied to the fairies, sometimes propitious to mortals, but -more frequently capricious and malevolent, worked below the earth as -artificers of iron and precious metals. We see lovers still pledging -their troth and taking the Promise of Oden at the Standing Stones of -Stennis, and note the patriotism and proud spirit of Minna Troil, as she -responds to her lover’s description of other lands of palm and cocoa, - - Fair realms of continual summer, - And fields ever fragrant with flowers. - -“No,” she answers, “my own rude country has charms for me, even desolate -as you think it, and depressed as it surely is, which no other land -on earth can offer to me. I endeavor in vain to represent to myself -those visions of trees and of groves, which my eye never saw; but my -imagination can conceive no sight in nature more sublime than these -waves, when agitated by a storm, or more beautiful, than when they come, -as they now do, rolling in calm tranquility to the shore. Not the fairest -scene in a foreign land—not the brightest sunbeam that ever shone upon -the richest landscape, would win my thoughts for a moment from that lofty -rock, misty hill and wide rolling ocean. Haitland is the land of my -deceased ancestors, and of my living father, and in Haitland will I live -and die.” - -The Bride of Lammermoor reveals the iniquitous administration of law in -Scotland during the closing years of King William’s reign. The Scottish -vicegerents, raised to power by the strength of faction, had friends -to reward and enemies to humble. The old adage was literally verified: -“Show me the man, and I will show you the law.” It is said that officers -in high stations affected little scruple concerning bribery. “Pieces of -plate, and bags of money, were sent in presents to the King’s counsel, to -influence their conduct, and poured forth,” says a contemporary writer, -“like billets of wood upon the floors, without even the decency of -concealment.” The story opens with a burial and its attendant ceremony; -and this key-note of sadness gives the tone or concert pitch to the -sorrowful drama. The ready wit and crafty subterfuges of the old butler, -Caleb Balderstone, somewhat relieve and lighten up the somberness of the -tragedy. But it is not our purpose to trace the plot, or to point the -moral of the swift and awful punishment which follows pride and injustice. - -As in “The Pirate,” we find but one paragraph relating to concurrent -history, so in the “Bride of Lammermoor” we have but one historic glimpse -of passing events, when the Tory party obtained, in the Scottish, as in -the English councils of Queen Anne, a short lived ascendancy. There were -at this time three parties in Scotland: the Unionists, who were destined -providentially to triumph; the Jacobites, who desired the national -independence of the kingdom; the third party, who were waiting to see -the course of events. The reign of William, just completed, was not -favorably regarded by the Scottish nation. His memory was justly honored -in England, and revered by the Protestants of Ireland as a deliverer -from civil and religious servitude. In Scotland he had likewise rendered -great service to the right of worshiping God according to the dictates -of one’s own conscience, but in civil matters he had infringed upon the -prerogatives of the people—an infringement not speedily to be forgotten. -Scott, in his “Tales of a Grandfather,” calls attention to this long -cherished national resentment in the following paragraph: “On the fifth -of November, 1788, when a full century had elapsed after the Revolution, -some friends to constitutional liberty proposed that the return of the -day should be solemnized by an agreement to erect a monument to the -memory of King William, and the services which he had rendered to the -British kingdoms. At this period an anonymous letter appeared in one -of the Edinburgh newspapers, ironically applauding the undertaking, -and proposing as two subjects of the entablature, for the base of the -projected column, the massacre of Glencoe, and the distresses of the -Scottish colonies at Darien. The proposal was abandoned as soon as the -insinuation was made public.” - -When Queen Anne came to the throne it was thought prudent to make some -provision which would insure a Protestant government for all time to -Britain. The English Parliament therefore passed an Act of Succession -in June, 1700: “Settling the crown, on the failure of Queen Anne -and her issue, upon the grand-daughter of King James the First, of -England—Sophia, Electress Dowager of Hanover, and her descendants. Queen -Anne, and her statesmanlike adviser, Godolphin, saw the necessity of -uniting Scotland in this agreement; but the Scottish people complained -that they were not only required to surrender their public rights, -according to the terms proposed, but also to yield them up to the very -nation who had been most malevolent to them in all respects; who had been -their constant enemies during a thousand years of almost continual war; -and who, even since they had been united under the same crown, had shown -in the massacre of Glencoe, and the disasters of Darien, at what a slight -price they held the lives and rights of their northern neighbors.” - -“The Tale of the Black Dwarf” is related to the time of this fierce -discussion in Scotland, as to the adoption or rejection of this proposed -union; when mobs and rabbles crowded High Street; when the hall of -meeting, contrary to the privileges of Edinburgh, was surrounded by -guards and soldiery; when the debaters were often “in the form of a -Polish Diet, with their swords in their hands, or at least their hands -on their swords.” After a vain struggle the Scottish commissioners were -compelled to submit to an incorporating union, and on the twenty-second -of April the Parliament of Scotland adjourned forever. For the moment -all parties were indignant. Papists, Prelatists, and Presbyterians -were united in the common feeling that the country had been treated -with injustice. Lord Belhaven, in a celebrated speech, which made the -strongest impression on the people, declared that he saw, in prophetic -vision, “The peers of Scotland, whose ancestors had raised tribute in -England, now walking in the Courts of Requests, like so many English -attorneys, laying aside their swords, lest self-defense should be called -murder—he saw the Scottish barons with their lips padlocked to avoid the -penalties of unknown laws—he saw the Scottish lawyers struck mute and -confounded at being subjected to the intricacies and technical jargon -of an unknown jurisprudence—he saw the merchants excluded from trade by -the English monopolies—the artisans ruined for want of custom—the gentry -reduced to indigence—the lower ranks to starvation and beggary. ‘But -above all, my lord,’ he continued, ‘I think I see our ancient mother -Caledonia, like Cæsar, sitting in the midst of our senate, ruefully -looking around her, covering herself with her royal mantle, awaiting the -fatal blow, and breathing out her last with the exclamation, “And thou -too, my son.”’” These prophetic words made the deepest impression, until -the effect was in some degree dispelled by Lord Marchmount, who rising to -reply, said: “I have been much struck with the noble lord’s vision, but I -conceive that the exposition of it might be given in a few words: I woke, -and behold it was a dream.” - -If in these critical times the King of France had kept his promise to -the son of James the Second, or if his Scottish friends had been more -united or possessed a leader of distinguished talent, the House of Stuart -might have repossessed their ancient throne of Scotland. The French -fleet indeed brought the Pretender with an army of five thousand men to -the Frith of Forth, but, frightened by the English fleet, returned to -France without landing. It was an enterprise entirely devoid of spirit, -and the closing chapters of the “Black Dwarf” reveal a pitiful picture -of the apathy of the movement, and the indecision and incapacity of the -Pretender’s adherents. - -“Rob Roy” introduces us to the wild fastnesses which lie between Loch -Lomond and Loch Katrine. The state of the country is still unsettled. The -Highlanders have been kept comparatively quiet since the days of King -William by giving pensions to the leading chiefs, upon the principle of -feeding the wilder and fiercer animals in order to keep them tractable; -but, like a rock poised on a precipice, the clans seem ready at an -instant to break loose and precipitate themselves upon the lowlands; the -Jacobites still retain hope of restoring the Stuart line. The Whigs, -continually on the alert, anticipate every movement; the slightest -whisper in Paris is heard at the London Court; it also appeared that -Louis the Fourteenth was nowise disposed to encourage any plot to disturb -the reigning monarch of England; the Pretender hastened to Paris upon -receiving tidings of the death of Queen Anne, but his reception was so -unfavorable that he returned to Lorraine, “with the sad assurance that -the monarch of France was determined to adhere to the treaty of Utrecht, -by an important article of which he had recognized the succession of the -House of Hanover to the Crown of Great Britain.” - -George the First landed at Greenwich, September seventeenth, 1714, and -quietly assumed the government; but the seething plot of Macbeth’s -witches was not yet skimmed. The rebellion known as “The Affair of -1715” was organized and guided by the Earl of Mar. The clans were again -in arms, and the Pretender again hailed as king. In the battle of -Sheriffmuir, which followed soon afterward, an outlawed clan whose name -for generations was only mentioned in whisper, “nameless by day” and -fierce through oppression, remained inactive upon the field. They were -ordered by the Earl of Mar to charge the enemy, but the bold chieftain -answered with haughty indifference: “If you can not win without us you -will not with us.” The speaker was Robert Mac Gregor, more generally -known as Rob Roy. Like Robin Hood of England he is said to have been a -kind and gentle robber, who harried the rich and relieved the poor. As -Scott says in his introduction to the romance: “He maintained through -good report and bad report a wonderful degree of importance in popular -recollection. He owed his fame in a great measure to his residing on the -very verge of the Highlands, and playing such pranks in the beginning -of the eighteenth century as are usually ascribed to the freebooters -of the middle ages—and that within forty miles of Glasgow, a great -commercial city, the seat of a learned university. Thus a character like -his, blending the wild virtues, the subtle policy, and unrestrained -license of an American Indian, was flourishing in Scotland during the -Augustan age of Queen Anne and George the First—the sept of Mac Gregor -claimed a descent from Alpin, King of Scots, who ruled about 787. Hence -their original patronymic is Mac Alpine. They occupied at one period -very extensive possessions in Perthshire and Argyleshire, which they -imprudently continued to hold by the right of the sword. Their neighbors, -the Earls of Argyle and Breadalbane, managed to have this property -engrossed in deeds and charters, which they easily obtained from the -crown.” In plain English, they stole it, and obtained a commission by an -Act of Privy Council in 1563 to pursue the claim with fire and sword. -No wonder that the Mac Gregors came to have little regard for the law -which had little regard for them. In sympathy for the oppressed outlaw, -Wordsworth breaks out in enthusiastic tribute: - - Say then that he was wise as brave, - As wise in thought as bold in deed; - For in the principles of things - He sought his moral creed. - - Said generous Rob, “What need of books? - Burn all the statutes and their shelves! - They stir us up against our kind, - And worse, against ourselves. - - The creatures see of flood and field, - And those that travel on the wind; - With them no strife can last; they live - In peace and peace of mind. - - For why? because the good old rule - Sufficeth them; the simple plan, - That they should take who have the power, - And they should keep who can.” - -Blackstone would probably have regarded this as a feeble tenure of -property, and Scott was too good a lawyer to excuse the robber and -blackmailer on such primitive and poetic principles. He puts a more -natural and sensible excuse in the mouth of the honest bailie, Nicol -Jarvie: “Robin was anes a weel-doing, pains-taking drover, as ye wad see -amang ten thousand. It was a pleasure to see him in his belted plaid and -brogues, wi’ his target at his back, and claymore and dirk at his belt. -And he was baith civil and just in his dealings; and if he thought his -chapman had made a hard bargain, he would gie him back five shillings out -o’ the pund sterling. But the times came hard, and Rob was venturesome, -and the creditors, mair especially some grit neighbors o’ his, grippit to -his living and land; and they say his wife was turned out o’ the house -to the hillside, and sair misguided to the boot. Weel, Rob cam hame, and -fand desolation, God pity us! where he left plenty; he looked east, west, -south, north, and saw neither hauld nor hope—neither beild nor shelter, -sae he e’en pu’d the bonnet ower his brow, belted the broadsword to his -side, took to the brae-side, and became a broken man.” - -He had indeed suffered, and the harsh treatment which his wife had -received from the soldiery was enough to have roused a less ferocious man -to revenge. Her spirit seems to have been cast in the same mould, and -Scott presents her in heroic guise, assuming the command of the clan in -her husband’s absence. “Stand,” she said, with a commanding tone to the -English soldiers, “and tell me what ye seek in Mac Gregor’s country?” -“She wore her plaid, not drawn around her head and shoulders, as is the -fashion of the women in Scotland, but disposed around her body, as the -Highland soldiers wear theirs. She had a man’s bonnet, with a feather in -it, an unsheathed sword in her hand, and a pair of pistols at her girdle.” - -“What seek ye here?” she asked again of Captain Thornton, who had -himself advanced to reconnoiter. “We seek the outlaw, Rob Roy Mac Gregor -Campbell,” answered the officer, “and make no war on women; therefore -offer no vain opposition to the king’s troops, and assure yourself of -civil treatment.” - -“Ay,” retorted the Amazon, “I am no stranger to your tender mercies. You -have left me neither name nor fame—my mother’s bones will shrink aside in -their grave when mine are laid beside them—ye have left me neither house -nor hold, blanket nor bedding, cattle to feed us, or flocks to clothe -us—ye have taken from us all—all! The very names of our ancestors have ye -taken away, and now ye come for our lives.” - -There is another character which lives long and pleasantly in the -reader’s memory—the warm hearted bumptious bailie, Nicol Jarvie, a -Scotchman profoundly impressed with a sense of his own extraordinary -ability, who never forgot to quote from his father, the deacon, and never -lost his appreciation of the “siller.” Scott has drawn this character -with marvelous art. It stands out like a living portrait, and the reader -loves him because he is as brave as he is canny. The scene in the -Highland inn, where he found his sword rusted fast in the scabbard, and -seized the red hot poker for a weapon, is at once dramatic and humorous. - -The shifting of the scene of the story from the north of England to -Glasgow, and thence to the Highlands, is naturally done, and without -creaking of machinery. We have just enough of the villain Rashley and -his nefarious plotting to give the continuous interest of uncertainty; -and Die Vernon (pardon me, reader, for compressing her in a closing -paragraph), with ready wit and sterling sense, flits about like a -hoydenish angel—but in spite of eccentricities a ministering angel of -peace and comfort. In the happiness of Frank Osbaldistone, who wins her -hand in the closing chapter, we forget the defeat of the Jacobite party, -or the fact that the Pretender is again an exile from the throne of his -fathers. - -“The Heart of Midlothian” opens with a description of the celebrated -Porteous Mob at Edinburgh, in 1736. Two smugglers, Wilson and Robertson, -who were reduced to poverty, robbed the collector to make good their -own loss. They were arrested, tried, and condemned to death. As the -Parliament was endeavoring to make the income of Scotland a source of -revenue to the common exchequer, smuggling was not looked upon by the -people as a very heinous offense. In fact, it was almost universal in -every port north of the Tweed during the reigns of George the First -and George the Second. The people, unaccustomed to duties, considered -them in the light of national oppression; and the sentence of death -pronounced against Wilson and Robertson was considered severe and -unjust. The prisoners attempted an escape, but were discovered. The -day of execution came. It was customary for persons sentenced to death -to attend preparatory service at the kirk. On this occasion the church -was thronged. Wilson, who was a very powerful man, at the conclusion -of the exercises seized two of the guards with his hands, at the same -time catching the collar of the third with his teeth. He cried to -his companion to run, and the crowd, whose sympathies were with the -prisoners, allowed Robertson to mix with the people and escape. Wilson -was executed. The City Guard, under the command of Porteous, was insulted -by the citizens. The Guard fired upon them with deadly aim. Porteous -was tried and condemned for murder. King George at this time was on the -Continent, and Queen Caroline, acting in his absence, sent a reprieve -to Porteous. Edinburgh was now thoroughly aroused. They asked if a poor -smuggler, accused of stealing, should hang without a reprieve, while -a hard hearted and despised man, who shot down the people of their -chief city without mercy, should go scathless. A mob, apparently of the -better class of citizens, too orderly to need even a leader, attacked -the Tolbooth. Porteous was taken by force and hung at night in the -Grassmarket. - -The Queen was incensed. “A bill was prepared and brought into Parliament -for the punishment of the city of Edinburgh, in a very vindictive spirit, -proposing to abolish the city charter, demolish the city walls, take away -the town guard, and declare the provost incapable of holding any office -of public trust.” Scotland was fortunate at that time in possessing -a great leader, John, Duke of Argyle and Greenwich. His talents as a -statesman and a soldier were generally admitted; he was not without -ambition, but “without the illness that attends it”—that irregularity -of thought and aim which often excites great men to grasp the means of -raising themselves to power, at the risk of throwing a kingdom into -confusion. Pope has distinguished him as - - “Argyle, the state’s whole thunder born to wield, - And shake alike the senate and the field.” - -Soaring above the petty distinctions of faction, his voice was raised, -whether in office or opposition, for those measures which were at once -just and lenient. His independent and haughty mode of expressing himself -in Parliament, and acting in public, were ill calculated to attract royal -favor; but his high military talents enabled him, during the memorable -year 1715, to render such services to the House of Hanover, as, perhaps, -were too great to be either acknowledged or repaid. His spirited and -witty reply to the queen was quoted and chuckled over from Berwick to -Inverness: “Sooner than submit to such an insult as this Porteous Mob,” -said the Queen to the Duke, “I will make Scotland a hunting field.” “In -that case,” answered Argyle, “I will take leave of your Majesty, and go -down to my own country to get my hounds ready.” - -His speech in Parliament in reference to the dismantling of Edinburgh -reveals the straightforward character of the man. He retorted upon the -Chancellor, Lord Hardwick, the insinuation that he had stated himself in -this case rather as a party than as a judge: “I appeal,” said Argyle, -“to the House—to the nation, if I can be justly branded with the infamy -of being a jobber or a partisan. Have I been a briber of votes? a buyer -of boroughs? the agent of corruption for any purpose, or on behalf of -any party? Consider my life, examine my actions in the field and in the -cabinet, and see where there lies a blot that can attach to my honor. I -have shown myself the friend of my country—the loyal subject of my king. -I am ready to do so again, without an instant’s regard to the frowns -or smiles of a court. I have experienced both, and am prepared with -indifference for either. I have given my reasons for opposing this bill, -and have made it appear that it is repugnant to the international treaty -of union, to the liberty of Scotland, and, reflectively, to that of -England, to common justice, to common sense, and to the public interest. -Shall the metropolis of Scotland, the capital of an independent nation, -the residence of a long line of monarchs, by whom that noble city was -graced and dignified—shall such a city, for the fault of an unknown body -of rioters, be deprived of its honors and privileges—its gates and its -guards? And shall a native Scotsman tamely behold the havoc? I glory, my -lords, in opposing such unjust rigor, and reckon it my dearest pride and -honor to stand up in defense of my native country, while thus laid open -to undeserved shame and unjust spoliation.” In this tribute of Scott, -and this speech, which he has recorded in one of his best known novels, -Argyle stands out as a noble representative of a family powerful through -centuries; ay, so thoroughly revered to-day in Scotland that an old -Scotch woman on a comparatively recent wedding morn remarked that the -Queen must be a happy woman noo, since her daughter has married the son -of Argyle. - -So much for the historic setting of this well known story, which makes -the reader acquainted with Arthur’s Seat, with High Street, the Old -Tolbooth, the Grassmarket and the Church of St. Giles. We see in the -unbending and uncompromising character of David Deans a descendant of -the Covenanters, who could hardly understand how a Presbyterian could -acknowledge a government that did not acknowledge the Solemn League -and Covenant. We see his house made desolate by the misfortune and -misguidance of his daughter Effie. We trace the unswerving rectitude -of Jeanie’s character, destined to triumph at last over all obstacles. -We witness the dramatic scene in the court room, and read her eloquent -appeal before the Queen in the great park of Richmond. We go with her -through strange villages, and over solitary heaths. But through insult -and disaster we find her serenely relying upon that Providence which she -knew was all-kind and all-powerful. - -She accomplished her mission and lived to enjoy the blessedness of well -doing. And Effie, ah! poor Effie! she inherited wealth and possession, -but lived to see her husband shot by a Gypsy band; while her son, reared -among outlaws, became a wanderer, lost to the view of herself and the -world. In the contrast of these sisters’ lives we recognize the truth of -the oft-quoted lines: - - “’Tis better to be lowly born - And range with humble livers in content, - Than wear a golden sorrow.” - -Scott closes this dramatic story with these words: “This tale will not be -told in vain, if it shall be found to illustrate the great truth, that -guilt, though it may attain temporal splendor, can never confer real -happiness; that the evil consequences of our crimes long survive their -commission, and like the ghosts of the murdered, forever haunt the steps -of the malefactor; and that the paths of virtue, though seldom those of -worldly greatness, are always those of pleasantness and peace.” - - - - -SOME LONDON PREACHERS. - - -Canon Liddon and the Bishop of Peterborough stand out as unquestionably -the two first preachers of the Established Church of England. There is a -story of a private soldier having gone to St. Paul’s on an afternoon when -Dr. Liddon was to preach. The printed paper with the hymn was handed to -him, but not understanding that it was offered gratis he refused it with -a shake of the head, saying: “You don’t suppose I should be here if I had -got any money?” Most of the people who go to hear the eloquent Canon are -different from this soldier, for they would pay—and very liberally—to -get seats near the pulpit. On the afternoons of the Sundays when Dr. -Liddon is in residence, the Cathedral presents an extraordinary sight -with its huge nave and aisles densely thronged. So far as the preacher’s -voice will reach people stand, straining eyes and ears, and fortunately -Dr. Liddon’s voice resounds well under the dome; though now and then -it becomes indistinct through the preacher’s speaking too fast in his -excitement. Two other things occasionally mar Dr. Liddon’s delivery. -Shortness of sight makes him often stoop to consult Bible or notes, and -again he bows the head in a marked manner when he utters the holy name; -but when he thus bends he goes on speaking, so that his words fall on -the pulpit cushion and are deadened, which produces upon people who are -at a little distance off, the effect of continual stoppages and gaps -in the sermon. No other defects beside these, however, can be noted in -orations which for beauty of language, elevation of thought and lucidity -in reasoning, could not be surpassed. We have heard Dr. Liddon many -times at Oxford and in London, and have observed that the impression -produced by his eloquence was always the same, no matter who might be -listening to him. We remember, in particular, a sermon of his on the -text: “The kingdom of God cometh not with observation.” It was absolutely -magnificent to hear him prophesy the gradual progress of the world toward -a higher state. Every man, from the greatest to the least, was made to -feel his share of responsibility in advancing or retarding the evolution -of mankind, and while the consequences of evil were pointed out as -extending to incalculable lengths, there was a sublime hopefulness in the -promise that the smallest good offering brought to the Creator would be -multiplied by Him as the “five loaves were multiplied.” - -Optimism—which is nothing but great faith—pervades Dr. Liddon’s -preaching. He never leaves his hearers under the apprehension that in any -struggle between the good and the bad forces of this world, the bad are -going to get the best of it. He knows human nature too well, however, to -exaggerate what can be done by any single human being. “The first lesson -in true wisdom”—he said in one of his most recent sermons—“is the limited -nature of our faculties, the reality and extent of our ignorance;” and -there is a curious mixture of religious and mundane philosophy in the -following remarks about the presumption of St. Peter, a few minutes -before he denied his Master: - - We only weaken ourselves by dwelling upon mischiefs which we can - not hope to remedy. We have only a certain amount of thought, - of feeling, of resolve, each one of us, to dispose of. And when - this has been expended unavailingly on the abstract, on the - intangible, it is expended; it is no longer ours, and we can not - employ it when and where we need it close at home.… Peter failed - as he did, because he had expended his moral strength in words, - and had no sufficient force to dispose of when the time came for - action and for suffering. - -These observations made in a grand sermon, “The Lord was not in the -fire,” may also be quoted: - - Religious passion carried to the highest point of enthusiasm is - a great agency in human life; but religious passion may easily - be too inconsiderate, too truculent, too entirely wanting in - tenderness and in charity, to be in any sense divine. Christendom - has been ablaze again and again with fires: and those fires are - not extinct in our own day and country, of which it may certainly - be said that the Lord is not in them. - -The Bishop of Peterborough has not often been heard in London of late -years, but whenever he is advertised to preach, crowds flock to hear him. -He need not be compared with Liddon, for the personal appearance, style, -and opinions of the two men are quite different. But whereas the Canon -sometimes preaches above the understanding of dull men, the Bishop’s -eloquence never soars much above earth. It is a rousing eloquence, -spirited, combative, often sarcastic and always directed against some -evil which is preoccupying public attention at the time being. Dr. Magee -is not merely a hater, but an aggressive enemy of “humbug,” clothe -itself in what garb it may. With his animated Celtic features, long -upper lip, large mouth, energetic nose and shaggy eyebrows, with his -gruffness and broad smile which breaks up the whole of his face into -comical lines, he has all the look of a humorist. The glance all round -which he takes at his congregation when he has got into the pulpit, is -that of a master. His first words arrest attention, and if some unlucky -man drops a book during his exordium, that man will stare hard at the -pulpit and pretend to have no connection whatever with the book, lest his -lordship’s eyes should suddenly be turned upon him like two fiery points -of interrogation. Presently, when the Bishop warms to his work, his arms -hit out from the shoulder like piston-rods wrapped in lawn; down come -his large hands with great slaps on his book or cushion, and if he is -preaching in a church where the beadle has not heard of his little ways -and has not been careful to give the cushions a beating, enough dust will -be raised to make a fine powdering for the heads of the people in the pew -beneath. - -Plainspoken and shrewd, discussing all questions with easy arguments, -never stooping to subtleties, clear in his delivery, happy in the choice -of words, he keeps his hearers bound like Ogmius, that god of eloquence -among the Gauls who used to be represented with chains flowing out of -his mouth. On occasions he rises to the highest flights of oratory, but -never loses sight of his congregation, who have always been carried -along by him through the successive degrees of his own enthusiasm. He -should be heard delivering a charity sermon, for this is a duty which he -discharges in no perfunctory fashion. He masters his subject thoroughly; -speaks of the poor or afflicted for whom he is pleading like one who -knows them; and his advice as to supplying their wants is never dictated -by eccentric philanthropy, but springs from that true benevolence which -has common sense for its source. He was being asked to interest himself -in a carpenter’s clever young apprentice whom some good people wanted to -send to college. “Let him first graduate as a good carpenter,” said the -Bishop; “when he has become a skilled craftsman, so that he is proud of -his trade and can fall back upon it if others fail, then will be the time -to see if he is fit for anything better.” - -A popular vote would probably give the position of third amongst the -best preachers of the day to Archdeacon Farrar. In his own church of -St. Margaret, the Archdeacon shines with a subdued light. Those who -have chatted with him by his own fireside, and know him to be the most -amiable, unaffected of _causeurs_, those who remember him at Harrow as -a most genial boy-loving master, will miss nothing of the good-natured -simplicity which they liked in him, if they hear him in his own church -discoursing about matters that concern his parish. But in the Abbey he is -different. There, his massive face settles into a hard, expressionless -look; his voice, which is loud and roughish, is pitched in a monotonous -key; and his manner altogether lacks animation, even when his subject -imperatively demands it. To illustrate any common reflection on the -vicissitudes of life, the Archdeacon drags in the destruction of Pompeii -with the latest mining accident; the overthrow of Darius with that of -Osman Digna, the rainbow that appeared to Noah with Mr. Norman Lockyer’s -explanations of recent glorious sunsets; and all these juxtapositions -come down so pat as to suggest the irreverent idea that the book which -the venerable preacher was studying during the prayers must have been an -annotated copy of Maunders’s “Treasury of Knowledge.” - -Mr. Spurgeon stands head and shoulders above all the Non-conformist -preachers. Somebody once expressed a regret that the great Baptist -minister was not a member of the Establishment, to which the late Bishop -of Winchester answered by quoting a portion of the tenth commandment. But -Mr. Spurgeon was much more aggressive in those days than he is now; he -has softened much of late years, and churchmen can go to hear him without -fear of being offended. On the days when he preaches his Tabernacle holds -a multitude. It is a huge hall, and to see gallery upon gallery crowded -with eager faces—some six thousand—all turned toward the pastor whose -voice has the power of troubling men to the depths of their hearts, is a -stirring sight. Mr. Spurgeon’s is not a high-class congregation, and the -preacher knows that its understanding can best be opened by metaphors and -parables borrowed from the customs of the retail trade, and with similes -taken from the colloquialisms of the streets. Laughter is not forbidden -at the Tabernacle, and the congregation often breaks into titters, but -the merriment is always directed against some piece of hypocrisy which -the preacher has exposed, and it does one good to hear. He says: - - “You are always for giving God short measure, just as if He had - not made the pint pot.” - - “You don’t expect the Queen to carry your letters for nothing, - but when you are posting a letter heavenward you won’t trouble to - stick a little bit of Christian faith on the right-hand corner of - the envelope, and you won’t put a correct address on either, and - then you wonder the letter isn’t delivered, so that you don’t get - your remittance by next post.” - - “You trust Mr. Jones to pay you your wages regularly, and you say - he’s a good master, but you don’t think God can be trusted like - Mr. Jones; you won’t serve him because you don’t believe in the - pay.” - - “You have heard of the man who diminished his dose of food every - day to see on how little he could live, till he came to half a - biscuit and then died; but, I tell you, most of you have tried on - how little religion you could live, and many of you have got to - the half-biscuit dose.” - -These whimsicalities, always effective, constitute but the foam of Mr. -Spurgeon’s oratory; the torrent which casts them up is broad, deep and of -overwhelming power. Mr. Spurgeon is among preachers as Mr. Bright among -parliamentary orators. All desire to criticise vanishes, every faculty -is subdued into admiration, when he has concluded a sermon with a burst -of his truly inspired eloquence, leaving the whole of his congregation -amazed and the vast majority of its members anxious or hopeful, but in -any case roused as if they had seen the heavens open. We are compelled -to add that Mr. Spurgeon has in the Baptist communion no co-minister -wielding a tenth of his power, and that those who, having gone to the -Tabernacle to hear him, have to listen to some other man, will be -disappointed in more ways than one.—_Temple Bar._ - - - - -THE PRAYER OF SOCRATES. - -By JOHN STUART BLACKIE. - - - Grant, O Olympian gods supreme, - Not my wish, and not my dream; - Grant me neither gold that shines, - Nor ruddy copper in the mines, - Nor power to wield the tyrant’s rod - And be a fool, and seem a god, - Nor precious robe with jeweled fringe - Splendid with sea-born purple tinge, - Nor silken vest on downy pillow, - Nor hammock hard on heaving billow; - But give all goodly things that be - Good for the whole and best for me. - My thoughts are foolish, blind and crude; - Thou only knowest what is good. - - - - -C. L. S. C. WORK. - -By Rev. J. H. VINCENT, D. D., SUPERINTENDENT OF INSTRUCTION. - - -To a correspondent who forwards some poetry for personal examination and -criticism, and who wants to know how she can get her production before -the public. _Answer_: - -One of the most difficult things in literature is to give a fair -judgment of poetry. There is one invaluable test by which a writer -may know concerning the estimate of competent critics, and that is by -sending poems or other contributions to such magazines as _The Century_, -_Harper’s_, _Atlantic Monthly_, etc., or to such weekly papers as the -_New York Independent_, the _Christian Advocate_, _The Christian Union_, -the _Evangelist_, etc. If the editors of these publications approve -sufficiently to publish and pay for a poem, the writer may congratulate -herself. The commendations of friends who hear a thing read, or who have -a bias in favor of the author, or who, as in my case, have sympathy with -young persons who are attempting to make fame and financial compensation -for themselves, are not always entirely trustworthy, and I therefore -commend you to one of the most invaluable tests of real poetic ability: -Submit your productions to the severest critics. - - * * * * * - -Phœbe S. Parker, of Roscoe, Ill., has recently joined the C. L. S. C. She -will be 89 years old May 30, 1884. She joined the Methodist Episcopal -Church in the year 1810, is a great reader, and has no difficulty in -keeping up with the class, and she enjoys the work heartily. May she live -to graduate. - - * * * * * - -A lady from the West, residing in a city where there is “a public -library, in which is an excellent collection of standard works of all -kinds, the current literature of the day and all the leading periodicals, -reviews,” etc., finds it difficult “to read all the other good things -she would like to read and, at the same time, keep up the C. L. S. C. -course.” For example, she “cares nothing about ‘Easy Lessons in Vegetable -Biology,’ and would rather spend her time reading something she enjoys, -such as Farrar’s ‘Life of Christ,’ Mackenzie’s ‘Nineteenth Century,’ -Kingsley’s ‘Life and Letters.’” She says: “Having begun this work, I do -not want to turn back, yet I am very much inclined sometimes to drop a -book I am reading, and take up one I would much rather read, not in the -course.” - -In answer to this devoted friend of the C. L. S. C., a member of the -class of 1887, I desire to say: - -(1.) That the greater range of literature with which one is familiar, -the greater the desire to read widely, and one may be tempted, while -reading anything, to wish that she had undertaken something else, and it -will be a good discipline of the will, having begun a course, to carry -it through, since there is nothing in the course that can be pronounced -“trash,” or be considered useless. - -(2.) The aim of the C. L. S. C. is not merely to give pleasant or classic -reading, although the style or character of the reading should be worthy -of commendation by the most cultivated taste. The object of the C. L. -S. C. is to give the “college student’s outlook”—to present in a series -of brief readings the whole world of history, literature, science and -art. This is for the benefit of college graduates, who in college spent -so much time with the languages and mathematics, for purposes of mental -discipline, that they failed to enjoy the charms of the literature -itself. It is also for the benefit of others, who, having studied the -physical sciences years before, desire now to review, seeing that so -many changes are continually taking place in the hypotheses and settled -conclusions of the scientists. The course is also designed for people who -have never enjoyed college training, that they may have the benefit of -the outlook which is to be enjoyed by their children later on. - -(3.) A course so wide-reaching will embrace many topics about which -certain people care nothing; but one of the greatest advantages of -reading is the training of one to read because he ought to know rather -than because he has a particular aptitude or delight in that direction. - -I hope that my genial, candid, “enthusiastic” Chautauquan of the class of -1887, from beyond the Mississippi, will continue in the ranks of the C. -L. S. C. - - * * * * * - -“Has any plan been devised by which graduates may go on with the regular -classes as long as they wish, reading new and re-reading old subjects?” -_Answer_: We give a seal for the re-reading of former years, and also a -special seal for those who continue year after year to read. - - * * * * * - -Our excellent Canadian friend, Mr. James L. Hughes, writes: In answer -to your query respecting the origin of the name “Canada,” I have the -honor to state that the best authorities agree in deriving it from an -Indian word “Kan-na-ta,” meaning a village. It is certain that Stadacona -(Quebec) was spoken of as “Kan-na-ta,” and Champlain found it to be a -common name applied to Indian villages. This is the received origin of -the name. Some attribute its origin to the Spaniards, who first visited -the country in search of mines, but finding none frequently exclaimed, -“Aca Node,” “here is nothing.” This is not now accepted as reliable. -Several others have been given, only one of which may be mentioned to -show its absurdity. Some one claimed that the French supplied their -workmen in the colony with canned food, and that each man was allowed a -can a day! Hence the name. - - * * * * * - -A QUESTION.—“Some of our class reject the pronunciation of Goethe’s name -as given by Prof. Wilkinson in the Latin Course. Please confirm—in the -next number of THE CHAUTAUQUAN—the Professor, or give us the _correct_ -pronunciation according to the highest standard.” - -_An Answer_:—The Rev. Dr. Jos. A. Seiss, of Philadelphia, pastor of the -leading Lutheran Church in Philadelphia, gives the following clear and -satisfactory answer to the question, “How shall we pronounce the word -GOETHE?” - - “There can be no doubt about the pronunciation of the name of - _Goethe_ to those familiar with the sounds and powers of the - German alphabet, which are always and in all relations the same. - The diphthong _oe_, often written _ö_, has the sound and force of - _a_ in _gate_. The remainder of the name, _the_, has the sound - of _teh_, pronounced nearly the same as the English _ty_, with a - slight vergence toward _ta_ as in _take_. Giving to the letters - these sounds, the pronunciation of _Goethe_ would be represented - by _Gateh_ in English phonography, or _Gayty_. It is hard for any - other than a German tongue to give exactly the sound of _oe_; the - above is as nearly as it can be represented in English letters. - - “Yours truly, - - “JOS. A. SEISS.” - - “45 East 68th St., NEW YORK, 17th April, ’84. - - “DEAR SIR:—In the name of Goethe the _oe_ is pronounced like the - _u_ in the words “but,” “hut,” “rut,” only long. You stretch the - _u_ in those words and you will have the vowel of the German _oe_ - as nearly as you can get it. The _th_ is pronounced like _t_, and - the _e_ at the close has the sound of the _e_ in “let,” “get,” - etc., but is half swallowed. You see that it is very difficult - to express in English letters the pronunciation of the name of - Goethe. - - “Very truly yours, - - “J. H. VINCENT, ESQ. C. SCHURZ.” - - * * * * * - -If members of the C. L. S. C. fail to receive prompt reply to their -letters addressed to the Superintendent of Instruction, they will please -remember the multitude of duties which crowd upon him, especially at -this time. He will, as soon as practicable, reply to every letter on his -table. - - - - -OUTLINE OF C. L. S. C. READINGS. - -JUNE, 1884. - - -The Required Readings for June include the second part of “Pictures from -English History,” Chautauqua Text-Books—No. 4, English History, and No. -43, Good Manners, and the Required Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - - * * * * * - -_First Week_ (ending June 9).—1. Pictures from English History, from -chapter xxi, page 139 to page 175. - -2. Readings in Roman History in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -3. Sunday Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for June 1. - -4. Sunday Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for June 8. - - * * * * * - -_Second Week_ (ending June 16).—1. Pictures from English History, from -page 175 to page 207. - -2. Readings in Art in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -3. Sunday Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for June 15. - - * * * * * - -_Third Week_ (ending June 23).—1. Pictures from English History, from -page 207 to page 241. - -2. Criticisms on American Literature in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -3. Sunday Readings in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for June 22. - - * * * * * - -_Fourth Week_ (ending June 30).—1. Pictures from English History, from -page 241 to page 273. - -2. Readings in United States History in THE CHAUTAUQUAN. - -3. Sunday Readings for June 30. - - - - -LOCAL CIRCLES. - - -Letter-writing, that is genuine letter-writing, where one fills a -half-dozen sheets with happy thoughts, spicy comments and fresh ideas -has become, if not a lost art, at least an old-fashioned accomplishment. -We lose much, both of culture and pleasure, when we neglect our letters. -Animated, interested, breezy letter-writing produces almost the same -feeling of sympathy and good fellowship as a face-to-face visit, and -no means of social intercourse quicker brings into activity our best -mental gifts. We fancy that among the many good works of the C. L. S. -C. must be included as one of the first, the incentive which it has -given to letter-writing in its “Correspondence Circle.” It may surprise -some of our readers to know that already this circle numbers several -hundred members. Our first report from a local circle of correspondents -comes from =Jersey City, N. J.=, and is very suggestive of what may be -done. The secretary writes: “Our little circle thinks it time to claim -a place in the family. We are septangular, perfect in number if in no -other respect. We can not strictly be called ‘local,’ as our angles are -far reaching. Three of our members live on Staten Island, one at Spring -Valley, one at Tappan, one in New York City, and one in Jersey City. Our -communication is maintained by correspondence. We commenced our reading -in October, 1882, and for one year plodded along without the help to -be gained from association. Then it was agreed to carry on the work of -a circle by correspondence. This plan has been in successful operation -for six months, and it has proved of great benefit and interest to us -all. The object of the circle is to awaken a more active interest in and -incite to a more thorough study of the course of readings prescribed by -the C. L. S C., therefore it is resolved: First, that on the first day -of every month each member shall prepare a list of questions (containing -not less than ten nor more than twenty) on the prescribed readings of -the preceding month, and forward as many copies of the list as there are -members in the circle to the secretary, who shall distribute them to the -members. These questions must be answered and returned to the secretary -within two weeks of the time of reception, after which the collection of -answered questions must be passed from one member to another throughout -the entire circle. Second—The questions must be such as will admit of -answers which can be written on two lines of common note paper. We are -seven busy people, our president is an active business man, three of our -members are teachers, and we have all to use the corners of time to -keep up with our studies. The preparation and answering of our lists of -questions and answers adds greatly to our labor, but we all agree that -_it pays_. We are all loyal Chautauquans. Please count us in.” - -The wonderful class of ’87 is doing a great deal of enthusiastic work, -if one is to judge from the throngs of reports that come to us. We have -never had as many new circles to report as we have this month, and at no -time have the reports been more enthusiastic and suggestive. =Biddeford, -Me.=, starts the list with a circle of nearly fifty. They have a capital -idea in their “German evening,” in which the history, literature and -music of the “Fatherland” was honored by carefully selected exercises. -Very similar to this must have been the “Tour through Germany” which the -=Knoxville, Tenn.=, circle took one evening not long ago. They had a -delightful time, as their letter shows: “One member conducted the party -from Knoxville to New York, across the ocean to Bremen, and then to -Frankfort. Another member took us to a German hotel, then sightseeing in -Frankfort, and to a German home, where our hostess kindly showed us over -her house and explained many of their customs. This member of the circle -was also our guide on all our journeys, and pointed out many of the -peculiarities of the customs and people, and called our attention to many -amusing incidents. Other members of the circle described the principal -cities which we visited, government buildings, art galleries, pictures, -etc. Altogether, the evening we spent in Germany was one of the most -delightful of the year.” - -From the hill town of =East Barrington, N. H.=, a friend sends a most -interesting account of the founding of their circle. “This is a scattered -farming community,” she writes, “containing an unusual number—for its -population—of people desirous of more intellectual advantages than have -heretofore been within their reach. We are too far from the cities to -derive much benefit from lectures, libraries, etc., and are not rich -enough to have them at home. Chautauqua offers just what we need. My -oldest son is a member of the class of 1886. The other children are -‘picking up’ a great deal, and will join as soon as they are old enough. -I did not join with him—for I feared with my many cares I should not find -the requisite time; but I can not let the books alone, and have kept -step with him so far. He read alone the first year. Every one to whom -he recommended the course—and that was every acquaintance—shook their -heads doubtfully. ‘Greek, Russian History, Geology? O, no! we are not -“up” to that.’ I did not like that. I knew better, and procured a copy -of ‘Hall in the Grove’ and sent it on its mission. Result—a C. L. S. C. -organized January 1, 1884. Four regular members, and a number of local -ones, which increased with every meeting, and who all announced their -determination to ‘begin squarely next October.’ Many of our members are -in my Bible class, and I can see the fruits of their reading every week. -At home I see it every day. I would not have dared to report our little -band as a circle, were it not for the notice in the March number of THE -CHAUTAUQUAN—‘If there are but two members associated in study, report as -a circle.’ You may judge of our enthusiasm when I say that some members -drive four miles in a New Hampshire winter to attend the meetings.” It -takes a great deal of pluck, as well as enthusiasm, for people to brave -New Hampshire winters, but no more, perhaps, than the little circle at -=North Weymouth, Mass.=, has to exercise in carrying out all the work of -a full-grown circle while numbering but _two_. In spite of numbers they -meet on Monday evening of each week, and look forward with great deal of -pleasure to those meetings. They generally question each other on the -studies of the previous week, and sometimes read essays on what has been -studied. On the memorial nights they invite in some of their friends, -varying the order of exercises, and doing their best to entertain. What a -lesson to some of us who adjourn if the leader is absent, and who enforce -but one parliamentary rule—that of requiring a quorum to have a meeting! - -From =Brighton=, =Beverly=, =Melrose= and =Shirley=, =Mass.=, we hear -of new classes. At =Roxbury= a circle of twenty-three was organized -in November last. One of their members declares that he never enjoyed -anything more. Twelve busy people form the “Pansy” Circle, of =Chelsea=, -the second circle of that city, organized last October. They write that -they are obliged to plan a great deal to find time to accomplish their -readings, but that they are so interested that they do not often fail. - -The “Raymond Circle” formed on January 1st, and composed of eighteen -members, is the third class now in active operation at Lynn. _Eight_ new -circles from =Massachusetts= in one report! - -At =Greenwich, Conn.=, the members of the class of ’87 have organized the -“Sappho Circle.” - -=Babylon, R. I.=, has a circle of over thirty, which has been in -operation since last October. It is said that a dozen circles were formed -in =Providence, R. I.=, last fall; if this be true they have not all -reported, although we have three reports of new organizations before -us: The “Clio Circle” numbering forty-two, the “Whittier Circle” of -thirteen, and the “Milton Circle” with twenty-two members. These circles -all mention as one of their greatest social pleasures, the interchange of -courtesies by the circles on Memorial Days. On Longfellow’s Day, “Milton -Circle” entertained their C. L. S. C. friends in the city. - -To the already goodly list of =New York= circles we have six new ones to -add from the following towns: =Bath=, =Cicero=, =Manchester=, =Pultney=, -=West Galway=, and =Gouverneur=. The circle at Bath has a membership of -thirty, a full corps of officers, and a prepared program, which they -find both pleasant and profitable. At Cicero the circle was not formed -until January 1, but the reading has been so enjoyable that they have -done double work to “catch up.” The circle of fourteen at Manchester -have honored themselves by giving their class the name of the “Mary -A. Lathbury Circle.” Miss Lathbury’s birthplace and early home was -Manchester. At Gouverneur the circle has increased to thirty-eight -members since its organization, and they seem particularly interested. -The work has been done so willingly that the secretary writes: “It has -been pleasant to note how ready the members are to respond when called -upon to prepare articles for the society, and what thorough work they -are willing to do, though they are all busy people.” In the report -of their Longfellow memorial we were pleased to notice that they had -a paper on “Longfellow’s prose-writings,” a subject which was almost -entirely neglected in most of the programs. There are many fine things in -Longfellow’s prose. An evening spent with the poet is hardly complete if -it neglects “Outre-Mer,” “Hyperion,” and “Kavanagh.” The experience of -the Gouverneur circle is that of many others when it writes: “One of the -chief benefits which we derive from our meetings is that which comes from -knowing each other better. Our circle is made up of people who would not -often be called together by other interests, so that beside the benefit -that comes from the reading and study, we have each added to our list of -friends many whom we can not lose.” - -The secretary writes from the circle of fifteen at =Tunkhannock, Pa.=: -“I can say, not boastingly, but confidently, that but few, if any, -circles are more wide awake or thorough in the course;” while from =West -Middlesex=, of the same state, they send word that they are trying by -careful study to hail their fellow students from the top round of the -ladder. - -A vigorous, growing circle exists at =Reading, Pa.= In March they held -a public meeting which did much to extend public interest in the C. L. -S. C. They prepared an excellent program, taking care to select subjects -which would show the scope of the Chautauqua work, and presented it so -entertainingly that many were aroused to interest in the work. - -From =Corry, Pa.=, the “Omega” is reported, and from =Troy Center=, of -the same state, a member of the new circle organized there in January, -1884, writes of the influence of their reading: “Though we are country -people we find both enjoyment and improvement in our reading. The meager -knowledge of the farmer has widened into that of their more fortunate -brethren. I doubt if some of the hopes, inspirations and longings that -have been kindled by this winter’s studies will be satisfied by the old -ways of spending the few leisure moments that come to us.” - -=Lancaster, Pa.=, organized a circle in December, the first in the city, -and so called “No. 1.” - -The Asbury C. L. S. C. in =Wilmington, Del.=, numbering about twenty-five -members, was organized September last. They write: “Our meetings, held -semi-monthly, are exceedingly interesting, being conducted on the -conversational plan, affording us an opportunity of hearing the opinions -and ideas of the different members, giving us new thoughts, as well as -impressing what we have read more indelibly upon our memories; we also -have questions prepared by different members on some particular branch of -our studies.” - -We are always glad to hear of new circles in the South. This month we -have an excellent item from =Richmond, Va.= A circle was formed there -last November with a membership of six, and it has steadily increased, -until they now have a membership of thirty, which comprises nearly all -of the male teachers in the city and three of the principals. They have -given two public entertainments, both of which met with marked success. - -At =Media, Ohio=, there is a C. L. S. C. “Olive Branch” of ten members, -which so arranges its programs that each member has something to do at -each meeting—a most excellent plan to insure interest and attention. At -=Springboro, Ohio=, is another new circle of four members, but so zealous -that in spite of numbers they have observed all the “Days.” =Saint Paris, -Ohio=, reports a class of fourteen, organized in October last, most of -whom, they write, are reading the White Seal Course in addition to their -regular work. At =Franklin, Ohio=, is a quartette of readers, brought -together by one lady’s visit last summer to the Monteagle Assembly, and -she now writes of their circle: “We meet once a week. Read and talk, and -query and give information most informally, and always have delightful -times. We have decided that outside of our Chautauqua work we are the -four _busiest people in town_, yet we find time to do our work. Not so -thoroughly as we would like, but in such a way as to derive much benefit -from it.” - -At both =Franklin= and =Crawfordsville, Ind.=, there are new circles, -each numbering twenty-eight members. The circle at =Marion= (a beautiful -town of about 5,000 inhabitants in central =Indiana=), is the result of -the efforts of a few ladies who, after much thought, and many misgivings, -started out one afternoon to try and interest the ladies of their town -in the good work. The time was surely just right for such an enterprise, -for they met with a success beyond their most sanguine expectations. -Fortunately they succeeded in enlisting many of their friends, who were -ladies of influence, and now have a flourishing organization known as -the “Marion C. C.” They have a membership of twenty-three, an average -attendance of about twenty, and all so deeply interested, that they write -that there is not one but anticipates the four years’ course. - -=Preston=, =Carbondale= and =Tuscola=, towns of Illinois, have each -formed new circles this year. The Tuscola circle rejoices in a member -who, having traveled through Europe, delights them by picturing St. -Peter’s, St. Paul’s, the Appian Way, the Coliseum, Westminster Abbey, and -many other places of historic interest. - -A new circle which was formed last October at =Kalamazoo, Mich.=, -reports a very promising outlook in the growth of the work there; while -the circle at =Erie, Mich.=, organized in the fall, and now numbering -twenty-eight members, says: “We have every reason to hope for a large -addition to our membership in October next.” Perhaps the secret is to be -found in the interest they are taking in their work, for they write: “We -congratulate ourselves on the pleasure afforded us by our studies, and on -the improvement from month to month in the work of individual members.” - -We like that sort of interest in the C. L. S. C. which leads members -to do everything in their power to follow the methods outlined by the -leaders. It is such interest that makes the Circle grow—a case to the -point comes from =Winfield, Mich.=, from a member, who writes: “I have -secured a student to join in the studies of the C. L. S. C. for the class -of ’87, and so am able to report as a circle from this place, though only -two of us.” Too often “only two of us” is made an excuse for not joining -the Plainfield office. - -“We are doing very thorough work, not only reading, but studying,” writes -the secretary of the =Litchfield, Mich.=, circle. =Howell, Mich.=, has -a circle of thirty-five ’87s. They had the privilege of welcoming the -president of the class of ’87, the Rev. Frank Russell, on the 20th of -February last, on the evening of which day he delivered his popular -lecture on the “Man Invisible,” there under the auspices of their local -circle. They took occasion to celebrate his coming with a reunion of the -Chautauqua circles of the county. A most excellent idea, and one that -evidently did both the fortunate hosts and guests much good, for they -declare that they feel sure that all present were encouraged to press on -to help swell the “Pansy” class of ’87 to 20,000. - -The “Flour City,” =Minneapolis, Minn.=, circle, commenced work the first -of November. “Our number,” they write, “does not exceed twenty. We meet -every Monday night for two hours, even when the thermometer has been on -its way from twenty-five to thirty-five below zero. There is a great -deal of pressure upon our lives in this thriving city, and we have not -attempted to follow out attractive lines of study suggested, but have -followed the course carefully, varying our exercises from time to time. -We get up maps and charts, and exhibit pictures of places that we study -about. Recently we spent the evening with the German authors from whose -pens extracts have appeared. Each member present had a character, and all -were well prepared. It proved one of our most delightful evenings.” - -A “Chautauqua Triangle” meets weekly at =Grinnell, Iowa=. From =Brighton, -Iowa=, a class of nine is reported, and from =Ackley=, of the same -state, a lady writes: “Our circle of about a dozen members has just -been organized, what it lacks in numbers being made up in enthusiasm. -We are to meet weekly. We have considerable variety among our members, -some being college graduates, and others wishing they were; some being -C. L. S. C. graduates, and others hoping to become such in ’86 or ’87, -and still others, knowing that they can not pass through the ‘beautiful -golden gate’ before ’88. For the sake of such we unite in reading the -‘Bryant Course’ for the rest of this C. L. S. C. year, the old C. L. S. -C.ists taking that work in addition to the regular reading, on which all -will enter in the fall.” - -A little company of readers have formed a new circle at =Davenport, -Iowa=. The interest in the C. L. S. C. course is increasing constantly, -there being now over fifty persons who are taking the whole or parts of -the course. - -Our friends at =Corydon, Iowa=, have been experiencing the effects of -being too social. Their club of fifteen was organized last fall. Their -meetings were always pleasant, but as they had no plan in their work -they often found themselves unwittingly off the topic. Fortunately they -discovered their mistake, and voted to reform. They write: “The two most -profitable meetings we have yet had, were the two since ‘the change.’ Now -we think we have the ‘Chautauqua Idea.’” - -=Kansas= sends word of two new clubs; one at =Elk Falls=, of nine -members, and another at =Andover=, of seven. - -From =New Market, Platt County, Mo.=, we have received the program of -the exercises held on Longfellow’s Day by the circle of four there. - -The teachers of the Natchez union schools, at =Natchez, Missouri=, were -formed into a circle in December. - -In Southern =Dakota=, at =Bijou Hills=, the circle of ’87 has been -holding weekly meetings all winter, and writes that notwithstanding the -limited advantages on the frontier they are not discouraged, but live in -hopes of having a larger circle next year. - -In January there was formed a circle at =McGregor, Texas=. Two of -the members are of the class of ’82, and until recently lived in New -York state, having spent nine happy summers at Chautauqua. One of the -beautiful things about Chautauqua is that you can carry it with you—even -as far as Texas, and that, as these two friends have done, you can impart -its strength and inspiration to others. - -The first report which THE CHAUTAUQUAN has received from =Wyoming -Territory= comes from =Cheyenne=, where, in February, a circle was -organized consisting of eight active members, who pledged themselves to -complete the four years’ course of study. With true Western vim they -write: “Although small in numbers, we are earnest in purpose, and are -determined to be in the front ranks among the classes of 1887.” - -=Canon City, Col.=, has organized a circle of ten busy housekeepers, who, -though they have long been away from the discipline of the school room, -yet find that it becomes continually easier to master the readings. - -=Linden, California=, has a class of seven regular members, with a few -“socials.” - -There is a great deal of genuine, healthy, social life in the C. L. -S. C., and a great many pleasant plans followed by different circles, -which can not fail to be suggestive to others. The “Alpha” circle, of -=Lewiston, Maine=, closed the year of 1882-3 with a social at the home -of one of the members. While making merry over cake and ice cream, the -writing of a book by the circle, each member contributing one chapter, -was proposed. The idea was at once accepted by all. The plan of the book, -subject, etc., was decided upon, two of the members volunteering to -write a poem. The first meeting of the circle this Chautauqua year was a -lakeside picnic, at which the party added to the usual picnic sports the -election of officers for this year, and the reading of the first chapter -of their book. We hope that book will be finished and reported. They are -not alone in their “Chautauqua picnic.” The =Galesburg, Ill.= circle kept -alive their enthusiasm last summer by holding one in the vacation, to -which all Chautauquans of the city were invited, whether graduates or not. - -Perhaps the chief social event in the C. L. S. C. world so far this -year has been the Alumni banquet held by the classes of ’82 and ’83, in -=Boston=, on February 23d, in honor of Dr. Vincent, and Dr. Hurlbut. The -_Boston Journal_ gave a full account of the event, and from it we quote: -“The ladies and gentlemen who by virtue of their diplomas became members -of the ‘Hall in the Grove’—so the _menu_ announced—were presided over for -the day by Rev. O. S. Baketel. Prof. W. F. Sherwin acted as toastmaster, -and never did a more humorous or genial master call for responses. He -wanted a short, pleasant, instructive, amusing, cheerful, delightful, -jocose, scientific speech from every one, and thought that five or six -minutes’ speaking would surely not take ten minutes’ time. The class -representatives called upon endeavored to follow out this request, the -first one, Rev. George Benedict, of Hanson class, of ’87, condensing -his short, pleasant, etc., oration to half a dozen words uttered in -one minute. As soon as the toastmaster realized that ’87’s speech was -disposed of, he called upon him ‘who had been under the snow so long,’ -Rev. B. P. Snow, of Biddeford, Me., class of ’86, and Mr. Snow described -in glowing colors the work of the C. L. S. C. in popularizing culture for -older people, declaring that it was not a college of universal smatter, -but one of real work and progress. Rev. J. E. Fullerton, of Hopkinton, -who responded for the class of ’85, spoke of the Chautauqua movement as -Christian, popular, progressive and peculiarly American. For the classes -of ’84 and ’83, Rev. W. N. Richardson, of East Saugus, and Rev. Alexander -Dight, of Holliston, respectively, responded. Each speaker had naturally -spoken in immeasurably high terms of the ability and wisdom of his own -particular class, but it remained for the final class representative, -Rev. Dr. J. L. Hurlbut, of ’82, to put the climax on humorous mock -modesty and class exaltation by eulogizing the first graduating class -of the Circle to the very highest skies, declaring that it possessed so -much knowledge that there was scarcely enough left to go around among -the other classes, and, moreover, it had laid the foundation of the -great people’s college. A few hearty words laudatory of the founder of -the Chautauqua movement, Dr. Vincent, and then the speaker announced -that henceforth that day, February 23d, the anniversary of the birthday -of the beloved Superintendent of Instruction, was to be recognized and -celebrated as ‘Founder’s Day.’ When the applause which greeted this -announcement had subsided, toastmaster Sherwin bade the assembly ‘do just -as I do,’ and then taught them the ‘Chautauqua salute’ with variations, -consisting of fifteen waves of the handkerchief in front and above the -head. Dr. Vincent arose after this salute, and having expressed his -appreciation and thanks, spoke to his pupils on the distinctive character -of the C. L. S. C. ‘A short dialogue,’ announced toastmaster Sherwin, -‘will now be given,’ and in accordance with this instruction Rev. Mr. -Full, of South Framingham, recited his prepared part, which closed with -a presentation to the Superintendent of two valuable sets of books, the -works of Hawthorne and Oliver Wendell Holmes, as a slight token of the -admiration of the alumni. The second part of the dialogue came from -Dr. Vincent, who, although entirely unprepared and taken completely by -surprise, yet acknowledged in graceful terms the gift of his friends. -A final prayer, and then the alumni of C. L. S. C. separated for their -homes.” - -The class of ’82 has set an excellent example to all succeeding classes -by the way in which they have kept up their “class feeling”—especially -has the New England Branch been faithful in paying allegiance to their -Alma Mater, and in holding fast to the class bonds. Last August, at -Framingham, they held a very pleasant reunion. The president of the N. E. -branch of class of ’86, Mr. Pike, presided. Speeches were made by many -gentlemen, well-known workers in the C. L. S. C. Songs were sung and a -class poem read. A delightful affair in every respect, and one that they -should try to repeat each summer. - -We do not often find new Memorial Days being added to the list, but the -“Merrimac” C. L. S. C. of =Newburyport, Mass.=, has added one. “Although -Whittier’s birthday is not a ‘Memorial,’ yet we felt we must observe -it, as he belongs almost to us, living just across ‘Our River,’ which -he has enshrined in verse, and from which we receive our title.” This -class is enjoying some excellent “helps” in their work. Quite recently a -gentleman, well fitted for the work, kindly favored them with an address -on Biology, supplementing his words with microscopic views. They have -now, in prospectus, a whole evening with the microscope, through the -courtesy of an educated German resident, and also hope from him a “Talk” -on his nation’s customs and ceremonies. - -From the list of special occasions we must not omit the entertainment -which the circle of =Hampshire, Ill.=, held at the close of their last -year of study. They had a Chautauqua banquet, each member having the -privilege of inviting one guest. A very interesting literary program was -prepared by the members, consisting of essays, recitations and music, -followed by toasts. All present declared the evening delightful. The -circle has increased this year from twelve to twenty-three. - -Not many lectures have been reported as yet. Under the auspices of the C. -L. S. C. of =Nashville, Tenn.=, Dr. J. H. Worman, the well known German -professor in the C. S. L., lectured March 3rd, at the Nashville College -for Young Ladies, on “Modern Art.” The society is to be congratulated on -securing so able a speaker as Prof. Worman. At =Milwaukee, Wis.=, the -six circles, Alpha, Beta, Grand Avenue, Delta, Iota, and Bay View, had a -delightful entertainment the 29th of March, when President Farrar, of the -Milwaukee College, devoted an hour and a half to “Views of Architecture” -from the earliest Egyptians down to the present time, given with the fine -stereopticon which he uses every week in the Ladies’ Art Class of over -two hundred members. - -The old circles seem to be doing splendid work. =Richford, N. Y.=, -reports a steadily increasing interest and determination. A member of -the “Harlem” Circle, =New York City=, describes in an entertaining -letter their method of quizzing. It is good. The quizzing forms a -regular feature of the program, and is limited to fifteen minutes. It is -conducted by some one previously appointed. After that any member may -question the quizzer for a few minutes longer. Our correspondent has been -doing some useful C. L. S. C. work. He sent one of his old copies of THE -CHAUTAUQUAN home, and the people there were so much pleased with its -plan, that they are planning for some similar organization in their midst. - -At =Ithaca, N. Y.=, the circle is fortunate enough to be in reach -of Cornell University and its professors. They are improving their -opportunities, too, having recently had lectures on “Architecture” and -“Political Economy.” - -We like the ring of the report from =South Lansing, N. J.= It is worth -while to belong to a circle of two if it can be as pleasant as this -one: “In number we are but two (sisters)—the only C. L. S. C. in this -place. The duties of the usual officers of circles are borne by either -member, as opportunity seems to favor. Examinations, reviews, exercises -in pronunciation and definition are held at the most unconscionable hours -by a self-constituted leader. Suddenly a member, inspired by some new -reading, or a suggested thought, resolves into an animated question box; -or perhaps, presumes to criticise some notable book. In this systemless -manner we conduct our unadjourned meeting, and though our method, or -rather, lack of method, may not be commendable to other circles, it -certainly helps to meet the exigencies of ours. As we take leave of the -regular course—for we are ’84s—we would join our voices to the chorus of -Chautauqua enthusiasts.” - -=Naples, N. Y.=, has a circle of twelve, of the class of ’86, the fruit -of the zealous work of one lady. This same friend was instrumental in -arousing interest in the reading at =West Bloomfield=, where now there is -a class of thirty. She accomplished this, she writes, while visiting the -town, by introducing the C. L. S. C. into every tea party she attended -while there. - -A two-year-old club exists at =New Wilmington, Pa.=, from which we have -never before heard. There are twenty-four members. “As a rule,” writes -the secretary, “our members are teachers and business men and women -who have little spare time, but that little is enthusiastically and -profitably employed. We are fortunate in possessing several members who -are graduates of Westminster and other colleges. The studies are made -interesting by a thorough recitation in each study. Obscure points are -brought out and discussed freely and searchingly. The exercises are -spiced by essays on, and recitations from favorite authors and subjects. -Also by question box, debates, and music.” - -The pleasant circle at =Hillsboro, O.=, is enjoying the reading and doing -very thorough work. - -There are two excellent features in the report received from the society -at =South Toledo, O.= The members hand in a list of words to the vice -president to be corrected—including mispronounced words, or those -about whose pronunciation they are undecided, and they are at once -corrected—the discussion over points doing much toward fixing the correct -forms in their minds. Their city, on the banks of the Maumee River, -historical ground, with old Fort Miami and Meigs standing sentinel -over their respective charges, South Toledo and Perrysburg, and these -enterprising students have wisely made the most of their location. They -write: “In connection with our reading of Canadian and American History, -in which the greatest interest was taken, ‘we dived down deep’ into the -subject, had the history of this memorable spot written by our secretary, -who gave an account of the battle of Fallen Timbers in 1794, fought -between General Wayne, accompanied by General Scott and their forces, -and Indians under command of Blue Jacket and Little Turtle, with their -Canadian allies. The points of interest mentioned being so familiar -to us; also gave the history of the settlement of Maumee (now South -Toledo), with the progress of the place, and difficulties encountered, -mentioning old pioneers, interesting events, etc. A newspaper sketch of -a celebration held here in 1840 in honor of ‘Old Tippecanoe’ was read by -our vice president. On this occasion we had an informal meeting, inviting -guests to participate in our pleasure.” - -The Alpha and Beta circles of =Quincy, Ill.=, are doing enthusiastic -work. On Longfellow’s day they joined their forces, carrying out an -appropriate program. - -An effort to increase the membership has resulted in nearly doubling -the numbers at =Petersburg, Ill.= The circle is in its second year, and -rejoices in a wide awake president, who does his best to make this circle -a success, and to extend its influence. - -=Nashville, Tenn.=, boasts a live circle of thirty-seven members and -many friends under the auspices of the Y. M. C. A. Recently at their -regular session in the parlors of the Association they executed a -series of exercises which were as thoroughly produced as they were -appreciatively listened to. Roman literature was the theme of the hour, -and most luminous lights were glanced at in essays short, concise and -pointed. Fifteen essays were read, and reports were read on facts, on -pronunciation of names, and on general pronunciation. - -We have already heard good things of the C. L. S. C. at =Niles, Mich.= -There are some zealous members in the circle, one of whom, a teacher, -has been utilizing her reading very successfully in her school room. -Hawthorne’s biographical stories have been adopted for the Friday -reading, and each pupil is expected to reproduce orally, if called upon, -the whole sketch. The reading has been found very attractive to the -pupils. - -At =Sheboygan, Wis.=, the circle still flourishes. They have been having -delightful evenings this year over their studies. The secretary writes: -“At our last meeting we had for our lesson the first half of French -History in THE CHAUTAUQUAN and the first part of the Latin Preparatory -Course in English. One of the ladies furnished a paper on the ‘Siege of -Calais,’ and another gave a talk upon the ‘Massacre of St. Bartholomew.’ -One of our members who spent last year abroad brought a most excellent -map of Rome and many fine photographs of the Coliseum, the Pantheon, and -other places of interest, which helped us greatly in our study of the -seven-hilled city. We spent several delightful evenings upon Political -Economy, one of the gentlemen who has given much study to the subject -acting as leader.” - -At =Faribault, Minn.=, they are dividing their time between Art and -American Literature. Though there are many letters before us still -untouched, we must close the box, taking just a glance from a letter -lately received from far away =Honolulu=, in which a lady writes: “After -enjoying five months’ reading with Dr. Wythe’s circle, of Oakland, -California, I found I had become quite a Chautauqua enthusiast. So after -moving here I sought out a few to start a circle. I succeeded in finding -four willing to try, and so we begun; we have now doubled in numbers, -but have not succeeded in finding a permanent leader, but for all our -drawbacks we enjoy it _immensely_, and intend to keep on, hoping some one -will come to the rescue.” - - - - -CHAUTAUQUA FOR 1884. - - -Many of our friends, planning for their summer trips just now, are -wondering, no doubt, what good things Chautauqua will have to offer this -season. For their sakes we give just a glimpse of what is being prepared -for the Chautauqua School of Languages and Chautauqua Teachers’ Retreat. -With the July number of THE CHAUTAUQUAN, we shall forward to each of our -subscribers a copy of the Advance Number of the _Assembly Herald_, which -will contain full information about Chautauqua for 1884. - -The Chautauqua School of Languages will open on Saturday, July 12th, -and continue for six weeks. It is the aim of the school to illustrate -the best methods of teaching languages and to furnish instruction in -languages for students. - -The Teachers’ Retreat will open Saturday, July 12th, and continue -three weeks. It is the aim of the Retreat to benefit secular teachers -by combining with the recreative delights of the summer vacation, the -stimulating and quickening influence of the summer school. - -Following are the departments of the C. S. L. for 1884: - -_1. German._ Prof. J. H. Worman, Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, -Tenn. Three classes: Beginners, Middle and Advanced. - -_2. French._ Prof. A. Lalande, Louisville, Ky. Three classes: Beginners, -Intermediate and Advanced. - -_3. Spanish._ Prof. J. H. Worman, Ph.D., Nashville, Tenn. Beginners class -only. - -_4. Greek._ Henry Lummis, A.M., Stoneham, Mass. Three classes: Beginners, -Intermediate and Advanced. - -_5. Latin._ E. S. Shumway, A.M., Rutger’s College, New Brunswick, N. -J. Five classes: Teachers’ Method class, College class, Preparatory, -Beginners, Circles and Colloquia. - -_6. English Language and Literature._ W. D. MacClintock, 3 Winthrop -Place, New York City. Anglo-Saxon, Shakspere and Chaucer. - -_7. The Chautauqua School of Hebrew._ William R. Harper, Ph.D., Morgan -Park, near Chicago, Ill. Four classes: Elementary, Intermediate, -Progressive and Exegetical. Four weeks—July 21st, August 16th. - -_8. New Testament Greek._ Rev. A. A. Wright, Boston, Mass. Two divisions: -1. Grammatical; 2. Lexicographical and Exegetical. Four weeks—July 25th, -August 22nd. - -The rate of admission to all the exercises of the C. S. L. and C. T. R. -for the session of six weeks will be $12.00. Arrangements have been made -for special classes in several branches. We give a list of these classes -and their cost: - -Elocution, fifteen lessons, $5.00; Elocution, ten lessons, $4.00; -Elocution, five lessons, $3.00; Elocution, private, per hour, $3.00. -Clay Modeling, per hour, $0.40. Drawing, fifteen lessons, $5.00; -Drawing, ten lessons, $4.00; Drawing, five lessons, $3.00. Phonography, -twenty lessons, $10.00. Voice culture, ten lessons, $10.00. Harmony, -ten lessons, $10.00. Music in day school eight lessons free to C. S. L. -and C. T. R. Mineralogy and Lithology, ten lessons, $2.00. Botany, ten -lessons, $2.00. - -The rate of admission to the grounds will be, in July, twenty-five cents -a day; in August, forty cents a day. A week ticket in July, $1.00; a week -ticket in August, $2.00. Tickets for the entire term in July, $2.00; -tickets for the August Assembly meetings, $3.00. An arrangement is made -by which full course tickets may be secured for July and August for $4.00. - - * * * * * - -It is incredible how important it is that the corporeal frame should be -kept under the influence of constant, continuous, and unbroken order, -and free from the impressions of vicissitude, which always more or less -derange the corporeal functions. After all, it is continued temperance -which sustains the body for the longest period of time, and which most -surely preserves it free from sickness.—_Von Humboldt._ - - - - -QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. - -FIFTY QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON PICTURES FROM ENGLISH HISTORY—FROM PAGE -145 TO THE END OF THE BOOK. - -By A. M. MARTIN, GENERAL SECRETARY C. L. S. C. - - -1. Q. What were the “Wars of the Roses?” A. They were civil conflicts -between the Yorkists and Lancastrians, the former having for their emblem -a white rose and the latter a red rose. - -2. Q. How many kings had the House of York and how many the House of -Lancaster? A. Each House had three kings. - -3. Q. During the reign of Henry VII. who led the French to victory -against the English, and was afterward burned at the stake on a charge of -heresy? A. Joan of Arc, the “Maid of Orleans.” - -4. Q. Who were the three sovereigns of the House of York? A. Edward IV., -Edward V., and Richard III. - -5. Q. Who was the first sovereign of the House of Tudor? A. Henry VII., -who descended from Edward III. He married Elizabeth, daughter of Edward -IV., and so the Houses of York and Lancaster were united. - -6. Q. During the reign of Henry VII. what great geographical discovery -was made? A. The discovery of America by Christopher Columbus. - -7. Q. How has Henry VIII., the successor of Henry VII., been -characterized? A. As “the most tyrannical of kings, and the most -bloodthirsty of husbands.” - -8. Q. How many wives did Henry VIII. marry? A. Six. - -9. Q. What two great events in England mark the reign of Henry VIII.? -A. The beginning of the English Reformation, and the publication of the -Bible in English. - -10. Q. What three children of Henry VIII. succeeded him in succession to -the English throne? A. Edward VI., Mary and Elizabeth. - -11. Q. How is the character of Mary described by Motley? A. “As bloody -Queen Mary she will ever be remembered with horror and detestation in -Great Britain.” - -12. Q. What religion did Mary attempt to restore in England? A. The Roman -Catholic religion. - -13. Q. What are the names of three prominent Protestant martyrs who were -burned at the stake during Mary’s reign? A. Latimer, Cranmer and John -Rogers. - -14. Q. What religion did Elizabeth reëstablish upon her accession to the -throne? A. The Protestant religion. - -15. Q. What rival to the throne was executed during Elizabeth’s reign? A. -Mary, Queen of Scots. - -16. Q. What great fleet sent by Spain to establish Catholicism in -England, during Elizabeth’s sovereignty, met with a disastrous defeat? A. -The Spanish Armada. - -17. Q. How many years did Elizabeth reign? A. Forty-five years. - -18. Q. What great English dramatist lived during her reign? A. William -Shakspere. - -19. Q. What noted poet wrote during her reign? A. Edmund Spenser. - -20. Q. What prominent favorite of the Queen was executed during the reign -of Elizabeth? A. Lord Essex. - -21. Q. Who succeeded Elizabeth to the throne? A. James I., son of Mary -Queen of Scots. - -22. Q. Of what House was the first sovereign? A. The House of Stuart. - -23. Q. From the time of the accession of James I., what two crowns were -united? A. Those of England and Scotland. - -24. Q. What great conspiracy was discovered during the reign of James I.? -A. The gunpowder plot, a conspiracy to destroy both Houses of Parliament, -the king and the royal family. - -25. Q. What noted publication occurred during the reign of James I.? A. -The authorized version of the Bible. - -26. Q. Name four prominent men of letters who lived during the reign of -James I.? A. Ben Jonson, poet; Beaumont and Fletcher, dramatists; and -Francis Bacon, jurist, statesman and philosopher. - -27. Q. Who was the successor to James I. on the throne of England? A. His -son, Charles I. - -28. Q. What noted Parliament was summoned by King Charles? A. The Long -Parliament. - -29. Q. How long did this Parliament continue in session? A. Thirteen -years. - -30. Q. What was the fate of Charles I.? A. He was tried, condemned and -executed on a charge of treason in levying war against the Parliament. - -31. Q. After the execution of Charles what form of government was -proclaimed in England? A. A Commonwealth. - -32. Q. Who was made the first Lord Protector of the Commonwealth? A. -Oliver Cromwell. - -33. Q. Give the names of three illustrious persons who lived about this -time. A. Milton, Bunyan and Dryden. - -34. Q. Upon the death of Oliver Cromwell, who was proclaimed Protector of -the Commonwealth? A. His son, Richard Cromwell. - -35. Q. Eight months afterward, upon Richard Cromwell resigning the -Protectorate, who became king of England? A. Charles II., son of Charles -I. - -36. Q. What two great calamities occurred in London during the reign of -Charles II.? A. The great plague and the great fire. By the former a -hundred thousand people perished, and by the latter the greater part of -the city was burned. - -37. Q. Who was the successor of Charles II.? A. His brother, James II. - -38. Q. What was the result of the revolution of 1688. A. James II. -abdicated the throne, and William and Mary jointly reigned. - -39. Q. What historic battle occurred in 1609? A. The battle of the Boyne. - -40. Q. Mention the names of three great persons who lived during this -reign? A. John Locke, Sir Isaac Newton and Sir Christopher Wren. - -41. Q. Who was the next English sovereign on the throne? A. Anne, -daughter of James II. - -42. Q. What age of literature is the reign of Anne called? A. The -Augustan age of English literature. - -43. Q. What are five of the illustrious names of this age? A. Addison, -Steele, Swift, Watts and Pope. - -44. Q. With the reign of George I., grandson of James I., and successor -of Anne, what House acceded to the throne? A. The House of Hanover. - -45. Q. What great speculation impoverished thousands during this reign? -A. “The South Sea Bubble.” - -46. Q. What are the names of the three sovereigns who successively -reigned after George I.? A. George II., George III., and George IV. - -47. Q. Whose reign was the longest in English history? A. That of George -IV., extending over sixty years. - -48. Q. What colonies revolted during the reign of George IV. and obtained -their independence? A. The American colonies. - -49. Q. What two great statesmen lived during the reign of George IV.? A. -Pitt and Fox. - -50. Q. Who is the present sovereign of England? A. Queen Victoria, -granddaughter of George III. - - * * * * * - -Death is a mighty mediator. There all the flames of rage are -extinguished, hatred is appeased, and angelic pity, like a weeping -sister, bends with gentle and close embrace over the funeral -urn.—_Schiller._ - - - - -CHAUTAUQUA NORMAL COURSE. - -Season of 1884. - - -LESSON X.—BIBLE SECTION. - -_The Doctrines of the Bible._ - -By REV. J. L. HURLBUT, D.D., AND R. S. HOLMES, A.M. - -_Doceo_ means I teach. _Doctum_, a teaching. _Doctrina_, the result of -teaching—_learning_. The doctrines of the Bible are simply its teachings. -They are the teachings of God to the race, contained in the record of his -dealings with the race. These dealings of God produced a supernatural -history, in the course of which man originated and fell, the nature and -character of the Creator appeared, the presence, power and effects of sin -were made known, and the original and ultimate purposes of God with the -race were declared. The outline of these teachings or doctrines is not -designed to be exhaustive, nor is it formed on the model of any treatise -on systematic theology. It aims to prompt to further study in the -classics of theology, and to plainly state a few essential truths. These -doctrines of the Bible are: - -_1. The Doctrine Concerning Beginnings._ (_a_) God was without -beginning—Genesis 1:1. First fact—“The Eternal God.” (_b_) The Holy -Spirit was without beginning—Gen. 1:2. Second fact—“The Eternal Spirit.” -(_c_) The Word was without beginning—John 1:1. Third fact—“The Eternal -Son.” Essential doctrine: the Triune God; unbegun, coequal, eternal. -(_d_) All else, the whole vast universe, began by the power of God—Gen. -1:1—through the Son—John 1:3. Fourth fact—“Man God’s offspring.” -Essential doctrine: The Fatherhood of God; his sovereignty and right to -demand obedience of his creatures. - -_2. The Doctrine Concerning Relations._ (_a_) God _is Creator_: hence -_powerful_; _a spirit_—John 4:24—hence unseen; _without beginning or -ending, hence infinite and eternal_—Ps. 90:1. Formula: “God is a spirit, -infinite, eternal and unchangeable in his being, wisdom, power, holiness, -justice, goodness and truth.” (_b_) _Man is the creature._ Essentially a -thing created; he dies daily, to be recreated daily. What of himself man -destroys, the Creator by daily sustenance replaces. He is therefore the -bread-giver, _Hlaf-ford_—_Lord_. The gifts of the Creator are beneficent; -so he is the Good-One, God. The Creator is also guardian, protector—that -is, _Father_. - -Relation restated. The Creator, Lord, God, Father. The creature—a -dependent child. The law of paternity—like produces like. Essential -doctrine—man was originally like God, in harmony with him and at peace -with him—Gen. 1:27. - -_3. The Doctrine Concerning Positions._ (_a_) Man supreme in creation. -God calls himself Father of no other created thing. _Man a thinker, -hence supreme._ (_b_) _Man free in the midst of creation._ No other -power to dispute his right. In fellowship with God, his Father. In a -place of his Father’s choice, under rules of his Father’s making; with -a work of his Father’s planning—Gen. 2:15-16—with power to follow his -own will—(Gen. 2:17, last clause)—answerable to no one but his Father. -Essential Doctrines—The sovereignty of God—the freedom of man. (_c_) _Man -confronted by a foe_—Gen. 3:1—A sinful power in the universe: sin before -man—2 Peter 2:4, 1 John 3:8. _Picture_—The Almighty Father—the boundless -earth—the wide permission; the single restraint; the only child; the -tempter; the fall; sin’s victory—Romans 5:12. Essential doctrine: By -man sin entered the world, and death by sin, imparting to man a sinful -nature, and separating man from God. - -_4. The Doctrine Concerning Results._ (_a_) Separation from God; Eden -lost; toil, pain and death—Gen. 3:17-19:23. (_b_) The kingdom of -death—Romans 5:14; its prince, Satan; its subjects unclean—Job 15:14-16; -its history a record of “sin, schism, and the clash of personalities.” -(_c_) Eternal punishment probable from analogy, reasonable, just. Let -the student carefully examine the testimony. - -_5. The Doctrine Concerning Rescue._ (_a_) Promised early in history—Gen. -3:15. (_b_) _Divine_—John 3:16. (_c_) Yet _human_—Gen. 3:15; Romans 5:18; -Luke 3:23 and ff. Central fact of history, the God-man. (_d_) Restoration -to God’s likeness—1 John 3:2. (_e_) A life-giving rescue—Romans 6:23. -(_f_) A cleansing rescue; find the symbolic use of water in Bible. (_g_) -Obtained through suffering and propitiatory death—Isaiah 53. (_h_) -Established by resurrection—Ps. 16:10, 49:15; Hosea 13:14. Essential -doctrine: Salvation from God as a free gift of his grace for all who -believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. - -_6. The Doctrine Concerning Instruction._ (_a_) God himself the teacher -of the race. _Adam_—_Abel_—the Altar and Sacrifice. Note: _service_ and -_sacrifice_, man’s first lesson; the ark and Noah; rescue from sin’s -penalty through obedience, man’s second lesson; Abraham—reckoned as -righteous, because believing, man’s third lesson. (_b_) Moses the teacher -of the race; the tabernacle in the wilderness; the same lessons repeated; -God using his servant by direct instruction and communion. (_c_) The -prophets the teachers of the race—Samuel—Malachi—the same lesson -repeated; God teaching by inspiration; the home; the church; holy men -speaking as moved by the Holy Ghost. (_d_) God by his Son the teacher of -the race; Jesus Christ, Galilee, Samaria, Judea, the manger, the desert, -the cross, the Easter morn, lessons, service, obedience, sacrifice, -victory. (_e_) God by his teacher of the race. - - -SUNDAY-SCHOOL SECTION. - -LESSON X.—THE TEACHING PROCESS.—ILLUSTRATION. - -[This lesson is adapted from the outline of Dr. Vincent, in the -Chautauqua Normal Guide.] - -_I. There are four Uses of Illustrations._ - -1. They win and hold _attention_. The ear is quickened to interest by -a story; the eye is arrested by the picture or the chalk mark. Nothing -awakens and retains the interest more than the illustration, whether -heard or seen. - -2. They aid the _apprehension_. The statement of a truth is made plain -where it is illustrated, as the rule in arithmetic is seen more clearly -in the light of an example; and the definition of a scientific word in -the dictionary by the picture accompanying it. - -3. They aid the _memory_. It is not the text, nor the line of thought, -but the illustrations, which keep the sermon or the lesson from being -forgotten. - -4. They awaken the _conscience_. How many have been aroused to conviction -of sin by the parable of the Prodigal Son; and what is that but an -illustration? So, many, like Zinzendorf, have been awakened by some -picture of a Bible scene. Mr. Moody’s stories have sent the truth home as -deeply as his exhortations. - -_II. There are four Classes of Illustrations._ - -1. Those which depend upon the _sight_, and derive their interest from -the pupil’s delight in seeing. Such are maps, pictures, diagrams, etc., -and when drawn in presence of the scholar, though ever so rudely, they -have an increased interest and power. - -2. Those which depend upon the _imagination_. At no period in life is -the imagination as strong as in childhood, when a rag doll can be a baby -and a picture has real life. Thence come “word-pictures,” fairy stories, -imaginary scenes, etc., as illustrations of the lesson. - -3. Those which depend upon _comparison_. To see resemblance in things -different, or the correspondence between the outward and the spiritual, -is as old as the parable of the sower, and the miracle of the loaves. -“The likes of the lesson” form a fruitful field for the use of -illustration. - -4. Those which depend upon _knowledge_. More than for anything else -children are eager to know; and the story has an added value which is -true. History, science, art, and indeed every department of knowledge -will furnish illustrations of spiritual truth. - -_III. How to obtain Illustrations._ - -1. By gaining knowledge, especially Bible knowledge. The wider the -teacher’s range of thought, the more readily will he find illustrations -to fit his thought. Particularly will the incidents of Bible story be -found to furnish the frame for his thoughts in the class. Know the -stories of the Bible, and you will have an encyclopædia of illustration -in your mind. - -2. By the habit of observation. People find what they are seeking -for, and the teacher who is looking for illustrations will find them -everywhere, in books, among men, on the railway train, and in the forest. - -3. _By the preservation of illustrations._ The scrap book for clippings, -the blank book for stray suggestions, the envelope, will all have their -uses. Plans innumerable have been given, but each worker’s own plan is -the best for himself. - -4. _By practice in the use of illustrations._ The way to use them is to -_use_ them, and use will give ease. The teacher who has once made the -experiment will repeat it, and find that his rough drawing, or his map, -or his story will always attract the eager attention of his scholars. - -_IV. A few hints as to the use of Illustrations._ - -1. Have a clear idea of the subject to be taught. Learn the lesson -first of all, and know what you are to teach, before you seek for your -illustration. - -2. Use illustrations only in the line of the teaching. Never tell a story -for the sake of the story, but always to impress a truth; and let the -truth be so plain that the story must carry its own application. - -3. Obtain the help of the scholar in illustration. Let the pupils suggest -Bible incidents or Bible characters which present the traits of character -which the lesson enforces. Never add a feature to the portrait which the -scholar can himself give from his own knowledge. - -4. Do not use too many illustrations. Let not the lesson serve merely as -a vehicle for story-telling, or picture drawing, or blackboarding; but -keep _the truth_ at all times in the foreground. - - - - -EDITOR’S OUTLOOK. - - -TO THE CLASS OF 1884—GREETING. - -The completing of a course of study affords one of the few unalloyed -satisfactions of life. It is an end reached—and it has been reached -by personal effort. The class is at the goal, and it is there because -it chose to be there, and resolutely and persistently labored to be -there. We get many good things without effort, but they give us less -satisfaction than meaner things which we have earned. There is a charm -in winning a race, which does not consist either in being at the end of -it, or in getting a prize. The victory is “our very own,” as the children -say. But in a course of study completed one feels that the prize is -worth his pains. He may feel discontented with the imperfections of his -knowledge, but he would not for the world be put back where he began. We -hold many things only with our hands; the fruits of a course of study are -more secure—they are in our minds and hearts, and therefore can not fall -out of our possession, or be wrested from us. - -It is a good thing for the student to take the refreshment of looking -back to the place of beginning. “What was I when I began?” This sense -of gain is apt to be supplanted by discontent and looking forward; but -the student should give himself the comfort of the backward glance. No -one has pursued our course of reading and study to the end without very -great improvement in mental power and method, or without large additions -to his knowledge. “Look to the hole of the pit.” Take a long look at -your old self and do not hesitate to prefer the new self. You are wiser, -stronger, better. Allow yourself the luxury of fully realizing that. And -how little it has cost you! A piecing together of fragments of time that -would otherwise have been wasted, that is the greater part of the cost -of your course. Whatever else you have spent you would have spent less -wisely if you had not been in the course. You have sacrificed nothing of -any moment to this object. All else that you had you keep still; this -fruit of patient study you have as a clean and pure gain. It is a matter -to be happy about. A good hour of self-complacency will do you no harm. -Indulge your self-respect a little. All might do what you have done; most -of them have not done it. Your graduation is of itself a proof that you -have pluck, constancy, and self-control. - -It is worth while to consider the elements of this victory. You have -mixed time and method with reading and study. Hap-hazard study would not -yield the fruit; it could not be ripened in a day. “Four months—and -harvest.” Nor could method be left out. There is method in any work; -method distinguishes work from play. There is method on the farm, in the -mill, in the store. There must be method in gaining knowledge. Method -makes tasks easy and combines many strokes into one result. In this -combination of time and method lies the power of a course of study. All -the mental effort is probably put forth by others spasmodically and -unmethodically. You are at the end simply because you harnessed your -efforts with years and system. Only stable and earnest characters are -capable of the patient continuance in well-doing which is necessary to -the completion of a course of study. College men say that the majority of -those who begin a course fall out by the way; and they add that, whatever -pretexts are used, the real reason is usually defective character. -It is a rule in all undertakings of mankind; holdfast is the master -quality. The men and women who complete the C. L. S. C. course do so -on purpose and because they are capable of tenacity of purpose, and it -is an education in tenacity. The man who has run such a race _through_ -is capable of running other races. He has learned how to “keep pegging -away,” as Lincoln put it. He knows how to run—how to study. He likes to -study. He has only begun in the great museum of knowledge, but he will go -on searching its shelves until he is graduated into the large university -of immortality. Ingratitude to our past selves is a human frailty which -is often displayed, even ostentatiously, by men and women. Many there -are who boast that they learned nothing at school; there are more who -complain that they were taught nothing. Dr. Samuel Johnson was truer to -himself in saying that he had learned nothing since. We hope that C. L. -S. C. graduates will never fall into this cant. Be just now and always -to yourselves and to those who have guided you through this journey. You -have not learned everything, but you have learned how to learn. What you -build yourself into hereafter will be built on this foundation. If you -come to more wisdom do not be guilty of the meanness of despising these -foundations. If the building rises high and stands firm, the glory of it -will be these well-laid stones. If the building does not rise, yours the -fault, for you will have neglected the solid base which invites you to -build. Go on with the building; but do not forget now and again to bless -the years when you were laying the first blocks of a studious life. In -short, we have read you a little homily on self-respect. Take an honest -satisfaction in your course; keep a just respect for your tenacity and -application; cherish your love for those who have helped and inspired you -in the good work. - - -THE DECLINE OF OUR WORKMAN. - -The manufacturing classes of this country doubtless present a much more -favorable condition of the workmen than prevails in other countries. The -men who are generally described as laborers—whether they work isolated -or in bodies—occupy a higher level of life than the same class in the -old world. We may pass by, as being, in dispute, the question of the -protective system’s relation to this fact. The higher condition of -workmen is partly a result of democratic institutions and the absence -of social grades in society; partly also of the youth of this country -and its abundance of natural bounties. We have had the unexampled good -fortune to be a young country rapidly developing wealth. A democratic -level, a republican simplicity, vast stores of undeveloped natural -wealth, and a system of free schools and free churches, have probably -conspired to produce a high grade of workmen. We naturally desire to keep -this feature of American society and industry. We note with alarm any -sign that workmen are dropping to a lower level. It is not exclusively -a humanitarian feeling which prompts us to maintain our workmen on a -high level. We have all come to be interested in the prosperity of -this section of the community. The economic usefulness of a man may be -as conveniently measured by what he consumes as by what he does. In -fact, his consuming power is the more accurate measure of his value. -It is not so much a question of the number of strokes per day of which -he is capable, as of the power he has to buy and use what his fellows -produce. In this country the workman’s consuming power is probably at -least twice as great as it is in Europe. This means that forty per -cent. of our people buy twice as much as the corresponding forty per -cent. buy in Europe. The effect is to greatly enlarge the market which -we are all supplying with various kinds of goods. The reduction of -this growing section of our population to the European condition would -cause a contraction of the market, and an arrest of our industrial -development, such as we have never experienced. We should be able to -_make_ just as many goods as now, but the people who now buy them would -be obliged to reduce their buying, and this reduction would make an -appalling aggregate. If twenty millions of people should at once reduce -their annual purchases by one-half, the effect would be a more complete -bankruptcy of us all than we have ever dreamed of. The reduction might -come about slowly and with less peril; but even then the stagnation would -be fatal to a large portion of the community. The truth is that we have -a new factor in our industrial life, a new economic co-efficient. It is -the well-paid workman, who is a relatively large consumer. Relatively to -population the market we are all engaged in supplying is a much larger -market than exists in Europe. We are built upon a foundation of which -this well-paid laborer is an important part. We added an immense mass to -this foundation when we emancipated the slaves. We increased the demand -for goods by the difference between the cost of supporting a slave and -that of supporting a free man. The new factor is a sum to be estimated -only by the study of our own country. It never before existed in any -country. It is a fact without a precedent; and it is so large that the -whole fabric of our prosperity rests upon it. Gradgrind may persuade -himself that he does not care whether poor men can buy goods or not; but -his persuasion to that indifference will give way just as soon as the -poor cease to buy his goods. In short, Gradgrind can not afford to see -the buying power of workmen reduced with complacency. It means, whenever -it becomes a _general_ fact, ruin for Gradgrind. Whoever has anything or -produces anything has given bonds for the maintenance of workmen’s wages. - -Well, then, the alarm has already been sounded. We do not refer to the -“tariff reform”—though that _may_ be fatal—but to more certain matters -over which the tariff laws have no power. It is affirmed that the -character, social status, aspirations and self-respect of workmen in -this country has already fallen. An observer in a manufacturing center -recently said: “The change in ten years is frightful. The old hands have -risen in life or gone west. The new hands live in smaller quarters, care -less for the comfort of their families, and buy fewer goods of any kind. -They read less, take newspapers more rarely, are less careful to dress -well on Sunday, and see their children in rags with a complacency which -was unknown ten years ago. The new people are from Europe, and nine in -ten of them have brought their old habits with them. Higher wages mean to -them only more rum and more idleness.” - -We hope that this is an exaggeration. But even if it be only very -partially true, it opens an unexpected vista, and an alarming one. The -only way to maintain workmen’s wages is to keep up workmen’s characters. -If the character grows debased the wages will drop to that lower level. -A higher grade of living is the only possible security for higher wages. -Workmen can not long get high wages to spend in rum shops. Wages will -sink to the level of their life. But if the common market is to suffer so -great a loss as this fall in wages and consuming power would occasion, -then we must all suffer. Nor is this all. The failure would be that -of our civilization. We are, every way, in all sources, most deeply -interested in arresting the threatened decline of the American workman. - - -EFFICIENCY AND TENURE. - -The tenure of office in this country will be the subject of animated -discussion for some years. Civil Service Reform aims to correct an -abuse, and will probably achieve that end; but it is not certain that -the right method of reform has been found. The ideal of good service is -presented by a bank in which men serve indefinitely, and yet must serve -efficiently. They are removed if they fail; they are not removed if they -succeed. The difficulty in applying this rule to any form of public -service lies in removals for cause. How to secure the removal of the -man who fails? In the bank it is a simple thing to discharge a clerk. -In public life it is not at all simple or easy. The clerk has no vested -right to his place in the bank; in a department at Washington, a clerk -has a vested right to his place. The bank removes because it chooses to -do so. The government must invent some pretext or _prove_ inefficiency. -Tenure during good behavior makes a _quasi_ property of the office. - -The ministry presents a good example of the workings of office tenure. -Thousands of churches are without installed pastors, and one of the -reasons given is that churches find it easier to install a man than -to dismiss him. In the Methodist Church a hot discussion over the -rule which limits continuous service in one church to three years has -afforded good observers a fine opportunity to see the play of feeling -and motive around the tenure principle. The change proposed has met -with a crushing defeat, because Methodists are more anxious to keep -the power to get rid of a poor pastor than they are to get the power -to keep a good one. Why? Because they have much more experience of -inefficient men than of efficient men. In short, the church says to -itself: “Pastors usually fail; they rarely succeed; it is best to be -able to send them away quietly.” This is not complimentary to the -ministry, but it is the substance of the argument which has defeated a -plan which had the sympathy of the best men in Methodism. The fact that -in other denominations changes of pastors are about as frequent as among -Methodists has the same explanation. For some reason the inefficient -ministers are believed to be more numerous than the efficient. There is -a suspicion in the general mind that this is true all round the circle -of salaried life, and that we need swift and easy and decorous means -of removing our public and semi-public servants more than we need to -fortify the good men in their positions. In the large view, what ails -us is poor work; and people in general think that the poor work is -already tied fast to us. The human nature of the public has been too much -overlooked. The human nature of the employed has hardly ever received -appropriate attention. There are two kinds of persons to be considered -in estimating the effect of time limits in any service. To one kind of -man security of tenure is a means of increased efficiency. He is zealous -and enterprising in his vocation. He is acutely conscientious toward -his employers, the more so the less they are visible and near to him. -To be secure in his place is to this man freedom to do good work and -conduct his career to fruitful issues. Any other tenure means to him a -harassing uncertainty in all plans and wearying anxieties about bread and -butter questions. Such a man can not serve a cause of any kind well on -an uncertain or limited tenure of office. The only possible uncertainty -for him—the only one consistent with good work—is that which concerns -the quality of his work. That species of uncertainty is one which he -feels to be in his power. He will do his work so well that no uncertainty -shall exist. But at the other extreme is a man to whose success the -sense of security is fatal. He works best under the whip of uncertainty. -He becomes lazy when the fear of removal does not exist. Between the -two extremes—conscientious enthusiasm at one end and place-keeping -inefficiency at the other—are men of a variety of tendencies to one -or the other character. Colleges probably present the best view of -the effect of security of tenure. The general public does not possess -intimate knowledge of the results of the system in seats of learning; but -now and then an intestine broil uncovers the college life, and invariably -discloses an unsatisfactory condition. For a good professor fixed tenure -is most wholesome; for a poor one it is unwholesome in its effects on -his character and work. A man of wide experience in colleges tells us -that there is not a college in the country but is lugging inefficient -men; and he expresses the opinion that less than half of the college men -are the best men for their places. In short, even in the college, unfit -men get places and keep them, to the great detriment of the college. In -an average institution four thoroughly good men carry six other men. A -few give the college its character; the majority are a burden, and some -men in this majority gloat over their supposed right to be lugged by the -college. Any rule which should rid colleges of mere place-holders, of -men weak in character, negligent in work, and far behind the times in -scholarship would double the usefulness and the patronage of colleges in -ten years. But if certainty of tenure is bad in college, it must be worse -elsewhere. - -What is generally desired in the matter of tenure in service of any sort -is to cut off the chances for the purchase and sale of places, and for -the capricious and interested removal of good men. The scandals growing -up in public life from this base caprice in the appointing power have -sickened the popular stomach. Take, for example, the forced resignation -of a stenographer, at the end of a session, in order that the speaker of -the House of Representatives might appoint his own nephew to the place -_for the vacation_, during which there were no duties. The filthiness of -the proceeding surpasses belief; and yet it seems not to have provoked -any proper indignation in Congress. But fixed tenure has more evils than -it cures, and some middle way should be found. We can not afford to -ignore the fact that average men need the spur. The highly conscientious -and enterprising servant is yet too rare in the world for it to be safe -to adjust the terms of service to his character and to leave the majority -free from the whip. - - - - -EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK. - - -An English magazine writer on Egypt points out the difficulty which is -encountered in all the public life of the Nile country—it is the habit of -submission to personal despotic authority. The only system of government -which is possible is the old, old one—for it has unfitted the people -for any other. An enlightened despotism might give the country rest and -prosperity. But western Europe, now master in Egypt, has outgrown the -capacity to administer a despotism. - - * * * * * - -Professor Goldwin Smith has recently stated that Canada is becoming more -French. The French not only gain in population faster than the English -in what was once called New France, but they are spreading out into the -Canadian New England. In Quebec there are only 7,000 British people. The -Canadian Frenchmen are cultivating, he says, the relations to France with -increasing zeal. The sober truth is, we believe, that the English in -Canada never had a chance of salvation except through annexation to the -United States. We were never anxious about that; but they ought to have -been. - - * * * * * - -Smuggling is not altogether a lost art. It is said that it is practiced -for a livelihood on the Maine coast with some success. The fishermen are -said to be experts in the business. But it is not a large business, and -our government does not lose much, nor does any one get rich by breaking -the revenue laws. - - * * * * * - -Somebody says that a ranch in Texas has 25,000 more acres than the state -of Rhode Island. But don’t infer that this country is going to be a land -of large farms. We have always had some such farms; but the number of -them is decreasing. They never _pay_, and no social distinction attaches -to their proprietors. - - * * * * * - -In Boston, Easter morning, Dr. Withrow dwelt upon the overwhelming -evidence of the fact of Christ’s resurrection. Rev. Minot J. Savage -said, at the same hour in the same city, that we have not the slightest -evidence that any Apostle ever saw Christ after he was crucified and -buried. It seems that there is at least one theological difference of -creed extant in our harmonious time. Mr. Savage might profitably read -Paul’s testimony on this subject. - - * * * * * - -Mr. W. S. Hallock, the editor of the _Christian at Work_, has been in -Bermuda this season, and in a letter to his paper recalls the fact that -the first settlers of that island were a drove of hogs who escaped -thither from a wrecked vessel. They thrived so well that the next comers -found the land filled with swine. Mr. Hallock adds: “It is probably the -only successful instance of the commune to be found in all history.” The -point scored is that communism is good for hogs. - - * * * * * - -This spring the West Indian war is in Cuba. It is commonly held in Hayti. -An expedition headed by one Aguero escaped from Key West in April and, -being joined in Cuba by many dissatisfied persons, made some headway -as a revolution. Our government promptly issued orders to prevent the -reënforcement of Aguero from this country. The hot weather will suppress -the revolutionists—if they are natives of the United States. - - * * * * * - -Waiters on roller-skates is a novelty introduced into an Omaha hotel. -Labor-saving contrivances in the household seem to have stopped with -the sewing machine—and it is denied by husbands that this machine saves -labor. It is rather a means of putting more work on a dress with the same -amount of labor of the hand. - - * * * * * - -Herbert Spencer has been trying to prove that slavery is little different -from our ordinary social freedom. A man must work, he says, most of -the time for another person in either case. Yes, but it is a great -satisfaction to select the man you will work for. And, in freedom, the -workman is always working _for_ himself. Mr. Spencer should try being a -slave for a length of time sufficient to teach him the moral distinction -between that state and freedom. - - * * * * * - -One of the papers, noticing the death of a fast trotting horse, says that -he was ill only fifteen minutes. Similar statements are frequently made -respecting distinguished men; and the prayer book contains a petition -to be delivered from sudden death. We note the facts for the sake of -remarking that sudden death by disease, either in horses or men, never -happens. Diseases act much more slowly, and the man who dies of a fever -has probably been ill for months. The moral is, attend to the first -symptoms of illness. - - * * * * * - -The United States recently transferred a prisoner from the north to the -south _for the benefit of his health_. He was a “moonshiner,” and had -killed several men who had attempted to arrest him. The solicitude for -his health shows that we are not wanting in philanthropy toward prisoners. - - * * * * * - -The native Christians of India are taking the intellectual lead in that -country. At the University examinations in Madras there were 2,702 -Brahmans, 1,303 non-Brahman-Hindoos, 107 Mohammedans, and 332 Christians. -Forty-five per cent. of the Christians passed, and only thirty-five per -cent. of the Brahmans, while the other classes were still lower. In India -there are seventeen million Brahmans and two million Christians. The -former increase at the rate of six per cent. in ten years, and the latter -at the rate of eighty-five per cent. These facts furnish a very striking -proof of Christian progress in India. - - * * * * * - -Reminiscences of Anthony Trollope continue to appear in English -periodicals. Two manly traits of his character are dwelt upon. He was -punctual in keeping his literary engagements, and he never pretended -to be indifferent about his pay for work. He made a bargain and kept -his promise—and did both like a man. The traditional literary man did -neither; he was always behind with his copy, and always pretended that he -did not care for remuneration. Trollope’s example deserves all the good -things that are said of it. - - * * * * * - -The _Edinburgh Review_ expresses the opinion that the novels written by -girls must be unreal and insubstantial. The girls _ought_ not, it thinks, -to know anything about life, and probably do not know anything about it. -The girl knows less of the world than the boy of her own age, and nobody -expects the boy to write a novel. Yes, but then the girl often does -produce a good story and the boy never does. - - * * * * * - -Art is _still_ long. Steam has not yet been successfully applied to it. -A parent said to a teacher of music: “How long will it require to fit my -daughter to appear in public? Will nine months do?” The teacher replied: -“Nine years, madam. Even a boot-maker takes seven.” Hurrying to the front -inflicts upon society a great deal of very poor art. - - * * * * * - -The vexed question has set in with great vigor in the coal country. Some -very “heathenish and filthy” people, called Hungarians, have come in and -are competing with low wages. They use no soap, and save all the cost of -cleanliness. The question we refer to is whether American labor is to -keep its high level of decency, comfort and education. It is noticeable -that the Chinese are rapidly climbing to that level. Perhaps these -Hungarians will. - - * * * * * - -Russia finds it increasingly difficult to live in the same house with -modern civilization. Count Ignatief killed five newspapers during a year -when he was Minister of the Interior. Count Tolstoi has killed nine in -two years. Nihilist plots have made some sympathy for Russia; but the -fatal disease of that country is despotism. - - * * * * * - -Our medical colleges, in some sections if not everywhere, need an -improvement in the standard of requirements. A story is told of a western -one at whose examinations a student answered correctly only three out of -twenty-five questions, and was affably informed that his examination was -“entirely satisfactory.” It is intimated, too, that the questions were -very easy. - - * * * * * - -Dr. James A. H. Murray, the editor of the new English Dictionary, is a -hard worked teacher in a non-conformist school in the suburbs of London. -His good work on the first part of the dictionary, recently published, -has attracted attention, and it is said that Oxford will give him a good -place, and that Mr. Gladstone will add a government pension. The British -eye is very quick to detect rare merit. - - * * * * * - -The British press is dealing severely with this country for tolerating -dynamite conspirators. But up to this date no proof is furnished that -there is any dynamite conspiracy here. Some indolent gentlemen in New -York raise money for use against England and profess to be at the bottom -of the dynamite business. But it is plain enough that they would not -boast of it if they were really guilty, and that they collect the money -for their own use. “Liberating Ireland” by taking up collections is an -easy mode of gaining a livelihood. - - * * * * * - -The French have won another victory over the Black Flags in Tonquin. A -very gratifying fact is that thus far the Chinese have not turned upon -and maltreated the foreigners within their gates. A general massacre of -traders, travelers and missionaries was feared when this trouble began; -but it would seem that contact with Europeans has modified the Chinese -feeling toward foreigners. It is reported that high officials have lost -their offices, perhaps also their heads, but the foreign population has -not been disturbed. - - * * * * * - -The political cauldrons are boiling. But an acute observer still sees -that the general public is less partisan than it was ten years ago, or -even four years ago. It is a wholesome state of things. Good men will -stand the best chance of election, provided that they have some capacity -to win popular affection. In politics, at least, there are no good -icebergs. - - * * * * * - -A city marshal was shot dead in Dakota last month by a liquor dealer -resisting an attempt to close his place at midnight. Lawlessness and -recklessness are becoming more and more prominent characteristics of the -liquor traffic; and this is a good sign in a bad situation. The decent -men got out of the traffic some time ago; the semi-decent men followed -them. The class remaining in the business can not have many friends, and -will be disposed of by and by as nuisances. - - * * * * * - -It is said that the educated Chinese are rapidly becoming materialists. -They have lost their old religion and are taking refuge in European -scientific materialism. The meaning of this fact is that in Japan, as -in America, the fight is between Christianity and materialistic dogmas. -It is the same the world over, where enlightenment exists. These two -struggle for the dominion of the world. - - * * * * * - -Actors and actresses have made a scandalous record on the question of -marriage during the last four years. Any newspaper reader can make his -own catalogue. That theater life is a terrible one for a virtuous woman. -The horrible surroundings of an actress—the trial by fire which she -undergoes, and so rarely survives, is a crushing argument against the -stage. - - * * * * * - -One of the striking things to an American traveling in Europe is the -cheap cab. After many trials and failures that great convenience has been -introduced into New York under very promising conditions. A new company -has organized the system and seems to be on a solid foundation. The cheap -cab is a sign of civilization which has hitherto been wanting in our -large cities. The world moves. - - * * * * * - -A relic of the battle of the Boyne appeared in Newfoundland last month. -Orangemen were fired upon by Catholics. It is a pity that the battle of -the Boyne can not be confined to Ireland. There seems to be no propriety -in transporting it to this continent every year. - - * * * * * - -New York and Brooklyn are to be the Chinese center in this country. The -yellow men are not persecuted there. The number of them now in those -cities is estimated at from 3,500 to 5,000. Christian schools among them -are growing rapidly. There are now twenty-two schools, with 910 scholars. -Most of these schools were organized last year; only three of them are -more than four years old. - - * * * * * - -Prince Bismarck recently said: “The telegraph fearfully multiplies my -work.” Does it not multiply the work of all men in public positions? The -telegraph travels fast and helps to make us work fast. - - * * * * * - -A correspondent asks us to make an itinerary for six months’ travel in -Europe. Such a plan of travel would require too much space. Write to a -New York publisher for a small book on the subject. There are many such -books. To “read up” for the journey, procure two or three of the best -books on the subject of European travel. Harper & Brothers publish a good -one; there are several others. If you are about to invest from $600 to -$1,000 in such a journey, you will do well to begin with an outlay of -from ten to twenty dollars for special books. - - * * * * * - -The French have spent four years and $20,000,000 on the Panama Canal, -and have not made great progress. An American who worked for a year on -the canal, and got off with his life, reports that fever is the great -enemy of the undertaking. He says that five thousand deaths of workmen -occurred in three months. The company kept fifteen thousand men at work -by bringing in shiploads of new men as fast as death destroyed its -workmen. If the canal is ever finished it will have cost a hundred and -fifty millions of dollars, and as many thousand lives. - - * * * * * - -General Gordon is at this writing still shut up in Khartoum, and -England seems to be doing nothing to save him. Egypt is politically and -financially bankrupt, and Mr. Gladstone’s ministry is threatened with -overthrow because it has not managed the unmanageable Nile question. -There is only one easy settlement of Egyptian affairs, and that is an -English government of Egypt. - - * * * * * - -The drunken man is an increasing nuisance. Recently, in a Brooklyn, N. -Y. theater, he cried “fire,” and caused a frightful panic. In a New -York City theater he was an alderman, and interrupted the performance -long enough to get arrested and marched off to the lock-up. He is -always engaged in quarrels in which blood is drawn. In a western city, -last month, he killed his best friend. We all have other business, but -we ought not to neglect this drunken man, or the places where he is -manufactured. - - * * * * * - -Something new in the matter of mixed metaphor appears in the New York -_Times_. A correspondent, writing of a political organization, described -some elements of it as “cancerous barnacles.” We notice, too, a new verb -in politics. A dreary and egoistic speaker at a convention is said to -have “pepper-sauced himself over an impatient audience.” - - * * * * * - -A wealthy New Yorker, recently deceased, disposed by will of some two -millions of property which he had gained chiefly through the rewards -and opportunities of public position. He bequeathed only $15,000 to -benevolent causes. A man has the right to dispose of his estate as he -will; but then the public has a judgment as to whether he disposes of it -in the right way. And less than one per cent. to benevolence is not the -right proportion. - - * * * * * - -There is a bad type of independence in politics. It is that whose -shape is made by personal malignity, and whose method is slander and -vituperation. Just at this season this sort of independence is noisy. It -is a kind of politics which should have little influence. - - * * * * * - -A recent writing criticises the wealthy men of the country for negligence -in the matter of making their wealth minister to philanthropy. Probably -most of our millionaires are too busy to see the point, but the point is -sharp and will stick in the world’s remembrance of many of them. The only -moral justification for holding a large property is philanthropic use of -it. Neglect of the kind mentioned breeds socialists and weakens the moral -safeguards of all private property. - - * * * * * - -For two years, Mrs. Carrie B. Kilgore, a lady holding a diploma as -bachelor of laws, granted her by the University of Pennsylvania, has -been endeavoring to gain admittance to the bar, but has been refused, on -the ground that the law was out of woman’s sphere, that it had been put -there by custom, and that the aforesaid “sphere” could only be enlarged -by action of the legislature. A Pennsylvania judge with a different idea -has, however, been found. He declares, and very correctly: “If there -is any longer any such thing as what old-fashioned philosophers and -essayists used to call the sphere of woman, it must now be admitted to be -a sphere with an infinite and indeterminable radius.” Mrs. Kilgore can, -at last, use her hard-earned right to practice. - - * * * * * - -The late A. F. Bellows excelled in landscape, and the value of his -productions has doubled since his lamented death last year. Four charming -landscapes from his brush are among Prang’s forthcoming publications. -They are in his happiest manner, with the tender poetic treatment that -especially distinguished his work. Essentially American in feeling, his -choice of subjects was always of quiet home scenes, and he is without -a rival in the delineation of landscape, seeking his theme among quiet -meadows and in pastoral districts, in preference to the wilder mountain -views which tempt so many of our American artists. The house which is -sending out this artist’s work has given us this year a large amount -of very valuable productions. Their Easter cards, we remember, were -unusually fine; among them the mediæval cards printed in red and black, -and the prints and cards on old hand-made paper, encased in parchment -paper, were the most attractive novelties. - - * * * * * - -Mr. Matthew Arnold had some unpleasant journalistic experiences in his -late American trip. Flippant newspaper men punned and joked and told -malicious stories about this dignified and scholarly gentleman until -he has been driven to the opinion—and perhaps it is a correct one—that -“mendacious personal gossip is the bane of American journalism.” - - * * * * * - -An unavoidable delay prevented our getting the following names into the -list of graduates of the class of ’83. We are glad to be able to insert -them now: Mrs. Sarah McElwain, Martin, Kansas; John R. Bowman, Iowa; Mrs. -Matilda J. Hay, Pennsylvania; Mary S. Fish, California; Lucyannah Morrill -Clark, Wisconsin; Annie M. Botsford, New York; Frances W. Judd, New York. - - - - -C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR JUNE. - - -PICTURES FROM ENGLISH HISTORY. - -P. 141.—“Erpingham.” An English general, distinguished for personal -courage, a chief excellence in feudal times. - -“Truncheon,” trŭnˈshun. A baton or military staff, employed in directing -the movements of troops. - -P. 143.—“Three French Dukes.” Since the fourteenth century the eldest -son of the king of France, and heir apparent to the crown, is surnamed -Dauphin. “Count” (from which comes companion) is one of the imperial -court, a nobleman in rank, about equal to an English earl. Dukes (from -_dux_, leader, or _duco_ to lead) were princes in peace, and leaders of -clans in war. - -P. 145.—“Jack Cade.” A man of low condition; Irish by birth; once an -exile because of his crimes, but having returned to England he became -the successful leader in riotous demonstrations of most disastrous -consequences. He had great power of control over a turbulent crowd, but -the rioters became insubordinate, and the injuries were such that a price -was offered for the leader’s head, and Jack was assassinated. - -“Cheapside.” Part of a principal thoroughfare in London, north of the -Thames, and nearly parallel with it. If the name, as is supposed, at -first marked the locality where shop-keepers, content with small profits, -sold their goods cheap, it is less appropriate now. As the city extended -new names were given to the same street passing through the successive -additions to the city. Going west on Cheapside the avenue widens, and is -in succession called New Gate, Holborn Viaduct, New Oxford, Uxbridge and -High Street. - -P. 146.—“Duke of Somerset,” sŭmˈūr-sĕt. Edward Seymour, Lord Protector of -England, was uncle to Edward VI, during whose minority he acted as regent -of the realm—a most powerful nobleman. His brilliant victory over the -Scots at Pinkey greatly strengthened his influence. There was much in his -administration to be commended, but the execution of his own brother, and -that of the accomplished Earl of Surrey, left a stain on his otherwise -fair record. Through the machinations of his rival, he was deprived of -his high office, and perished, on Tower Hill in 1552. - -“Earl of Warwick,” wŏrˈick. Richard Neville, a powerful chief at that -time, and a cousin of King Edward IV. He was a most remarkable man, and -his character and methods are a study. A powerful antagonist, and brave -in battle, he was also a shrewd politician, and was much concerned with -the affairs of the government. He does not seem to have coveted civic -honors for himself, or to have had any aspirations for regal authority. -His ambition was rather to make kings, and to unmake them when their -character or policy did not suit. By marriage he succeeded to the -earldom, and the vast estates of Warwick. He fell at the battle of Barnet. - -P. 149.—“Margaret of Anjou,” ănˈjoo. Daughter of a French count, and -Queen of England—a woman of fine talents, well educated, and full of -energy. She became unpopular with the English and was forced to flee from -the country. She may have lacked womanly delicacy, but did not deserve -the adverse criticism received. Her circumstances justified many of her -seeming improprieties. - -P. 150.—“Towton,” often written Touton. The scene of the bloodiest battle -of English history. A hundred thousand were engaged, and the carnage was -terrible. - -“Vimeira,” ve-miˈrä. A town in Portugal where, during the same campaign, -the French were again repulsed with great loss. - -“Talavera,” tä-läˈva-rä. In the province of Toledo, Spain. The battle -referred to took place in 1809, when Sir Arthur Wellesley defeated the -French. - -“Albuera,” ăl-boo-āˈrä. A small town in the province of Estremadura, -Spain, where the English were victorious in 1811. This victory cost them -nearly four fifths of the men engaged. - -“Salamanca,” sal-â-mancˈâ. The capital of a province of the same name in -Spain, on the river Tormes, 120 miles northwest from Madrid. Wellington -defeated the French here in 1812—a victory which put southern Spain into -England’s power. - -“Vittorea,” ve-toˈre-ä. On the road from Bayonne to Madrid, where -Wellesley defeated Joseph Bonaparte, in 1813, capturing 150 guns and -$5,000,000 of military and other stores, the accumulations of five years’ -occupation of the place. - -P. 152.—“Montagu,” mŏnˌta-gūˈ. The orthography is not uniform. He was of -the powerful family of Nevilles, and brother of the Earl of Warwick. They -fell together on the bloody field at Barnet. - -“Gloucester,” glŏsˈter. This was Richard, brother of the king. - -“Coniers,” konˈi-ers. - -P. 153.—“Cognizance,” kŏgˈnĭ-zans. A badge to indicate a person of -distinction, or the party to which he belongs. Flags are used for the -same purpose on modern battlefields. - -P. 154.—“D’Eyncourt,” dāˌin-courˈ. - -“Cromwell.” Not Oliver, of course, but one of his ancestors, probably -Thomas, who afterward became widely known as a statesman and politician -in the service of Henry VIII. - -P. 155.—“Redoubted.” Regarded with fear, dreaded. - -P. 156.—“Exeter,” Earl of. The Earl was brother-in-law to Edward, and -fought with the Lancastrians in the civil war. - -P. 157.—“The Destrier’s Breast,” dāsˌtre-āˈ. A French word meaning -charger or war horse. - -P. 158.—“Victorious Touton.” On the bloody field of Towton, or Touton, -at a crisis in the battle, Warwick had killed his favorite steed in the -sight of his soldiers, kissing and swearing by the cross on the hilt of -his sword to share with them a common fate, whether of life or death. He -was victorious then. - -P. 160.—“Casque,” cäsk. A piece of defensive armor to protect the head -and neck in battle. - -P. 162.—“Tewksbury,” tukesˈbĕr-e. A town in Gloucestershire, on the Avon -and Severn. Edward there defeated the Lancastrians. - -“Mirwall Abbey.” A quiet retreat not far from Leicester, north-northwest -from London. - -P. 163.—“Fleshed,” flesht. Used murderously on human flesh, especially -for the first time. - -“Harquebuse,” härˈkwe-bŭse. An old-fashioned gun resembling a musket, and -supported, when in use, upon a forked stick. - -“Morris pike.” An obsolete expression for a Moorish pike. - -P. 164.—“Frushed,” frusht. Trimmed, adjusted. - -P. 166.—“Tournay,” toorˌnāˈ. A city of some historic importance in -Belgium, on the river Scheldt, near the French border. It was the -birthplace of Perkin Warbeck. - -P. 169.—“Beaulieu,” bū-lĭ. A secluded place, sought for refuge. - -P. 171.—“Ardres,” ārdr; “Francois,” frŏnˈswäˌ. - -“St. Michael,” mīˈkāl. Jews, Mahomedans, and Romanists reverence St. -Michael as their guardian angel. A favorite symbol of protection was an -image of the saint, with drawn sword in hand, conquering the dragon. - -P. 172.—“Duprat,” du-präˈ. A French minister of state, and a diplomat of -ability. - -“Louise of Savoy,” savˈoy or sa-voiˈ. Once a sovereign duchy, since a -department of France, south of Switzerland, and west of Italy. - -P. 173.—“Sieur de Fleuranges,” sēˈurˌ deh fluhˈrŏngˌ. - -P. 174.—“Guisnes,” gheen. In France, not far from Ardres. - -P. 175.—“Almoner.” An officer connected with religious houses, intrusted -principally with the distribution of alms, and also serving as chaplain -to the sick, or those condemned to die. - -P. 181.—“Prebendary,” prebˈend-a-ry. A clergyman attached to a collegiate -or cathedral church, who has his prebend or maintenance in consideration -of his officiating at stated times in the church services. - -“Caermarthen,” kar-marˈthen. The chief town in Caermarthenshire, South -Wales, a beautifully situated parliamentary borough, on the river Towy, a -few miles from the bay. Caermarthen was the scene of the final struggle -for Welsh independence under Llewellyn, the last of the princes. - -P. 187. “Babington conspiracy.” Anthony Babington, a gentleman of ancient -and opulent family, when young became a leader of a band of zealous -Catholics who were smarting under the persecutions to which the members -of that communion were exposed in the days of Elizabeth. Their primary -object was to promote the Catholic cause. When Mary, Queen of Scots, was -forced to flee to England as a suppliant, Babington and his associates -became interested in her. They conspired to rescue Mary and assassinate -Elizabeth. The conspirators, when arrested, rather gloried in the -undertaking; as to the fate intended for Elizabeth, Babington declared -it no crime, in his estimation, to take the life of a sovereign “who had -stript him and his brethren of all their political rights and reduced -them to the condition of helots in the land of their fathers.” They were -sentenced and executed. - -P. 192.—“In manus, Domine tuas, commendo animam meam,” Into thy hands, O -Lord, I commit my spirit. - -P. 193.—“Fotheringay.” A town in Northamptonshire. Its famous castle was -the birthplace of Richard III. Here Mary, Queen of Scots, was imprisoned -and executed. The Dukes of York, Richard and Edward, are buried at -Fotheringay. - -P. 194.—“The Lizard.” The extreme southern point of land in England, on -the British Channel. - -“Looe.” A town of the Cornish mining region in the southern part of -Cornwall. - -P. 195.—“Drake,” Sir Francis. A most daring and efficient naval officer, -and one of the founders of the naval greatness of England. In 1587 he was -sent in command of a fleet to Cadiz, where, by a bold dash, he destroyed -one hundred ships destined for the invasion of England, and the next year -he commanded as vice-admiral in the victory obtained over the Spanish -Armada. - -“Frobisher,” frŏbˈish-er, Sir Martin. An English navigator of the -fifteenth century, who made many discoveries in the arctic regions, and -was the first explorer for a northwest passage. He had a command in the -great sea fight against the Spaniards in 1588. - -“Hawkins,” Sir John. He was previously associated with Drake in several -important expeditions, and served as rear-admiral in the fight that, -together with the elements, destroyed the Armada. - -“Weathergage.” The position of a ship to the windward of another. Hence a -favorable position for making an attack with sailing vessels. - -“Medina Sidonia,” ma-deˈnä se-doˈne-ä. Shortly before the time fixed for -the sailing of the fleet and army for the invasion of England, owing -to the death of the admiral Santa Cruz, and also his rear-admiral, the -Duke of Medina Sidonia, the extreme southern province of Spain, a man -unacquainted with naval matters, was made captain-general of the fleet. -He had, however, for his rear-admiral, Martinez Recalde, an expert seaman. - -“Recalde,” rā-kälˈdä. - -P. 196.—“Oquendo,” o-kānˈdo; “Pedro de Valdez,” peˈdro da väldĕthˈ. - -“Andalusian,” anˌda-luˈshi-an. The southern part of Spain. It was -formerly called Vandalusia, because of the Vandals who settled there. It -is a delightful country, having a mild climate, and generally a fertile -soil. Cadiz is the principal seaport and commercial city. - -P. 197.—“Guipuzcoan,” ge poosˈko-an. The smallest but most densely -populated of what are known as the Basque provinces; three Spanish -provinces distinguished from all other divisions, in the character, -language, and manners of the people. They have few of the characteristics -of Spaniards, and acquired political privileges not enjoyed by others, -and a form of government nearly republican. - -P. 198.—“Gravelines,” grävˈlēnˌ. A small fortified and seaport town of -France, in a marshy region at the mouth of the river Aa. - -“Galleons.” Ships of three or four decks, used by the Spaniards both for -war and commerce. - -“Galleasses.” A kind of combination of the galleon and the galley; -propelled both by sails and oars. - -“Sir Henry Palmer;” “Sir William Winter.” English officers who were -active in the attack on the Spanish fleet. - -P. 199.—“Alonzo de Leyra,” a-lonˈzo dā leiˈrä; “Diego Flores de Valdez,” -de-āˈgo floˈreth dā välˈdeth; “Bertendona,” bĕrˈtān-doˌnä; “Don Francisco -de Toledo,” don fran-chesˈko dā to-lāˈdo; “Pimental,” pe-manˈtäl; “Telles -Enriquez,” telˈleth än-reˈketh. - -“Luzon,” loo-thonˈ; “Garibay,” gä-re-biˈ. - -P. 200.—“Borlase,” bor-lazˈ. A captain in the fleet of Van der Does. - -“Admiral Van der Does,” doos. A Hollander. - -P. 201.—“Ribadavia,” re-bä-däˈve-ä. A kind of Spanish wine. - -“Lepanto.” A seaport town of Greece, on the Gulf of Lepanto. In 1571 it -was the scene of one of the greatest and most important naval battles -ever fought. The Turkish sultan, Selim, with two hundred and fifty royal -galleys and many smaller vessels, engaged the allied forces of Spain, -Italy and the Venetian Republic, and was defeated with loss in killed and -prisoners of thirty thousand men. The decline of the Turkish empire dates -from the battle of Lepanto. - -P. 203.—“Essex.” (1567-1601.) Essex’s career had been a romantic one. -From his first appearance at court at 17, he captivated Elizabeth. He -was present at the battle of Zutphen, and joined an expedition against -Portugal in 1596. His position as court favorite caused many intrigues -to be formed against him, but he kept the queen’s favor, although often -offending her. Elizabeth had ordered him imprisoned after the Ireland -expedition, more to correct than to destroy him, but upon being dismissed -he attempted to compel the queen to dismiss his enemies by raising a -force against her. This led to his execution. - -P. 207.—“Walter Raleigh.” (1552-1618.) Navigator, author, courtier and -commander. His first public services were his explorations in North -America, during which he occupied the region named Virginia. Having given -up his patent for exploration in the New World, he became interested in -a project for the conquest of El Dorado. In pursuit of this he sailed -in 1595 to South America, but soon returned. He assisted at the capture -of Cadiz in 1596. After the death of Elizabeth he lost favor with the -throne and was accused of treason and convicted. For thirteen years he -was confined in the Tower, where he wrote his “History of the World.” In -1615 he obtained his release to open a gold mine in Guinea. The search -was unsuccessful. Having encountered in battle at St. Thomas a party of -Spaniards, on his return the Spanish court demanded that he be punished, -and the king, James I., resolved to execute the sentence passed on him -fifteen years before. - -“Coke,” kŏōk. (1549-1634.) An eminent English judge and jurist. At the -trial of Raleigh in 1603 his position was that of attorney-general. -During the trial he showed the greatest insolence to Raleigh. - -“Yelverton,” yĕlˈver-ton. (1566-1630.) An English statesman and jurist. - -P. 208.—“Distich,” dĭsˈtik. A couple of verses or poetic lines making -complete sense. - -P. 209.—“St. Giles.” A favorite saint in France, England and Scotland. -Many localities and public places were named from the saints. The -reference here is to a drinking place named in honor of St. Giles. It was -situated near Tyburn, which, until 1783, was the chief place of execution -in London. Since that date Old Bailey, or Newgate, has been the place of -execution. - -“Oldys,” ōlˈdis. (1687-1761.) An English biographer and bibliographer. He -wrote a life of Sir Walter Raleigh, prefixed to Raleigh’s “History of the -World.” - -P. 210.—“Arundel,” arˈun-del. (1540?-1639.) The first Lord Arundel. He -had served in the war against the Turks under the German emperor, and -from him had received the title of Count of the Roman Empire. - -P. 211.—“Naunton,” naunˈton. An English statesman, who died in 1635. He -was secretary of state under James I., and the author of an account of -the court of Queen Elizabeth. - -“Paul’s Walk,” Bond Street, London, was known as St. Paul’s, before the -commonwealth. Here crowds of loungers used to collect to gossip. They -soon became known as _Paul’s Walkers_; now they are called _Bond Street -Loungers_. - -“Mantle.” According to this old story, as the queen was going from the -royal barge to the palace she came to a spot where the ground was so -wet that she stopped. Raleigh immediately covered the spot with his -rich cloak, on which she stepped. For his gallantry he is said to have -received his knighthood and a grant of 12,000 acres of forfeited land in -Ireland. - -P. 212.—“Spanish Main.” The circular bank of islands forming the northern -and eastern boundaries of the Caribbean Sea. It is not the sea that is -meant, but the bank of islands. - -P. 213.—“Roundheads.” The Puritans, so called because they wore their -hair short, while the Royalists wore long hair covering their shoulders. - -“Cavaliers.” The adherents of Charles I. were members of the royal party, -knights or gentlemen, to whom the name cavaliers was ordinarily applied. - -P. 214.—“Janizaries,” jănˈi-za-ries. A Turkish word. “A soldier of -a privileged military class which formed the nucleus of the Turkish -infantry, but was suppressed in 1826.” - -P. 215.—“Turenne,” tū-rĕnˈ. (1611-1675.) A famous general and marshal of -France, who during his whole life was actively engaged in the French wars. - -“Counterscarp,” counˈter-scärp. The exterior slope of a ditch, made for -preventing an approach to a town or fortress. - -P. 216.—“Pelagian.” Holding the doctrines of Pelagius, who denied the -received tenets in regard to free will, original sin, grace, and the -merit of good works. - -“Bulstrode,” bulˈstrode. (1588-1659.) An English jurist. - -P. 217.—“Sidney.” (1622-1683.) An eminent English patriot. He belonged to -the army of parliament, but held no office under Cromwell. When Charles -II. was restored he was on the continent, where he remained. In 1666 he -solicited Louis XIV. to aid him in establishing a republic in England, -and having returned to England he joined the leaders of the popular -party. In 1683 he was tried as an accomplice in the Rye House plot, and -executed. - -“Ludlow.” (1620-1693.) A republican general who assisted in founding -the English republic, but was opposed to Cromwell’s ambition. He had -been commander of the army, but his opposition to Cromwell lost him the -position. On Oliver’s death he was replaced, but at the Restoration -escaped to France, where he spent the remainder of his life. - -P. 227.—“O. S.” Dates reckoned according to the calendar of Julius Cæsar, -who first attempted to make the calendar year coincide with the motions -of the sun, are said to be _Old Style_ as contrasted with the dates of -the Gregorian calendar. This latter corrected the mistake of the former, -and was adopted by Catholic countries about 1582, but Protestant England -did not accept it until 1752. - -P. 228.—“Shomberg,” shomˈberg. (1616-1690.) - -P. 233.—“Jeffreys.” (1648-1689.) A lawyer of great ferocity. In 1685 he -caused 320 of Monmouth’s adherents to be hung, and 841 to be sold as -slaves. - -P. 234.—“South Sea Bubble.” This scheme was proposed in 1711, by the -Earl of Oxford, in order to provide for the national debt. The debt was -taken by prominent merchants, to whom the government agreed to pay for a -certain time six per cent. interest, and to whom they gave a monopoly of -the trade of the South Seas. From 1711 to 1718 the scheme was honestly -carried out, but after that time all scruples were thrown aside, and the -rage of speculation here described followed. - -P. 235.—“The Rue Quincampoix.” A street of Paris where John Law developed -his South Sea Bubble. He was a Scottish financier (1671-1729), who had -won a place in London society, and supported himself by gaming. In 1715 -he persuaded the Regent of France to favor his schemes, obtained a -charter for a bank, and in connection with it formed this company, which -had the exclusive right of trade between France and Louisiana, China, -India, etc. The stock rose to twenty times its original value. He was -appointed minister of finance in 1720, but confidence was soon lost in -his plan, and notes on his bank rapidly fell. Law was obliged to leave -France, and finally died poor. - -P. 236.—“Scire Facias.” Cause it to be known. - -P. 237.—“Walpole.” (1676-1745.) Walpole had been prominent in politics -since the accession of George I., and in 1715 was made first lord of the -treasury. - -P. 241.—“Lord Mahon.” The fifth Earl of Stanhope. He was prominent in -public affairs during his life, but his fame rests upon his historical -works, of which he published several. “A History of England, from the -Peace of Utrecht to the Peace of Versailles,” is the best known. - -“Maxima rerum Roma.” Rome greatest of all things. - -P. 242.—“Newcastle.” (1693-1768.) An English Whig. - -P. 243.—“Pelham.” (1694-1754.) A brother of the above, who in 1742 -succeeded Walpole as chancellor of the exchequer. He was one of the chief -ministers of state 1743-1744. - -“Godolphin,” go-dolˈphin. An eminent English statesman, in the service of -Charles II., afterward retained in office under James II., and made first -lord of the treasury under William and Mary. Under Queen Anne he was -again put in this position, from which he had been removed in 1697, and -retained it until 1710. He died in 1712. - -P. 244.—“Aix,” āks; “Rochefort,” rotchˈfort, or roshˈfor; “St. Malos,” -or St. Malo, mäˈloˌ; “Cherbourg,” sherˈburg, or sherˈboorˌ. See map of -France in THE CHAUTAUQUAN for March. - -“Kensington.” A palace at Kensington, a western suburb of London, the -birthplace of Queen Victoria. - -“Grand Alliance.” An alliance formed in 1689 by England, Germany, the -States-General, and afterward by Spain and Savoy, to prevent the union of -Spain and France. - -“Goree,” goˈrāˌ. An island on the west coast of Africa belonging to -France. - -“Guadaloupe,” gwăd-loop. The most important island of the French West -Indies. - -“Toulon,” tooˈlōnˌ. A seaport of southern France, at the head of a bay of -the Mediterranean. It is the largest fort on the Sea, covering 240 acres. - -“Boscawen,” bosˈca-wen. (1711-1761.) An English admiral. - -“Lagos,” lâˈgoce. On the coast of Portugal. - -P. 245.—“Conflans,” kon-flon. (1690-1777.) At this time marshal of France. - -“Hawke,” hawk. (1715-1781.) An English admiral. In 1765 he became first -lord of the admiralty, and in 1776 was raised to the peerage. - -“Chandernagore,” chanˌder-na-gōreˈ; “Pondicherry,” ponˈde-shĕrˌree. - -“Clive.” The founder of the British empire in India. - -“Coote.” A British general who distinguished himself in wars of India. - -“Bengal,” ben-galˈ; “Bahar,” ba-harˈ; “Orissa,” o-risˈsa; “Carnatic,” -car-natˈic. Divisions of India at the time of the struggle of the English -for possession. - -“Acbar,” ac-barˈ; “Aurungzebe,” ōˈrŭng-zābˌ. Emperors of Hindoostan. - -P. 247.—“Guildhall,” guildˈhall. A public building of London which serves -as a town hall. All important public meetings, elections and city feasts -are held here. Monuments of several statesmen adorn the hall. - -P. 248.—“Sackville.” The offense referred to was this: At the battle of -Minden, in 1759, Lord Sackville commanded the British troops under Prince -Ferdinand of Brunswick, but refused to obey orders. On return to England -he was tried for this and dismissed from service. - -P. 251.—“Mecklenburg Strelitz,” meckˈlen-burg strelˈitz. The eastern -division of the two parts into which the territory of Mecklenburg is -divided. - -P. 254.—“Landgravine,” lăndˈgra-vïne. The wife of a landgrave, a German -nobleman holding about the rank of an English earl or French count. - -“Hesse Homburg,” hess homˈburg. A former German landgraviate now -belonging to Prussia. - -P. 255.—“Les Miserables,” the poor. A popular novel by Victor Hugo. - -“Austerlitz,” ausˈter-lits. A town of Moravia, where in 1805 Napoleon had -gained a brilliant victory over the Prussian and Russian forces. - -“Waterloo.” A village of Belgium, about eight miles southeast of Brussels. - -“Blucher,” blooˈker. (1742-1819.) A Prussian field-marshal, sent to the -aid of Wellington. - -P. 256.—“Nivelles,” neˈvĕlˌ. A road running to Nivelles, a town about -seventeen miles south of Brussels. - -“Genappe,” jāˈnäpˌ; “Ohaine,” ōˌhānˈ; “Braine l’Alleud,” brān läl-leuˈ. - -“Mont St. Jean.” A village near Waterloo. - -“Hougomont,” ooˌgō-mŏnˈ. A château and wood. - -“Reille,” räl. (1775-1860.) A French general, who was at this time an -aid-de-camp of Napoleon. In 1847 he was made marshal of France. - -“La Belle Alliance,” lä bĕl älˈleˌŏnsˌ. A farm near Waterloo. - -“La Haye Sainte,” lä ai sānt. A farm house. - -P. 258.—“Milhaud,” milˌhōˈ. - -“Lefebvre Desnouettes,” lĕhˈfāvrˌ dāˌnoo-ĕtˈ. (1773-1822.) A French -general. - -“Gendarme,” zhŏng-därmˈ. An obsolete name for heavy cavalry. - -“Chasseurs,” shăsˈsûr. Light cavalry. - -“Veillons au Sainte,” etc. Guard the welfare of the empire. - -“Ney,” nā. (1769-1815.) One of the most prominent of Napoleon’s generals. -After Napoleon’s abdication Ney joined Louis XVIII., but on the return -of Napoleon, rejoined him. After the battle of Waterloo he was arrested, -condemned, and shot. - -P. 259.—“Moskova,” mos-koˈva. A river of Russia, on which the French -defeated the Russians. - -“Hippanthropist,” hip-panˈthro-pist. A fabulous animal whose body was -partly like a man and partly like a horse. - -P. 262.—“Pibrock,” pīˈbrock. Bagpipe. - -P. 263.—“Chevau-legers.” The French for light cavalry. - -“Badajoz,” bad-a-hōsˈ. A fortified town, capital of a province of the -same name in Spain. Wellington carried it by assault in 1812, and sacked -the city. - -P. 264.—“Alava,” äˈlä-vä, (1771-1843.) A Spanish general and statesman. - -“Frischemont,” freshˈā-mŏnˌ. - -“Grouchy,” grooˌsheˈ. (1766-1847.) A French general and marshal. - -P. 265.—“Denouement,” de-nōōˈmong. The discovery of the end of a story, -the catastrophe of a drama or romance. - -“Friant,” freˈōngˌ; “Michel,” meˈshĕlˌ; “Roguet,” rōˌguāˈ; “Mallet,” -mäˌlaˈ; “Pont de Morvan,” pon deh morˈvonˌ. - -P. 266.—“Sauve qui peut.” Let each save himself. - -“Vive l’Empereur.” Long live the emperor. - -“Drouet d’Erlon,” droˌāˈ dĕrˈlōnˈ. (1765-1844.) Marshal of France and -governor-general of Algeria. - -P. 267.—“Guyot,” gēˌoˈ; “Ziethen,” tseeˈten. A Prussian general. - -P. 268.—“Menschikoff,” menˈshiˌkoff. (1789-1869.) - -“Raglan,” (1788-1855.) Served in the Peninsula War under Wellington, and -lost his arm at Waterloo; was afterward Wellington’s military secretary. -He commanded the British army in the Crimean War, and died in camp in -1855. - -P. 271.—“Tumbril,” tŭmˈbril. A two-wheeled cart which accompanies -artillery, for carrying tools, etc. - -P. 272.—“Punctilio,” punc-tĭlˈyo. Exactness in forms or ceremony. - -“Ouglitz,” ougˈlitz; “Kourgané,” kour-gä-nāˈ. - - - - -NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.” - - -READINGS FROM ROMAN HISTORY. - -P. 497, c. 1.—“Cisalpine.” On the hither side of the Alps, with reference -to Rome, that is, on the south side of the Alps, opposed to _transalpine_. - -“Doria Baltea,” doˈri-a bal-teˈa. Formerly called the _Duria_. It is a -river which rises in the south of the Alps, and flows through the country -to the Salassi, into the Po. It is said to bring gold dust with it. - -“Salassians,” sa-lasˈsi-ans. A brave, fierce people, formerly living at -the foot of the Pennine Alps. - -P. 497, c. 2.—“Insubrians,” in-suˈbri-ans. A Gallic people who had -crossed the Alps and settled in the north of Italy. They had become one -of the most powerful and warlike of the Gallic tribes in Cisalpine Gaul. - -“Leptis,” lepˈtis. An important place on the coast of northern Africa, -now in ruins. - -“Adrumetum,” or Hadrumetum, adˈri-mēˌtum. A large city founded by the -Phœnicians in northern Africa. It is now called _Hammeim_. - -“Polybius,” po-lybˈi-us. A Greek historian, born about 206 B. C. - -P. 498, c. 1.—“Masinissa,” mas-i-nisˈsa. The Numidians were divided into -two tribes, of the easternmost of which the father of Masinissa was king. -He was an ally of the Carthagenians, and for many years warred with them -against Syphax, the king of the other Numidian tribe. Masinissa remained -friendly to the Carthagenians until Hasdrubal, who had betrothed his -daughter to him, broke his promise, marrying her to Syphax. Masinissa -then joined the Romans, to whom he rendered valuable service both before -and at this battle. He was rewarded with much territory, which he ruled -in peace until the breaking out of war between him and Carthage in 150. -This outbreak led to the Third Punic War. Masinissa died, however, soon -after the beginning of the trouble. - -“Lælius,” læˈlĭ-us. Sometimes called _Sapiens_ (the wise). Was an -intimate friend of Scipio Africanus, the younger, while his father had -been the companion of the elder Scipio. Polybius was his friend, and -probably gained much help from him in writing his history. Lælius had -a fine reputation as a philosopher and statesman, and it was Seneca’s -advice to a friend “to live like Lælius.” - -“Maniples,” manˈi-ples. Literally a handful, from the Latin words for -hand and full. A name given to a small company of Roman soldiers. - -“Ligurians,” li-guˈri-ans. Inhabitants of Liguria. A name given to a -district of Italy which at that time lay south of the river Po. - -P. 498, c. 2.—“Metaurus,” me-tauˈrus. A small river of northern Italy -flowing into the Adriatic Sea, made memorable by the defeat and death of -Hannibal on its banks in 207 B. C. - -“Euboic.” Pertaining to Eubœa. An island east of Greece, the largest of -the archipelago, lying in the Ægean Sea. - - -SUNDAY READINGS. - -P. 500, c. 1.—“Savonarola,” sä-vo-nä-roˈlä. (1452-1468.) A celebrated -Italian reformer. In his early ministry he effected important reforms and -gained great political influence. Being sent to Florence he became the -leader of the liberal party which succeeded the expulsion of the Medici. -Having refused to submit to papal authority he was excommunicated, and -popular favor leaving him he was executed. Savonarola published several -works in Latin and Italian, among which was the one here quoted from, _De -Simplicitate Christianæ Vitæ_, “On the Simplicity of the Christian Life.” - - -READINGS IN ART. - -P. 500, c. 2.—“St. Bees.” A college in the village of Cumberland. St. -Bees was so called from a nunnery founded here in 650, and dedicated to -the Irish saint, Bega. - -“Ship Court.” A part of the district known as Old Bailey, near Ludgate -Hill, in London. The house in which Hogarth was born was torn down in -1862. - -P. 501, c. 1.—“Hudibras.” See page 306 of THE CHAUTAUQUAN, note on Samuel -Butler. - -“Thornhill.” (1676-1734.) He was a historical painter of some celebrity. -His chief productions are the cupola of St. Paul’s cathedral, which -Queen Anne commissioned him to paint, and the decoration of several -palaces. He was the first English artist to be knighted, and he sat in -Parliament several years. No doubt his greatest honor was to be Hogarth’s -father-in-law. - -“Watteau,” vätˌtōˈ. (1684-1721.) A French painter of much original power, -who holds about the same place in the French schools as Hogarth in the -English. His subjects were usually landscapes, with gay court scenes, -balls, masquerades, and the like, in the foreground. The brilliancy of -his coloring and the grace of his figures are particularly fine. - -“Chardin,” sharˈdănˌ. (1701-1779.) An eminent French painter. His -pictures were mainly domestic scenes, executed with beauty and truth. - -“Walpole,” Horace. (1717-1797.) A famous literary gossip and wit of -Hogarth’s time. Although highly educated and given an opportunity for -a political career, he preferred his pictures, books, and curiosities. -Among his many works were “A Catalogue of Royal and Noble Authors,” and -“Anecdotes of Painting in England.” Walpole was no admirer of Hogarth, -for he says of him: “As a painter he has slender merit.” - -“Churchill.” Called “The Great Churchill.” (1731-1764.) A popular English -poet and satirist. In youth he was fitted for a curate’s place, but after -ordination and two years of the profession he abandoned his position -and began his career as a writer, producing several popular poems and -satires. He was accused of profligacy, but Macaulay says: “His vices were -not so great as his virtues.” - -“Wilkes,” John. (1727-1797) A friend of the former, and a celebrated -English politician. Well educated, clever, bold and unscrupulous. In his -second term in Parliament he was obliged to resign from his indiscreet -attack on Lord Bute, in a journal which he had founded. The next year -he accused the king of an “infamous fallacy,” which so enraged the -administration that Wilkes was finally outlawed. Returning to England -he was elected to Parliament, but arrested. He was repeatedly expelled -from the House, a persecution which secured the favor of the people. In -1774 he was made lord mayor of London, and was afterward a member of -Parliament for many years. - -“Sigismunda.” Daughter of Tancred, prince of Salerno. She fell in love -with a page, to whom she was secretly married. Tancred discovering this -put Guiscardo, the husband, to death, and sent his heart in a golden cup -to his daughter. - -“Pinegas,” pinˈe-gas. - -“Zuccarelli,” dzook-ä-rĕlˈee. (1702-1788.) An eminent landscape painter -of Tuscany. His scenery is pleasing and pictures well finished. He -visited England in 1752, where he was very popular, being one of the -original members of the Royal Academy. It is said that all his pictures -are marked with a pumpkin growing on a vine or stuck with a stick on -a rustic’s shoulder as the rebus of his name, which means in Italian -_little pumpkin_. - -P. 501, c. 2.—“Royal Academy.” The most influential and oldest -institution in London connected with painting and sculpture. It was -founded in 1768. It consists of 40 academicians, 18 associates, 6 -associate engravers, and 3 or 4 honorary members. It holds annual -exhibitions of modern and ancient art, and has organized classes for art -instruction. - -“Llanberis,” llanˈbe-ris. - -“Carnarvon.” A northwest county of Wales, bordering on Menai Straits, -famous for its slate. - -“Avernus.” A lake of Italy, near Naples, which fills the crater of an -extinct volcano. Near its banks was the cave of the Cumæan Sybil, through -which Æneas descended to the lower world. - -“Barry.” (1741-1806.) A British historical painter. He was a pupil of -West. His best pictures are a series in the Adelphi theater, London. - -“Richardson.” (1665?-1745.) An English portrait painter and writer -on art. His reputation is founded on his “Essay on the whole Art of -Criticism as it relates to Painting.” - -P. 502, c. 1.—“Ramsay.” (1713-1784.) Son of the poet, Allan Ramsay. He -was one of the best portrait painters of his time. Walpole praises highly -some of his portraits. He was also a man of literary tastes and of great -accomplishments. - -“Giorgione,” jor-joˈnā. (1477-1511.) The founder of the Venetian school -of painting. A pupil of Bellini, and a rival of Titian. Before him, it is -said that no one possessed so rich a coloring and so free a touch. His -pictures are rare. - -“Correggio,” kor-ĕdˈjo. (1494-1534.) An illustrious Italian painter. -His real name was Antoine Allegri, his popular name being taken from -his birthplace—Correggio. The chief charms of his pictures were their -exquisite harmony and grace. His principal work is the great fresco -painting in the cupola of the Cathedral at Parma. - -“Tintoretto,” Il, ēl tin-to-rĕtˈo. (1512-1594.) His real name was Giacomo -Robusti. The name of Tintoretto, by which he is generally known, was -derived from the fact that he was the son of a dyer. A pupil of Titian, -who was said to have been so jealous of him that he turned him from his -studio. He conceived the idea of forming a new school of art, which -should unite the beauties of Titian’s style with the dignity of Michael -Angelo’s. His plan was never carried out fully because of his lack of -patience. The “Martyrdom” at Venice is one of his best known paintings. - -“Gainsborough,” gānzˈb’ro. - -“Gravelot,” grävˈloˌ. (1699-1773.) - -“Hayman.” (1708-1776.) An English artist who acquired considerable -reputation as a landscape painter. He was one of the first members of the -Royal Academy. - -“Kew.” A pleasant village of Surrey, about 7 miles from London, -distinguished for its botanical gardens, said to be the richest in the -world. They extend over 75 acres, are beautifully laid out, and contain -many rare and exotic plants and trees. - -P. 502, c. 2.—“Girtin.” (1773-1802.) He had found a friend in Dr. Monro, -who helped him in many ways. Girtin is said to have revolutionized -the technical practice of his forerunners. Most of his pictures were -landscapes. A panorama of London was one of his most admired works. - -“Somerset House.” Now occupied as public offices. The present building -was erected in 1786, on the site of the palace of the protector Somerset. -Nine hundred officials are employed in the various public offices in the -building. - -“Lambeth.” Lambeth palace, the London residence of the archbishops of -Canterbury, is on the Surrey bank of the Thames. It has been in the -possession of the archbishops since 1197. Several portions of the palace -are of historical interest. - -“Ramsgate,” ramsˈgate; “Margate,” marˈgate. Seaports of Kent, England, on -the island of Thanet. Both are fashionable watering places. - -“A. R. A.” Associate of the Royal Academy. - -“Liber Studiorum.” Book of studies. A series of prints or drawings issued -by Turner, and which became very popular. - -“School of Water-color Painting.” That school of painting in which thin -and delicate colors are applied to paper, on which a drawing of the -picture has been made. It is a style carried to a greater perfection in -England than any other country. - -“Charterhouse.” Formerly a Carthusian monastery. In 1611 it was turned -into a school for forty boys, and an “asylum for eighty indigent and -deserving gentlemen.” In 1872 this school was removed into the country. - -P. 503, c. 1.—“Dentatus.” A favorite hero of the Roman republic, living -in the third century, and celebrated for his valor and virtue. - -“Anno Santo.” In the sacred year. - -“New Palace of Westminster.” Was finished in 1867 for the Houses of -Parliament. It cost £3,000,000, and was built on the site of the old -palace burned in 1835. The palace covers about eight acres. - -“Shee.” (1769-1850.) An eminent British portrait painter, a pupil of -West. It was customary for the honor of knighthood to be conferred on the -party elected to the presidency of the Academy. - -“Kugler,” kōogˈler. (1808-1858.) An eminent German critic and writer on -art. - -“St. Gothard,” gotˈhard. The central group of all the Alpine chains. - -“Haydon.” (1786-1846.) An English historical painter who painted without -success in his lifetime, and died broken-hearted. He is now considered to -have been an artist of ability. - -“Chevy Chase.” The hunting of Chevy Chase is the account of a raid which -Percy of Northumberland made on the territory of his rival Douglas, -vowing to hunt there three days without asking leave. Chevy Chase means -the hunt or chase among the Cheviot Hills. - -P. 503, c. 2.—“Sheepshanks Collection.” A large collection of the -pictures of British artists made by John Sheepshanks, a collector of -books and pictures, and presented by him to the English nation in 1857. - - -CRITICISMS ON AMERICAN LITERATURE. - -P. 504.—“Shakerism.” The principles of the Shakers, a sect taking -their name from the peculiar motions which characterize their worship. -They call themselves “United Society of Believers in Christ’s Second -Appearing,” and believe in an eternal Father and Mother in the Deity, in -a dual Christ, a community of property, and celibacy. Sometimes called -_Shaking Quakers_. - -“Pantagamy.” Plural marriage. - -P. 505, c. 1.—“Malebranche,” mälˌbrŏnshˈ. (1638-1715.) A French -philosopher. - -P. 505, c. 2.—“Peter Plymley.” The _nom de plume_ under which Sidney -Smith published a pamphlet entitled “Letters on the Subject of the -Catholics, to my Brother Abraham who lives in the Country.” - -“Anti-Jacobin,” anˈte jacˈo-bin. Opposed to the Jacobins, a society of -French revolutionists who in 1789 held secret meetings to direct the -National Assembly. - -“Canning,” kănˈing. (1770-1827.) An English statesman. - - - - -TALK ABOUT BOOKS. - - -The new “Epitome of Universal History,”[A] by Dr. Carl Ploetz, the -veteran German scholar and teacher, is just what it proposes to be—an -“epitome,” giving no descriptions or detailed accounts, but a summary -of the more important facts of ancient, mediæval and modern history. -The facts are grouped in a comprehensive manner, yet so skilfully as -to indicate their relationship. For the teacher it will be a valuable -help; and students will find it a hand-book very serviceable in their -reviews. The compressed statements are as clear and intelligible as can -be desired, and may serve as models for notes to be taken in the lecture -room; such facts as an attentive listener can jot down without loss of -interest in the animated discourse. The attempt to report a lecture -in full may so engross the attention that the impressions naturally -received from the voice and manner of an earnest instructor are nearly -lost. The learned author, as class lecturer, deprecates a too free use -of the pencils in his lecture room, and when as epitomist he conducts us -over fields once familiar he does not multiply landmarks beyond what are -needed, or burden us with details when a word is sufficient. - -The translator’s work is valuable not only for his faithful rendering of -the original, but for the additions made; none the less valuable because, -as he modestly tells us, “they are only compilations from reliable -sources.” A very full index gives the book somewhat the character of a -historical dictionary, and increases its value. - -We commend this “epitome” to those pursuing, or having occasion to review -historical studies, as a vade mecum that they will not likely part with, -if it is once possessed. - -A most interesting series of “Health Primers”[B] has just come to our -notice. There are twelve manuals in the series, each of about 150 pages. -They have been written by as many different authors, all well qualified -to discuss the subjects treated by them severally. Some of them, as -specialists, have attained much celebrity in their profession, and in -these admirable monograms show familiarity both with the elementary -principles of their science, and with the results of the latest -researches having a bearing on the topics discussed. Here is certainly -much knowledge, important for the masses, and the writers, avoiding -technical terms, have presented it in a manner intelligible to all -classes. The twelve volumes, carefully edited, are now published in four. -The first contains “Winter and Its Dangers,” by Hamilton Osgood, M.D.; -“Summer and Its Diseases,” by Jas. C. Wilson, M.D.; and “Sea Air and Sea -Bathing,” by J. H. Packard, M.D. - -Many publishers are wisely putting some of their best books, as well as -reprints of standard works, into cheap editions. To be sure they are -paper bound, the covers will tear, will come off, will grow limp, if wet, -but still they are almost without exception well printed. They contain -the much desired _book_ in a shape that suits even the shallowest purses. -Among the most valuable which have reached us is “The Intellectual -Life.”[C] It is a genuine public benefaction for a publisher to put such -a book at twenty-five cents. Mr. Hamerton has so many true and strong -thoughts on the training and habits of the intellect expressed plainly -and pleasantly in it, that it is a matter for congratulation that anybody -may own a copy of “The Intellectual Life.” - -Two cheap editions of Edward Everett Hale’s “In His Name,”[D] have -recently appeared. The story gives a chapter of the fascinating history -of the Waldenses[E] seven hundred years ago. - -In an unpretentious but well written and neatly published little volume, -W. C. Wilkinson, already known to Chautauquans, discusses with becoming -earnestness one of the living questions of the day, “The Dance.”[F] -The dance confessedly has many apologists among reputable people, who -think it a harmless amusement, but it is here arraigned and held to -answer sundry charges of most damaging character. The author writes -with the vigor of his convictions, but is calm—does not dogmatise or -indulge in ranting invectives. The arguments, in themselves strong and -convincing, gain in force because free from violent or indiscriminate -abuse of those who see neither danger nor impropriety in the amusement -condemned. The book will do good. Most persons who read it with candor, -and dispassionately examine the case as presented, will feel that the -several counts in the indictment are sustained, and unite in the verdict, -“The dance of modern society should be dropped from our list of innocent -or harmless amusements.” - - -BOOKS RECEIVED. - -“Tip Lewis and His Lamp.” By Pansy. Boston: D. Lothrop and Company. - -“An Hour with Miss Streator.” By Pansy. Boston: D. Lothrop and Company. - -“The Riverside Literature Series,” “Studies in Longfellow,” “Outlines -for Schools, Conversation Classes, and Home Study.” By W. C. Gannett. -Houghton, Mifflin and Company. 1884. - -“Methods of Teaching Geography,” “Notes of Lessons.” By Lucretia Crocker, -member of the Board of Supervisors of Boston Public Schools. Boston, -Mass.: Boston School Supply Company. 1884. - -“Intellectual Arithmetic upon the Inductive Method of Instruction.” By -Warren Colburn, A.M. Revised and enlarged edition with an appendix. -Boston: Houghton, Mifflin and Company. - -“Light Ahead.” By Cecelia A. Gardiner. New York: Phillips & Hunt. 1884. - -A series of excellent low priced books comes from Funk & Wagnalls, New -York: - -“Christianity Triumphant; Its Defensive and Aggressive Victories.” By -John P. Newman, D.D., LL.D. Price, 15 cents. - -“The Clew of the Maze and The Spare Half-Hour.” By Rev. Chas. H. -Spurgeon. Price, 15 cents. - -“My Musical Memories.” By H. R. Haweis. Price, 25 cents. - -“Story of the Merv.” By Edmond O’Donovan. Price, 25 cents. - -“Mumu and The Diary of a Superfluous Man.” By Ivan Turgenieff. Price, 15 -cents. - -“Archibald Malmaison.” By Julian Hawthorne. Price, 15 cents. - -“In the Heart of Africa.” Condensed from the works of Sir Samuel W. -Baker, M.A., F.R.G.S. Price, 25 cents. - -“Memorie and Rime.” By Joaquin Miller. Price, 25 cents. - -[A] Epitome of Ancient, Mediæval and Modern History. By Carl Ploetz. -Translated with extensive additions by William H. Tillinghast. Boston: -Houghton, Mifflin and Co. 1884. - -[B] The American Health Primers. Health Manuals. Edited by W. W. Keen, -D.D., Fellow of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. Philadelphia: -P. Blakiston, Son & Co. - -[C] The Intellectual Life. By Philip Gilbert Hamerton. Author’s edition. -Boston: Roberts Brothers. 1884. - -[D] In His Name. By E. E. Hale. Boston: Roberts Brothers. 1884. Price, -30c. - -[E] A Story of the Waldenses, seven hundred years ago. In His Name. By -Edward E. Hale. Boston: J. Stilman Smith & Co. 1884. Price, 25c. - -[F] The Dance of Modern Society. By William Cleaver Wilkinson. New York: -Funk & Wagnalls. 1884. - - * * * * * - - [Illustration: ROYAL BAKING POWDER - - Absolutely Pure.] - - This powder never varies. A marvel of purity, strength and - wholesomeness. More economical than the ordinary kinds, and can - not be sold in competition with the multitude of low test, short - weight, alum or phosphate powders. _Sold only in cans._ ROYAL - BAKING POWDER CO., 106 Wall Street, New York. - - * * * * * - -Transcriber’s Notes: - -Obvious punctuation errors repaired. - -Page 502, “1879” changed to “1789” (In 1789 the failure of his sight) - -Page 502, “St.” changed to “Sir” (Sir Christopher Wren) - -Page 506, “effect” changed to “affect” (had, meanwhile, begun to affect) - -Page 508, “coersive” changed to “coercive” (more violent coercive -measures) - -Page 528, “furnishedthe” changed to “furnished the” (the amount of light -furnished the earth) - -Page 532, “Perphaps” changed to “Perhaps” (Perhaps the one word which -will) - -Page 533, “Dephic” changed to “Delphic” (from Hebraic and Delphic times) - -Page 542, “the yshould” changed to “they should” (one that they should -try to repeat) - -Page 548, illegible (possibly “sut”) changed to “but” (but now and then -an intestine broil) - -Page 554, “Dorea” changed to “Doria” (Doria Baltea) - -Page 554, “Masinisssa” changed to “Masinissa” (Masinissa died, however) - -Page 554, “cathredral” changed to “cathedral” (St. Paul’s cathedral) - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, -No. 9, by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, JUNE 1884 *** - -***** This file should be named 55194-0.txt or 55194-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/1/9/55194/ - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/55194-0.zip b/old/55194-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dca7e63..0000000 --- a/old/55194-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55194-h.zip b/old/55194-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6d7b9d0..0000000 --- a/old/55194-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55194-h/55194-h.htm b/old/55194-h/55194-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index af5b7b0..0000000 --- a/old/55194-h/55194-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10687 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, No. 9, by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle. - </title> - - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - -<style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -p { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 1.25em; - margin-bottom: .75em; -} - -img { - border: 0; -} - -.tnote { - border: dashed 1px; - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - margin-bottom: 1em; - padding: 0.5em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.maintitle { - font-size: 200%; - font-weight: bold; - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.center { - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.right { - text-align: right; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.smcap { - font-variant: small-caps; -} - -.smcapuc { - font-variant: small-caps; - font-style: normal; - text-transform: lowercase; -} - -.unindent { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.sig { - margin-right: 10%; - text-align: right; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.faux { - visibility: hidden; -} - -.footnotes { - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; -} - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; -} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align:baseline; - position: relative; - bottom: 0.33em; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; -} - -.hanging { - text-indent: -2em; - margin-left: 2em; -} - -.indent2 { - margin-left: 2em; -} - -h1,h2,h3 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -h4 { - margin-bottom: 0; - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -hr { - width: 95%; - margin-top: .5em; - margin-bottom: .5em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb { - width: 45%; -} - -hr.chap { - width: 65%; -} - -hr.double { - width: 95%; - border: double 2px; -} - -hr.shorter { - width: 8%; - border: thin solid; -} - -.poetry .stanza { - margin: 1em auto; -} - -.poetry .verse { - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; -} - -.poetry .i1 { - text-indent: -2.5em; -} - -.poetry .i2 { - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.poetry .i4 { - text-indent: -1em; -} - -.poetry .i8 { - text-indent: 1em; -} - -.poetry-container { - text-align: center; -} - -.poetry { - text-align: left; - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; -} - -.smaller { - font-size: 80%; -} - -.spacer { - margin-left: 4em; - margin-right: 4em; -} - -ul { - list-style-type: none; -} - -table { - margin: 1em auto 1em auto; - max-width: 40em; - border-collapse: collapse; -} - -td { - padding-left: 0.25em; - padding-right: 0.25em; -} - -.tdr { - text-align: right; -} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -@media handheld - -{ -.poetry { - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, No. 9, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, No. 9 - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: July 24, 2017 [EBook #55194] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, JUNE 1884 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<h1 class="faux">The Chautauquan, June 1884</h1> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 522px;"> -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="522" height="800" alt="Cover" /> -</div> - -<div class="tnote"> -<div class="center"><small><b>Transcriber’s Note:</b> This cover has been -created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</small></div> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_497" id="Page_497">[497]</a></span></p> - -<div class="maintitle"><span class="smcap">The Chautauquan.</span></div> - -<p class="center"><i>A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. ORGAN OF -THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE.</i></p> - -<hr /> - -<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Vol. IV.</span> <span class="spacer">JUNE, 1884.</span> No. 9.</p> - -<hr /> - -<h2>Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle.</h2> - -<p><i>President</i>—Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Superintendent of Instruction</i>—Rev. J. H. Vincent, D.D., New Haven, -Conn.</p> - -<p><i>Counselors</i>—Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; -Bishop H. W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D.</p> - -<p><i>Office Secretary</i>—Miss Kate F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J.</p> - -<p><i>General Secretary</i>—Albert M. Martin, Pittsburgh, Pa.</p> - -<hr class="double" /> - -<h2>Contents</h2> - -<div class="tnote"><b>Transcriber’s Note:</b> This table of contents of this periodical was created -for the HTML version to aid the reader.</div> - -<table summary="Contents"> - <tr> - <td colspan="2" class="center"><a href="#REQUIRED_READING">REQUIRED READING</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Readings from Roman History</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#READINGS_FROM_ROMAN_HISTORY">497</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Sunday Readings</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>June 1</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#JUNE1">499</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>June 8</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#JUNE8">499</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>June 15</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#JUNE15">499</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>June 22</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#JUNE22">500</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">[<i>June 29</i>]</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#JUNE29">500</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Readings in Art</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">III.—English Painters and Paintings</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#READINGS_IN_ART">500</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Criticisms on American Literature</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CRITICISMS_ON_AMERICAN">503</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">United States History</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#UNITED_STATES_HISTORY">505</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Night</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#NIGHT">510</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Eccentric Americans</span></td> - <td class="tdr"></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="indent2">VII.—The Well-Balanced Eccentric</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#ECCENTRIC_AMERICANS">510</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">What Shall We Do With The Inebriates?</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#WHAT_SHALL_WE_DO_WITH_THE">514</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Climate-Seeking in America</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CLIMATE-SEEKING_IN_AMERICA">516</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">A Dreamy Old Town</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#A_DREAMY_OLD_TOWN">520</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Our Steel Horse</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#OUR_STEEL_HORSE">523</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Navy</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_NAVY">524</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Astronomy of the Heavens for June</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#ASTRONOMY_OF_THE_HEAVENS">528</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">To Blossoms</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#TO_BLOSSOMS">529</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Soldiers’ Home</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_SOLDIERS_HOME">529</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Eight Centuries with Walter Scott</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#EIGHT_CENTURIES_WITH_WALTER">533</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Some London Preachers</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#SOME_LONDON_PREACHERS">536</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">The Prayer of Socrates</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#THE_PRAYER_OF_SOCRATES">537</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Work</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#C_L_S_C_WORK">538</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Outline of C. L. S. C. Readings</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#OUTLINE_OF_C_L_S_C_READINGS">539</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Local Circles</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#LOCAL_CIRCLES">539</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Chautauqua for 1884</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAUTAUQUA_FOR_1884">543</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Questions and Answers</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">544</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Chautauqua Normal Course</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAUTAUQUA_NORMAL_COURSE">545</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Editor’s Outlook</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#EDITORS_OUTLOOK">546</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Editor’s Note-Book</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">548</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for June</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_JUNE">551</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Notes on Required Readings in “The Chautauquan”</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN">554</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><span class="smcap">Talk About Books</span></td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS">556</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="REQUIRED_READING">REQUIRED READING<br /> -<span class="smaller">FOR THE<br /> -<i>Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle for 1883-4</i>.<br /> -June.</span></h2> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="READINGS_FROM_ROMAN_HISTORY">READINGS FROM ROMAN HISTORY.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">SELECTED BY WILLIAM CLEAVER WILKINSON.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="smaller"> - -<p>Next we will give a picture, a partial picture it must be, of an action -occurring a little more than half a century later in Roman history. Dr. -Arnold shall be our painter:</p> - -</div> - -<h3>HANNIBAL CROSSING THE ALPS.</h3> - -<p class="center smaller">[219 B. C.]</p> - -<p>Hannibal was on the summit of the Alps about the end of -October; the first winter snows had already fallen; but two -hundred years before the Christian era, when all Germany was -one vast forest, the climate of the Alps was far colder than at -present, and the snow lay on the passes all through the year. -Thus the soldiers were in dreary quarters; they remained two -days on the summit, resting from their fatigues, and giving -opportunity to many of the stragglers, and of the horses and -cattle, to rejoin them by following their track; but they were -cold and worn and disheartened; and mountains still rose before -them, through which, as they knew too well, even their -descent might be perilous and painful.</p> - -<p>But their great general, who felt that he now stood victorious -on the ramparts of Italy, and that the torrent which rolled before -him was carrying its waters to the rich plains of Cisalpine -Gaul, endeavored to kindle his soldiers with his own spirit of -hope. He called them together; he pointed out the valley -beneath, to which the descent seemed the work of a moment. -“That valley,” he said, “is Italy; it leads us to the country of -our friends, the Gauls, and yonder is our way to Rome.” His -eyes were eagerly fixed on that point of the horizon; and as -he gazed, the distance between seemed to vanish, till he could -almost fancy that he was crossing the Tiber, and assailing the -Capitol.</p> - -<p>After the two days’ rest the descent began. Hannibal experienced -no more open hostility from the barbarians, only -some petty attempts here and there to plunder; a fact strange -in itself, but doubly so, if he was really descending the valley -of the Doria Baltea, through the country of the Salassians, the -most untamable robbers of all the Alpine barbarians. It is possible -that the influence of the Insubrians may partly have restrained -the mountaineers; and partly, also, they may have -been deterred by the ill success of all former attacks, and may -by this time have regarded the strange army and its monstrous -beasts with something of superstitious terror. But the -natural difficulties of the ground on the descent were greater -than ever. The snow covered the track so that the men often -lost it, and fell down the steep below; at last they came to a -place where an avalanche had carried it away altogether for -about three hundred yards, leaving the mountain side a mere -wreck of scattered rocks and snow. To go round was impossible; -for the depth of the snow on the heights above rendered -it hopeless to scale them; nothing, therefore, was left but to -repair the road. A summit of some extent was found, and -cleared of the snow; and here the army were obliged to encamp, -whilst the work went on. There was no want of hands; -and every man was laboring for his life; the road therefore -was restored, and supported with solid substructions below; -and in a single day it was made practicable for the cavalry -and baggage cattle, which were immediately sent forward, and -reached the lower valley in safety, where they were turned out -to pasture. A harder labor was required to make a passage -for the elephants; the way for them must be wide and solid, -and the work could not be accomplished in less than three -days. The poor animals suffered severely in the interval from -hunger; for no forage was to be found in that wilderness of -snow, nor any trees whose leaves might supply the place of -other herbage. At last they too were able to proceed with -safety; Hannibal overtook his cavalry and baggage, and in -three days more the whole army had got clear of the Alpine -valleys, and entered the country of their friends, the Insubrians, -on the wide plain of northern Italy.</p> - -<p>Hannibal was arrived in Italy, but with a force so weakened -by its losses in men and horses, and by the exhausted state of -the survivors, that he might seem to have accomplished his -great march in vain. According to his own statement, which -there is no reason to doubt, he brought out of the Alpine valleys -no more than 12,000 African and 8,000 Spanish infantry, -with 6,000 cavalry, so that his march from the Pyrenees to the -plains of northern Italy must have cost him 33,000 men; an -enormous loss, which proves how severely the army must have -suffered from the privations of the march and the severity of -the Alpine climate; for not half of these 33,000 men can have -fallen in battle.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="smaller"> - -<p>Once again the subject shall be Hannibal, and Arnold shall be the -artist. This time Hannibal suffers his final defeat at the hands of -Scipio.</p> - -</div> - -<h3>THE BATTLE OF ZAMA.</h3> - -<p class="center smaller">[201 B.C.]</p> - -<p>Hannibal, we are told, landed at Leptis, at what season of -the year we know not; and after refreshing his troops for some -time at Adrumetum, he took the field, and advanced to the -neighborhood of Zama, a town situated, as Polybius describes -it, about five days’ journey from Carthage, toward the west.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_498" id="Page_498">[498]</a></span> -It seems that Scipio was busied in overrunning the country, -and in subduing the several towns, when he was interrupted in -these operations by the approach of the Carthaginian army. -He is said to have detected some spies sent by Hannibal to -observe his position; and by causing them to be led carefully -round his camp, and then sent back in safety to Hannibal, he -so excited the admiration of his antagonist as to make him -solicit a personal interview, with the hope of effecting a termination -of hostilities. The report of this conference, and of -the speeches of the two generals, savors greatly of the style of -Roman family memoirs, the most unscrupulous in falsehood -of any pretended records of facts that the world has yet seen. -However, the meeting ended in nothing, and the next day the -two armies were led out into the field for the last decisive -struggle. The numbers on each side we have no knowledge -of, but probably neither was in this respect much superior. -Masinissa, however, with four thousand Numidian cavalry, -beside six thousand infantry, had joined Scipio a few days -before the battle; while Hannibal, who had so often been indebted -to the services of Numidians, had now, on this great -occasion, only two thousand horse of that nation to oppose to -the numbers and fortune and activity of Masinissa. The account -of the disposition of both armies, and of the events of the -action, was probably drawn up by Polybius from the information -given to him by Lælius, and perhaps from the family -records of the house of Scipio. And here we may admit its -authority to be excellent. It states that the Roman legions -were drawn up in their usual order, except that the maniples -of every alternate line did not cover the intervals in the line -before them, but were placed one behind another, thus leaving -avenues in several places through the whole depth of the army, -from front to rear. These avenues were loosely filled by the -light-armed troops, who had received orders to meet the -charge of the elephants, and to draw them down the passages -left between the maniples, till they should be enticed entirely -beyond the rear of the whole army. The cavalry, as usual, -was stationed on the wings; Masinissa, with his Numidians, -on the right, and Lælius, with the Italians, on the left. On the -other side, Hannibal stationed his elephants, to the number of -eighty, in the front of his whole line. Next to these were -placed the foreign troops in the service of Carthage, twelve -thousand strong, consisting of Ligurians, Gauls, inhabitants of -the Balearian islands, and Moors. The second line was composed -of those Africans who were the immediate subjects of -Carthage, and of the Carthaginians themselves; while Hannibal -himself, with his veteran soldiers, who had returned with -him from Italy, formed a third line, which was kept in reserve, -at a little distance behind the other two. The Numidian cavalry -were on the left, opposed to their own countrymen under -Masinissa; and the Carthaginian horse on the right, opposed -to Lælius and the Italians. After some skirmishing of the -Numidians in the two armies, Hannibal’s elephants advanced -to the charge, but being startled by the sound of the Roman -trumpets, and annoyed by the light-armed troops of the enemy, -some broke off to the right and left, and fell in amongst -the cavalry of their own army on both the wings, so that Lælius -and Masinissa, availing themselves of this disorder, drove the -Carthaginian horse speedily from the field. Others advanced -against the enemy’s line, and did much mischief, till at length, -being frightened and becoming ungovernable, they were enticed -by the light-armed troops of the Romans to follow them -down the avenues which Scipio had purposely left open, and -were thus drawn out of the action altogether. Meantime, the -infantry on both sides met, and, after a fierce contest, the foreign -troops in Hannibal’s army, not being properly supported -by the soldiers of the second line, were forced to give ground; -and in resentment for this desertion, they fell upon the Africans -and Carthaginians, and cut them down as enemies, so -that these troops, at once assaulted by their fellow-soldiers, -and by the pursuing enemy, were also, after a brave resistance, -defeated and dispersed. Hannibal, with his reserve, kept off -the fugitives by presenting spears to them, and obliging them -to escape in a different direction; and he then prepared to -meet the enemy, trusting that they would be ill able to resist -the shock of a fresh body of veterans, after having already -been engaged in a long and obstinate struggle. Scipio, after -having extricated his troops from the heaps of dead which lay -between him and Hannibal, commenced a second, and a far -more serious contest. The soldiers on both sides were perfect -in courage and in discipline, and as the battle went on, they -fell in the ranks where they fought, and their places were supplied -by their comrades with unabated zeal. At last Lælius -and Masinissa returned from the pursuit of the enemy’s beaten -cavalry, and fell, in a critical moment, upon the rear of Hannibal’s -army. Then his veterans, surrounded and overpowered, -still maintained their high reputation, and most of -them were cut down where they stood, resisting to the last. -Flight indeed was not easy, for the country was a plain, and -the Roman and Numidian horse were active in pursuit; yet -Hannibal, when he saw the battle totally lost, with a nobler -fortitude than his brother had shown at the Metaurus, escaped -from the field to Adrumetum. He knew that his country -would now need his assistance more than ever, and as he had -been in so great a degree the promoter of the war, it ill became -him to shrink from bearing his full share of the weight of its -disastrous issue.</p> - -<p>On the plains of Zama twenty thousand of the Carthaginian -army were slain, and an equal number taken prisoners, but the -consequences of the battle far exceeded the greatness of the -immediate victory. It was not the mere destruction of an army, -but the final conquest of the only power that seemed able to -combat Rome on equal terms. In the state of the ancient -world, with so few nations really great and powerful, and so -little of a common feeling pervading them, there was neither -the disposition nor the materials for forming a general confederacy -against the power of Rome; and the single efforts of -Macedonia, of Syria, and of Carthage herself, after the fatal -event of the second Punic war, were of no other use than to -provoke their own ruin. The defeat of Hannibal insured the -empire of the ancient civilized world.</p> - -<p>The only hope of the Carthaginians now rested on the forbearance -of Scipio, and they again sent deputies to him, with -a full confession of the injustice of their conduct in the first -origin of the war, and still more in their recent violation of the -truce, and with a renewal of their supplications for peace. -The conqueror, telling them that he was moved solely by considerations -of the dignity of Rome, and the uncertainty of all -human greatness, and in no degree by any pity for misfortunes -which were so well deserved, presented the terms on -which alone they could hope for mercy. “They were to make -amends for the injuries done to the Romans during the truce; -to restore all prisoners and deserters; to give up all their ships -of war, except ten, and all their elephants; to engage in no -war at all out of Africa, nor in Africa without the consent of -the Romans; to restore to Masinissa all that had belonged to -him or any of his ancestors; to feed the Roman army for three -months, and pay it till it should be recalled home; to pay a -contribution of ten thousand Euboic talents, at the rate of two -hundred talents a year, for fifty years; and to give a hundred -hostages, between the ages of fourteen and thirty, to be selected -at the pleasure of the Roman general.” At this price the -Carthaginians were allowed to hold their former dominion in -Africa, and to enjoy their independence, till it should seem -convenient to the Romans to complete their destruction. Yet -Hannibal strongly urged that the terms should be accepted, -and, it is said, rudely interrupted a member of the supreme -council at Carthage, who was speaking against them. He -probably felt, as his father had done under circumstances -nearly similar, that for the present resistance was vain, but -that, by purchasing peace at any price, and by a wise management<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_499" id="Page_499">[499]</a></span> -of their internal resources, his countrymen might -again find an opportunity to recover their losses. Peace was -accordingly signed, the Roman army returned to Italy, and -Hannibal, at the age of forty-five, having seen the schemes of -his whole life utterly ruined, was now beginning, with equal -patience and resolution, to lay the foundation for them again.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<div class="smaller"> - -<p>But Zama was Hannibal’s Waterloo, and the virtual overthrow of -Carthage. Rome’s course was now open to universal empire.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="SUNDAY_READINGS">SUNDAY READINGS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">SELECTED BY THE REV. J. H. VINCENT, D.D.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="JUNE1">[<i>June 1.</i>]</h3> - -<p>When we wish by our own efforts that something shall succeed, -we become irritated with obstacles, because we feel in these -hindrances that the motive that makes us act has not placed -them there, and we find things in them which the self-will that -makes us act has not found there.</p> - -<p>But when God inspires our actions, we never feel anything -outside that does not come from the same principle that causes -us to act; there is no opposition in the motive that impels us; -the same motive power which leads us to act, leads others to -resist us, or permits them at least; so that as we find no difference -in this, and it is not our own will that combats external -events, but the same will that produces the good and permits the -evil, this uniformity does not trouble the peace of the soul, and -is one of the best tokens that we are acting by the will of God, -since it is much more certain that God permits the evil, however -great it may be, than that God causes the good in us (and -not some secret motive), however great it may appear to us; -so that in order really to perceive whether it is God that makes -us act, it is much better to test ourselves by our deportment -without than by our motives within, since if we only examine -ourselves within, although we may find nothing but good there, -we can not assure ourselves that this good comes truly from -God. But when we examine ourselves without, that is when -we consider whether we suffer external hindrances with patience, -this signifies that there is a uniformity of will between -the motive power that inspires our passions and the one that -permits the resistance to them; and as there is no doubt that -it is God who permits the one, we have a right humbly to hope -that it is God who produces the other.</p> - -<p>But what! we act as if it were our mission to make truth -triumph, whilst it is only our mission to combat for it. The desire -to conquer is so natural that when it is covered by the desire -of making the truth triumph, we often take the one for the -other, and think that we are seeking the glory of God, when in -truth we are seeking our own. It seems to me that the way in -which we support these hindrances is the surest token of it, for -in fine if we wish only the order established by God, it is certain -that we wish the triumph of his justice as much as that of -his mercy, and when it does not come of our negligence, we -shall be in an equal mood, whether the truth be known or -whether it be combated, since in the one the mercy of God -triumphs, and in the other his justice.—<i>Pascal.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="JUNE8">[<i>June 8.</i>]</h3> - -<p>O most blessed mansion of the heavenly Jerusalem! O most -effulgent day of eternity, which night obscureth not, but the supreme -truth continually enlighteneth! a day of perennial peace -and joy, incapable of change or intermission! It shineth now in -the full splendor of perpetual light to the blessed; but to the -poor pilgrims on earth it appeareth only at a great distance, -and “through a glass darkly.” The redeemed sons of heaven -triumph in the perfection of the joys of his eternal day, while -the distressed sons of Eve lament the irksomeness of days -teeming with distress and anguish. How is man defiled with -sins, agitated with passions, disquieted with fears, tortured with -cares, embarrassed with refinements, deluded with vanities, encompassed -with errors, worn out with labors, vexed with temptations, -enervated with pleasures, and tormented with want!</p> - -<p>O when will these various evils be no more? When shall I -be delivered from the slavery of sin? When, O Lord, shall -my thoughts and desires center and be fixed in thee alone? -When shall I regain my native liberty? O, when will peace -return, and be established, peace from the troubles of the -world, and the disorders of sinful passions; universal peace, -incapable of interruption; that “peace which passeth all understanding?” -When, O most merciful Jesus! when shall I -stand in pure abstraction from all inferior good to gaze upon -thee and contemplate the wonders of redeeming love? When -wilt thou be to me all in all? O, when shall I dwell with thee -in that kingdom which thou hast prepared for thy beloved before -the foundation of the world?</p> - -<p>Soften, I beseech thee, the rigor of my banishment, assuage -the violence of my sorrow! for my soul thirsteth after thee; -and all that the world offers for my comfort would but add one -more weight to the burden that oppresses me. I long, O Lord, -to enjoy thee truly, and would fain rise to a constant adherence -to heavenly objects, but the power of earthly objects operating -upon my unmortified passions, keeps me down. My mind labors -to be superior to the good and evil of this animal life, but my body -constrains it to be subject to them. And thus, “wretched man -that I am,” while the spirit is always tending to heaven, and the -flesh to earth, my heart is the seat of incessant war, and I am a -burden to myself! … LXXVII.—“Unto thee do I lift up mine -eyes, O thou that dwellest in the heavens.” In thee, the Father -of mercies, I place all my confidence! O illuminate and sanctify -my soul with the influence of thy Holy Spirit; that being -delivered from all the darkness and impurity of its alienated -life, it may become the holy temple of thy living presence, the -seat of thy eternal glory! In the immensity of thy goodness, -O Lord, and “in the multitude of thy tender mercies, turn unto -me,” and hear the prayer of thy poor servant, who hast wandered -far from thee into the region of the shadow of death. O -protect and keep my soul amid the innumerable evils which -this corruptible life is always bringing forth; and by the perpetual -guidance of thy grace, lead me in the narrow path of -holiness to the realms of everlasting peace.—<i>Kempis’ “Imitation -of Christ.”</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="JUNE15">[<i>June 15.</i>]</h3> - -<p><i>The Christian life is better than any other that can be discovered -or devised.</i></p> - -<p>First, this is manifest from its object. For no life can have -or desire a better object than that which is set forth in the -Christian religion, which finds its object in the vision of the divine -essence.… But since man can not attain to the -contemplation of divine things except by purification of the -heart, how much, even in this regard, does the Christian life -excel all others. For no greater purification of the heart can -be discovered than Christian purification. For that is called -pure which is not mixed with another substance, especially -one inferior to itself. Thus gold is said to be pure when it is -not mixed with silver or lead, or any other inferior substance. -Now, because the end of man is God, when man through the -intellect and the affections, is united or mixed with other creatures -as an ultimate end, especially with those inferior to himself, -he is called impure. And the more one frees himself -from the love of creatures, the more pure he becomes; purity -of the human heart consists in withdrawing the desires and -the will from creature loves. But no greater or more perfect -withdrawal from earthly loves can be discovered or devised -than that which is proclaimed in the Christian religion.… -And since man can not live without any love, it teaches -that man should love God above all things, even above -himself. And, if he loves himself or other creatures, it commands -that he love them for the sake of God, so that all his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_500" id="Page_500">[500]</a></span> -love may tend toward God, and that in the creatures themselves -he may love God, and may think nothing, speak nothing, -do nothing which does not tend to the glory and honor of God, -so that the whole man may tend toward God, and be united -with God, and become one with God. And certainly no life can -be discovered or devised better than this.</p> - -<p>As to the will, he loves God and our Lord Jesus Christ above -all things, and his neighbor as himself, keeping all the commands -of the law which depend upon this double love.</p> - -<p>As to the sensibilities, he strives with all his might to bring -desire and anger and all the emotions under the control of -reason, and by no means to make provision for the lusts of the -flesh (<i>curam carnis facere in concupiscentia</i>).—<i>Savonarola—“De -Simplicitate Christianæ Vitæ.”</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="JUNE22">[<i>June 22.</i>]</h3> - -<p>The sense of the vastness of the universe, and of the imperfection -of our own knowledge, may help us in some degree to -understand—not, indeed, the origin of evil and of suffering, -but, at any rate, something of its possible uses and purposes. -We look around the world, and we see cruel perplexities; the -useless spared, the useful taken; the young and happy removed, -and the old and miserable lingering on; happy households -broken up under our feet, despondent hopes, and the -failure of those to whom we looked up with reverence and respect. -We go through these trials with wonder and fear; and -we ask whereunto this will grow. But has nothing been gained? -Yes, that has been gained which nothing else, humanly -speaking, could gain. We may have gained a deeper knowledge -of the mind of God, and a deeper insight into ourselves. -Truths which once seemed mere words, received our heed and -heart. Our understanding may have become part of ourselves.</p> - -<p>Humility for ourselves, charity for others, self-abasement -before the judge of all mankind, these are the gifts that even -the best man, and even the worst man may gain by distrust, -by doubt, by difficulty.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The perplexity, the danger, the grief often brings with it its -own remedy.</p> - -<p>On each bursting wave of disappointment and vexation -there is a crown of heavenly light which reveals the peril and -shows the way, and guides us through the roaring storm.</p> - -<p>Out of doubt comes faith; out of grief comes hope; and “to -the upright there ariseth light in darkness.”</p> - -<p>With each new temptation comes a way to escape; with each -new difficulty comes some new explanation. As life advances -it does indeed seem to be as a vessel going to pieces, as though -we were on the broken fragments of a ship, or in a solitary skiff -on the waste of waters; but as long as existence lasts, we must -not give up the duty of cheerfulness and hope. He who has -guided us through the day may guide us through the night also. -The pillar of darkness often turns into a pillar of fire. Let us -hold on though the land be miles away; let us hold till the -morning breaks. That speck on the distant horizon may be -the vessel for which we must shape our course. Forward, not -backward, must we steer—forward, and forward, till the speck -becomes the friendly ship. Have patience and perseverance; -believe that there is still a future before us; and we shall at -last reach the heaven where we would be.—<i>Dean Stanley.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3 id="JUNE29">[<i>June 29.</i>]</h3> - -<p>Man is but a reed, the weakest in nature, but he is a thinking -reed. It is not necessary that the entire universe arm itself -to crush him. A breath of air, a drop of water, suffices to kill -him. But were the universe to crush him, man would still be -more noble than that which kills him, because he knows that -he dies; and the universe knows nothing of the advantage it -has over him.</p> - -<p>Our whole dignity consists then in thought. Our elevation -must be derived from this, not from space and duration, which -we can not fill. Let us endeavor, then, to think well.</p> - -<p>Our imagination so magnifies the present time by continually -reflecting upon it, and so diminishes eternity by not reflecting -upon it, that we make a nothingness of eternity, and an eternity -of nothingness, and all this has its roots so vital in us, that our -reason can not defend us from it.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>It is necessary to know where to doubt, where to be assured, -and where to submit. Who does not thus, understands not the -force of reason. There are those who offend against these -three principles, either affirming everything as demonstrative, -for want of a knowledge of demonstration; or doubting everything, -for want of knowing where it is necessary to submit; or -submitting to everything, for want of knowing where it is necessary -to judge.</p> - -<p>But those who seek God with all their heart, who have no -sorrow, but in being deprived of his presence, who have no desire -but to possess him, and no enemies but those who turn them -from him; who are afflicted in seeing themselves surrounded -and oppressed by such enemies; let them be comforted, I -bring them good news; there is a liberator for them, I shall -cause them to see him; I shall show them that there is a God -for them; I shall show him to no others.</p> - -<p>The stoics say: Enter into yourselves; there you will find -repose; and this is not true. Others say: Go out of yourselves; -seek happiness in diverting yourselves; and this is not true. -Diseases come; happiness is neither out of us, nor in us; it is -in God, both out of, and in us.</p> - -<p>If man is not made for God, why is he happy only in God? -If man is made for God, why is he opposed to God?—<i>Pascal.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="READINGS_IN_ART">READINGS IN ART.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>III.—ENGLISH PAINTERS AND PAINTINGS.</h3> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">Abridged from “English and American Painters,” by Wilmot Buxton and S. R. -Köhler.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h4>WILLIAM HOGARTH,</h4> - -<p class="unindent">Who was the first original painter of England, was born in 1697. -His father, who had received a good education at St. Bees, kept -a school in Ship Court, and sought work from booksellers. -But, like many another poor scholar, he could not make -a living, and died disappointed.</p> - -<p>After spending some time at school, William Hogarth, -warned by the example of his father, determined to pursue a -craft in preference to literature, and was apprenticed, probably -in 1711, to Ellis Gamble, a silversmith in Cranbourne -Alley. He tells us how he determined to enter a wider field -than that of mere silver-plate engraving, though at the age of -twenty to engrave his own designs on copper was the height -of his ambition. The men and women who jostled him in -London streets or rolled by him in their coaches, were his -models. Beside the keenest powers of observation, and a sardonic, -sympathizing, and pitying humor, he possessed a wonderfully -accurate and retentive memory, which enabled him to -impress a face or form on his mind, and to reproduce it at leisure. -Occasionally, if some very attractive or singular face -struck his fancy, he would sketch it on his thumb nail, and -thence transfer it. Hogarth tells us that “instead of burdening -the memory with musty rules, or tiring the eye with copying -dry or damaged pictures, I have ever found studying from -nature the shortest and safest way of obtaining knowledge of -my art.” In 1724 he engraved “Masquerades and Operas,” a -satire, which represents “society” crowding to a masquerade, -and led by a figure wearing a cap and bells on his head, and -the garter on his leg. This engraving delighted the public -whom it satirized, and Hogarth lost much through piracies of -his work. He was employed by the booksellers to illustrate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_501" id="Page_501">[501]</a></span> -books with engravings and frontispieces. In 1726 was published, -beside his twelve large prints, which are well known, -an edition of “Hudibras,” illustrated by Hogarth, in seventeen -smaller plates. The designs of Hogarth are not so witty -as the verses of Butler, but we must remember that the painter -had never seen men living and acting as they are described in -the poem; they were not like the men of whom he made his -daily studies. At this period he who dared to be original, and -to satirize his neighbors, had much trouble. In 1730 Hogarth -made a secret marriage at old Paddington Church, with Jane, -only daughter of Sir James Thornhill, Serjeant-Painter to the -King. He had frequented Thornhill’s studio, but whether the -art of the court painter, or the face of his daughter was the greater -attraction we know not. There is no doubt that Hogarth’s -technique was studied from Thornhill’s pictures, and not from -those of Watteau or Chardin, as has been supposed. For a -time after his marriage Hogarth confined himself to painting -portraits and conversation pieces, for which he was well paid, -although Walpole declares that this “was the most ill-suited -employment to a man whose turn was certainly not flattery.” -Truthfulness, however, is more valuable in a portrait than flattery, -and we surely find it in Hogarth’s portraits of himself, -one in the National Gallery, and in that of “Captain Coram,” -at the Foundling.</p> - -<p>One of the best of Hogarth’s life stories is the “Marriage à -la Mode,” the original paintings of which are in the National -Gallery; they appeared in prints in 1745. These well known -pictures illustrate the story of a loveless marriage, where parents -sacrifice their children, the one for rank, the other for -money. Mr. Redgrave (“A Century of Painters”) tells us -that “the novelty of Hogarth’s work consisted in the painter -being the inventor of his own drama, as well as painter, and in -the way in which all the parts are made to tend to a dramatic -whole, each picture dependent on the other, and all the details -illustrative of the complete work. The same characters recur -again and again, moved in different tableaux with varied passions, -one moral running through all, the beginning finding its -natural climax in the end.” We can not do more than mention -some of the remaining works by which the satirist continued -“to shoot Folly as she flies.” “Beer Street,” and “Gin -Lane,” illustrate the advantages of drinking the national beverage, -and the miseries following the use of gin. “The Cockpit” -represents a scene very common in those days, and contains -many portraits. “The Election” is a series of four scenes, -published between 1755 and 1758, in which all the varied vices, -humors, and passions of a contested election are admirably -represented.</p> - -<p>Hogarth’s last years were embittered by quarrels, those with -Churchill and Wilkes being the most memorable. The publication -in 1753 of his admirable book, called “The Analysis -of Beauty,” in which he tried to prove that a winding line -is the line of beauty, produced much adverse criticism and -many fierce attacks, which the painter could not take quietly. -He was further annoyed by the censures passed on his picture -of “Sigismunda,” now in the National Gallery, which he had -painted in 1759 for Sir Richard Grosvenor, and which was returned -on his hands. Two years previously Hogarth had been -made Serjeant-Painter to the King. He did not live to hold -his office long; on October 26th, 1764, the hand which had exposed -the vices and follies of the day so truly, and yet with such -humor, had ceased to move.</p> - -<h4>RICHARD WILSON.</h4> - -<p>The story of Richard Wilson (1713-1782) is the story of a -disappointed man. Born at Pinegas, Montgomeryshire, the -son of the parson of that place, Wilson’s early taste for drawing -attracted the attention of Sir George Wynne, by whom he -was introduced to one Wright, a portrait painter in London. -In 1749 he visited Italy, and whilst waiting for an interview -with the landscape painter Zuccarelli he is said to have -sketched the view through the open window. The Italian advised -the Englishman to devote himself henceforth to landscapes, -and Wilson followed his advice. After six years’ stay -in Italy, during which period he became imbued with the beauties -of that country, Wilson returned to England in 1755, and -found Zuccarelli worshiped, whilst he himself was neglected. -His “Niobe,” one version of which is in the National Gallery, -was exhibited with the Society of Artists’ Collection, in Spring -Gardens, 1760, and made a great impression, but, in general, -his pictures, infinitely superior to the mere decorations of the -Italian, were criticised, and compared unfavorably with those -of Zuccarelli, and it was not till long after Wilson’s death that -he was thoroughly appreciated. He was often compelled to -sell his pictures to pawnbrokers, who, so it is said, could not sell -them again. Wilson was one of the original thirty-six members -of the Royal Academy, and in 1776 applied for and obtained -the post of Librarian to that body, the small salary helping -the struggling man to live. The last years of his life were -brightened by better fortune. A brother left him a legacy, and -in 1780 Wilson retired to a pleasant home at Llanberis, Carnarvon, -where he died two years later. Mr. Redgrave says of -him: “There is this praise due to our countryman—that our -landscape art, which had heretofore been derived from the -meaner school of Holland, following his great example, looked -thenceforth to Italy for its inspiration; that he proved the power -of native art to compete on this ground also with the art of the -foreigner, and prepared the way for the coming men, who, embracing -Nature as their mistress, were prepared to leave all and -follow her.” Wilson frequently repeated his more successful -pictures. “The Ruins of the Villa of Mæcenas, at Tivoli” -(National Gallery), was painted five times by him. In the same -gallery are “The Destruction of Niobe’s Children,” “A Landscape -with Figures,” three “Views in Italy,” “Lake Avernus -with the Bay of Naples in the Distance,” etc. In the Duke of -Westminster’s collection are “Apollo and the Seasons” and -“The river Dee.” Wilson, like many another man of genius, -lived before his time, and was forced one day to ask Barry, the -Royal Academician, if he knew any one mad enough to employ -a landscape painter, and if so, whether he would recommend -him.</p> - -<h4>JOSHUA REYNOLDS.</h4> - -<p>Joshua Reynolds (1723-1792) was born at Plympton, Devon, -the son of a clergyman who was a master in the grammar -school. His father had intended him for a doctor, but nature -decided that Joshua Reynolds should be a painter. He preferred -to read Richardson’s “Treatise on Painting” to any -other book, and when his taste for art became manifest he was -sent to London to study with Hudson, the popular portrait -painter of the day. It was in 1741 that Joshua Reynolds began -his studies with Hudson, and as that worthy could teach -him little or nothing, it is fortunate for art that the connection -only lasted two years. On leaving Hudson’s studio Reynolds -returned to Devonshire, but we know little about his life there -till the year 1746, when his father died, and the painter was established -at Plymouth Dock, now Devonport, and was painting -portraits. Many of these earlier works betray the stiffness -and want of nature which their author had probably learned from -Hudson. Having visited London, and stayed for a time in St. -Martin’s Lane, the artists’ quarter, Reynolds was enabled, in -1749, to realize his great wish, and go abroad, where, unfettered -and unspoilt by the mechanical arts of his countrymen, -he studied the treasures of Italy, chiefly in Rome, and without -becoming a copyist, was imbued with the beauties of the Italian -school. A love of color was the characteristic of Reynolds, -and his use of brilliant and fugitive pigments accounts for the -decay of many of his best works; he used to say jestingly that -“he came off with <i>flying colors</i>.” Doubtless the wish to rival -the coloring of the Venetians led Reynolds to make numerous -experiments which were often fatal to the preservation of his -pictures.</p> - -<p>Most of the leaders of the rank and fashion of the day sat for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_502" id="Page_502">[502]</a></span> -their portraits to the painter who “read souls in faces.” In 1768 -Joshua Reynolds was chosen first President of the Royal Academy, -and was knighted by George III. He succeeded, on the -death of Ramsey, to the office of Court Painter. His “Discourses -on Painting,” delivered at the Royal Academy, were -remarkable for their excellent judgment and literary skill. A -lesser honor, though one which caused him the greatest pleasure, -was conferred on Reynolds in 1773, when he was elected -Mayor of his native Plympton. In the same year he exhibited -his famous “Strawberry Girl,” of which he said that it was -“one of the half dozen original things” which no man ever -exceeded in his life’s work. In 1789 the failure of his sight -warned Sir Joshua that “the night cometh when no man can -work.” He died, full of years and honors, on February 23rd, -1792, and was buried near Sir Christopher Wren, in St. Paul’s -Cathedral.</p> - -<p>Reynolds was a most untiring worker. He exhibited two -hundred and forty-five pictures in the Royal Academy, on an -average eleven every year. In the National Gallery are twenty-three -of his paintings. Mr. Ruskin deems Reynolds “one of -<i>the</i> seven colorists of the world,” and places him with Titian, -Giorgione, Correggio, Tintoretto, Veronese, and Turner. He -likewise says: “Considered as a painter of individuality in the -human form and mind, I think him, even as it is, the prince of -portrait painters.” Titian paints nobler pictures, and Van Dyck -had nobler subjects, but neither of them entered so subtly as -Sir Joshua did into the minor varieties of heart and temper.</p> - -<h4>THOMAS GAINSBOROUGH.</h4> - -<p>Thomas Gainsborough (1727-1788), the son of a clothier, -was born at Sudbury, in Suffolk. The details of this master’s -life are few and uneventful. When between fourteen and fifteen -years of age, his father sent Thomas Gainsborough to -London to study art. His first master was Gravelot, a French -engraver of great ability, to whose teaching Gainsborough -probably owed much. From him he passed to Hayman, in the -St. Martin’s Lane Academy, a drawing school only. Gainsborough -began as a portrait and landscape painter in Hatton -Garden, but finding little patronage during four years of his -sojourn there, returned to his native town. In 1760 he removed -to Bath, and found a favorable field for portrait painting, -though landscape was not neglected. Fourteen years later -Gainsborough, no longer an unknown artist, came to London -and rented part of Schomberg House, Pall Mall. He was now -regarded as the rival of Reynolds in portraiture, and of Wilson -in landscape. Once, when Reynolds at an Academy dinner -proposed the health of his rival as “the greatest landscape -painter of the day,” Wilson, who was present, exclaimed, “Yes, -and the greatest portrait painter, too.” One of the original -members of the Royal Academy, Gainsborough exhibited -ninety pictures in the Gallery, but refused to contribute after -1783, because a portrait of his was not hung as he wished. A -quick tempered, impulsive man, he had many disputes with -Reynolds, though none of them were of a very bitter kind. -Gainsborough’s “Blue Boy” is commonly said to have been -painted in spite against Reynolds, in order to disprove the -President’s statement that blue ought not to be used in masses. -But there were other and worthier reasons for the production -of this celebrated work, in respect to which Gainsborough -followed his favorite Van Dyck in displaying “a large breadth -of cool light supporting the flesh.” It is pleasant to know that -whatever soreness of feeling existed between him and Sir -Joshua passed away before he died. This was in 1788. -Gainsborough was buried at Kew. The Englishness of his -landscapes makes him popular. Wilson had improved on -the Dutch type by visiting Italy, but Gainsborough sought -no other subjects than his own land afforded. Nature speaks -in his portraits, or from his landscapes, and his rustic children -excel those of Reynolds, because they are really sun-browned -peasants, not fine ladies and gentlemen masquerading -in the dresses of villagers. Mr. Ruskin says of Gainsborough: -“His power of color (it is mentioned by Sir Joshua -as his peculiar gift) is capable of taking rank beside that of -Rubens; he is the purest colorist—Sir Joshua himself not excepted—of -the whole English school; with him, in fact, the art -of painting did in great part die, and exists not now in Europe. -I hesitate not to say that in the management and quality -of single and particular tints, in the purely technical part -of painting, Turner is a child to Gainsborough.”</p> - -<h4>JOSEPH TURNER.</h4> - -<p>Joseph Mallord William Turner (1775-1851) stands at the -head of English landscape painters. It has been said that -though others may have equaled or surpassed him in some respects, -“none has yet appeared with such versatility of talent.” -Turner owed nothing to the beauty or poetic surroundings of -his birthplace, which was the house of his father, a barber in -Maiden Lane, Covent Garden. But as Lord Byron is said to -have conjured up his loveliest scenes of Greece whilst walking -in Albemarle Street, so the associations of Maiden Lane did -not prevent Turner from delineating storm-swept landscapes, -and innumerable splendors of nature. The barber was justly -proud of his child, who very early displayed his genius, and -the first drawings of Turner are said to have been exhibited in -his father’s shaving room. In time the boy was coloring prints -and washing in the backgrounds of architects’ drawings. Dr. -Monro, the art patron, extended a helping hand to the young -genius of Maiden Lane. “Girtin and I,” says Turner, “often -walked to Bushey and back, to make drawings for good Dr. -Munro at half a crown a piece, and the money for our supper -when we got home.” He did not, of course, start from London.</p> - -<p>In 1789 Turner became a student in the Academy, and exhibited -a picture in the next year at Somerset House, “View of -the Archbishop’s Palace at Lambeth.” He was then only fifteen. -From that time he worked with unceasing energy at his -profession. Indeed, the pursuit of art was the one ruling principle -of his life. He frequently went on excursions, the first being -to Ramsgate and Margate, and was storing his memory -with effects of storm, mist, and tempest, which he reproduced. -In 1799, when made A.R.A., Turner had already exhibited -works which ranged over twenty-six counties of England and -Wales. In 1802 he was made full Academician, and presented, as -his diploma picture, “Dolbadarn Castle, North Wales.” In this -year he visited the Continent, and saw France and Switzerland. -Five years later Turner was appointed Professor of Perspective -to the Royal Academy. We are told his lectures were delivered -in so strange a style, that they were scarcely instructive. -Of his water-color paintings and of the “Liber Studiorum” -it is impossible to speak too highly; he created the modern -school of water-color painting, and his works in oil have -influenced the art of the nineteenth century. He visited Italy -for the first time in 1819; again ten years later, and for the last -time in 1840. His eccentricity, both in manner and in art, increased -with age. Though wealthy, and possessing a good -house in Queen Anne Street, he died in an obscure lodging by -the Thames, at Chelsea, a few days before Christmas, 1851.</p> - -<p>Turner bequeathed his property to found a charity for male -decayed artists, but the alleged obscurity of his will defeated -this object. It was decided that his pictures and drawings -should be presented to the National Gallery, that one thousand -pounds should be spent on a monument to the painter in St. -Paul’s, twenty thousand pounds should be given to the Royal -Academy, and the remainder to the next of kin and heir at -law. The National Gallery contains more than one hundred -of his pictures, beside a large number of water-color drawings -and sketches.</p> - -<h4>EASTLAKE.</h4> - -<p>Charles Lock Eastlake (1793-1865), son of the Solicitor to the -Admiralty in that town, was born at Plymouth, and educated -first in Plympton Grammar School, where Reynolds had studied, -and afterward at the Charterhouse, London. Choosing the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_503" id="Page_503">[503]</a></span> -profession of a painter, he was encouraged, doubtless, by his -fellow townsman, Haydon, who had just exhibited “Dentatus.” -Eastlake became the pupil of that erratic master, and attended -the Academy schools. In 1813 he exhibited at the British Institution -a large and ambitious picture, “Christ raising the -Daughter of the Ruler.” In the following year the young -painter was sent by Mr. Harmon to Paris, to copy some of the -famous works collected by Napoleon in the Louvre. The emperor’s -escape from Elba, and the consequent excitement in Europe, -caused Eastlake to quit Paris, and he returned to Plymouth, -where he practiced successfully as a portrait painter. In -1819 Eastlake visited Greece and Italy, and spent fourteen -years abroad, chiefly at Ferrara and Rome. The picturesque -dress of the Italian and Greek peasantry so fascinated him that -for a long period he forsook history for small <i>genre</i> works, of -which brigands and peasants were the chief subjects. A large -historical painting, “Mercury bringing the Golden Apple to -Paris,” appeared in 1820, and seven years later, “The Spartan -Isidas.” In 1828 Eastlake produced “Italian Scene in the -Anno Santo, Pilgrims arriving in sight of St. Peters,” which he -twice repeated. In 1829 “Lord Byron’s Dream,” a poetic -landscape (National Gallery), was exhibited, and Eastlake becoming -an Academician, returned to England. To his labors -as a painter Eastlake added the duties of several important -offices, and much valuable literary work. He was Secretary -to the Royal Commission for Decorating the New Palace of -Westminster, Librarian of the Royal Academy, and Keeper, -and afterward Director of the National Gallery. In 1850 he -succeeded Sir Martin Shee as President of the Royal Academy, -and was knighted. From that time till his death, at Pisa, in -1865, he was chiefly engaged in selecting pictures to be purchased -by the British Government. He was editor of Kugler’s -“Handbook of the Italian Schools of painting,” and author of -“Materials for a History of Oil Painting.”</p> - -<h4>SIR EDWIN LANDSEER.</h4> - -<p>Edwin Henry Landseer (1802-1873) was eminent among -English animal painters. No artist has done more to teach us -how to love animals and to enforce the truth that</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“He prayeth best who loveth best</div> -<div class="verse i1">All things both great and small.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Not only did Landseer rival some of the Dutch masters of the -seventeenth century in painting fur and feathers, but he depicted -animals with sympathy, as if he believed that “the -dumb, driven cattle” possess souls. His dogs and other animals -are so human as to look as if they were able to speak. The -painter was the son of John Landseer, the engraver, and was -born in London. He received art lessons from his father, and, -when little more than a baby, would sketch donkeys, horses, -and cows at Hampstead Heath. Some of these sketches, made -when Landseer was five, seven, and ten years old, are at Kensington. -He was only fourteen when he exhibited the heads -of “A Pointer Bitch and Puppy.” When between sixteen and -seventeen he produced “Dogs Fighting,” which was engraved -by the painter’s father. Still more popular was “The Dogs of -St. Gothard rescuing a Distressed Traveler,” which appeared -when its author was eighteen. Landseer was not a pupil of -Haydon, but he had occasional counsel from him. He dissected -a lion. As soon as he reached the age of twenty-four he was -elected A.R.A., and exhibited at the Academy “The Hunting -of Chevy Chase.” This was in 1826, and in 1831 he became a -full member of the Academy. Landseer had visited Scotland -in 1826, and from that date we trace a change in his style, -which thenceforth was far less solid, true and searching, and -became more free and bold. The introduction of deer into his -pictures, as in “The Children of the Mist,” “Seeking Sanctuary,” -and “The Stag at Bay,” marked the influence of Scotch -associations. Landseer was knighted in 1850, and at the -French exhibition of 1855 was awarded the only large gold medal -given to an English artist. Prosperous, popular, and the guest -of the highest personages of the realm, he was visited about -1852 by an illness which compelled him to retire from society. -From this he recovered, but the effects of a railway accident in -1868 brought on a relapse. He died in 1873, and was buried -in St. Paul’s Cathedral. On the death of Sir Charles Eastlake, -in 1865, he was offered the Presidentship of the Royal Academy, -but this honor he declined. In the National Gallery are -“Spaniels of King Charles’s Breed,” “Low Life and High -Life,” “Highland Music” (a highland piper disturbing a group -of five hungry dogs, at their meal, with a blast on the pipes), -“The Hunted Stag,” “Peace,” “War” (dying and dead -horses, and their riders lying amidst the burning ruins of a cottage), -“Dignity and Impudence,” “Alexander and Diogenes,” -“The Defeat of Comus,” a sketch painted for a fresco in the -Queen’s summer house, Buckingham Palace. Sixteen of Landseer’s -works are in the Sheepshanks Collection, including the -touching “Old Shepherd’s Chief Mourner,” of which Mr. Ruskin -said that “it stamps its author not as the neat imitator of the -texture of a skin, or the fold of a drapery, but as the man of -mind.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="CRITICISMS_ON_AMERICAN">CRITICISMS ON AMERICAN -LITERATURE.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CONDITIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF AMERICAN -LITERATURE.</h3> - -<p>The conditions under which the communities of the New -World were established, and the terms on which they hitherto -existed, have been unfavorable to Art. The religious and -commercial enthusiasms of the first adventurers to her shores, -supplying themes for the romancers of a later age, were themselves -antagonistic to romance. The spirit which tore down -the aisles of St. Regulus, and was revived in England in a reaction -against music, painting and poetry, the Pilgrim Fathers -bore with them in the “Mayflower” and planted across the -seas. The life of the early colonists left no leisure for refinement. -They had to conquer nature before admiring it, to feed -and clothe before analyzing themselves. The ordinary cares -of existence beset them to the exclusion of its embellishments. -While Dryden, Pope and Addison were polishing stanzas and -adding grace to English prose, they were felling trees, navigating -rivers, and fertilizing valleys.… An enlightened people -in a new land “where almost every one has facilities elsewhere -unknown for making his fortune,” it is not to be wondered -that the pursuit of wealth has been their leading impulse; nor -is it perhaps to be regretted that much of their originality has -been expended upon inventing machines instead of manufacturing -verses, or that their religion itself has taken a practical -turn. One of their own authors confesses that the “common -New England life is still a lean, impoverished life, in distinction -from a rich and suggestive one,” but it is there alone that -the speculative and artistic tendencies of recent years have -found room and occasion for development. Our travelers find -a peculiar charm in the manly force and rough adventurous -spirit of the Far West, but the poetry of the pioneer is unconscious. -The attractive culture of the South has been limited -in extent and degree. The hothouse fruit of wealth and leisure, -it has never struck its roots deeply into native soil.… -All the best transatlantic literature is inspired by the spirit of -confidence—often of over-confidence—in labor. It has only -flourished freely in a free soil; and for almost all its vitality -and aspirations, its comparatively scant performance and -large promise we must turn to New England. Its defects and -merits are those of the national character as developed in the -northern states, and we must seek for an explanation of its -peculiarities in the physical and moral circumstances which -surround them.</p> - -<p>When European poets and essayists write of nature it is to -contrast her permanence with the mutability of human life.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_504" id="Page_504">[504]</a></span> -We talk of the everlasting hills, the perennial fountains, the -ever-recurring seasons.… In America, on the other hand, -it is the extent of nature that is dwelt upon—the infinity of space, -rather than the infinity of time, is opposed to the limited rather -than to the transient existence of man. Nothing strikes a -traveler in that country so much as this feature of magnitude. -The rivers like rolling lakes, the lakes which are inland seas, -the forests, the plains, Niagara itself, with its world of waters, -owe their magnificence to their immensity; and by a transference, -not unnatural, although fallacious, the Americans -generally have modeled their ideas of art after the same standard -of size. Their wars, their hotels, their language, are -pitched on the huge scale of their distances. “Orphaned of -the solemn inspiration of antiquity,” they gain in surface what -they have lost in age; in hope, what they have lost in memory.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“That untraveled world whose margin fades</div> -<div class="verse i1">Forever and forever when they move,”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">is all their own; and they have the area and the expectation -of a continent to set against the culture and the ancestral -voices of a thousand years. Where Englishmen remember, -Americans anticipate. In thought and action they are ever -rushing into empty spaces. Except in a few of the older -states, a family mansion is rarely rooted to the same town or -district; and the tie which unites one generation with another -being easily broken, the want of continuity in life breeds a -want of continuity in thought. The American mind delights -in speculative and practical, social and political experiments, -as Shakerism, Mormonism, Pantagamy; and a host of authors -from Emerson to Walt. Whitman, have tried to glorify every -mode of human life from the transcendental to the brutish. The -habit of instability, fostered by the rapid vicissitudes of their -commercial life and the melting of one class into another drifts -away all their landmarks but that of temporary public opinion; -and where there is little time for verification and the study -of details, men satisfy their curiosity with crude generalizations. -The great literary fault of the Americans has thus come -to be <i>impatience</i>. The majority of them have never learned -that “raw haste is half-sister to delay,” that “works done -least rapidly, art most cherishes.” The make-shifts which -were first a necessity with the northern settlers have grown into -a custom. They adopt ten half measures instead of one whole -one; and, beginning bravely like the grandiloquent preambles -to their Constitutions end sometimes in the sublime, and -sometimes in the ridiculous.</p> - -<p>The critics of one nation must, to a certain extent, regard the -works of another from an outside point of view. Few are able to -divest themselves wholly of the influence of local standards; and -this is preëminently the case when the early efforts of a young -country are submitted to the judgment of an older country, strong -in its prescriptive rights, and intolerant of changes the drift of -which it is unable or unwilling to appreciate. English critics -are apt to bear down on the writers and thinkers of the new -world with a sort of aristocratic hauteur; they are perpetually -reminding them of their immaturity and their disregard of the -golden mean. Americans, on the other hand, are impossible -to please. Ordinary men among them are as sensitive -to foreign, and above all to British censure, as the <i>irritable -genus</i> of other lands. Mr. Emerson is permitted to impress -home truths on his countrymen, as “your American eagle is -all very well, but beware of the American peacock.” Such -remarks are not permitted to Englishmen; if they point to any -flaws in American manners or ways of thinking, with an effort -after politeness, it is “the good natured cynicism of a well-to-do -age;” if they commend transatlantic institutions or achievements, -it is, according to Mr. Lowell, “with that pleasant -European air of self-compliment in condescending to be pleased -by American merit which we find so conciliating.” Now that -the United States have reached their full majority, it is time -that England should cease to assume the attitude of their guardian, -and time that they should cease to be on the alert to resent -the assumption. Foremost among the more attractive -features of transatlantic literature is its <i>freshness</i>. The authority -which is the guide of old nations constantly threatens -to become tyrannical; they wear their traditions like a chain; -and in the canonization of laws of taste, the creative powers are -depressed. Even in England we write under fixed conditions; -with the fear of critics before our eyes, we are all bound to cast -our ideas into similar moulds, and the name of “free-thinkers” -has grown into a term of reproach. Bunyan’s “Pilgrim’s -Progress” is perhaps the last book written without a thought of -being reviewed. There is a gain in the habit of self-restraint -fostered by this state of things; but there is a loss in the consequent -lack of spontaneity, and we may learn something from -a literature which is ever ready for adventure. In America -the love of uniformity gives place to impetuous impulses; the -most extreme sentiments are made audible; the most noxious -“have their day and cease to be;” and truth being left to vindicate -itself, the overthrow of error, though more gradual, may -at last prove more complete. A New England poet can write -with confidence of his country as the land</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Where no one suffers loss or bleeds</div> -<div class="verse i1">For thoughts that men call heresies.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Another feature of American literature is its <i>comprehensiveness</i>; -what it has lost in depth it has gained in breadth. Addressing -a vast audience it appeals to universal sympathies.—<i>Abridged -from “American Literature” in Encyclopædia Britannica.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>OUR LITERATURE IMITATIVE.</h3> - -<p>Literature is a positive element of civilized life; but in different -countries and epochs it exists sometimes as a passive -taste or means of culture, and at others as a development of -productive tendencies. The first is the usual form in colonial -societies, where the habit of looking to the fatherland for intellectual -nutriment as well as political authority is the natural -result even of patriotic feeling. The circumstances, too, of -young communities, like those of the individual, are unfavorable -to original literary production. Life is too absorbing to -be recorded otherwise than in statistics. The wants of the -hour and the exigencies of practical responsibility wholly engage -the mind. Half a century ago, it was usual to sneer in -England at the literary pretensions of America; but the ridicule -was quite as unphilosophical as unjust, for it was to be -expected that the new settlements would find their chief mental -subsistence in the rich heritage of British literature, endeared -to them by a community of language, political sentiment, -and historical association. And when a few of the busy -denizens of a new republic ventured to give expression to their -thoughts, it was equally natural that the spirit and the principles -of their ancestral literature should reappear. Scenery, -border-life, the vicinity of the aborigines, and a great political -experiment were the only novel features in the new world upon -which to found anticipations of originality; in academic culture, -habitual reading, moral and domestic tastes, and cast of mind, -the Americans were identified with the mother country, and, -in all essential particulars, would naturally follow the style -thus inherent in their natures and confirmed by habit and -study. At first, therefore, the literary development of the -United States was imitative; but with the progress of the country, -and her increased leisure and means of education, the -writings of the people became more and more characteristic; -theological and political occasions gradually ceased to be the -exclusive moulds of thought; and didactic, romantic, and -picturesque compositions appeared from time to time. Irving -peopled “Sleepy Hollow” with fanciful creations; Bryant described -not only with truth and grace, but with devotional -sentiment, the characteristic scenes of his native land; Cooper -introduced Europeans to the wonders of her forest and seacoast; -Bancroft made her story eloquent; and Webster<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_505" id="Page_505">[505]</a></span> -proved that the race of orators who once roused her children -to freedom was not extinct. The names of Edwards and -Franklin were echoed abroad; the bonds of mental dependence -were gradually loosened; the inherited tastes remained, -but they were freshened with a more native zest; and although -Brockden Brown is still compared to Godwin, Irving to Addison, -Cooper to Scott, Hoffman to Moore, Emerson to Carlyle, -and Holmes to Pope, a characteristic vein, an individuality of -thought, and a local significance is now generally recognized -in the emanations of the American mind; and the best of them -rank favorably and harmoniously with similar exemplars in -British literature; while, in a few instances, the nationality is -so marked, and so sanctioned by true genius, as to challenge -the recognition of all impartial and able critics. The majority, -however, of our authors are men of talent rather than of -genius; the greater part of the literature of the country has -sprung from New England, and is therefore, as a general rule, -too unimpassioned and coldly elegant for popular effect. -There have been a lamentable want of self-reliance, and an -obstinate blindness to the worth of native material, both scenic, -historical, and social. The great defect of our literature has -been a lack of independence, and too exclusive a deference to -hackneyed models; there has been, and is, no deficiency of -intellectual life; it has thus far, however, often proved too diffusive -and conventional for great results.—<i>Henry T. Tuckerman.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>POETRY OF AMERICA.</h3> - -<p>America abounds in the material of poetry. Its history, its -scenery, the structure of its social life, the thoughts which pervade -its political forms, the meaning which underlies its hot -contests, are all capable of being exhibited in a poetical aspect. -Carlyle, in speaking of the settlement of Plymouth by the Pilgrims, -remarks that, if we had the open sense of the Greeks, -we should have “found a poem here; one of nature’s own -poems, such as she writes in broad facts over great continents.” -If we have a literature, it should be a national literature; no -feeble or sonorous echo of Germany or England, but essentially -American in its tone and object. No matter how meritorious -a composition may be, as long as any foreign nation -can say that it has done the same thing better, so long shall -we be spoken of with contempt, or in a spirit of impertinent -patronage. We begin to sicken of the custom, now so common, -of presenting even our best poems to the attention of -foreigners with a deprecating, apologetic air; as if their acceptance -of the offering, with a few soft and silky compliments, -would be an act of kindness demanding our warmest acknowledgements. -If the <i>Quarterly Review</i> or <i>Blackwood’s Magazine</i> -speaks well of an American production, we think that we -can praise it ourselves, without incurring the reproach of bad -taste. The folly we yearly practice, of flying into a passion -with some inferior English writer, who caricatures our faults, -and tells dull jokes about his tour through the land, has only -the effect to exalt an insignificant scribbler into notoriety, and -give a nominal value to his recorded impertinence. If the -mind and heart of the country had its due expression, if its life -had taken form in a literature worthy of itself, we should pay -little regard to the childish tattling of a pert coxcomb, who was -discontented with our taverns, or the execrations of some -bluff sea-captain, who was shocked with our manners. The -uneasy sense we have of something in our national existence -which has not yet been fitly expressed, gives poignancy to the -least ridicule launched at faults and follies which lie on the -superficies of our life. Every person feels that a book which -condemns the country for its peculiarities of manners and customs -does not pierce into the heart of the matter, and is essentially -worthless. If Bishop Berkeley, when he visited Malebranche, -had paid exclusive attention to the habitation, raiment, -and manners of the man, and neglected the conversation of -the metaphysician, and, when he returned to England, had entertained -Pope, Swift, Gay, and Arbuthnot, with satirical descriptions -of the “complement extern” of his eccentric host, -he would have acted just as wisely as many an English tourist, -with whose malicious pleasantry on our habits of chewing, -spitting, and eating, we are silly enough to quarrel. To the -United States, in reference to the pop-gun shots of foreign -tourists, might be addressed the warning which Peter Plymley -thundered against Bonaparte, in reference to the Anti-Jacobin -jests of Canning: Tremble, oh thou land of many spitters and -voters, “for a <i>pleasant</i> man has come out against thee, and -thou shalt be laid low by a joker of jokes, and he shall talk his -pleasant talk to thee, and thou shalt be no more!”</p> - -<p>In order that America may take its due rank in the commonwealth -of nations, a literature is needed which shall be the -exponent of its higher life. We live in times of turbulence and -change. There is a general dissatisfaction, manifesting itself -often in rude contests and ruder speech, with the gulf which -separates principles from actions. Men are struggling to realize -dim ideals of right and truth, and each failure adds to the -desperate earnestness of their efforts. Beneath all the shrewdness -and selfishness of the American character, there is a -smouldering enthusiasm which flames out at the first touch of -fire,—sometimes at the hot and hasty words of party, and -sometimes at the bidding of great thoughts and unselfish principles. -The heart of the nation is easily stirred to its depths; -but those who rouse its fiery impulses into action are often men -compounded of ignorance and wickedness, and wholly unfit -to guide the passions which they are able to excite. There is -no country in the world which has nobler ideas embodied in -more worthless shapes. All our factions, fanaticisms, reforms, -parties, creeds, ridiculous or dangerous though they often appear, -are founded on some aspiration or reality which deserves -a better form and expression. There is a mighty power in -great speech. If the sources of what we call our fooleries and -faults were rightly addressed, they would echo more majestic -and kindling truths. We want a poetry which shall speak in -clear, loud tones to the people; a poetry which shall make us -more in love with our native land, by converting its ennobling -scenery into the images of lofty thought; which shall give -visible form and life to the abstract ideas of our written constitutions; -which shall confer upon virtue all the strength of -principle, and all the energy of passion; which shall disentangle -freedom from cant and senseless hyperbole, and render -it a thing of such loveliness and grandeur as to justify all self-sacrifice; -which shall make us love man by the new consecrations -it sheds on his life and destiny; which shall force through -the thin partitions of conventionalism and expediency; vindicate -the majesty of reason; give new power to the voice of -conscience, and new vitality to human affection; soften and -elevate passion; guide enthusiasm in a right direction, and -speak out in the high language of men to a nation of men.—<i>E. -P. Whipple.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE THREE PERIODS OF OUR LITERATURE.</h3> - -<p>The literary history of the United States may be treated under -three distinctly marked periods, viz.: a colonial, or ante-revolutionary -period, during which the literature of the country -was closely assimilated in form and character to that of England; -a first American period (from 1775 to 1820) which witnessed -the transition from a style for the most part imitative -to one national or peculiar, as a consequence of the revolutionary -struggle and the ideas generated by it; a second -American (from 1820 to the present time), in which the literature -of the country assumed a decided character of originality.</p> - -<p>Though men of letters were found everywhere among the -colonists, in New England alone, where the first printing press -was established, was there any considerable progress made in -literary culture, and the literature of the colonial period was -chiefly confined to that locality or indirectly connected with it. -The earliest development, owing to the religious character of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_506" id="Page_506">[506]</a></span> -the people, and to the fact that during the first century after -the settlement of the country the clergy were the best informed -and educated class, was theological. Some of the works, by -Edwards and others, in defense of the dogmas of the church -were very elaborate, and the positions taken maintained with -much ability and acuteness of argument.</p> - -<p>The influence of the great English essayists and novelists of -the eighteenth century had, meanwhile, begun to affect the -literature of the New World; and in the essays, the collection -of maxims published under the title of “Poor Richard,” or -“The Way to Wealth,” the scientific papers and autobiography -of Benjamin Franklin, we have specimens of practical -philosophy, or of simple narrative expressed in a style eminently -clear, pleasing, and condensed; and not unfrequently -embellished by the wit and elegance characteristic of the best -writers of Queen Anne’s time. His investigations in electricity -and other scientific subjects are not less felicitously narrated, -and together with the works of James Logan, Paul Dudley, -Cadwallader Colden and John Bartram, a naturalist, and one -of the earliest of American travelers, constitute the chief contributions -to scientific literature during the colonial period.</p> - -<p>II. The earliest works produced during the first American -period, commencing with the Revolution, are naturally associated -with the causes which led to that event. The severance -of the intellectual reliance of the colonies on the mother country -followed as a consequence of their political independence, -and as early as the commencement of the revolutionary struggle -the high literary ability as well as practical wisdom evinced -in the public documents of the principal American statesmen, -were recognized by Lord Chatham, in whose opinion these -productions rivaled the masterpieces of antiquity. Politics -now gained a prominence almost equal to that enjoyed by -theology in the preceding period. The discussions accorded -thoroughly with the popular taste, and the influence of political -writers and orators in giving a decided national type to American -literature is unmistakable.</p> - -<p>III. The last period of American literature presents a marked -contrast with those which preceded in the national character, -as well as in the variety and extent of its productions. In 1820 -the poverty of American Literature was sneeringly commented -upon by Sydney Smith in the Edinburgh <i>Review</i>, but from -that date, the political crisis being past, the intellectual development -of the country has been commensurate with its social -and material progress, until at the present day it can be said -there is no department of human knowledge which has not -been more or less thoroughly explored by American authors. -In history, natural science, jurisprudence, and imaginative literature -their efforts have not been exceeded by those of contemporary -authors in any part of the world.</p> - -<p>The catalogue of American books, many of them having -rare excellence, published in the last half century would fill -volumes.</p> - -<p>Perhaps in her periodical literature, more than elsewhere, -America excels. Her leading quarterlies and literary magazines -are scarcely inferior to the best we get from Europe; -while their number and circulation are matter of astonishment. -The masses in America read far more than in other countries. -They patronize 11,403 different periodicals, that have an aggregate -circulation of 31,177,924. Of these 3,637,224 are received -daily, making 148,451,110 papers a year. There are -19,459,107 papers published weekly, making 97,295,535 a year. -Others are published semi-weekly, monthly, semi-monthly, or -quarterly.—<i>Abridged from American Cyclopædia.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>For when a man is brought up honorably, he feels ashamed -to act basely; every one trained to noble deeds blushes to be -found recreant; valor may be taught, as we teach a child to -speak, to hear those things which he knows not; such love as -the child learns he retains with fondness to old age—strong incitements -to train your children well.—<i>Euripides.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="UNITED_STATES_HISTORY">UNITED STATES HISTORY.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR.</h3> - -<p>For twelve years after the defeat of the French, the English -colonists in America, though suffering many things, prospered. -A patriotic, vigorous race had possession of the new world—men -who loved liberty, knew their rights, and dared maintain -them. Their civil institutions were founded on liberal principles, -and the sovereignty of the people recognized. Time and -conflicting interests had somewhat weakened the ties that -bound them to the mother country. Already numbering near -two millions, though nominally subject to the crown they had, -for generations, managed their affairs with more hindrance -than help from the ruling class in Great Britain. Agriculture -was the chief industry, and the products had become extensive; -but commerce hampered by many restrictions was carried on -awkwardly, and often with little profit to the producers. Manufacturing -enterprises were discouraged and hindered by arbitrary -enactments respecting them. The colonists felt the -wrongs they suffered, but endured them till the hindrances and -burdens became intolerable. Their complaints unheeded and -their petitions spurned, nothing could longer delay the bold, -defiant assertion of their rights, or quell the spirit of indignant -resentment. The most thoughtful had reluctantly come to regard -war as inevitable, and resolutely prepared to meet the -demands that would be made on them. The differences between -the home government and the colonists were of long -standing and about matters of such vital interest to the latter, -they could make no compromise. The king and his ministers -claimed the right to tax, at their pleasure, two millions of -British subjects who were allowed no representation in Parliament. -This was denied steadily and with emphasis—every attempt -to enforce, however indirectly, the claim was watched -and defeated. Enactments that were regarded oppressive were -either evaded or openly set at naught. The duties required -could not be collected. No matter how plain the law, governors -who held office by the appointment of the king could not -enforce it, and the recusant merchants and manufacturers, if -arrested and tried, were not convicted. Applications to the -courts for warrants to seize goods were resisted—and neither -search nor seizure was found quite safe for those who attempted -it.</p> - -<p>In 1763 officers were directed to confiscate all merchant -vessels engaged in what was declared unlawful trade, and English -war ships were sent to the American coast to enforce the -order. This exasperating measure ruined for a time trade -with the West Indies, but failed to intimidate. The next year -the odious Stamp Act was passed requiring all deeds, articles -of agreement, notes, receipts, checks and drafts to be written -on paper bearing the government stamp, and taxed from three -pence to six pounds sterling, according to the purpose for -which it was prepared. Franklin, who labored hard to prevent -the passage of the act, was sadly disappointed and wrote to a -friend at home: “The sun of American liberty has set—we -must now light the lamps of industry and economy.” “Be -assured,” said the patriotic friend in reply, “we shall light -torches of another sort.” And they did. The paper was -manufactured and sent over in large quantities, but no market -was found for it. In New York and Boston much of it was -seized and publicly destroyed, while whole cargoes were carried -back to England. The people were thoroughly aroused and -indignant. Crowds of excited men collected in the towns, and -acts of violence were committed against any who proposed -submission. The ringing words of Patrick Henry in the Virginia -legislature, and the resolutions sent out from that body -boldly declaring that the colonists, as Englishmen, would -never submit to be taxed without representation, startled the -people. Some were alarmed, but most expressed hearty approval. -About the same time similar action was taken by the -New York and Massachusetts legislatures, and the question of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_507" id="Page_507">[507]</a></span> -an American Congress, suggestive of a separate nationality, -was agitated. The patriotic society known as “The Sons of -Liberty” was now organized, the members being pledged to -oppose tyranny and defend, with their lives, if necessary, the -sacred rights of freemen. Merchants in the principal cities -bound themselves to buy no more goods from English houses -until the offensive act was repealed, while the people with wonderful -unanimity resolved to deny themselves all imported -luxuries. The storm that was seen to be gathering caused -some hesitation in Parliament. The English manufacturers -and merchants, whose products and merchandise remained in -their storehouses, became alarmed, while a few eminent statesmen -as Lord Camden, and Pitt in the House of Commons, -espoused the cause of the colonists and denounced the folly of -the administration. “You,” said Pitt in a powerful speech, -“have no right to tax America. I rejoice that Americans -have resisted.” The result was the necessitated repeal of the -unwise measure. To cover their retreat from the position -taken, and to conciliate the Tories, the act to repeal was accompanied -with a declaration of “right to bind the colonists in all -things whatsoever.” Nobody seemed to care much for their -harmless declaration, and for a brief space there was quiet, if -not peace.</p> - -<p>A year later there was a change in the ministry, and, in an -hour of unparalleled folly, another scheme was brought forward -to levy a tax in a slightly different form—a duty on sundry -specified articles, such as glass, paper, printers’ colors and -tea. The resentment was immediate and indignant. It seemed -like adding insult to injury, and denunciations of the attempt, -both in popular assemblies and by the press, were prompt and -bitter. Early in 1768 the legislature of Massachusetts adopted -a circular calling on the other colonies for assistance in a determined -effort to have redress. This, more than all that -orators or editors could say, exasperated the British lords, who -in the name of the king enjoined the legislature to at once rescind -their action, that was pronounced treasonable, and to -express regret for such hasty proceedings. The sturdy Massachusetts -men, who had counted the cost, were not in a temper -to do anything of the kind, but instead they almost unanimously -re-affirmed their action; nor would they disperse at his -bidding when the Tory governor, with authority dissolved the -Assembly. They knew the peril of the situation, and their -great disadvantage in having among them and over them -civil officers appointed by the king, while his armies held all -the forts and arsenals of the country. But there was no alternative. -They must accept a servile condition or offer manly -resistance and take the consequences. For this they were -ready, and the people ready to sustain them. In opposition to -the governor’s edict they communicated to their constituents -and to the other colonies their unchanging determination to -resist the unjust demands of their lordly oppressors. This -hastened the crisis. The exasperated governor invoked the -aid of the military. And his friend General Gage, commander -of the British forces in America, ordered from Halifax two regiments -of regulars to strengthen the governor’s police. It -seemed a large force for the purpose, but even they were not -sufficient to squelch the spirit of freedom. The civil authorities -promptly refused to provide supplies or quarters for the -troops for whose presence they had no occasion or need. They -were encamped on the common, and, for the purpose of intimidation, -a great display was made, but it only imbittered -the feelings of the citizens. Mutual hatred between them and -the hired soldiers, aggravated by insults and injuries on both -sides, soon led to open hostilities. A small company of soldiers -were attacked by a mob, and fired, killing some and -wounding others. The rage of the people at the occurrence -knew no bounds. They became so violent that it was thought -advisable to withdraw the troops from the city. The squad -implicated in the massacre was indicted for murder and had -a fair trial. This was magnanimous. The keenest sense of -the injuries received did not make true patriots forgetful of the -personal rights of those who were the instruments of the oppression -they suffered. At the trial of the soldiers John -Adams and Josiah Quincy, both well known as stanch advocates -of the people’s cause, appeared for the defense, and -showed that the evidence could only convict of manslaughter, -and as it seemed in self-defense, the punishment should be light.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile full accounts of these disturbances were sent to -England and caused intense excitement there. Parliament -not only censured the colonists in strongly worded resolutions, -but directed the governors to seize and transport to England -for trial the leaders of disloyalty. The order was never carried -out. Even after this some concessions were made to the -demands of the colonists under the pressure of urgent appeals -from English merchants who saw nothing but financial ruin to -themselves in the loss of their trade with America. The duties -on all articles imported from England were removed except on -tea, and that, it was said, was retained simply to assert the -sovereignty of the home government. This was an effort to -conciliate those whom threats and military displays had failed -to intimidate, but it too failed.</p> - -<p>The East India Company had large quantities of tea in their -storehouses, and having no orders from merchants, and being -assured that many <i>Tories</i>, as all officers and supporters of the -king were called, would patronize them, made arrangements -for carrying on the business through their own agents. The -plan seemed to promise success. Their men were appointed -and a number of vessels freighted and sent to America. But -there were difficulties in the way. In New York and Philadelphia -the consignees, though anxious for the gains promised -them, became alarmed and dared not enter on the duties of -their appointment; and the captains were obliged to return to -England with their cargoes. In Boston the agents of the company -refused to resign, though threatened for their contumacy. -In the midst of the excitement three ships arrived with cargoes -of tea. A large committee demanded that it should be taken -away. Of course there could be no public, and the vigilance -of the citizens prevented a secret landing. The shipmasters -saw that the only safe course for them was to obey the will of -the people, but when they would have departed the governor -was obstinate and no clearance could be obtained without first -landing the cargoes. Repeated meetings were held, the question -fully discussed, when it was resolved to resist to the last -extremity the landing of the tea. They were in mass meeting -when the ultimatum of the governor refusing the passports -was received. The deliberations were then at an end, and the -enthusiasm knew no bounds. A man in the crowd suddenly -gave the war whoop and a rush was made for the wharf. The -disguised man was joined by others, perhaps twenty in number, -who without damaging any other property emptied all the -tea chests into the sea. The work was done speedily and -without hindrance. When informed of these violent proceedings -Parliament immediately passed the “Boston Port Bill,” -and removed the custom house to Salem. At the same time -two other acts were passed, that added fuel to the fire, one -giving the appointment of all civil and judicial officers directly -to the crown; the other providing that in any future trial for -homicide or violent resistance of the lawfully constituted authorities, -the governor might send the accused out of the colony -for trial.</p> - -<p>In 1774 General Gage was appointed governor instead of -Hutchinson. Personally he was much preferred to his predecessor, -but coming to enforce the Port Bill, and having military -authority the people felt that he was their enemy, and -were ready to obstruct any measures he might adopt. Though -Gage, with his army of regulars, was in possession, the organization -and training of the militia proceeded with great zeal. -Soon twelve thousand were enrolled as “Minute Men,” or civilians -ready for military service at a moment’s notice. In the -other colonies much the same state of things existed. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_508" id="Page_508">[508]</a></span> -people organized, drilled and prepared materials of war for the -common defense.</p> - -<p>In September of this year Congress met in Philadelphia. Of -the fifty-three members in attendance nearly all were men of -high standing in society, and already known to the country as -true patriots. They were not an assembly of political aspirants -and adventurers who, for personal ends, had sought the -high position they filled, but representative men who deeply -felt that the best interests, if not the very existence of the communities -they represented demanded of them measures as -prudent and cautious as they were firm and uncompromising. -They indorsed the action of the Massachusetts Convention; -put forth a plain, well-considered declaration of colonial -rights; enumerated instances in which these had been violated; -effected a more efficient opposition to any trade with -England until satisfaction could be obtained for injuries done.</p> - -<p>The moderation yet firmness of Congress met with very general -approval. A few were in sympathy with the government, -and the Quakers condemned everything they thought might -bring on the country the calamities of war. All other religious -bodies, and especially the pastors of the New England churches, -without hesitation lent all their influence to the cause of freedom. -Parliament now decided on more violent coercive -measures. The policy of Pitt was rejected. The colonial -agents, Franklin and others, were refused a hearing, and large -military reënforcements ordered to America. The crisis had -come sooner than some, who thought it inevitable, expected, but -the citizens, cut off from all their sources of prosperity and denounced -as rebels, were ready. The British garrison in Boston -was strong, but the suffering people were unawed, and the -commander of the post learned with some concern of the vigorous -preparations for the impending conflict that were progressing -in all parts of the province. Arms and other war -material were, with all possible speed, collected and stored in -different places. It was soon learned that notwithstanding the -presence of the army and vigilance of the officers, large quantities -of arms and ammunition had been smuggled out of Boston -and stored at Concord, some eighteen miles distant. -General Gage thought the time had come to stop these movements -that might cause him serious trouble, and eighteen -hundred of his infantry were sent to seize the stores at Concord. -The plan of that first raid was supposed to be entirely secret. -But somehow, Dr. Warren, a prominent Boston patriot, became -apprised of it and spread the intelligence through the -country in time to have the stores in part removed to a safer -place. The troops next morning on reaching Lexington, a few -miles from Concord, found a company of militia under arms, -who were ordered to disperse, a volley was fired and eight men -killed. At Concord the minute men endeavored to keep possession -of a bridge, but were charged and driven from it. The -object of the raid was in part accomplished. Some stores that -could not be removed in time to save them were destroyed, but -nothing of value could be taken away. The “Minute Men” -were, by this time, coming from all quarters, and a very hasty -retreat was found necessary. They were exposed to a galling -fire from riflemen concealed on both sides of the road, while -others pressed hard on their rear. Many fell, and but for reënforcements -sent out to meet them, the whole command might -have been cut off or captured. They lost that day not far -from three hundred men. British soldiers and their officers -gained some new ideas of the metal of the untrained militia -with whom they had to deal. The war was now begun, the -first blood shed, and the call to arms was promptly answered -in all parts of the province. In a short time there were more -men gathered about Boston with their rifles and shotguns than -could be employed. The city was besieged, and in the -trenches, amidst intense excitement, there was enough brave -talk of driving the British into the sea. Through all the -southern and middle colonies the news of the opening of the -campaign called forth the strongest expressions of sympathy -and prompt assurances of support in the common cause. -Everywhere the patriots organized for defense and for the -seizure of such military funds and stores as might be found at -posts not sufficiently guarded.</p> - -<p>In May, 1775, Congress met again in Philadelphia and decided -that as war had been commenced by the mother country -the most active measures should be taken for defense. George -Washington, of Virginia, was made commander-in-chief, and -several Major and Adjutant Generals appointed.</p> - -<p>In the meantime the forces that held Gage shut up in Boston -rapidly increased in numbers. Stark, Putnam, Green and Arnold, -with their militia, hastened to the scene of action, eager -to avenge the wrongs of their fellow citizens.</p> - -<p>In another quarter the eccentric Ethan Allen, with a company -of Vermont mountaineers, made a dash as daring and -successful as any during the war. The attention of the patriotic -leaders was turned to the fortress at Ticonderoga, where immense -stores were collected for the use of the British army. -Allen resolved to surprise the garrison and capture the place. -They reached the shore of the lake opposite Ticonderoga without -being discovered, but found the means of transportation -so limited that only eighty men succeeded in crossing. To -delay was to fail, and the attack must be made at once. Allen -and Arnold, who had joined the expedition as a private, rushed -into the gateway of the fort, driving, and entering with the sentinel, -closely followed by their men. The shouts of the audacious -assailants, already within the fort, were such as few garrisons -had heard. Not a gun had been discharged, but Allen’s -men faced the barracks, while he rushed to the quarters of -the commandant, and shouted, “Surrender this fort immediately.” -“By what authority?” inquired the astounded officer, -suddenly roused from his slumbers. “In the name of the Great -Jehovah and of the Continental Congress,” said Allen. And -there seemed to be no alternative. A fortress that cost England -millions of dollars was captured in ten minutes by that -little band of patriots. Twenty cannon and a vast quantity of -all kinds of military stores fell into the hands of the Americans.</p> - -<p>In May of this year Generals Howe, Clinton, and Burgoyne -arrived at Boston with reënforcements that increased the army -holding the place to more than ten thousand men. General -Gage, thus strengthened, became arrogant, issued his proclamation, -denouncing those in arms as rebels, but offering pardon -to any who would submit, excepting Adams and Hancock. -These two, when delivered up or taken, were to suffer -the penalty for treason.</p> - -<p>There were evident preparations for some movement from -Boston—rumor said to burn the neighboring towns, and lay -waste the country. To prevent this the Americans determined -to seize and fortify Bunker Hill, which commanded the peninsula -over which their enemies would seek to pass. On the -night of the 16th of June, Colonel Prescott was sent with a -thousand men to occupy the hill. The movement was skilfully -carried out, and a position a little farther down the peninsula -than that contemplated, and within easy cannon range of the -city was fortified, the men working diligently till morning in -digging trenches and constructing their fort. When the astonished -general discovered what was done, he said: “We must -take those works immediately.” After a fierce cannonade, -that did little harm, the attack was made by General Howe, -with three thousand regulars, determined to carry the works on -the hill by assault. As the column moved forward in fine order, -all the batteries within range opened fire on the intrenchments -of the Americans, who were only about fifteen hundred -in number, and having wrought all night, and till three p. m., -were suffering from hunger and fatigue. Happily the gunners -did not get the range, or much disturb those in the trenches, -who reserved their fire till the head of the column was within -one hundred and fifty feet, when, at the command of Prescott, -every gun was discharged with deliberate aim. The shock was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_509" id="Page_509">[509]</a></span> -terrible. Hundreds fell, and there was a precipitate retreat. -At the foot of the hill they were re-formed, and made a second -fierce assault, with a like result, the men in the trenches reserving -their fire till the enemy were close at hand. The destruction -was so terrible that nearly all the officers fell, and the -shattered column returned in disorder. General Clinton, who -had witnessed the unexpected repulse, hastened to the field -with reinforcements, and the third attempt was more successful. -The provincials had but little ammunition left, and were -unable to repel the fresh assailants. Some had already leaped -over the breastworks, and the brave defenders of the fort -withdrew. In the retreat the lamented Warren fell. Though -defeated it was a glorious day for the patriots. Generals Howe -and Clinton had gained a victory, but at fearful cost. Two -more such would have nearly blotted out that splendid army.</p> - -<p>They dared not venture into the country, but returned to Boston -and were still closely besieged by Washington and his -army. The siege was so pressed that it was difficult to subsist -the army there, and to save the city from destruction they were -allowed to embark the whole army on transports, taking with -them many Tories who had been too open in their friendship -for the Royalists to be safe if left behind. Of that class there -were some in almost all communities, and during the bloody -years that followed they both suffered much and caused much -suffering. In some sections where they were numerous the citizen -conflicts between Whigs and Tories, or Patriots and Loyalists -were characterized by great bitterness and unmitigated cruelty -on both sides. Hundreds were slain not in battle, but by the -hands of assassins who were neighbors, and had been friends.</p> - -<p>For nearly a year no decisive battles were fought, though there -was much skirmishing and much suffering, destruction of property -and loss of life. The colonists were in an anomalous condition, -still confessing themselves British subjects, and in the -Episcopal churches repeating prayers for the king, while doing -all in their power to resist his authority and destroy his -armies.</p> - -<p>In June, 1776, a resolution similar to that passed by the Virginia -Assembly, was discussed in Congress with much ability, -and on the 4th of July the memorable Declaration of Independence, -drawn up by Jefferson, with the assistance of Franklin -and others, was adopted. The preamble, as remarkable for -its finish as for clearness and strength, commences: “When -in the course of human events it becomes necessary for one -people to dissolve the political bonds which have connected -them with another, and to assume among the nations of the -earth the separate and equal station to which the laws of nature -and nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect for the -opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the -causes which impel them to the separation.” After such a beginning -there follows a clear, succinct, forcible statement of the -wrongs endured, and the contemptuous rejection of all petitions -for redress. The conclusion reached is in the following -words: “These united colonies are, and of right ought to be, -free and independent States, that they are absolved from all -allegiance to the British crown, and that all political connection -between them and Great Britain is and ought to be totally -dissolved.”</p> - -<p>For the maintenance of this declaration the signers pledged -their property, lives and sacred honor.</p> - -<p>Hostilities were continued with, if possible, more determined -energy on both sides. With some partial successes there followed -a long series of disasters to the patriot cause, that at -times seemed almost hopeless.</p> - -<p>In August Washington, anticipating an attack on New York, -sent Putnam with nine hundred men to defend the place. They -were defeated with heavy loss on Long Island. The enemy, -however, did not gain much from the victory, as the patriots -quietly crossed the river to New York in the night, and the victors -had but possession of the island, and nothing more. In -the city Washington himself took command, and had a large -part of his available forces there. When the British fleet, that -was expected, entered the harbor, any attempt further to defend -the place would have been useless, and the patriot forces -were withdrawn. Fort Washington, a place of great natural -and artificial strength, on Manhattan Island, five miles from -the city, was for some reason not evacuated when the army -left, and was some time after attacked and forced to surrender. -The assailants suffered great loss, but took the fort, and -the garrison of two thousand men were crowded into the filthy -New York military prisons. Washington retreated through -New Jersey, closely pursued, but by great vigilance and skill -avoided a conflict for which he was not prepared. It often requires -more real generalship to conduct a retreat safely, than -to make a successful assault, and the great American general, -with an army so inferior in numbers and equipments, had -much to do in that line during the struggle for independence.</p> - -<p>On the 8th of December he crossed the Delaware, taking with -him or destroying all the boats within reach, and thus baffled his -pursuer. Cornwallis found it necessary to wait for the freezing of -the river, and reluctantly put his army into winter quarters in -the nearest towns and villages. Two thousand Hessians, commanded -by Colonel Rahl, occupied Trenton, and the other detachments -were arranged so that all might proceed against -Philadelphia soon as the river was bridged with ice. During -the month Washington saw and seized the opportunity to strike -a blow for his disheartened country. He planned to cross the -river Christmas night, in three divisions, and attack the portion -of the army at Trenton before daylight. The division led by -the General himself and Sullivan succeeded, not without great -difficulty because of the floating ice, in crossing some miles -above the town. The others failed. Though delayed beyond -the time intended, and without the support expected, the attempt -must be made. So dividing those that were over into -two bands, that the assault might be made on both sides at -once, they approached rapidly. The Hessians were completely -surprised, their Colonel killed at the first volley, and the whole -regiment, thinking themselves surrounded, threw down their -arms and begged for quarter. They were made prisoners of -war, and before night their captors had them safe beyond the -river. This at the time, and under all the circumstances, was -an event of great importance, as it encouraged the soldiers -and gave new hope to the country.</p> - -<p>Three days after, Washington with all his available force -returned to Trenton, and on the day following, Cornwallis approached -from Princeton with the main body of his army, determined -to crush the resolute Americans. After much skirmishing -Cornwallis attempted to force his way into the town, -but was repulsed, and, as it was now evening, thought it prudent -to wait for the morning. The position of the Americans, -confronted with such superior numbers, was critical. To attempt -to recross the Delaware was too hazardous, so it was -promptly decided to withdraw quietly in the night, and by a -circuitous route to strike the enemy at Princeton before his expectant -antagonist could discover the movement. The baggage -was safely removed, the campfires were lighted, and a guard -left to keep them burning. The sentries walked their beats -too, unconcernedly, till the morning light showed a deserted -camp, and about the same time the roar of American cannon -thirteen miles away told Cornwallis how he had been outgeneraled. -A sharp battle was fought at Princeton, and Washington -was again victorious, but the legions of the British army -were within hearing. When they arrived the active enemy -that had so annoyed and harmed them had departed, going -northward. Again sadly disappointed, Cornwallis must needs -hasten to New Brunswick, to protect the stores.</p> - -<p>It is impossible here even to mention the important events -that followed. For weary months and years the terribly destructive -war continued. Many campaigns were planned and -conducted with great energy. Battles were fought in which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_510" id="Page_510">[510]</a></span> -the carnage was fearful. Ships were burned or sunk—strongholds -were taken by siege or assault, and the garrisons defending -them cut to pieces, or, as in some instances, cruelly massacred -after they were surrendered. Towns and hamlets were -burned, and large sections of country laid waste. For a time -the greatest destruction was in the East and North, but when -the work of death fairly commenced in the South blood flowed -not less freely. In 1779 the principal theater of the war was in -Georgia and the Carolinas, and the heaviest engagements were -adverse to the Americans. Savannah and Charleston were -captured and the whole states overrun by detachments of British -soldiers who at first met with but little opposition. Very -soon, however, the patriots, though unable by reason of their -losses to take the field in force, renewed the contest under -Sumter, Marrion, Pickens, and other daring leaders who continually -harassed not only the British, but also the Tories, of -whom there were great numbers in that region.</p> - -<p>In the North General Burgoyne, after two battles with General -Gates, in both of which the Americans had the advantage, -surrendered his whole army of seven thousand regulars, beside -Indians and Canadians. This achievement, vastly important -to the country, as it had influence in securing the powerful aid -of France, gave Gates a standing higher than he deserved or -could maintain. On account of his victory at Saratoga he was -sent to recover South Carolina; but in his first encounter with -Cornwallis at Camden, he was routed, with the loss of one -thousand men, and with the remnant of his army fled to North -Carolina.</p> - -<p>After obtaining aid from France, though some serious disasters -were suffered, and the faint-hearted were at times discouraged, -the cause of the country gained strength till final success -was assured.</p> - -<p>In 1781, at Cowpens, S. C., on January 17th, General Morgan -won a brilliant victory over the British under Tarleton; -and the bloody battle at Eutaw Springs nearly terminated the -war in South Carolina. In Virginia, Cornwallis, who was now -opposed by La Fayette, Wayne and Steuben, had fortified himself -at Yorktown, where he had a large army. Meanwhile, the -American army of the North, under Washington, and the -French army under Count de Rochambeau formed a junction -on the Hudson which seemed to threaten an attack on Clinton -in New York, and effectually prevented him from sending aid -to the army shut up at Yorktown. By a sudden diversion, and -before the movement was discovered, the allied armies, 12,000 -strong, were far on their way toward Yorktown, and arrived -without hindrance, on the 28th of September. The siege was -but short. On the 19th of October Cornwallis surrendered, -with his whole army of 7,000 men. This victory substantially -terminated the conflict, and secured American independence. -Thus ended the war which, in the language of Pitt, “Was conceived -in injustice, nurtured in folly, and whose footsteps were -marked with slaughter and devastation. The nation was -drained of its best blood and its vital resources, for which -nothing was received in return but a series of inefficient victories -and disgraceful defeats; victories obtained over men fighting -in the holy cause of liberty—defeats which filled the land -with mourning for the loss of dear and valuable relations, -slain in a detested and impious quarrel.”</p> - -<p>During the seven years of blood Great Britain sent to the -war she was waging to subdue her colonists 134,000 soldiers -and seamen. The forces of the United States and their allies -consisted of 230,000 regular soldiers, and some 56,000 militia. -Those who perished in battle or otherwise, by reason of the -war, reached some hundreds of thousands; other hundreds of -thousands were made widows or orphans, while the cost in actual -expenditures and property destroyed must be told by -hundreds of millions. And yet, for America, the sacrifice was -not too great. The heritage of freedom left us is more than -worth it all.</p> - -<p class="center smaller">[End of Required Reading for 1883-4.]</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="NIGHT">NIGHT.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By CHARLES GRINDROD.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The sunset fades into a common glow:</div> -<div class="verse i2">A deeper shadow all the valley fills:</div> -<div class="verse">The trees are ghostlier in the fields below:</div> -<div class="verse i2">The river runs more darkly through the hills:</div> -<div class="verse i2">Only the Night-bird’s voice the coppice thrills,</div> -<div class="verse">Stirring the very leaves into a sense.</div> -<div class="verse i2">A witching stillness holds the breath of things.</div> -<div class="verse">Earth has put on her garb of reverence,</div> -<div class="verse i2">As when a nun within a cloister sings</div> -<div class="verse i2">To mourn a passing soul before it wings.</div> -<div class="verse">Silent as dew now falls the straight-winged Night.</div> -<div class="verse i2">Clear overhead (God’s still imaginings),</div> -<div class="verse">Shining like Hope, through very darkness bright,</div> -<div class="verse">Star follows star, till heaven is all alight.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="ECCENTRIC_AMERICANS">ECCENTRIC AMERICANS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By COLEMAN E. BISHOP.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>VII.—THE WELL-BALANCED ECCENTRIC.</h3> - -<p>At length we have an Eccentric American who was practical, -successful, useful, and happy; who was a conservative -radical, a laughing philanthropist, a non-resisting hero, a -lovely fighting Quaker, the popular champion of an unpopular -cause, and—most singular of all!—a Christian in fact and act, -though counted a heretic by evangelicals, and excommunicated -by his own sect. It is just because his life was gentle, and the -elements so mixed in him, that Isaac T. Hopper takes rank as -one of the grandest and rarest of Eccentrics. For, as the -reader may know, we have declared from the outset of this -series that the true man in a false world is necessarily eccentric; -that uniformity is always at the expense of principle. -“Ay, sir; to be honest, as this world goes, is to be one man -picked out often thousand.” And isn’t that odd?</p> - -<p>The key to this symmetrical eccentricity of friend Hopper is -found in the counterbalancing qualities of his character. A -powerful will was offset by a conscience equally imperative. A -native bravery was balanced by softness of heart, so that he -was at once incapable of fear and of cruelty; combativeness -was mollified by simplicity of manner and frankness of speech. -A genius for finesse was by an all-pervading benevolence and -love of justice enlisted in the service of the slave and the convict; -a lively sense of humor sweetened the austerities of a -formal religion, softened the asperities of a life of warfare and -informed great natural pride with geniality. With less love of -abstract justice, he might have been a great lawyer; with less -conscience and benevolence he might have been a great soldier; -with less earnestness and dignity he might have been a -great comedian; with less philanthropy he might have been a -great business man; with less executive will he might have -been a great preacher. Balanced as these qualities were, he -was a rare Eccentric—being lawyer, soldier, comedian, business -man and minister combined.</p> - -<p>“The boy was father of the man,” in his case. Born in 1771 -to poor parents, farmers in New Jersey, he early made manifest -extraordinary qualities.</p> - -<p><i>Bravery.</i>—A cosset lamb which he had reared was -seized by a foraging party of British soldiers from Philadelphia -and cast bound into their wagon. The lad of ten -years ran and climbed into the vehicle, cut the cords -with a rusty jack-knife, and then stoutly resisted the captors, -until the officer in command, attracted by the outcry, rode up -and ordered the lamb restored, out of admiration for the wee -patriot’s pluck and devotion. He would fight any man on behalf -of all of his pet animals, of which he always had a menagerie, -caught and tamed by aid of a certain brute free-masonry -which he possessed.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_511" id="Page_511">[511]</a></span></p> - -<p><i>Justice.</i>—Isaac and his brother trapped partridges. One day -the former found one in his brother’s trap and none in his own; -first removing the bird to his own trap he carried it home, saying -he took it out of his trap—the little lawyer! But before -morning conscience asserted itself, he confessed the deception -and restored the game—the little justice!</p> - -<p><i>Humor.</i>—His love of mischief kept him in continual disgrace, -and the house and school in continual turmoil—albeit -his love of justice usually led to reparation of damages; if he -got others into scrapes he was quite willing to shoulder the -consequences; he could fill a schoolmate’s dinner pail with -sand, and then dry all tears by giving up his own lunch. One -night he went to see old Polly milk. Fun soon got the better -of the boy, he got a twig, the cow got a sensation, and Polly -got a surprise. There was a lacteal cataclysm and a <i>tableau -vivant</i>; mingled strains of wild juvenile laughter and wilder -feminine screams, accompanied by a rude barbaric clangor of -cow-bell and tin pail. The boy went slippered and supperless -to bed, but he lay there hungry and happy, waking the -wild echoes of his raftered chamber with shouts of laughter -over the persisting vision of how the maid turned pale and -flew, and the cow turned pail and ran, with altitudinous tail and -head. The artless sports of our childhood are often our most -enduring joys, and Father Hopper never forgot this <i>chef -d’œuvre</i> of his childhood, though he was only five years old when -he thus essayed the part of <i>Puck</i>; for he afterward secured the -cow’s bell, and for fifty years used it as a dinner bell, refusing -to substitute a more melodious, but less memorial monitor. He -immensely enjoyed reviving at once the household and his -own thoughts with it, and often with a sedate Quaker chuckle -told the story when he tolled the bell.</p> - -<p>Not the least curious antithesis in this mixed character was -his open-heartedness and cunning; his simplicity of speech -and shrewdness of management. From the age of nine years -he marketed the farm produce in Philadelphia, and there was -known as “The Little Governor,” for his precocious dignity. -When asked the price of a pair of fowls, he replied, “My -father told me to sell them for fifty cents if I could, if not, to -take forty.” He got the fifty before he would part with them, -however—just as, years on, he would frankly give up his plans -to an antagonist and still beat him.</p> - -<p>Isaac’s sympathy with the enslaved was aroused as early as -the age of nine by listening to the harrowing narrative of a -native African captive; and he was only sixteen years old -when he assisted to liberate a slave who had acquired the right -of freedom by residence in Philadelphia. The lad was at that -time apprentice to a tailor, his uncle, in the city. Slavery -still existed in all the states of the union, though the movement -for its gradual abolishment had been begun in several of -them. Pennsylvania had taken a long step in this direction -by enacting the gradual emancipation of her own citizens’ -slaves, and decreeing that any slave from another state, coming -by his owner’s consent into Pennsylvania and there abiding -continuously for six months, should be free; and that any -slave landing there from a foreign country should immediately -become free by that fact. It was in enforcing this law, as also -in preventing the kidnaping of free negroes from Pennsylvania, -that Hopper soon distinguished himself. Philadelphia -became a modern city of refuge, and Friend Hopper a recognized -deliverer of fugitives and freedmen, from either Southern -or Northern states. It is thus a fact, not often remarked as to -the relation of human slavery to our government, that the first -blows at the institution were the work of state rights; and that -the remedy provided for this trenching of one state upon the -institutions of another, in the fugitive slave law of Fillmore’s -time, was an encroachment of federal power over the previously -reserved rights of the states. The National Anti-Slavery -Society was formed many years later; the national conscience -was not yet quickened on this question; but Philadelphia had -even then a local anti-slavery society, and with it Friend Hopper -identified himself. He made himself master of all the -laws, findings, decisions and proceedings relating to slavery -and manumission, as well as, incidentally, an adept in the -proverbially intricate Pennsylvania laws of contracts, property, -evidence, and general processes, so that he soon became the -best authority thereon in Philadelphia. In fact, he was the -embodiment of that enigma which, it is alleged, could “puzzle -a Philadelphia lawyer.” His standing in court became so well -recognized that no lawyer was anxious to take a case against -him. “You had better consult Mr. Hopper,” said a judge to a -veteran counselor who asked his opinion on a slave case before -him, “he knows more law on these cases than you and I -both together.” “I thought I knew something of law, but it -seems I do not,” said a magistrate petulantly, upon being -tripped up in a slave case by Friend Hopper, a layman. The -latter did not scruple to use in behalf of freedom all the technicalities -and delays of law; and his craft in these devices was -not the less effective because his openness of manner made -him seem an unsophisticated and rather simple fellow. His -dignity, simplicity and directness of speech in quaint Quaker -phraseology, compelled the respect of courts and won the confidence -of juries. If needs were he would procrastinate and -continue a case in court three or four years, until the master -would tire out and sell the manumission of the slave for a -nominal sum. In case of attempted kidnaping he took the -aggressive against the abductors, and forced them to pay -roundly for the benefit of the negroes; generally those who -came to carry off others were glad enough to escape themselves. -Hopper and other friends advanced large sums of -money for the purchase of manumissions, which were invariably -repaid, in part or entire, from the subsequent earnings of -the freedmen.</p> - -<p>Unbroken success at length brought Friend Hopper a factitious -reputation, insomuch that it was difficult to enlist Philadelphia -officers of law heartily against him; if a magistrate reluctantly -granted a process, the constables more timidly executed -it. “Did you say I dared not grant a warrant to search -your house?” demanded the Mayor upon one occasion.</p> - -<p>“Indeed I did say so, and I now repeat it,” rejoined the -imperturbable Quaker. “I am a man of established reputation; -I am not a suspicious character.” (This was what the -world calls “bluffing.” The slave was at that moment locked -in his house.)</p> - -<p>“Is not this man’s slave in your house?” asked the Mayor.</p> - -<p>“Thou hast no right to ask that question, friend Mayor. A -man is not bound to inform against himself. Thou well -knowest the penalty for secreting a slave.”</p> - -<p>Getting no evidence sufficient for a search-warrant, his house -was watched day and night for a week. Friend Hopper, with -perfect urbanity, tendered the planter the use of his warm parlor -as a guard-house, for the nights were cold. This was surlily -refused. In the morning he had a good hot breakfast -prepared for the shivering men outside, but they dared not -accept it. They had learned that Hopper was most dangerous -when most agreeable, and feared a trick from the gift-bearing -Greek. A ruse <i>was</i> preparing for them. At night a free colored -man was employed to run out of the house. The guard -sprang out of their hiding and seized him, but immediately released -him on perceiving their mistake. Hopper arrested -them and put them under peace bonds. This made them cautious. -The next night the same negro made another rush and -was not stopped. The third night it was the slave who did the -rushing; he ran past the irresolute guard and escaped to other -hiding, until Hopper could negotiate his manumission with the -discouraged master.</p> - -<p>On one occasion he instituted a fictitious suit for debt against -a freedman in order to gain time to secure evidence of his -freedom. On another, he offered to become bound <i>to the -United States</i> for the return of a slave to court, and the simple -magistrate so entered the recognizance. When the day came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_512" id="Page_512">[512]</a></span> -Hopper was there but the slave was not, and magistrate, owner -and lawyer for the first time discovered that the bond was -worthless, as the United States could not be a party to it. -Again he entered into an undertaking to produce a slave or pay -$500 for his freedom—after his master had once before agreed to -free him for $150. He produced the slave, and professed to -have failed in raising the $500, and demanded the return of his -bond. The slave, previously instructed, as soon as the bond -touched Hopper’s hand, bolted and escaped by a back door -and an alley. The master was so furious at this trick that he -assaulted several free colored people, for which he was arrested -and threatened with such heavy penalties that he was -glad to remit the $150 first promised him for a bill of manumission, -and to pay some damages to the other negroes besides.</p> - -<p>“There is no use trying to capture a runaway slave in Philadelphia,” -exclaimed an irate and discouraged master. “I -believe the devil himself could not catch them when they once -get here.”</p> - -<p>“That is very likely,” answered Friend Hopper with a -twinkling eye; “but I think he would have less difficulty in -catching the masters, being so much more familiar with them.”</p> - -<p>In dealing with so desperate a class of men as usually made -a business of man-chasing, incensed as they were by his successful -tactics, Hopper was often in extreme peril, and he -always showed a coolness and dexterity equal to the most -daring of them. His adventures and escapes outdo romance. -After making all allowance for supposed consciousness of the -weakness of a bad cause on the part of his antagonists, and -the moral effect of his name; after picturing his insensibility -to fear, his calm, good-natured, and dignified bearing, and -above all, that remarkable will-power, under which officers in -the rightful discharge of their duties had been known to surrender -to him—maugre all this, it seems wonderful that in the hundreds -of cases he had to do with, he neither used force nor -(save once) suffered by force. It seems as if there could have -been found some one man in the United States cool enough to -face down or reckless enough to strike down this man of peace—but -there was not. It must have been the power of passiveness, -the irresistibleness of non-resistance. “The weak alone -are strong.” This is Scriptural eccentricity. Even in this -world of force he who, when smitten on one cheek, can turn -the other, may conquer—though this is a definition of success -by cheek that is not usually accepted.</p> - -<p>The solitary occasion upon which Friend Hopper suffered -violence was when a posse of kidnapers guarding a negro -threw him bodily from a second story window. Though severely -hurt, as it afterward turned out, he gained a reëntrance, -and while the guard were yet congratulating themselves on -being well rid of him, he walked into the room, cut the captive’s -bonds and secured his escape. He seemed to bear a -charmed life, and when years later he went to Europe, he -found the reputation of a wizard had preceded him.</p> - -<p>These efforts lasted during his forty years’ residence in Philadelphia, -and continued after his removal to New York (1829). -Not less than one thousand persons owed their escape from -servitude to him, some of them becoming useful members of -society. One was a missionary to Sierra Leone, one a bishop, -several were preachers and teachers. So this one tailor made -nine men multiplied an hundred fold.</p> - -<p>He made other than black men. His labors in behalf of -prison reform and for the raising of fallen men and abandoned -women, and the relief of the unfortunate, if less exciting, -were not less apt to draw our admiration and sympathy. -The story of “The Umbrella Girl,” which has traveled the -rounds of the press for forty years, is a good example of his -tact in conducting a delicate case to a happy end; one hardly -knows which most to admire, the goodness or the shrewdness -of the philanthropist. His biography, by Lydia Maria Child, -abounds in narratives of these acts; it would make an admirable -Sunday-school library volume.</p> - -<p>His success in reclaiming the lost and despairing was largely -due to two beautiful traits, viz.: his confidence in human nature -and his patient long-suffering. Seventy and seven times -could he forgive and lift again a brother, because he believed -there was an imperishable spark of the divine there. He was -accustomed to say that there was not one among the prisoners -in the Philadelphia penitentiary with whom he would be afraid -to trust himself alone by night with large sums of money in his -pocket.</p> - -<p>His biographer tells the following in point:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>One of the prisoners, who had been convicted of manslaughter, became -furious, in consequence of being threatened with a whipping. -When they attempted to bring him out of his dungeon to receive punishment, -he seized a knife and a club, rushed back again, and swore he -would kill the first person who came near him. Being a very strong -man, and in a state of madness, no one dared to approach him. They -tried to starve him into submission, but finding he was not to be subdued -that way, they sent for Friend Hopper, as they were accustomed -to do in all such difficult emergencies. He went boldly into the cell, -looked the desperado calmly in the face, and said, “It is foolish for -thee to contend with the authorities, thou wilt be compelled to yield at -last. I will inquire into thy case. If thou hast been unjustly dealt by, -I promise thee it shall be remedied.” This kind and sensible remonstrance -had the desired effect. From that time forward he had great -influence over the ferocious fellow, who was always willing to be -guided by his advice, and finally became one of the most reasonable -and orderly inmates of the prison.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Charity for convicts was truly eccentric in that day. The -general sentiment regarding prisoners and prison management -was far different from what it now is. It was with great difficulty -that consent could be got to even hold religious services -in prison; the authorities declaring that the prisoners would -rise, kill the minister, escape in a body, and burn and kill indiscriminately. -At the first service (1787) they had a loaded -cannon mounted on the rostrum, by the side of the messenger -of Christ, a man standing by with lighted match during the -prayer and preaching, the prisoners being carefully arranged in -a solid column in front of the cannon. Thus was accompanied -the first preaching to prisoners in this country. Deplorable as -was their situation behind the bars, their punishment was -hardly less after their release. “Who passes here leaves hope -behind” might have been written over the prison door outside -and inside. (Was the North then more humane in its regard of -convicts than the South was in its regard of slaves? In which -respect has public sentiment more improved, and in what -states most?)</p> - -<p>Among the insane, too, he was a missionary. He had the -clairvoyant sense to understand, and the mysterious power to -control them, such as made him when a boy a tamer of wild -animals. In fact, among all the depraved and unfortunate -elements of society his face was a benediction, his tones pulsated -hope, his hand lifted to better lives. I fancy that his -cheery, hearty, homely, sympathetic presence came from the -feminine side of his nature, while the strong uplift and commanding -presence came from the masculine side; and that he -seemed both mother and father to the unfortunate; to be a -representative of both home and heaven. The grandest natures -that walk the earth are these congenital marriages, combinations -of the two sexes in one person. The weakest, those -which are only masculine or only feminine.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“The bravest are the tenderest,</div> -<div class="verse i1">The loving are the daring.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Friend Hopper’s appearance was much in his favor in this -work. His erect form, jet black, curly hair, plain, rich Quaker -costume, and dignified port made him conspicuous in a crowd. -But his face was the study. Its lines mingled of strength and -tenderness gave it that representation of benign efficiency -which sculptors and limners try to give to their personifications -of divine attributes. Humboldt’s was one of those faces—and -I remember once seeing some children, constructing a “play”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_513" id="Page_513">[513]</a></span> -world, paste a likeness of Humboldt to the ceiling. When -asked what that was for, they explained with perfect sincerity -and reverence, “That is God.” Happy the childhood that -hath received such beautiful conceptions of the All Father! -It was often remarked that Hopper’s face bore a strong resemblance -to that of Napoleon Bonaparte. Joseph Bonaparte, -when he resided at Bordentown, frequently commented on the -remarkable likeness, and declared that Isaac T. Hopper could -easily excite a revolution in Paris.</p> - -<p>In 1829 Friend Hopper had reduced himself to insolvency -by the expenditure of money and time on behalf of others, and -he closed his tailoring business at Philadelphia, removed to -New York, and accepted the agency for the publications of the -Anti-Slavery Society. Here his activity in behalf of slaves got -him worse enmity than in Philadelphia it did. New York’s -commercial interests made her a Northern stronghold of pro-slavery -sentiment. The press was violent against the Abolitionists, -the courts were unfriendly, and “Judge Lynch” more -than once summarily adjudicated their cases. One of these -mobs directed their attack toward Friend Hopper’s store, after -having sacked several places. He was apprised of the danger -but refused to budge, to call in help, to close his doors, or to -put up his shutters. He received the howling rioters, standing -impassively on the steps. Not a word was uttered on either -side; the mob stopped its course there, because the sight of its -master compelled it to pause, and presently it passed on to other -spoliation. It was quite fit that in the same city twenty-five -years later, the mob which hung negroes to lamp posts and -burned colored orphan asylums should single out the house of -Isaac T. Hopper’s daughter for destruction, while she was away -nursing soldiers in the hospitals!</p> - -<p>The commercial spirit of slavery invaded every interest of -society and every church. Even the Quakers became infected, -insomuch that Friend Hopper and others were tried and expelled -the society for their connection with anti-slavery publications. -Thus the persecuted sect of old turned persecutors. -This was the severest penalty this Eccentric was called on to -pay for his adherence to his work; for he loved the faith and -associations of his fathers. It was he who remained orthodox -and regular, however, and the society which became eccentric -to true Quakerism; they narrowed and declined. “His character -grew larger and his views more liberal, after the bonds -which bound him to a sect were cut asunder,” says his Quaker -biographer; “it is astonishing how troublesome a living soul -proves to be when they try to shut it up within the narrow limits -of a drowsy sect.” He lived to be solicited to return to the society, -and to decline a connection with a church which he -thought had abandoned its own faith and practice.</p> - -<p>In New York Friend Hopper also continued his work on behalf -of prisoners and offenders. Public interest at length -awoke; the Prison Association was formed, and organized -efforts began in that direction. Father Hopper was made its -agent, and he became a very active one, for though seventy-four -years old, his movements were as elastic, his spirit as -young, and his hair as unstreaked of white as ever. In the -legal relations of this work, Friend Hopper was frequently before -the legislature and the governor of the state, and his appeals -uniformly secured ameliorations of law or pardon of -convicts. “Friend Hopper, I will pardon any convict whom you -say you conscientiously believe I ought to pardon,” said Governor -Young. Hopper always addressed his excellency as -“Esteemed friend, John Young,” and the Governor in reply -adopted the Quaker “thou” and “thee.” When he was -seventy-eight years old the Prison Association struck a bronze -medallion likeness of Hopper, from the fine portrait by the artist -Page, representing him raising a prisoner from the ground, and -bearing the striking text:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“To seek and save that which was lost.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>No one this side of the White Throne knows how many he -was instrumental in rescuing from worse than death. One -whom he had lifted from prison, from the insane asylum, from -the gutter many times, and at last made a safe, good, and -happy woman, thus wrote him:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Father Hopper, you first saw me in prison, and visited me. You -followed me to the asylum. You did not forsake me. You have changed -a bed of straw to a bed of down. May heaven bless and reward you for -it. No tongue can express the gratitude I feel. Many are the hearts -you have made glad. Suppose all you have dragged out of one place -and another were to stand before you at once! I think you would have -more than you could shake hands with in a month; and I know you -would shake hands with them all.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>Isaac T. Hopper’s democratic spirit was one of the most conspicuous -of his minor traits. It was founded in his natural lack -of reverence and intense love of justice, and fostered by his -religious training and political experience. He came honestly -by it. His mother revealed it in her parting injunction to him -upon his leaving home: “My son, you are now going forth to -make your own way in the world. Always remember that you -are as good as any other person; but remember also that you -are no better.” Fowler, the phrenologist, made a happy guess -when he said of Hopper:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“He has very little reverence, and stands in no awe of the powers -that be. He is emphatically republican in feeling and character. He -has very little credulity; he understands just when and where to take -men and things.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>How remarkable was the benevolence of a man thus keen-sighted -for human defects, and immovable by human excellence, -that he became so great a philanthropist; but for this -counterbalance of sympathy and justice he would have been a -cynic—with his keen wit, a satirist. His democratic manners -showed more conspicuously in the old country than here. The -following incidents illustrate his irreverence and coolness:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>When in Bristol, he asked permission to look at the interior of the -cathedral. He had been walking about some little time when a rough -looking man said to him in a very surly tone, “Take off your hat, sir!”</p> - -<p>He replied very courteously, “I have asked permission to enter here -to gratify my curiosity as a stranger. I hope there is no offense.”</p> - -<p>“Take off your hat!” rejoined the rude man. “If you don’t, I’ll -take it off for you.”</p> - -<p>Friend Hopper leaned on his cane, looked him full in the face, and -answered very coolly, “If thou dost, I hope thou wilt send it to my -lodgings; for I shall have need of it this afternoon. I lodge at No. 35, -Lower Crescent, Clifton.” The place designated was about a mile -from the cathedral. The man stared at him as if puzzled whether he -were talking to an insane person or not. When the imperturbable -Quaker had seen all he cared to see, he deliberately walked away.</p> - -<p>At Westminster Abbey he paid the customary fee of two shillings -sixpence for admission. The doorkeeper followed him, saying, “You -must uncover yourself, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Uncover myself,” exclaimed the Friend, with an affectation of ignorant -simplicity. “What dost thou mean? Must I take off my -coat?”</p> - -<p>“Your coat!” responded the man, smiling. “No, indeed, I mean -your hat.”</p> - -<p>“And what should I take off my hat for?” he inquired.</p> - -<p>“Because you are in a church, sir,” answered the doorkeeper.</p> - -<p>“I see no church here,” rejoined the Quaker. “Perhaps thou -meanest the house where the church assembles. I suppose thou art -aware that it is the <i>people</i>, not the <i>building</i>, that constitutes a church, -sir?”</p> - -<p>The idea seemed new to the man, but he merely repeated, “You -must take off your hat, sir.”</p> - -<p>But the Friend inquired, “What for? On account of these images? -Thou knowest Scripture commands us not to worship graven images.”</p> - -<p>The man persisted in saying that no person could be permitted to -pass through the church without uncovering his head. “Well, friend,” -rejoined Isaac, “I have some conscientious scruples on that subject; so -give me back my money and I will go out.”</p> - -<p>The reverential habits of the doorkeeper were not quite strong<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_514" id="Page_514">[514]</a></span> -enough to compel him to that sacrifice; and he walked away without -saying anything more on the subject.</p> - -<p>When Friend Hopper visited the House of Lords, he asked the sergeant-at-arms -if he might sit on the throne. He replied, “No, sir. No -one but his majesty sits there.”</p> - -<p>“Wherein does his majesty differ from other men?” inquired he. -“If his head were cut off, wouldn’t he die?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly he would,” replied the officer.</p> - -<p>“So would an American,” rejoined Friend Hopper. As he spoke -he stepped up to the gilded railing that surrounded the throne, and -tried to open the gate. The officer told him it was locked. “Well, -won’t the same key that locked it unlock it?” inquired he. “Is this -the key hanging here?”</p> - -<p>Being informed that it was, he took it down and unlocked the gate. -He removed the satin covering from the throne, carefully dusting the -railing with his handkerchief before he hung the satin over it, and then -seated himself in the royal chair. “Well,” said he, “do I look anything -like his majesty?”</p> - -<p>The man seemed embarrassed, but smiled as he answered, “Why, -sir, you certainly fill the throne very respectably.”</p> - -<p>There were several noblemen in the room, who seemed to be extremely -amused by these unusual proceedings.</p> - -</div> - -<p>Father Hopper lived verily to a “green old age.” On his -eightieth birthday he thus wrote to his youngest daughter, -Mary:</p> - -<p>“My eye is not dim, nor my natural force abated. My head -is well covered with hair, which still retains its usual glossy, -dark color, with but few gray hairs sprinkled about. My life -has been prolonged beyond most, and has been truly a chequered -scene. Mercy and kindness have followed me thus -far, and I have faith that they will continue with me to the -end.”</p> - -<p>A few months later, going to visit a discharged convict for -whom the association had built a shop far up in the city, Friend -Hopper took a fatal cold. It was a long and painful sickness, -but he restrained his tendency to groan by singing, and said: -“There is no cloud. There is nothing in the way. Nothing -troubles me.” His heart was with his past work. His son-in-law -wrote: “Reminiscences are continually falling from his -lips, like leaves in autumn from an old forest tree; not, indeed -green, but rich in the colors that are of the tree, and characteristic. -I have never seen so beautiful a close to a good man’s -life.” On the last day he said: “I seem to hear voices singing, -‘We have come to take thee home.’” And again he spoke low -to his daughter, “Maria, is there anything peculiar in this room?” -“No; why do you ask that question?” “Because,” said the dying -patriarch, “you all look so beautiful; and the covering on -the bed hath such glorious colors as I never saw. But perhaps -I had better not have said anything about it.”</p> - -<p>His last act was characteristic. Calling for his box of private -papers he took out one and asked to have it destroyed, -lest it should do some injury. He confided to his eldest daughter -as a precious keepsake a little yellow paper, fastened by a -rusty pin; it was the first love letter of his first love, her -mother, written when she and he were fourteen years old, -children in school. Love of justice and love of love in his last -breath!</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>Truth is the source of every good to gods and men. He who -expects to be blest and fortunate in this world should be a partaker -of it from the earliest moment of his life, that he may live -as long as possible a person of truth; for such a man is trustworthy. -But that man is untrustworthy who loveth a lie in his -heart; and if it be told involuntary, and in mere wantonness, -he is a fool. In neither case can they be envied; for every -knave and shallow dunce is without real friends. As time -passes on to morose old age, he becomes known, and has prepared -for himself at the end of his life a dreary solitude; so -that, whether his associates and children be alive or not, his -life becomes nearly equally a state of isolation.—<i>Plato.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="WHAT_SHALL_WE_DO_WITH_THE">WHAT SHALL WE DO WITH THE INEBRIATES?</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="smaller hanging">Synopsis of a lecture delivered on Saturday, April 12, in the National Museum, -at Washington, D. C., by Dr. W. W. Godding, in charge of the Government Hospital -for the Insane at Washington, D. C.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The profound interest which I feel for this subject is in sympathy -with certain words of Terence: “I am a man, and nothing -that concerns a man do I deem a matter of indifference to -me.” This sentiment is to be commended to the scientists of -the Christian era. Entitled, then, to the grave consideration of -humanity, is the miserable inebriate. The study of this subject -has both a biological and anthropological bearing. The former -defines the protoplasm—the wonderful beginning of existence—the -subject in hand demonstrates the destructive oxidation of -the soul in the presence of alcohol, the deterioration of vital -energy, and a misspent life. Again, the anthropologist studies -man in his present and primeval existence, delving into burial -mounds and bone cases to spell out the lessons learned by -each succeeding generation in the great struggle for existence.</p> - -<p>Of man it has been written: “How noble in reason! how infinite -in faculties! in form and moving, how express and admirable! -in action, how like an angel! in apprehension, how like -a God!” But by saturating his brain with whiskey, how soon -would the godlike man become debased lower than the meanest -brute. Truly here in the nineteenth century—not in the old -red sandstone or in the silurian beds—but right here in this -day appears what might be called the “missing link” in anthropological -studies.</p> - -<p>What is to be done with the inebriate? Prohibition, total -abstinence, and women’s crusades have struggled with the demon -of drunkenness, but its throne has not yet been demolished. -Its dominion was set up among men long before the -Macedonian conqueror, with heel planted upon the neck of a -prostrate world, was vanquished by it, and its temples were -already hoary when the old Roman worshiped Bacchus under -the vines. In the history of the world it has been more potent -than Christianity in winning the savage tribes, and at the same -time has done more to depauperize Christian nations than all -other calamities put together. The subject of intemperance -and its cure present the most important social problem of the -day for both philanthropist and legislator. However, much -good has been brought about by the moral forces of society -and the benevolent organizations, toward the extinction of the -vice, yet it seems that its utter annihilation is entirely beyond -the reach of all influences. Shakspere well described this -lurking remnant of a vice not wholly to be controlled, when he -said, “I have lost the immortal part, sir, of myself, and what -remains is bestial.” There has been too much nonsense in -dealing with the inebriate. The world has laughed too long at -the noisy, reeling comedy daily enacted on our streets, and is -unmindful too often of the corresponding silent tragedy taking -place at home. Patient women are not unfrequently found -wearing away in gloom what might have been a happy life, -looking for the daily return of a drunken husband. Many a -death is attributed in the obituary columns of our papers to -Bright’s disease, or pneumonia, when in reality whiskey should -take all the blame.</p> - -<p>The indiscriminate commitment of the inebriate to the hospital -for the insane is a grievous wrong. Genuine cases of a -real insanity, resulting from dipsomania, are indeed to be found, -but it is absurd to class any considerable portion of the inebriates -in this category. The hospital for the insane is, however, -preferred to the workhouse, as announcing less publicly the -disgrace of the victim, and therefore it is that dipsomania is so -often stretched into insanity. With some physicians inebriety -is confounded with insanity, while others deny the existence of -an insanity whose sign is a passion for drink, and accordingly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_515" id="Page_515">[515]</a></span> -fail to distinguish dipsomania from drunkenness or crime. -These points need not, however, be discussed in a lecture intended -to treat the subject socially. Social science asks whether -this inebriety is a crime or a disease. The law classes drunkenness -among crimes, and sends the offenders to penal institutions; -but how often do friends, unwilling to see the victims of -intemperance committed with the felons, bring to bear on the -case powerful arguments to show that the mind is diseased, -and thus have him transferred from the gaol to the lunatic asylum, -where he is evidently out of place as soon as the fumes of -alcohol have left the brain. Inebriety is both a crime and a -disease, and owing to a want of recognition of this truth on -the part of philanthropists, much work and intended good have -been wasted. When it is regarded by the law as an <i>iniquitous -disease</i>, and provided for by the law with a <i>curative punishment</i>, -then will the community at large be afforded a relief -which might also effect the recovery of the victim.</p> - -<p>As to the vices of drunkenness and opium consumption, -women are probably as much addicted to the latter as men, -while drunkenness counts many more victims among the -males. The former is a social vice, the latter a solitary evil. -The latter injures none but the consumer, leaving out of consideration -its power to unfit the mind for business, and thus -injure the other members of the family. Through persistent -indulgence in opium the mind at last suffers more surely than -from alcohol. The love of opium often originates in a physician’s -prescription of an opiate for the relief of pain. That is -a grave responsibility, but it is inexcusable that the patient is allowed -to renew the prescription at will, and long after the immediate -necessity for its use has passed away. The antidotes -so commonly used as “opium cures” are nothing but disguised -morphine, and the poor wretch instead of conquering his love -for opiates allows them to get a firmer and surer hold upon -him. Such nostrums as “Collins’s cure” and “Hoffman’s antidote” -should be analyzed by a chemist directed by state authorities, -and the amount of morphine contained in them be -published to the world. Prolonged treatment in proper homes, -where the victims of opium can be protected against themselves, -is the only radical cure.</p> - -<p>The dipsomaniac is often to be found in the full vigor of -youth; a man rejoicing in a magnificent physique, and showing -no external signs of impairment. He may have talent and -wit, and be high in the social scale. But behind the mask -something is found to be lacking. His liver, clogged with fatty -deposit, is disordered, the coats of the stomach are more or -less burnt out, dyspeptic symptoms are apparent. The man -becomes moody and irritable if deprived of his stimulant, while -gout and neuralgia perhaps add themselves to the list of symptoms. -The most marked result probably is the utter absence -of the natural instincts of rectitude and morality. His whole -confession of faith might be summed up in the words of Byron: -“Man, being reasonable, must get drunk; the best of life is but -intoxication.”</p> - -<p>If the dipsomaniac be sent to the hospital, it is noticed that, -while recovering from the immediate effects of his revels there -is a condition of unstrung nerves, with marked depression of -mind. As his normal activity is restored through rest, proper -food and abstinence from stimulants, there appear peculiar -intellectual and moral phases characteristic of the inebriate. -He speaks of his indulgence as a thing of the past; blames -everybody but himself for his excess; declares that it is the -result of a dose of Plantation Bitters (perhaps) taken as a -cure for an attack of cholera morbus, at the suggestion of a -friend who declared they contained no alcohol; treats the matter -as something which could never possibly happen again—in -fact, regards it as an unfortunate mistake. He declares that -the idea of being detained as a lunatic is absurd, and repugnant -to his feelings, and probably will soon actually have the -effect of converting him into a lunatic; that it is absolutely -necessary for him to go and attend to his business. He will -never forget the physician’s kindness, and departs apparently -cured. His actions remind me of the poor Indian who came -to the missionary and began repeating the names of the twelve -apostles, adding those of the patriarchs and Old Testament -worthies, and anxious to enlarge upon Biblical literature; but -when the astounded missionary exclaimed, “What does all -this mean?” the Indian promptly replied “Whiskey.”</p> - -<p>I have pictured the dipsomaniac as I myself have known -him. There are, of course, cases in which the victim is thoroughly -convinced of his folly and sin, and radically cured. -That is the exception, however, and not the rule. The grave -question then has to be considered—“What shall we do with -the inebriates?” Are they to be sent back to their families, -because the law allows a man’s house to be his castle, in which -he has a right to do as he pleases? The inebriate has no such -right. Whether sick or criminal, such a man is a nuisance, -and should be put down. The law should confine him, however, -not as a disturber of the peace, not as a terror to wife -and children, nor as a dangerous man to the community, but -he should be restrained and punished because he is a confirmed -inebriate, with the hope that the punishment will cure his disease -and depravity. If sent to the insane hospital it should be -as an inebriate, not as a lunatic, and a separate building and -enclosed grounds should be provided for this class. The law -should provide for his prolonged detention and compulsory -labor. The victim, if a minor, should be sentenced for the -remainder of his minority. It is an open question whether the -will power of a drunkard ever, indeed, attained its majority. -If over twenty-one years of age, the first offense should be -limited to perhaps one year; but should a second commitment -be necessary, then for a term of years, discretionary power -being left with the court, under the advice of the authorities of -the institution.</p> - -<p>Insufficient period of detention, lack of legal power to detain, -and absence of authority to inflict compulsory labor, has -prevented much good being done by inebriate asylums. It is -the province of legislation to invest the court and authorities -of inebriate asylums with these powers. Unfortunately, there -is a fourth drawback to the permanent cure of the inebriate—one -which is outside of the control of legislation—namely: a -general indisposition to reform, a perfect atrophy of moral -sense, an instinctive return, like “the dog to his own vomit,” -of the inebriate to his cups. After the law has endued the authorities -of inebriate asylums with all desired power, the essential -element of their cure then comes in, and that is sound medical -treatment. Asylums conducted in this manner would be -able to record quite as large a proportion of good recoveries -as the insane hospitals. Would there be anything cruel in -subjecting the patient to compulsory labor, or in detaining him -for a long period? Surely not; his freedom before the right -time would only mean a return to vice and sloth, while his -labor could probably be made to pay for his maintenance in -the asylum. Not until savants take an interest in this subject -will public sentiment be gained, legislation in its behalf enacted -and, in fine, a glad release from this state of bondage be -attained.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>It is a foe invisible which I fear—an enemy in the human -breast which opposes me—by its coward fear alone made fearful -to me; not that which, full of life, instinct with power, -makes known its present being; that is not the perilously formidable. -Oh, no! it is the common, the quite common, the -thing of an eternal yesterday, which ever was and evermore -returns—sterling to-morrow for it was sterling to-day; for man -is made of the wholly common, and custom is his nurse. Woe -then to them who lay irreverent hands on his old house furniture, -the dear inheritance from his forefathers! For time consecrates, -and what is gray with age becomes religion. Be in -possession, and thou hast the right, and sacred will the many -guard it for thee.—<i>Schiller.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_516" id="Page_516">[516]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CLIMATE-SEEKING_IN_AMERICA">CLIMATE-SEEKING IN AMERICA.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By GEO. ALFRED TOWNSEND.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>As nations rise in wealth, comfort and communications, they -discover that the simplest of all things, mere climate or air, is -of the greatest value. The English race paid early attention -to this question and seized upon the sheltered positions, the -<i>spas</i> and baths as places of resort both for weak systems and -for luxurious existence. Religion itself conveniently placed its -miracles and chapels where the best climate or the most healing -waters were found.</p> - -<p>Soon after America was discovered there spread through the -most successful nations a belief in a Golden Spring, an El -Dorado, and this was pursued notably in Florida, where many -yet believe that the most golden spring is to be found, as its -season hardly begins till February or March, and is used to -offset a lingering winter and the angry winds of the northern -sea coast country.</p> - -<p>One of the most notable instances of seeking a climate in -our colonial history is that of Sir William Johnson, who lived -among the six nations of Indians about the Mohawk, and being -a portly man with European habits of life, he found his old -age, in spite of his active and military youth, affected by gouts -and by the heavy stagnant air of the limestone valleys in which -he lived, and he was one of the first Americans to select at -once a seacoast resort and the mineral springs. We need not -repeat the story of how the Indians, among whom he married, -concluded in their affection for him to show him their celebrated -mineral spring, and took him on a litter through hidden -paths to the Tufa rock of Saratoga, where he, the first of white -men, saw the reflection of his face in the meteoric water there. -It is not as well known that Sir William Johnson also made -himself a road to the sea beach, near New London, where he -went in summer, not for mineral water, but for sea air, which -he esteemed so much more valuable.</p> - -<p>Climate, indeed, is one of the most important subjects to be -considered by superior men, and the earliest travelers in this -country noted down where they escaped the insects, where the -nights were cool, where the trade winds blew, etc. The oranges -of Florida, for instance, were noted by the old Spanish -chroniclers as the finest that grew in their immense dominions, -and that perfection is kept up to the present time.</p> - -<p>General Washington, a man of good condition, was one of -the early annual seekers for a pleasant climate, which he found -west of the North Mountain, about Berkeley Springs, where he -had a hut built, and for years repaired there with his chicken -cocks and horses. When he went through Virginia as a young -surveyor, he observed the differences in the temperature, and -in the humidity, and located some of the best springs and resorts -in the Old Dominion. When Washington first visited -Saratoga he endeavored, at once, to purchase the tract enclosing -the few sources at that time known, so much was he impressed -with the superiority of the climate of New York in -summer over that of Virginia.</p> - -<p>Mr. Jefferson, who was one of the best amateurs in the country -at all sorts of subjects, although he lived on the top of a -mountain above the tidewater region, and in sight of other -peaks, would not spend his summers at home about Charlottsville, -but had a road cut far into the west and built himself a -sort of lodge called Poplar Forest, in the high country about -Lynchburgh; it was a brick house on a slope, one story high -in front and two stories high in the rear, of octagon shape, with -a portico in front and a veranda in the rear. To this spot Jefferson -went both in summer and in autumn to escape his political -followers, and to think, read and sleep.</p> - -<p>Jefferson was one of the earliest weather prophets in this -country and in his works are found many references to the -American climate, of use to any future climatologist. About 1805 -he wrote to Mr. Volney, the philosopher: “In no case does habit -attach our choice or judgment more than in climate. The -Canadian glows with delight in his sleigh and snow, the very -idea of which gives me the shivers. The changes between -heat and cold in America are greater and more frequent, and -the extremes comprehend a greater scale on the thermometer -in America than in Europe. Habit, however, prevents these -from affecting us more than the smaller changes of Europe affect -the European, but he is greatly affected by ours. As our sky -is always clear and that of Europe always cloudy, there is a -greater accumulation of heat here than there in the same parallel. -The changes between wet and dry are much more frequent -and sudden in Europe than in America, for though we -have double the rain, it falls in half the time. Taking all -these together, I prefer much the climate of the United States -to that of Europe, and I think it a more cheerful one. It is our -cloudless sky which has eradicated from our constitutions all -disposition to hang ourselves, which we might otherwise have -inherited from our English ancestors. Still, I do not wonder -that a European should prefer his grey to our azure sky.”</p> - -<p>This description in the main holds good to our time, although -social causes have increased here the tendency to suicide, -though perhaps the ratio of suicide is no greater in -America now than it ever was. If we add dueling, which was -a form of suicide, to the regular cases of suicide, I have my -doubts whether more Americans make away with themselves -now than in the early days. I happen to think of one signer -of the Declaration of Independence who died from mental excitement -over signing that instrument, of another who was -poisoned, and of a third who was killed by a fellow patriot in -a duel.</p> - -<p>Jefferson also noted in 1809, under “Cultivation,” the -changes in the American climate, in a letter to Dr. Chapman: -“I remember,” said he, “that when I was a small boy, say sixty -years ago, snows were frequent and deep in every winter, to -my knee very often, to my waist sometimes, and that they covered -the earth long. And I remember while yet young to have -heard from very old men that in their youth the winters had -been still colder, with deeper and longer snows. In the year -1772 we had a snow two feet deep in the Champagne parts of -this state, and three feet in the counties next below the mountains. -But when I was President the average fall of snow for -the seven winters was only 14½ inches, and the ground was -covered but sixteen days in each winter on an average of the -whole. I noticed the change in our climate in my ‘Notes on -Virginia,’ but since that time public vocations have taken my -attention from the subject, nor do I know of any source in Virginia -now existing, from which anything on climate can be -derived. Dr. Williamson has written on the subject, and Mr. -Williams in his ‘History of Vermont’ has an essay on the subject -of climate.”</p> - -<p>Addressing Mr. Louis E. Beck at Albany, N. Y., in 1824, -when he was a very old man, Jefferson said:</p> - -<p>“I thank you for your pamphlet on the climate of the West; -although it does not yet establish a satisfactory theory, it is an -additional step toward it. My own was perhaps the first attempt -to bring together the few facts then known, and suggest -them to public attention, and they were written before the close -of the revolutionary war, when the western country was a wilderness -untrodden but by the feet of the savage or the hunter. -It is now flourishing in population and science, and after a few -more years of observation and collection of facts, they will -doubtless furnish a theory of their climate. Years are requisite -for this, steady attention to the thermometer, to the plants -growing there, the times of their leafing and flowering, its prevalent -winds, quantities of rain and snow, temperature of fountains, -animal inhabitants, etc. We want this, indeed, for all -the states, and the work should be repeated once or twice in a -century to show the effects of clearing and culture toward -changes of climate.”</p> - -<p>Thus promptly did our early scholars and sages watch the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_517" id="Page_517">[517]</a></span> -climatic relations of the country to its population and vitality. -These “Notes on Virginia,” which Jefferson wrote during the -Revolution, contain five years’ instrumental observation on -rain, heat and wind taken at Williamsburgh, the tidewater capital, -which is about forty miles from Fortress Monroe, which -latter place has since become a winter resort. He computed -that we had forty-seven inches of rain annually, considerably -more than fell in Europe, but a much larger proportion of sunshine -than there, only half as many cloudy days as in France -and Germany, and the statesman says about the Alleghany -Mountain region, of which Chautauqua Lake is an outpost:</p> - -<p>“It is remarkable that proceeding on the same parallel of -latitude westerly, the climate becomes colder in like manner as -when you proceed northerly. This continues to be the case -until you attain the summit of the Alleghany, which is the -highest land between the ocean and the Mississippi. From -thence, descending in the same latitude to the Mississippi, the -change reverses, and, if we may believe travelers, it becomes -warmer there than it is on the same latitude on the sea side. On -the higher parts of mountains, where it is absolutely colder than -it is on the plains on which they stand, frosts do not appear so -early by a considerable time in autumn, and go off sooner in -the spring than on the plains. I have known frost so severe -as to kill the hickory trees round about Monticello, and yet not -injure the tender fruit blossoms then in bloom on the top and -higher parts of the mountain. A change in our climate is taking -place very sensibly, and both heats and colds are becoming -much more moderate, within the memory even of the middle-aged.”</p> - -<p>General Washington, it may not be generally known, kept all -his early diaries on the blank leaves of the “Virginia Almanac,” -which was printed at Williamsburgh, showing that he watched -the weather as if it were a part of public life.</p> - -<p>Washington came to the vicinity of Chautauqua Lake in -1753, when he was scarcely of age, and this journey makes his -earliest diary. He went from Williamsburgh to Fredericksburgh, -thence to Alexandria, thence to Winchester in the valley -of Virginia, thence to Cumberland, Maryland, and down the -Monongahela River and up the Alleghany to French Creek, or -the Venango. All the land was then a wilderness. Washington -reported from hearsay, at Venango, that there were four -forts, the first of them on French Creek near a small lake, the -next on Lake Erie about 15 miles from the other, from which it -was 120 miles to the fort at the falls of Lake Erie. From the -fort on Lake Erie to Montreal was about 600 miles, which the -French only required four weeks to traverse in good weather. -Washington noted the good land about Venango and the extensive -and rich meadows, one of which was four miles in -length. When Washington was interested in connecting Lake -Erie with the waters of the Ohio by a canal, he was very explicit -in addressing General William Irvine about the climate -traits of Chautauqua Lake; this General Irvine was a doctor -born in Ireland and settled at Carlisle, Pa., and he was among -the first men to understand the climate of Lake Erie, and he -managed to get for Pennsylvania a frontage on this lake.</p> - -<p>In the pursuit of climate, it is probable that the first movements -were made by the people of the populous states of Virginia -and Pennsylvania. Any one who possesses a library of -travels in America, conveying successive pictures of our social -life from colonial times down to the day of railroads, will discover -numbers of perished watering places.</p> - -<p>For instance, about the time of the Revolution, the chief -summer resorts in Pennsylvania were about York, as at York -Springs, and I possess pictures of old log hotels at some of -these resorts, where the outspurs of the Blue Mountains gave a -little altitude above the surrounding plains. The wounded -soldiers in the Revolution were sent up to Ephrata and Litiz -and Bethlehem, where the air was good and nurses were to be -had.</p> - -<p>These Blue Mountains were not ascended until 1716, when -Governor Spotiswood of Virginia undertook to find where the -rivers of that state had their fountains, and he took an ensign -in the British army and went to the frontier, where he was -joined by some gentlemen and some militia rangers, about fifty -in all, with pack-horses and much liquor, and this little army -started out from near the site of the battle of Chancellorsville, -and it took them a week to get to the top of the Blue Ridge at -Swift Run Gap, thirty-six days after the Governor had left -Williamsburgh. They went down into the Shenandoah Valley -and called that flowing river the Euphrates. So much delighted -was Spotiswood with the air and scenery of the mountains -that he instituted an order of knighthood called the -Tramontane order.</p> - -<p>Such was the beginning of human knowledge of the Alleghanies, -nearly 170 years ago. The lives of three not very old -men would have spanned from that day to this. The nearest -approach of that Alleghany range, of which the Blue Ridge was -the first parallel, to the great interior lakes of North America, -is at Chautauqua. At this lake the Alleghany ridge, which divides -the sources of the Ohio valley from the great lakes, is -between 800 and 1400 feet high, every hill arable, and the -earliest settlers observed how quickly the apples, pears and -plums succeeded in the mild climate. They were surprised to -find, at an altitude of more than 1300 feet above the ocean, a -noble sheet of water 20 miles long. Some of the earliest settlers -in this region came from the Blue Mountain country, buying -their land from the Holland Land Company of New York, -of which William H. Seward was long the attorney. Some of -the first settlers pitched their cabins about 1803.</p> - -<p>It is understood that Chautauqua Lake was first navigated -about 1782, when the Revolutionary war was almost done and -the battle of Yorktown had been fought. Desirous of keeping -up some show of hostility, about 1800 British and Indians were -sent to recapture Pittsburgh, and they launched their canoes -on this lake, but their spies came back and told them that the -Americans were on the lookout. Earlier than this, about 1752, -when the French resolved to seize on the head waters of the -Ohio, they left Niagara Fort by water in April and got to a -place they called Chadacoin (undoubtedly Chautauqua) on -Lake Erie, where they began to cut timber and prepared to -build a fort, but their engineer coming on afterward put a stop -to it, saying that the Chautauqua River was too shallow to carry -out any craft with provisions to the Ohio. The man who had -begun building the fort, M. Babeer, was so much pleased with -the spot that he insisted on continuing his work, and he demanded -that his opponent give him a certificate to excuse himself -to the governor for not selecting so good a place. Consequently -the fort was built at Erie, or Presqu’Ile.</p> - -<p>The region about Chautauqua Lake is therefore, in an imperial -sense, the oldest in America, the neighborhood for -which two great empires contended, and at the time the French -were meditating the seizure of these high lands and water-courses, -twelve Virginians, two of whom were named Washington, -formed the Ohio Company, before the year 1750.</p> - -<p>Thus a third of a century only elapsed between the discovery -of the Blue Ridge and the enterprises to connect the Alleghanies -and the lakes on the part of two distinguished nations.</p> - -<p>The high lands and hills about Chautauqua were familiar -objects to the subjects of Louis XV. on their way to meet the -adolescent Washington, and young Jumondville, who fell before -Washington’s night assault, had cooled his fevered eyes -on the green forests of the Chautauqua summits. In forty-six -years more, old General Wayne, who used this region as the -base of observations against the Indians of Michigan and Ohio, -closed his eyes almost within sight of the Chautauqua hillocks, -and, while his body was still lying in the fort where he breathed -his last, Commodore Perry was building a crude navy to sweep -Lake Erie of the British. Perry came through New York state -to Lake Ontario, from thence went to Buffalo and took a sleigh -on the ice for Erie, also passing within sight of the high knobs<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_518" id="Page_518">[518]</a></span> -of Chautauqua. Several of his vessels went from the region of -Buffalo, and at the age of twenty-seven this young officer won -a fame hardly surpassed in the naval history of the New World.</p> - -<p>The influence of the lake and western climate on the seamen -and soldiers who visited it was almost immediately seen -in their location hereabout and settling of many towns on the -southern shore of Lake Erie, and if both sides of this lake were -American, there seems to be little doubt that it would now be -approaching the time of being the greatest center of population -in the New World. That center has been driven down -the hot Ohio valley by the limitations of our boundary, which -giving not American soil to the north of Lake Erie, has reluctantly -abandoned the cool summer air and clear fine winters -of the lakes for the hot limestone inclosures of the streams to -the south.</p> - -<p>Yet the present growth of towns along Lake Erie shows -with what alacrity the populations of the lower West precipitate -themselves against the shores of the lake. Cleveland is growing -faster than Cincinnati. Detroit, long retarded by a <i>habitant</i> -population, is growing faster than Louisville. Toledo is -growing faster than Wheeling. Buffalo has almost outgrown -its more ancient neighbor of Pittsburgh. Chicago and Milwaukee -stride ahead of St. Louis and Memphis. When the -summer comes and the great national conventions choose their -places of meeting, they benefit by experience, and both assemble -the same year at Chicago to get the air of the lakes instead -of sweltering in St. Louis or Cincinnati.</p> - -<p>The fine climate about Chautauqua is in much a matter of -altitude. Proceeding either east or west from this point, the -shores of the lakes lie comparatively flat, and in the state of -Ohio there is but one eminence sufficient to be called a mountain, -and that is the Little Mountain not far from Painesville, a -mere knob only about 200 feet above the plain, and ten miles -back from Lake Erie. Even here some comfort can be had -by the inhabitants of the plain, and a hotel was built at least -fifty years ago.</p> - -<p>The rise of public biography on the southern shore of Lake -Erie has not been overlooked by the general reader; Garfield, -Giddings, Wade, General McPherson, Hon. Henry B. Payne, -Governor Todd, William Howells, Chief Justice Waite and -many others are among the men whose minds have been lifted -by the breezes from the lake, and which have already begun -to display an energizing character attracting the attention of -the whole country.</p> - -<p>It has only been eighty-eight years since the first surveyors -landed at Conneaut to survey the military lands of Connecticut -and organize northern Ohio. When they pulled their boats -ashore, which they had taken from Buffalo up the lake, they -were so touched with their improved health that they moored -on the beach, had prayer together and resolved to make the -first day in the West a holiday. Mr. Harvey Rice in his recent -history of the Western Reserve says: “The day was remarkably -pleasant and the air bracing, and they partook of an extemporized -feast with a keen relish, and gave for one of the -toasts, ‘May these fifty sons and daughters multiply in sixteen -years sixteen times fifty.’” Seven weeks after this picnic -the site of Cleveland was selected for a city. Twenty-two -years after that the first steamboat starting from Buffalo passed -within sight of Chautauqua and entered the harbor of Cleveland -and went on to Detroit.</p> - -<p>I have been almost an extensive traveler in the United -States, not like commercial travelers, merely visiting the towns -and trading points, but the scenery and the health resorts. -About twenty-four years ago I went on the press and the vocation -of special correspondent was then just rising into consideration, -and I threw myself toward it, desiring to gratify -“the lust of the eye” by my newspaper facilities. Even before -I left school I had tramped through the Alleghany mountains, -through the Sinking Spring valley, the Seven mountains and -the fountain town called Bellefonte, in the heart of the Alleghanies. -Next I went through the Lackawanna and Wyoming -valleys, visited the old resorts in the lap of Pennsylvania under -the Blue Mountains, and in the midst of the war was a battle -correspondent at such places as the Fauquier White Sulphur -Springs. Next, lecturing opportunities took me through New -York state and the West, and I visited Fredonia twice, in the -vicinity of Chautauqua Lake, and there heard of the beautiful -region almost overhanging it, on the highlands. With renewed -opportunities I have been in California, about Los Angeles, -and at Santa Barbara, and in southern Georgia and Florida, -and in Cuba, at the Hot Springs of Arkansas, on the summits -of the Osage mountains where the trade wind blows, at Springfield -and through the Indian territory, and at San Antonio, in -Texas, with smaller journeys to Oaklands and the Green Brier -White Sulphur Springs, on the Alleghany tops and the Peaks -of Otter, and along all our coasts as far as Mount Desert and -New Brunswick, and several times in the White Mountains, -down the St. Lawrence to the sea and out the Northern Pacific -railroad, and I miss no opportunity, when I can afford it, to -extend my information of places and people.</p> - -<p>This is only said in answer to your request to give some idea -of the relative quality of the air about Chautauqua Lake. I -have seen no place where the air is so pure and the nights so -agreeable anywhere along our lakes, and the spot seems almost -arranged by nature with a reference to the anticipated arrangement -of the people and the lines of communication in this -republic.</p> - -<p>When you consider that the low grade railroad route to the -West must turn the Alleghany mountains to the North and use -the limited space between those mountain spurs and the lake -to reach the West without unnecessary expenditure of steam -power, it would seem that Chautauqua Lake had been adjusted -to the coming lines of travel, and we already have the Lake -Shore, the Nickel Plate, the Erie, and the different Alleghany -River lines, with more lines soon to come, to connect the -Lehigh, the Lackawanna, the West Shore, and kindred systems -with the great West.</p> - -<p>Surely the spot is most agreeable for health and enjoyment -to the great homogeneous people who are nearly evenly divided -in numbers by the Alleghany range. The Alleghany mountains -have hardly commenced their material development, -and being full of coal, oil, iron, and the more precious minerals, -the time is approaching when that mountain range will contain -on its slopes the densest population in America, and its -mineral resources be worked from the vicinity of Buffalo to -Alabama.</p> - -<p>My brother, Doctor Ralph M. Townsend, who was a surgeon -connected with the medical schools of Philadelphia, and also -a writer, was taken ill about ten years ago and compelled to -search up and down the world for a climate in which to live. -He tried Algiers, the south of France, the Bahamas, the -Bermudas, Central America, Lower California, Colorado, and -finally died in the Adirondack mountains, which he thought -might allow him, in the dry air, to safely winter there. He did -not like Florida, thought it was too damp, considered the -southern part of California to be subject to winds, took cold in -Colorado, which hastened his death, and finally considered -that the northern climates were the most reliable. His vital -power was almost spent when he came to this conclusion.</p> - -<p>I was recently talking to General Pike Graham, a retired -officer of the United States army and a native of Virginia, about -the relative climate of Europe and America. He said that he -had spent within a very few years three full winters abroad, -and had tried almost all the resorts in the South of Europe, -and he considered that the United States was much better situated -for climate. He did not think Florida was a good climate, -being too low and subject to changes and to dampness, but -regarded southwestern Texas as perhaps the best he knew. I -haw talked to other travelers who consider the City of Mexico -to have the best air they know of on the continent.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_519" id="Page_519">[519]</a></span></p> - -<p>It is of advantage to an invalid to have a resort from which -the surrounding world of men is attainable. That accounts -for Fortress Monroe in the winter, with probably an inferior -climate, absorbing much of the best travel to Florida. It is -softer than any indentation to the north of the Chesapeake, and -can be reached by a husband, or brother, or wife, from any of -the great centers of the North in a very little time. The same -is the case with Chautauqua Lake; it is only a night from the -East, and a night and a day from the far West. A large portion -of the American people can visit it without taking rail at -all, using the steam lines on the St. Lawrence and the great -lakes. It is especially a summer climate and the foliage of -western New York in the autumns is not equaled on the globe, -at least not in the temperate zones. The finest autumn tints -I ever recollect to have seen are in western New York, where -the character of the trees assimilates to the ardor of the foliage, -and the maples and poplars almost imitate the finery of the -Indians who once dwelt in their region.</p> - -<p>The Western States do not possess the variety of the East in -coasts, hills, spas, and scenery; much of the Mississippi valley -is limestone hill or flat plain, bare of mountains, and the first -cool and lovely spot reached from the West is on the lofty headwaters -of the Ohio, near Lake Erie. Following the Lake Shore -to the westward I do not know of a single spot to be found like -Chautauqua, though one should go as far as Duluth, where I -have been also in the time of its prosperity, about 1872; the -heat at Duluth, though so much farther to the north, was much -greater in midsummer than it is on the Chautauqua uplands. -Indeed, the heat of the American summer penetrates almost -every resort, and I have known at Saratoga some of the most -stagnant days of my life. A perfectly cool climate is not obtained -along our coasts till one gets to New Brunswick, about -St. John, and the coolness there has the drawback of heavy -fogs and a moisture exceeding Ireland.</p> - -<p>My brother, already referred to, possessed more special intelligence -on this subject than myself, and at the commencement -of his sickness he began a series of letters to the <i>Medical -and Surgical Reporter</i>, where I read at the outstart this sentence: -“My languor and lassitude from May until July was -followed by a slight attack of laryngitis. I grew thinner daily. -A week in July at the high, dry country estate of a friend did -bring some increased strength and appetite, but a second week -at Cape May brought on a severe attack of bronchitis. Recovering -partly from this, two weeks were spent at Saratoga -and Lake George with the effect of again bringing me home -with a bronchial attack, and the last straw was finally attained -by taking my boy to Atlantic City for his health. I had hardly -come within smell of the salt marshes at this place when my -bronchial trouble was brought back with redoubled intensity.”</p> - -<p>He goes on to say that his doctor, Professor Da Costa, -ordered him to find a new climate at once, as a deposit had -already made its appearance in both lungs. This was just ten -years ago, and in the month of October, he says: “Of the -many different medical friends who came to say good-bye and -add hearty wishes for my recovery, scarcely two united on the -same place as the one best suited for me to go to.”</p> - -<p>My brother’s letters, continued for several months and written -just before his death, grappled with the question of a -climate after severe experience. He found Mentone “the most -crowded of all places with invalids, and the least deserving of -patronage of any place long the Riviera.” “If you get into a -carriage in front of a hotel on a beautiful sunshiny day you protest -against taking an overcoat in the absolute heat, but when -you turn a corner into a shady street or get on the shady side of -a wall or hill and let the sun be temporarily obscured, you must -quickly draw close your overcoat and pull a robe over your lap. -I do not recommend Nice as a winter climate except by comparison, -and I would never halt on the north shore of the -Mediterranean if it were in my power to reach Egypt or -Algeria.”</p> - -<p>He kept a diary, wherever he went, of the condition of the -weather, and Europe is almost invariably written “cloudy,” -“chilly,” “raw,” “showery,” or “rain.” He thought much -better of Algiers, where he stayed fifty-nine days, but how few -persons can afford to go to Algiers—“and even there,” he -says, “ten days were partially or wholly cloudy, and on eleven -days we had continuous rains or showers, one of the rainy days -being characterized by a smart hail storm.” This was between -January and March.</p> - -<p>Santa Barbara is probably the best indorsed wintering place -on the coast of California. I went ashore there from a ship, -and found a small town, partly of frame houses and partly of -Mexican huts, with a dull mongrel life, hardly relieved by an -old mission house a mile or so in the rear of the town; the invalids -looked like banished people, and had then such infrequent -access to the outer world that their eyes seemed yearning -toward their homes in Chicago or elsewhere. The element of -society and of change and life is more necessary than medicine -to a desponding and invalid nature. That is the great trouble -with the majority of American resorts, which are neither large -enough to accommodate the crowd in the high season, nor near -enough to the channels of travel in any season. There can not -be, for example, a more wretched place than the Hot Springs -of Arkansas, even in the height of the season, which is in late -winter and spring; the close ragged valley with a sewer running -through the middle of it, alternately a stench and deluge, -and the series of raveled hotels wherein gambling is the chief -occupation, where the rain is frequent and at times seems constant, -and the natural life of the place is hard and outlaw like, -and it takes about twenty-four hours to get anywhere in the -current of mankind.</p> - -<p>San Antonio, which has a good climate, has not a hotel fit for -a person to inhabit who is acquainted with the comforts of the -table. Though situated considerably inland, it is subject to -what are called “northers,” or cold storms, that often bring -hail, and advance upon the place with the rapidity of a spirit -of ice and snow. Almost all those southern resorts are too -warm for summer tourists, and this is the case at the Green -Brier Sulphur Springs, notwithstanding its high altitude; the -nights are cold, but mid-day is often exhausting.</p> - -<p>About Oakland, in Maryland, is a cool climate, and the summit -there has become something similar to Chautauqua Lake, -having groups of hotels about six miles apart, and between -them in the glades is a kind of religious camp settlement.</p> - -<p>The interior of New York state, as at Cooperstown, is agreeable -in the nights, but the limestone soil retains a portion of its -heat and the days are often sultry.</p> - -<p>The White Mountains have the disadvantage of remoteness -from any considerable centers of population and are not upon -the main highways of travel. It takes a whole day to go to the -mountains from Boston, and many of the resorts there are distant -from the railroad, and must be reached by livery teams, -which slowly climb to the altitudes, and affect the patience and -also increase the cost of living. The days are often very cold. -I was in the White Mountains last summer, and undertook to -walk from my hotel down to the village of Franconia, in plain -sight. I generally found that the heat spoiled my linen and -brought me back to the hotel used up.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>For my own part I am fully persuaded that the most powerful -goddess, and one that rules mankind with the most authoritative -sway is Truth. For though she is resisted by all, and -ofttimes has drawn up against her the plausibilities of falsehood -in the subtlest forms, she triumphs over all opposition. I know -not how it is that she, by her own unadorned charms, forces -herself into the heart of man. At times her power is instantly -felt; at other times, though obscured for awhile, she at last -bursts forth in meridian splendor, and conquers by her innate -force the falsehood with which she has been oppressed.—<i>Polybius.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_520" id="Page_520">[520]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="A_DREAMY_OLD_TOWN">A DREAMY OLD TOWN.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By EDITH SESSIONS TUPPER.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>To Chautauquans the name Chautauqua means one thing; -and yet I believe that anything pertaining to Chautauqua -county must of necessity be of interest to the thousands who -know and love the beautiful lake which bears the name. To -this end has this rambling sketch of the oldest town in the -county been prepared. It lies only seven miles away from -<i>the</i> Chautauqua; at just the right distance for a day’s excursion -from that point, when the student’s head, bewildered by -so many good things, demands and needs a day’s rest and -diversion. The drive is a delightful one, passing through the -pretty little village of Mayville and over the hills, from one -of which one gets a view of two lakes, beautiful Chautauqua -flashing and sparkling under the mid-summer sun, glorious -old Erie rolling his blue waters with slow and majestic movement. -Then descending these hills one comes into the pleasant -valley and into the dreamy old town. It has been said of -it, that one-half of it is dead and the other half gone to its -funeral, but to the tired heart and brain its peaceful quiet -comes as a whiff of salt air or a breeze from mountain heights. -With natural advantages equal to those of many noted watering -places, it is somewhat of a mystery why the sleepy old -place has never awakened and found itself famous.</p> - -<p>But it lies, sleeping beauty that it is, dreaming, shut in by a -range of dark green hills on one side and by the waters of the -bluest of all the great lakes on the other. There are a few -factories and mills within its precincts, but somehow no whirr -of machinery nor other sound ever comes from them to break the -stillness, which is Sabbath-like every day. It boasts of three -railroads, but each at a respectful enough distance from the -town, so that the faint shriek of the locomotive alone causes -the sojourner to remember that far away, somewhere, outside, -there is such a thing as a busy, noisy, bustling world. It is -the home of solidity, respectability, and wealth. A place in -which erring human nature finds it very easy to be good; in -which the old-fashioned virtues of sobriety, temperance, and -hospitality hold sway; in which no more reckless amusements -than lawn tennis and teas, with an occasional reception at one -of the many beautiful homes, or a clam-bake on the shores of -the lake are permitted; a thoroughly drowsy old town.</p> - -<p>Westfield, the oldest town of the famous Chautauqua county, -New York state, lies on the shore of Lake Erie, fifty-seven -miles west from Buffalo. It is a garden of the gods on a small -scale. Lying back one mile and a half from the lake, it receives -its breezes at exactly the right temperature. It is never -too hot in summer; rarely too cold in winter.</p> - -<p>The town is divided by a deep picturesque gorge, through -which Chautauqua Creek runs, and whose sides are now high -and rocky, now a bewildering and beautiful mass of wild grapevines, -chestnut and willow, and shrubs of nearly every variety -and description. It is spanned at seemingly the most inaccessible -places by various bridges and ah! the beauty of that -deep chasm on an autumn day, when it is ablaze with the color -of maple leaf and sumach and golden rod. This gorge deepens -and widens, grows more wild and gloomy as it runs back -among the Chautauqua hills, until it culminates in a most remarkable -freak of nature, known the country round as the -“Hog’s Back,” of which a description will be given further on.</p> - -<p>The first white settlement of this town, and of the entire -county as well, was commenced in 1802, at what was long -known as the Cross Roads, and which is now marked by a -curious stone monument. The earlier history of these regions -is dim and indistinct, but all tradition and history, as well as -many curious relics which have been discovered, point to the -fact that after the mound builders, the Neutral nations, or as -they were called by the Senecas, the <i>Kahkwas</i>, were the first -occupants of the soil of Chautauqua. They dwelt in forty villages, -some of which were near Fort Niagara; some in Erie -county, but the greater part of their territory extended west -along the shore of Lake Erie, through Chautauqua county into -Ohio. They were a strange race of people, famous hunters, -exceedingly fierce and superstitious. The first knowledge had -by Europeans of the Lake Erie regions, and of the tribes which -inhabited them, was obtained by the French in Canada; their -enterprise in this surpassing that of the British.</p> - -<p>Father Lalement, in a letter to the Provincial of Jesuits in -France, dated at St. Mary’s Mission, May 19, 1641, speaks of -the Neutrals, and also of a warlike nation named the Eries, or -the Nation of the Cat, so called from the extraordinary number -of wild cats which infested their section, that lived to the south -of Lake Erie and west of the Neutral nation. The Eries were -great warriors and were a terror to the Iroquois. They fought -with poisoned arrows, having no fire-arms.</p> - -<p>Both these nations were cruelly destroyed by the Iroquois in -1651 and 1655. The final overthrow of the Neutral nation is -supposed to have taken place near Buffalo; the destruction of -the Eries, along the shore of the beautiful lake bearing this -name. The whole force of the Iroquois embarked in canoes -upon the blue waters of the lake, and after assaulting the Eries -at a point, the exact location of which is not now known, -scenes most horrible and revolting were enacted, and the brave -Eries were totally annihilated in a fearful butchery.</p> - -<p>The accounts of the destruction of these nations are found -in the written narratives of the Jesuits, who were living at that -time among the Indians of New York and Canada. From the -extirpation of the Neutral and Erie nations, until its settlement -by pioneers, Chautauqua county, and especially the portion -along the shore of Lake Erie, was the home of the Senecas, -the fiercest tribe of the Iroquois nation.</p> - -<p>In 1679, La Salle, Tonti, his Italian lieutenant, Father Louis -Hennepin and several others set sail from Cayuga Creek, a -small stream emptying into Niagara River, for the foot of -Lake Erie, steering west-southwest. They made many -leagues, passing what is now Chautauqua county. They are -supposed to be the first Europeans who saw the Chautauqua -hills, gloomy and rugged, covered with mighty forests. The -boundary line between the French and English possessions -in America had long been a cause of contention, and the territory -of Chautauqua county was included in the disputed -ground. Communications between the French posts on the -Mississippi and French forts in Canada were made by the long -and tedious routes of the Mississippi, Green Bay routes, and -afterward by Lake Michigan and the Wabash. The easy communication -between Canada and the Mississippi by way of Lake -Erie and Chautauqua Lake was not discovered until 1752, -when the Marquis Du Quesne, having been appointed Governor-General -of Canada, arrived there. He at once took more -aggressive and decided measures to obtain possession of the -disputed territory, than any of his predecessors had done. He -immediately began to construct the long line of frontier forts -which La Salle had suggested, that were to unite Canada and -Louisiana by way of the Ohio. This bold step is regarded as -leading to the French and Indian war, which resulted in losing -Canada to the French. One of Du Quesne’s first acts was to -open a portage road from the mouth of the Chautauqua Creek, -which empties into Lake Erie a mile and a half from the town -of Westfield, to the head of Chautauqua Lake, and thus open -communication between Lake Erie and the head waters of the -Ohio.</p> - -<p>In a letter which he sends to the French minister of the -marine and colonies, in Paris, he states that his intention is to -begin his posts near the mouth of <i>Chataconit</i>, or Chautauqua -Creek. This portage road was cut through the wilderness -more than twenty years before the battle of Lexington, and -yet traces of it to this day are to be seen in and about the town. -In 1761 Sir William Johnson journeyed to Detroit to establish -a treaty with the Ottawa confederacy. On his return, he sailed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_521" id="Page_521">[521]</a></span> -along the southern shore of Lake Erie, and in his journal -speaks thus of this portage:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Wednesday, October 1, 1761.—Embarked at <i>Presque Isle</i> (Erie) at -7 o’clock, with the wind strong ahead, continued so all the day, notwithstanding -it improved all day, and got to <i>Jadaghque Creek, and carrying -place</i>, which is a fine harbor and encampment.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>In a letter from General Washington to General Irvine, -dated Mount Vernon, October 31, 1788, he speaks thus of this -portage:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“If the Chautauqua Lake at the head of the Connewango River approximates -Lake Erie as closely as it is laid down in the draft you sent -me, it presents a very short portage indeed between the two, and access -to all those above the latter.</p> - -<p class="center">“I am, etc.,</p> - -<p class="sig">“<span class="smcap">George Washington</span>.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>One of Chautauqua’s earliest pioneers was William Peacock, -who passed over this road in 1800. Ten years later he became -the agent of the Holland Land Company. He was an -eccentric and shrewd man, and in a short time became exceedingly -wealthy, the hard working land owners thought at their -expense. He was charged with reserving the choicest farms, -best water powers and timber lands for himself and his favorites. -The land holders also thought he was not giving them -credit for interest which they paid from time to time upon -their land, and these opinions found vent in the newspapers, -and the agitation grew until on the 6th of February, 1836, a -mob gathered from all parts of the county at Dewittville, a little -hamlet on the shore of Chautauqua Lake.</p> - -<p>Word was brought to Mr. Peacock at Mayville, a village at -the head of the lake, and seven miles from Westfield, that a -raid was to be made upon the land office that night, and that -mischief might be done to his person unless he should make -good his escape. Donald McKenzie, a northwestern fur -trader, and brother of the McKenzie who discovered the river -of that name, had three years previous to this come to Mayville -to live, and was in the land office that dreary February -afternoon when this alarming message was brought. The -stalwart Scotchman, through whose veins flowed some of the -proudest blood of Caledonia, feared neither “mon nor de’il.” -It was his custom to wear a very long black coat which fell in -ample folds around his massive frame. Mr. Peacock was an -undersized man. Donald McKenzie cast the drapery of his -inky cloak about the frightened little man and thus shielded -and shrouded from sight, he hurried him up the hill to his -home, whence he was soon taken in a covered sleigh to Westfield, -and down the lake shore road to Buffalo as fast as horses -could carry him, and none too soon was he out of the way, for -at dusk a crowd of infuriated men, numbering two or three -hundred, made a raid upon the land office, demolished it, and -after working until near morning succeeded in forcing open -the vault and seized the books, records and contracts and -carried them two miles away, and heaping them up made a -goodly bonfire of them. The ruins of the land office are yet -to be seen in Mayville. The land holders by this mad proceeding -brought only “confusion worse than death” upon -themselves, while the prudent Peacock accumulated a wonderful -property, and was afterward made judge. He left to -one heir alone the whole village of Barcelona, the harbor of -Westfield, situated just east of the mouth of Chautauqua -Creek, the starting point of the French portage road. This -harbor was made a port of entry by the general government. -In 1828 a lighthouse was erected by a citizen at his own expense; -a steamer named the “William Peacock,” for the hero -of the land office story, was built; all craft on the lake stopped -at the little port; a company was formed called the Barcelona -Company; the village was enlarged, the streets being laid out -in city fashion; corner lots sold for fabulous sums; men lost -their heads; the place was to be a great port; when suddenly -the railroad came creeping along the shore; the bubble broke; -the mushroom town was a failure; fortunes were lost, and to-day -Barcelona harbor is a deserted village with grass-grown -streets, gaunt houses, whose windows stare reproachfully at -the gay carriage loads passing by, and an old white lighthouse, -which, like the ghostly finger of the past, seems to beckon to -all to come and look upon the desolation around it. A few -sad faced women who might have ridden in their carriages; -brawny fishermen who might have owned their blocks and -wharves and shipping, are the only inhabitants. Down on -the beach of a bright autumn afternoon the nets are spread -a-drying; little huts, whose half open doors reveal the hauls -of herring and bass, are here and there; ruddy faced boys lie -sprawling on the sand, sunning themselves; the trees have -grown thick and tall about the lighthouse upon the cliff; no -sound is heard save the hiss of the waves as they tumble in; -the quaint little harbor wears a disappointed look. Old “Groats’ -Inn,” though time has used it roughly, alone seems to try and -hold its ancient smartness, like an antiquated spinster who -wishes it understood that the reason she has never married -is not that she never had an offer. Summer and winter for -many long years has it stood there on the edge of the cliff, -waiting for the rush of travel which never came; ready to -give hospitality to man and beast, but no wayfarer ever knocks -for admission and entertainment. There is nothing sadder -than a deserted village. What a mockery it seems of all human -hopes and ambitions. In these old houses that look as if -they were weary waiting through so many long years, what -homely, uneventful lives have been spent; what tired eyes -have closed for the last time; what aching and disappointed -hearts have ceased to beat, thankful, no doubt, that the worry -and fret were all over.</p> - -<p>When old Judge Peacock died, his heirs each received one -thirteenth of his vast estate. One grand-nephew, whose father -and mother had been cousins, fell heir to two-thirteenths, and -from being a poor lad living among the fishermen, found himself -the possessor of this entire harbor and nearly all the land -lying between it and Westfield.</p> - -<p>In June, 1836, four months after the land office at Mayville -had been destroyed, William H. Seward having been appointed -to the agency, and also having an interest in the purchase, -established the land office in Westfield and lived there -until his election as governor of New York. The Seward -mansion is one of the attractions to visitors. It is a “brave -old house,” with a beautiful lawn, fronting on the village -green. Its trees are trimmed in a peculiar old-fashioned way. -Its iron gates stand open, as if inviting the passer to enter and -look upon its quaint surroundings. Another stately old-time -mansion is that of the Patterson family. It was originally occupied -by a brother of Seward’s, and when a member of the -family died its front door was painted black! A superb lawn -shaded by grand old trees sweeps away on one side; a garden -of grapevines lies on the other; in front great beds of scarlet -geranium blaze, and the trees and shrubs are out in the same -quaint pattern as those upon the Seward estate. The fashion -of other days is plainly to be seen in everything pertaining to -both these rare old places.</p> - -<p>The drives about the town are picturesque and delightful. -From nearly every street and road you get enchanting views -of the lake on one hand and the range of hills on the other. -The streets are laid in curves, and you are continually sweeping -rounded corners and coming upon unexpected beauties. -Old trees meet above your head; you cross and recross the -gorge dividing the town; far below you rushes the stream; -down a shaded street you go past old-fashioned homes and -modern villas in sharp contrast, and suddenly through overhanging -boughs you catch the glory of the blue waters of old -Erie; you are soon in Barcelona harbor; from there you can -drive for miles along the beach, now on the cliff, with the waves -thundering in many feet below you, now further back from -the shore past finely cultivated farms, vineyards, orchards, -fields “afoam with sweetness,” and never failing to catch -through grove, across fields of waving corn and grain, wooded<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_522" id="Page_522">[522]</a></span> -hollows through which clear waters run, glimpses of the lake’s -witchery.</p> - -<p>Or you can drive into Peacock’s Grove at Barcelona—a -lovely little forest of tall graceful trees, with a velvet turf from -which all annoying brush has been removed. Leave your -carriage, throw yourself upon the ground and drink in the ever -changing beauty of the magic view; the turquoise blue of the -water, of a sunny morning; the sapphire blue of a drowsy summer -afternoon; the molten glory of sky and water at sunset; -the slow oncoming of the solemn moon. How the trees seem -to whisper to the waters as if they were talking over all they -have witnessed in common; faintly comes the tinkle of a cow -bell from a neighboring copse; the crows are calling to each -other in the tree-tops; across the path scamper the squirrels; -the bay is dotted with the boats of the fishermen; there is -scarcely a ripple on the vast stretch of water before you; a -heavenly peace lies on lake and shore.</p> - -<p>Or take the drive to the wonderful “Hog’s Back.” Leaving -the town behind you, commence the gradual ascent of the dark -and rugged hills. Up and up, higher and higher you go, now -pause and look back. The valley lies smiling before you—a -lovely jewel with its setting of the marvelously blue waters behind -it. You leave your carriage and horses in a hospitable -farm yard and set out on foot for the “Hog’s Back.” Across -a meadow or two and you come into a forest of pines and hemlocks. -The wind sighs through the trees as it only sighs -through such a wood; far, far off you hear the rushing of -water. You go on a few steps further and suddenly you find -yourself on the edge of a most frightful precipice, the descent -into which is over a narrow ledge of earth thrown up by some -tremendous eruption into the shape of the back of a giant hog. -And such an abyss! Words can not express the awful stillness -which reigns over this mighty gorge whose sides are lined -with gloomy forests. Primeval solitudes could not have been -more desolate. The descent is terrible, but nothing in comparison -with the dizzy ascent. One draws a breath of relief -when safely up once more and out from the shade of the mysterious -pines into the gladness of sunlight and an open sky.</p> - -<p>Having heard that a mile or so from the town were still to -be seen traces of an old French fort, built either at the time Du -Quesne cut the portage road, or during the French and Indian -war, the writer drove with a friend one morning in search of -the place. After many questions, directions and counter-directions, -we finally found the farm upon which it was said to -be located. The genial farmer to whom we stated our errand -laughed and answered:</p> - -<p>“O, yes, I’ve got all there is left of it, which ain’t much.”</p> - -<p>He told us we could drive nearly to the spot, and led the way, -walking by the carriage, while a joyful dog leaped on before. -Past the farm house, barns, the orchard flaunting its magnificent -red fruit, through the “back lot,” across a field perfumed -with its “second crop” of red clover, we came to a rail fence -almost hidden from view by young chestnut trees and the rioting -wild grapevine. Thus far, and no farther, could we go in -the carriage, and leaving it, we stepped over the fence chivalrously -lowered by our guide, and soon saw “all there’s left of -it.” Only an immense circular breastwork, with tall straight -trees many, many years old growing on its top, is left of what -may have been simply a supply station, a fort erected by the -French against the Indians, possibly the fort where the brave -Eries were massacred by the Iroquois, or going further back, -it may have been the work of the mound builders.</p> - -<p>“I can’t tell you anything about it,” said our obliging guide, -“but if you want to take the trouble to go there, old Uncle -Dave Cochrane will tell you all about it. He’s ninety years -old, but he remembers everything, and he’ll be glad to see you -and tell you all he knows.”</p> - -<p>Being directed to Uncle Dave’s, we left the farm and -drove in the opposite direction toward the lake. When -about half way to Barcelona, we turned aside from the -main road, and in a hollow, close by Chautauqua Creek, -found an old-fashioned stuccoed house, over which the scarlet -woodbine crept and clung lovingly. We could bring no one -to the front door, and so the Adventurous One commenced to -explore the rear of the house, and was rewarded by seeing -peering over the top of the coal bin in the woodshed, an old, -old man with a chisel in his hand.</p> - -<p>“Are you Uncle David Cochrane?”</p> - -<p>“Hey?” shouted the old gentleman.</p> - -<p>The question was repeated, and the answer was literally -bawled:</p> - -<p>“Yes; who be you?”</p> - -<p>The Adventurous One was obliged to state her name and -errand before the old man would move one step from behind -the coal bin.</p> - -<p>“I’ll come around to the front of the house,” announced -this tremendous voice, coming with startling effect from this -little bundle of humanity to which it belonged, “for I’m hard -o’ hearin’.”</p> - -<p>And so Uncle Dave and the Adventurous One sat down -on a bench by the old stone wall around the little garden, and -while the autumn sun smiled down on the waters of the -pretty stream that flowed by the old man’s door, this voice -from the past spoke freely and at length.</p> - -<p>Uncle Dave was a remarkable old gentleman, possessing an -astounding memory, of which faculty he was well aware, and -of which he was very proud. He had dates, incidents, historical -events at his tongue’s end. On being asked, who in -his opinion had built the fortifications we had that morning -seen, he said emphatically:</p> - -<p>“It was some of them ten foot fellers that lived here long -before the Injuns. Injuns never done it, they didn’t know -enough, and they are too old for the French to have built -’em.”</p> - -<p>Did he mean the mound builders?</p> - -<p>“Yes, I reckin that’s what ye call ’em.”</p> - -<p>Did he ever see any traces of the old portage road?</p> - -<p>“O, yes,” he trumpeted forth, “the French under <i>Du -Quizney</i> built that road from the mouth of this here very creek -to the head of Chautauqua Lake.”</p> - -<p>“Do you remember, Mr. Cochrane, when Lafayette visited -Westfield in 1823?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” he shouted, and his withered old face was suddenly -transfigured by some nameless light, “indeed I do. -Word was brought to us that Lafayette was in Erie, and Judge -Peacock had a splendid span of greys and a nice carriage, -and he sent them to the State line to bring him to Westfield. -I got a six-pounder all ready, and when the runner came -ahead to let us know them grays was in sight, I jest teched her -off. He drove over the bridge and up on the village square, -and got out of the carriage and took off his hat.” Here the -old man reverently uncovered his head, straightened himself -and became unconsciously dramatic. “He was a sandy -haired feller, a reg’lar Frenchman, and he spoke to everybody -that crowded up to shake hands with him. And I tell ye it -was a sight to see them Revolutioners crowd around him. -Alec Wilson, he was a Revolutioner, an Irishman, says he, -‘God bless yez, Markis, how air yez;’ and the Markis says just -as pleasant and affable like, ‘Very well, my friend, but you -have the advantage of me.’ ‘Why, Markis,’ says Alec, ‘I -wuz one of General Washington’s body-guard, I wuz. Many -a time have I seen you and the Gineral together, Lord love ye.’ -‘Is that so, Alec,’ says the Markis, ‘then I must shake hands -again,’ and he did shake again with that air Irishman!”</p> - -<p>When we came away his parting shout was to this effect:</p> - -<p>“When ye find a man of my age with a better memory, -s’posen ye let me know.”</p> - -<p>Good by, brave old pioneer, we shall never see you again; -but the picture you made as you stood there “in the pleasant -autumn weather,” the breeze playing with your white hair,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_523" id="Page_523">[523]</a></span> -your little cottage, its cream tint contrasting so well with the -vivid red of the woodbine which wantoned over it, for a back-ground, -will not soon be forgotten.</p> - -<p>Westfield is admirably adapted for a summer resort. Aside -from its beautiful scenery, its hills, its lake with its inducements -in the way of fishing, sailing and rowing, its charming -drives, and equally as charming walks, it is undeniably a -healthy place. Its air is pure and bracing. Every breath you -draw seems to put new life into your frame. There are mineral -springs near the town which might be utilized. There are -many points near by suitable for excursions. Van Buren’s -Harbor, a delightful picnic ground, and the best beach along -shore for bathing, is within a short drive. Peacock’s Grove -offers inducements for camping and clam baking. There are -many other beautiful villages easy of access; the remarkable -“Hog’s Back” furnishes a day’s diversion; twenty miles -away is a wonderful geological attraction known as Panama -Rocks, which well deserves and repays attention. In point of -fact, the sleepy old place has more than its share of surrounding -attractions and only needs a magic touch to waken it, and -yet it would be a pity to transform this little Arcadia into a -fashionable watering place. One would not care to see its -primitive beauty sullied and its peace broken in upon by the -world. Rather let it remain one of those places fast dying out -before the march of so-called civilization, a dreamy old town.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="OUR_STEEL_HORSE">OUR STEEL HORSE.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>If we should try to trace the rise of the bicycle I imagine that -the multitude of queer contrivances which would be brought -together could hardly be surpassed by a collection of the flying -machines of the world, or of the instruments for producing -perpetual motion. Since Von Drais’ <i>draisine</i> of 1817 we have -had a series of curious and ingenious inventions, all aiming at the -same result—a steel horse which would never tire, which would -eat no oats and need no groom, but which, while subject to -none of the drawbacks of horseflesh, would carry its owner to -his business, on pleasure trips across the country—anywhere -and everywhere. Has it been found at last? Truly, it seems -so. To our few standard methods of traveling, by steam, by -rail, by carriage, by horse, and by foot, we must certainly add -by bicycle.</p> - -<p>Most people remember the forerunner of the present light -and noiseless “wheel,” for it was not until 1865 that the first -bicycle—we called it a velocipede then—was brought to America. -Every one will remember too the velocipede craze that -possessed the whole race of boys, young and old, in 1869-’70. -Many a town still contains the shattered remnant of a velocipede -rink, which in those days was its most popular place of -amusement, and in many a wood-shed, garret or barn loft -there is still stowed away the remnant of an old-fashioned -velocipede which once made happy a now grown-up-and-gone-away -son.</p> - -<p>Since those days there has been a decided change in the -construction of the machine, the almost clumsy velocipede has -become the airy “wheel.” The general structure has not been -changed, but improved mechanical work and greater skill in -adapting certain points so that they will do more effective -work has brought the vehicle to a very high degree of perfection. -The bicycle and tricycle in their improved forms are -meeting with remarkable success. It is said that there are -30,000 bicyclers in the United States, nearly all having joined -the ranks in the past six years, and that these 30,000 have four -hundred organized clubs. The national club, called “The -League of American Wheelmen,” numbers already 4,000 -members, two excellent magazines, <i>Outing</i> and <i>The Wheelman</i>, -and several papers are devoted to its interests, and are spreading -everywhere information and enthusiasm.</p> - -<p>Tricycles are rapidly gaining the favor among ladies that the -bicycle already has won among gentlemen. Hundreds of -them are in use in the cities, where a common sight on the -boulevards and in the parks is a tricycle party of ladies and portly -men taking a morning constitutional or an afternoon’s pleasure -ride.</p> - -<p>So many of our hobbies have their day and die, are popular -because some shrewd fellow has made them fashionable that -people of good common sense are becoming a little slow in -adopting new things. Many are now inquiring about the validity -of the bicycle’s claim. Is it as useful, as healthful, as -pleasant a steed as avowed? No doubt an unqualified affirmative -in answer to this question would be wrong, but that there -are many strong points in favor the facts will prove. To fairly -test its capabilities one should not take the experience of the -first day’s riding, or of a would-be wheelman who is yet in the -A B Cs of bicycling. It is an art and must be learned. A -novice can not mount and ride away without a few tumbles; -he can not at first “take” a curb or, in fact, any obstruction. -If he try to use the brake in going down hill he will undoubtedly -be thrown overboard and roll instead of wheel to the foot. -He will ache and groan over long rides, and if easily discouraged, -give up his efforts. But are these results any worse, or -even so bad as the results of the first experiences on horseback? -What is the bicycle or tricycle worth to the one who -can handle it? is the question.</p> - -<p>We are accustomed to think of it as useful only on a level -where the roads are hard and smooth and unobstructed, but -he is a poor wheelman indeed, who can ride only on smooth -ground. Any ordinary road, though it may be encumbered -by ruts, pebbles, or mud, may be safely traveled. Snowy roads, -of course, are hard traveling, but it is recorded of an enthusiastic -New Hampshire bicycler that he was on the roads a part -of each day during the year 1881. Candidly, it requires an -unusual amount of skill and enthusiasm to use a bicycle on -snowy or rugged roads for any long distance, although a quite -possible task. By far the worst impediment which the “wheel” -encounters is a stretch of loose sand, then all momentum is -lost by the friction, and to go at all is very hard work; however, -there is rarely a road so located that turf or a beaten -walk does not lie near, to which the rider may resort. Nor are -the hills a disadvantage, unless they are very long and steep. -The ordinary grade can be easily mounted, though, as in -walking, there is of course a greater degree of exertion required -than on the level. The true answer to the question, where the -bicycle may be ridden, is: On any road where one can drive -safely and pleasantly.</p> - -<p>The question of speed is a very important one. Unless -something can be gained in point of time it is no advantage to -rushing clerks and brokers and students to bicycle their way -to business and back; but the fact that something can be -gained is a very strong point in favor of the “wheel.” The -rate of speed compared with walking is three to one, and the -exertion on level ground is but one-third of that of walking. -On our steel horse, too, we make better time than on horseback. -In a day’s travel the gain is very noticeable. The -bicycle will take you four or five times as far as you can walk -and twice as far as you can ride on horseback. The real advantage -of a mode of travel which exercises and exhilarates, -which is less wearisome than walking and which, while it gives -as high speed as a horse, yet causes none of the trouble, the -possible risk and no expense, is very apparent. This is no -whimsical fancy either, but a fact. Many physicians, clergymen -and business men are finding it invaluable in their work. -A certain physician of high rank has given it as his opinion, -that the “bicycle or tricycle can be practically and profitably -used by physicians as an adjunct to, or even in place of, the -horse; and that it solves, beyond any question, the problem -of exercise for a very large class of our patients.” And another -writing of its merits, says: “This summer I have turned both -my horses out to grass and have trusted to my bicycle alone, -doing, on an average, about 50 miles a day. I find I get<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_524" id="Page_524">[524]</a></span> -through my day’s work with less fatigue than on horseback, -and without the monotony of driving.” If it will serve the -purpose of a doctor it will of any and all busy men.</p> - -<p>More important than its practical value is its health giving -qualities. It is a veritable cure-all. The pleasure of the exercise, -the fine play it gives to the muscles of the upper and -lower limbs, and the free exposure to sun and air are the best -possible medicines. <i>Ennui</i>, the wretched, worn-out feeling of -so many over-worked students, bookkeepers and professional -men, dyspepsia and nervousness can have no better prescription -than bicycle or tricycle riding. Indeed, of the latter no -less an authority than B. W. Richardson, M. D., a famous -English physician, says: “I am of the opinion that no exercise -for women has ever been discovered that is to them so -really useful. Young and middle aged ladies can learn to ride -the tricycle with the greatest facility, and they become excellently -skillful. The tricycle is, in fact, now with me a not uncommon -prescription, and is far more useful than many a dry, -formal medicinal one which I have had to write on paper.”</p> - -<p>The real enjoyment of the exercise is wonderfully in its favor. -No finer sport can be found than the rapid spinning by green -fields, through shady woods and along clear streams, lifted so -far above the earth that you half believe you are treading air, -so still and smoothly your “wheels” carry you. The bounding -life that gentle exercise and abundant air and sunshine -bring is yours. You seem almost a creature of the air as you -whirl along. It is pure, perfect pleasure—the perfection of -motion. One feature of bicycle and tricycle riding that commends -it to many is the opportunity it offers for delightful -summer trips. The bicycle clubs of many cities make daily -morning runs of ten or twelve miles into the country, returning -in time for a club breakfast at the home of some member—longer -trips which occupy a day are common, and a month’s -travel through a pleasant country is becoming a very fashionable -as well as healthful and inexpensive way of spending a -vacation. An English lady and her sister recently made a -trip of 470 miles through the pleasant country of South England -on tricycles, and declare that they had so pleasant a -time they intend to make another tour next year. Indeed, so -successful have bicycle and tricycle excursions become that -they threaten to rival the railway and steamer.</p> - -<p>The expense is of course an important item to most people, -and is decidedly in favor of the wheel. As in all goods, the -prices vary with quality and finish. The price of a bicycle -varies from $7 to $175, of a tricycle from $20 to $240. The -medium prices give as durable and useful an instrument as the -higher. When once owned there is little more expense—a -trifle will be spent in repairs each year, and if desired, there -are certain accessories which can be added. New tires are -needed about once in four years, and cost about $10 for a fifty-inch -bicycle. But there is no feeding nor stalling nor grooming. -Your steel horse makes no demands upon your purse, -your sympathies, or your time.</p> - -<p>What is the bicycle coming to? Certainly to be a very important -factor in our civilization. We may expect to see it -some day in war—already the mounted orderlies in the Italian -army use it. In twenty years, maybe less, we shall all be -taking our wedding trips by bicycle, and it may not be wild -to suppose that the enterprising wheelman will soon have a -highway from New York to San Francisco, and that our summer -trips to the Golden Gate or the Atlantic will be <i>via</i> -bicycle.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>Never, never has one forgotten his pure, right-educating -mother. On the blue mountains of our dim childhood, toward -which we ever turn and look, stand the mothers, who marked -out to us from thence our life; the most blessed age must be -forgotten ere we can forget the warmest heart. You wish, O -woman! to be ardently loved, and forever, even till death. Be, -then, the mothers of your children.—<i>Richter.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="THE_NAVY">THE NAVY.<br /> -<span class="smaller">WHY IT SHOULD BE EFFICIENTLY MAINTAINED -IN TIME OF PEACE.</span></h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Lieutenant G. W. MENTZ</span>, of the U. S. Navy.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Many intelligent people in our country know nothing whatever -of the navy.</p> - -<p>We are not a warlike nation, and our people are engaged in -peaceful pursuits. The majority are so busied with matters -which have no connection with nautical affairs that they have -no time for reflection upon any such subject.</p> - -<p>A great many of our fellow countrymen have never seen the -ocean, have never seen anything in the shape of a ship except -a river steamboat.</p> - -<p>Not seeing the navy, not hearing of it in these piping times -of peace, having no dealings with it or with ships, never coming -in contact with it in any way, and not understanding anything -about it, they never trouble themselves with it, and care -nothing for it, just as almost every one naturally does with any -subject in which he is not personally interested.</p> - -<p>But how can our people in the interior be influenced to interest -themselves in a subject which really is of vital importance -to them, and almost as much so as to those living on the seaboard?</p> - -<p>They are told, year after year, that our coasts and our lakes -are undefended, that a navy is absolutely necessary, that in its -present state it could not stand a chance with the navy of even -a fourth-rate power; yet they never care enough about it to -instruct their representatives in Congress to put the country in -a secure state of defense, and unless so instructed by the people, -our politicians will never do anything but dilly-dally with -every subject of national importance.</p> - -<p>We are slapped in the face, first on one side then on the -other, and kicked about by nations which are picayunish in their -resources in comparison with ourselves, and yet we take it all -with indifference or a faint protest.</p> - -<p>We are a strange combination as a nation; the same men who -would resent an insult individually, or so provide themselves -with weapons that no one would <i>dare</i> insult them, when taken -collectively as a nation pitifully ask to be “let off” the moment -the British lion shows his teeth, or the Prussian eagle -raises his claws.</p> - -<p>But it is not intended to appeal to the sentiment of the people -of the United States, or to their sense of honor to rouse -their interest in the navy. That has been tried too often, and -has failed in every case, until truly patriotic men (and thank -God there are a few such men left) have almost given up in -despair, if not in disgust. This article will, it is hoped, prove, -on other grounds than sentiment, the absolute necessity of a -navy in time of peace by showing what it does when we are -not at war.</p> - -<p>Every one knows the navy has something to do with the defenses -of the country, but—</p> - -<p>What is the use of a navy in time of peace?</p> - -<p>What does it do?</p> - -<p>What does it consist of?</p> - -<p>Who manages it?</p> - -<p>How much does it cost us taxpayers?</p> - -<p>Do we get any return for our money? and the like, are questions -which every one, in his capacity of an American citizen, -has a right to ask, and which should be answered in such a -way that every school boy could understand.</p> - -<p>It is easily understood by those of our countrymen living even -in those parts of our land most remote from either ocean washing -our shores, that a navy is necessary in time of war with a foreign -country, and that then it would protect our coasts and prevent -an invasion of our soil, and keep the enemy’s war ships from -destroying our cities, or from blockading our ports, and thus -give the grain and beef—“the production of which is the very<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_525" id="Page_525">[525]</a></span> -life and soul of the West”—an opportunity to get out of the -country, and to their markets; for it requires no great reasoning -powers to understand that with the enemy hovering around -our ports with his ships of war, no shipment of grain and beef -could take place.</p> - -<p>But the navy protects those same interests in time of peace, -and in this way:</p> - -<p>Suppose <i>no</i> nation had a navy, and that <i>no</i> armed force existed -on the sea, what would be the result?</p> - -<p>We would want to export our surplus grain and beef, and -hundreds of other articles which we raise in excess of our -needs in this country and exchange them for tea and coffee and -other articles which we can not raise. We can not send them by -rail across the ocean, we have to employ ships. <i>We can not -get along without ships.</i></p> - -<p>Even in this age of steam and telegraph, can any one doubt -that with no armed force to protect the ships with their valuable -cargoes and small crews of two dozen or more men, that -the pirate would not again infest the seas and prey upon commerce? -Steam and the telegraph would aid him just as much -as they would the merchant. But, it might be argued, arm the -crews of the merchant ship, put guns and gunners on board. -If you do that you have a navy, and a much more expensive -and inefficient one than by the present methods.</p> - -<p>The navies of the world drove the pirate from the seas. He -became a universal enemy, and was hunted down by the war -ships of all civilized nations, and there was no dissenting voice -among them upon this one question of piracy. To prevent his -return the existence of a naval force was necessary <i>and the -display of such a force is all that prevents his return now</i>.</p> - -<p>Of those who believe there would be no piracy did no navies -exist in this age of enlightenment and of rapid communication, -it might be asked if they thought property would at all be safe -in any of our cities if the police were withdrawn from its protection. -What is it that prevents many a thief from robbing -property when he finds it apparently unprotected, <i>sees</i> no policemen -as he looks up and down the street? It is his knowledge -that the city <i>has</i> a police force, and that a policeman may -be in the near vicinity, though not in sight.</p> - -<p><i>It is this moral effect of the existence of an armed force</i> which -prevents many robberies being committed on shore, and it is -the same with the ocean.</p> - -<p><i>Without an armed force on the ocean to protect cargoes in -time of peace the temptation to become suddenly rich, and without -any one knowing how, would be too great to be resisted. -The navy is the police of the seas, and one class of property -should be protected just as much as another. Shipping is entitled -to the same treatment and care as any other form of invested -capital.</i></p> - -<p>Acknowledging then that it is the existence of war vessels -on the seas that prevents piracy and insures the safety of our -cargoes of grain and beef, and other articles in their transit -across the ocean, and that a navy in this way protects commerce -in time of peace, <i>then, is it just that <span class="smcapuc">ONE</span> nation should -bear all the expense of keeping up a sufficient show of force in -the shape of a navy to prevent the return of the pirates? All -nations who have property on the ocean, or ships carrying cargoes -from port to port, must aid in thus protecting the seas in -proportion to the value of property sailing the ocean. And -the maritime powers of the world must assist each other against -the common enemy, just as the police of one country assist those -of another in procuring and bringing to justice the extraditional -criminals.</i></p> - -<p>It is not right or just for a country to have a merchant marine -without a corresponding navy to protect it; it is unjust to -other nations, and we have the second largest merchant marine -in the world, and hardly rank as <i>fifth</i> as a naval power.</p> - -<p>The country in time of peace, in the early stages of its existence, -when our navy was as large in proportion to the inhabitants -as it is now, had practically merchant ship after merchant -ship seized, not by individuals, but by nations which possessed -more powerful navies, and the number of ships so seized by -France alone counts up in the hundreds, and France is a friend -of the United States if we have one in Europe.</p> - -<p>It seems to be natural that the unprotected should be imposed -upon. Wherever we glance throughout nature we find -the mighty preying upon the weak, and even in the very plants -the weaker are crowded out and must give way to the -stronger. This is true of men, and it is likewise true of nations. -For a proof consider the number of nations England -has crowded out. We, too, have crowded out the Indian.</p> - -<p>I suppose the Bey of Tunis would still be imposing upon our -merchants in the Mediterranean if we had not aroused ourselves -and shown him what a naval force could do, and made -him respect it.</p> - -<p>Many Americans engaged in commerce are temporarily resident -abroad, and although they may be most law abiding, -there still occur times when they are imposed upon, and in -some cases incarcerated or maltreated, even murdered. The -government owes these men protection. It is the solemn duty -of the government to see that they are justly treated; and this -can be done, in many cases, in no better way than by a show -of force. One small gunboat in a port where one of our fellow -citizens has been imposed upon will do more toward setting -him right than thousands of appealing or of threatening -words from a distance. There are hundreds of instances on -record in the Navy and State Departments which might be -cited in illustration of this, but the following will serve the purpose. -They are taken from recent editions of the Washington -<i>National Republican</i>:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>In the spring of 1858 the United States steamer “Fulton,” mounting -six guns, was cruising in the West Indies. Information reached the commander -that a revolution had broken out at Tampico; that the town was -besieged, and that American merchant vessels were detained in the river. -The “Fulton” proceeded with all despatch to Tampico, and found affairs -as had been reported.</p> - -<p>Tampico is situated six miles up the river of that name. The revolutionary -and besieging party was within three miles of the city, and had -established a custom house at the mouth of the river. Five American -merchant vessels were in the river at the time. They had paid the -necessary custom house dues at Tampico, and started down the river to -proceed to sea. Upon approaching the mouth of the river they were -directed to anchor until they had paid additional custom house dues. To -this, of course, the American captains positively refused, as they had -already paid the necessary legal dues. Consequently the vessels were -detained under the guns of the besieging party, and had not the United -States steamer “Fulton” made her appearance they would continue to -have been detained. The commander of the “Fulton” demanded their -instant release, which was complied with, and the vessels proceeded to -sea accordingly.</p> - -<p>One of the captains was very spunky, and gave those Mexicans a -piece of his mind. For this he was taken out of his vessel and put in -prison. The excuse for this which the Mexicans gave was that a small -signal gun, which a man could easily carry, was found on board, and -this was considered contraband. The commander of the “Fulton” went -in person, demanded the release of this captain, took him off in his gig, -and restored him to his vessel.</p> - -<p>Gen. Gaza, of the besieging forces, hadn’t an idea that there was an -American man-of-war within a thousand miles of Tampico when he -committed these high-handed proceedings, and he was greatly astonished -when the “Fulton” made her appearance. It does not always matter -so much about the size of a man-of-war on hand upon these occasions. -A six or eight gun vessel may suffice, and will often effect the service -required quite as well as a frigate. What is necessary is the sight of the -American ensign and pennant backed by a few guns.</p> - -<p>In September, 1873, a revolution of a violent character broke out at -Panama, and the city was besieged. Whenever there is trouble on the -Isthmus they make a “dead set” at the railroad. In case of war the -government of Colombia guarantees to protect and preserve neutrality -upon the Panama railroad. Upon this occasion the governor of Panama<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_526" id="Page_526">[526]</a></span> -declared his inability to protect the railroad. The commander-in-chief -of the United States naval forces in the Pacific happened to be at Panama -just in the “nick of time,” with two good sized men of war, the -“Pensacola” and “Benicia,” and upon his own responsibility landed 250 -men—seamen and marines—divided between the Panama railroad station -and the custom house. The city of Panama and the Panama railroad -were in imminent danger of being destroyed. The show of forces had -the desired effect, without the necessity of firing a shot. Once the revolutionary -party approached, with an attempt, apparently, to come upon -the railroad, but a bold front shown by the United States forces evidently -caused them to change their minds.</p> - -<p>Four lines of steamers of four different nations were then running -and connecting with the Panama railroad, viz.: American, English, -French, and German. Passengers, freights, and specials continually -passed over the road in safety and without interruption. These troubles -lasted for a fortnight, when the insurrectionary forces retired and broke -up, and the United States naval forces were withdrawn to their ships.</p> - -<p>For these services the United States naval commander-in-chief received -the thanks of the Panama Railroad Company, the several Pacific Mail -Steamship Companies, and all the consuls and foreign merchants.</p> - -<p>These are a few instances of which the writer is cognizant of what -the navy does in time of peace. Scarcely a naval officer of moderate -experience and length of service but has witnessed similar scenes in different -parts of the world. They do not attract the attention of the public, -and naval officers are not apt to blow their own trumpets.—<i>March -13, 1884.</i></p> - -</div> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Under the Napoleon dynasty, when Murat was king of Naples, several -American merchant vessels, with valuable cargoes, were captured and -confiscated under protest, and taken into Neapolitan ports. The entire -proceedings were pronounced arbitrary and thoroughly illegal. In course -of time Napoleon and all his dynasties went under, and Naples and the -Neapolitans were restored to their possessions and the government of -their country once more. But the government of Naples was held responsible -for the seizure and consequent loss to their owners of these -vessels and cargoes, although these flagrant acts were committed under -the French.</p> - -<p>After a lapse of time a thorough investigation and an estimate of -losses were made. A demand for indemnity was made and positively -refused. Several years elapsed when Gen. Jackson became President of -the United States, and he, with his accustomed emphasis, repeated the -demand, which was again refused. In the year 1832 Gen. Jackson appointed -a special minister (Hon. John Nelson, of Maryland) to Naples -to press this demand. Commodore Daniel T. Patterson (who commanded -the naval forces and coöperated with Gen. Jackson at New Orleans) -was at this time commander-in-chief of the United States Mediterranean -squadron, consisting of three fifty-gun frigates and three twenty-two-gun -corvettes. The writer of this was a midshipman in the squadron.</p> - -<p>It was arranged that one ship at a time should make her appearance -at Naples. The commodore went in first, and a week after another -ship arrived. Mr. Nelson then made the demand as directed by -his government. It was refused. At the end of a week a third ship -appeared, and so continued. The Neapolitan government became -alarmed, began to look at the condition of the forts, mounted additional -guns, built sand bag batteries, and kept up a constant drilling of their -troops. When the fifth ship arrived the government gave in, acknowledged -the claim, and ordered it to be paid just as the sixth ship entered -the harbor.</p> - -<p>The amount was not so large—about $350,000—but there was a great -principle involved. This money was owing to owners, captains, and -crews of American merchant vessels, whose property had been illegally -and unjustly taken from them.</p> - -<p>And it may be asked when and whether they would ever have received -it had it not been for the United States navy. This fully illustrates -one of Nelson’s maxims: “To negotiate with effect a naval force -should always be at hand.”—<i>About April 4, 1884.</i></p> - -</div> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p class="center">VIGOROUS, BUT TARDY.</p> - -<p>The House committee on foreign affairs yesterday directed Representative -Lamb to report to the House the following:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p><i>Resolved</i>, That the President be directed to bring to the attention of -the government of Venezuela the claim of John E. Wheelock, a citizen -of the United States, for indemnity for gross outrages and tortures inflicted -upon him by an officer of said Venezuelan government, and to -demand and enforce in such manner as he may deem best an immediate -settlement of said claim.</p> - -</div> - -<p>The report accompanying the resolution says: “Your committee is of -the opinion that more vigorous measures than diplomatic correspondence -are necessary to secure justice for the citizen of the United States thus -grievously wronged.” Mr. Wheelock’s claim is for $50,000.—<i>April -18, 1884.</i></p> - -</div> - -<p>Even the missionary, the peaceful man of God, in his commendable -work of extending the teachings of the Bible to -semi-civilized people, often carries his life in his hand, and -many have asked for the protection of a man-of-war.</p> - -<p>Numbers of American missionaries in China can tell with -what joy they have hailed “the good old flag backed by a few -guns.”</p> - -<p>Since the massacre of foreigners (mostly missionaries) in -Tientsin, China, in June, 1870, that place has scarcely ever -been without the presence of an American war vessel, and -missionaries resident there will not hesitate to acknowledge -the feeling of security such a vessel brings with her, and the -necessity of such a show of force.</p> - -<p>While England is very prompt in redressing the wrongs of -those of her subjects resident abroad, the United States is very -derelict, and the difference in the respect shown by foreigners -to Americans and Englishmen is very marked in consequence.</p> - -<p>But there are other reasons than those of policing the sea -and protecting our citizens abroad, why a navy is necessary in -time of peace.</p> - -<p>It requires time to build ships and guns, and to train men to -handle them, and we must be prepared with suitable weapons -to meet any enemy who may declare war against us.</p> - -<p>Wars come upon us when least expected, and even we, who -are advocates of settling all difficulties with foreign nations -by arbitration, and who pride ourselves upon maintaining only -a small army and navy, cannot escape the horrors of war.</p> - -<p>If there is any truth in the saying that “History repeats -itself,” then the time for us to be at war is close at hand.</p> - -<p>We are young as a nation, and although our tendencies have -been peaceful, and although we have almost, <i>have</i> sacrificed -our honor, yet, in spite of all that, we have never had a reign -of peace for a longer period than thirty-five years, and in the -one hundred and odd years of our existence, we, the “peaceful -nation,” have had <i>four foreign wars</i>. Two with Great Britain, -one with France, and one with Mexico. Can any one believe -we will never have another foreign war?</p> - -<p>We are not prepared for war, and in time of peace we should -prepare for war.</p> - -<p>As stated above, we rank as a fifth-rate naval power, and -our next war is going to be a foreign war—(for we will hardly -fight among ourselves again)—and <i>then the navy will have to -do most, if not all, of the fighting</i>.</p> - -<p>Our resources are not as great as our people in their fancied -security believe. For instance, the whole number of deep-sea -sailor men from whom we could draw recruits, is only 60,000, -including foreigners sailing under the American flag. These -men are untrained for war purposes, and as much so as any man -you might pick up in the streets is untrained as a cavalry man -or artillery man, although he may have had some experience -in riding a horse or in shooting birds with a shot gun.</p> - -<p>The tendencies of the present age are to wars of short duration, -and in our next war we will be “knocked out” in as -comparatively short a time as Mr. Sullivan “knocks out” his -opponents, unless we are better prepared than we are at present.</p> - -<p>“At present England could bring, in thirty days, the greater -part of her immense iron clad fleet to operate upon our coast, -and the damage which this force could inflict upon the seaboard, -and indirectly upon the whole country would be incalculable.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_527" id="Page_527">[527]</a></span> -In thirty days we would have paid in the way of ransom -money and in the value of property destroyed the value -of a dozen navies, to say nothing of the national disgrace, and -a complete cessation of foreign and coastwise trade. In thirty -days we could do nothing, <i>absolutely nothing</i> in the way of -improvising a coast defense. Our naval vessels could not be -recalled from foreign stations, and if they could their weakness -and small number would only insure certain defeat.”</p> - -<p>It takes a year to build even a simple unarmored ship, whose -thin sides of 10-16 of an inch can be penetrated by modern -guns at a distance of several miles;</p> - -<p>And three years to build such iron clads as most of the -South American states even, possess;</p> - -<p>And a year to build a modern steel gun of any power;</p> - -<p>When all the skilled labor and appliances for manufacturing -the material are at hand.</p> - -<p>But our workmen, though skilled in other things, are not -skilled in making the requisite kind of metal either for guns or -armor, and in putting it together when it is obtained. We have -not the immense steam hammers and plant for such colossal -work.</p> - -<p>Our country is exposed on all sides—Pacific, Atlantic, and -lakes.</p> - -<p>The country that goes to war with us is not going to treat -us as the militia did the rioters in Cincinnati the other day, remain -inactive until we can arm ourselves.</p> - -<p>If England is to be our enemy (and there is no reason why -she should not be, for she has never shown her friendship for -us except by words. In her actions she has proved an enemy, -and we must never forget the blockade runners and the “Alabama,” -and the fact that is largely due to her, that our civil -war lasted so long), she will attack us both on the Atlantic -coast and on the great lakes.</p> - -<p>In the latter region she is much better prepared to injure us -now, and we in a worse condition to prevent it, than in 1812.</p> - -<p>Profiting by her experience, she is preparing a waterway that -will admit her gunboats to the very heart of our country. It -requires no close observation to realize that other motives -than those of commerce induced England to purchase and -expend millions of money upon the Welland Canal, and that it -gives her a great strategical advantage.</p> - -<p>That is one advantage she has over us, should the war be -carried to the lakes.</p> - -<p>Another is, the mouth of the St. Lawrence River—the route -from the sea to the lakes—lies wholly within British territory.</p> - -<p>Still another is, we have signed an agreement with England -not to maintain more than one small gunboat on the lakes, -and not to build any war vessels on the lakes.</p> - -<p>In the interests of economy we have practically cut ourselves -off from the right or privilege to construct what we please in -our own territory. Next, it may be presumed, we will be asking -permission to sneeze.</p> - -<p>With the Welland Canal and the agreement not to build war -vessels on the lakes, we have placed ourselves at great disadvantage.</p> - -<p>That agreement does not affect England, for she possesses a -waterway for her gunboats from the sea to the lakes. Our only -waterway from the sea to the lakes, the Erie Canal, is not deep -enough, nor are its locks large enough, for gunboats. England -has one hundred such vessels which she could assemble at -Montreal upon the <i>slightest</i> suspicion of war, and when the -time came for action, they would proceed via the Welland -Canal, and destroy Buffalo, Erie, Cleveland, Sandusky, Toledo, -and all the other great cities on the lakes before we could improvise -an effective defense, and certainly before we could -build <i>one</i> ship to oppose her fleet. The “Michigan” would -not be effective, the English fleet would soon sink her. It -might be argued that Buffalo and the other ports would furnish -merchant steamers in an emergency, which could serve as improvised -gunboats. But even if such vessels could successfully -oppose a fleet of vessels built specially for war purposes, the -guns, equipments and ammunition are not on hand to be -put on board such ships, even if they were to be found conveniently -moored to the docks at Buffalo, nor are the trained -crews to be found at a moment’s notice, and those men who -are trained would be needed to move the regular ships of the -navy on the seaboard, where the enemy would be even more -vigorous in his operations.</p> - -<p>Many people have a misconception of the effectiveness of -the torpedo.</p> - -<p>The torpedo is certainly a powerful and destructive weapon -when it works all right, but you might plant torpedoes all over -some of our harbors, and still they would not protect the cities -from destruction, nor prevent the enemy from landing and capturing -the city, in spite of the torpedoes.</p> - -<p>At New York there is no necessity for a fleet to <i>enter</i> the harbor -to destroy the city. There is a place south of Long Island, -nine miles distant from the City Hall in New York, where there -is plenty of water for a fleet of the largest ironclads to take -up its position, from which it could batter down Brooklyn and -New York. Some of the modern guns send shot weighing -2,000 lbs. (one ton) eleven miles.</p> - -<p>Then too, there might appear a foreign Farragut to <span class="smcapuc">PASS</span> the -torpedoes, losing perhaps some of his vessels, but still having -enough left to accomplish his object.</p> - -<p>The torpedo is by no means a <i>sure</i> weapon. During the -war of the Rebellion the ship “Ironsides” was stationary -for one hour directly over a torpedo which had a 5,000 lb. -charge of powder, at Charleston. It failed to explode despite -every effort of the operator on shore to get it to do its work.</p> - -<p><i>If</i> a ship happens to pass directly over a torpedo, and</p> - -<p><i>If</i> the operator touches the firing key at exactly the right -moment, and</p> - -<p><i>If</i> the connection between the electrical battery and the torpedo -fuse is all right, and</p> - -<p><i>If</i> the fuse itself is in good condition, and</p> - -<p><i>If</i> the charge in the torpedo has not deteriorated, the torpedo -<i>may</i> explode and blow up the ship.</p> - -<p>Too many “ifs” to make this a reliable weapon, and one -to be solely depended upon.</p> - -<p>Torpedoes, or submarine mines, unless protected by batteries, -to prevent the enemy from quietly picking them up, are of -no use whatever except to cause delay.</p> - -<p>It is the custom in modern wars for the victor to demand of -the vanquished large war indemnities, so that the people who -are whipped not only suffer great losses incident to war -itself, but must pay the expenses both they and their conquerors -have incurred, and the people have to pay this in the shape -of taxes.</p> - -<p>Now, no one believes we are going to be conquered, but this -is how an enemy’s fleet off New York, for instance, will affect -all the people in the United States.</p> - -<p>They would send a shot or two in the vicinity of the city, -from their position south of Long Island, just to show what -they <i>could</i> do, and threaten to destroy the city if a tribute of -anywhere from $100,000,000 to $200,000,000 is not forthcoming -in twenty-four hours. It would be paid, as that amount does -not anywhere near represent the value of property in New -York City. The United States government would have to return -this amount to the citizens who advanced it, for according -to the constitution the government must provide for the common -defense of the country. Then it would fall back on the -taxpayers again, and <i>they</i> would have to pay it.</p> - -<p>All that could be prevented by having the proper defense -always ready.</p> - -<p>The other important cities on the coasts are as vulnerable to -attack as New York.</p> - -<p>Just think of the billions of property which in this way is at -the mercy of an enemy.</p> - -<p>We forget that English soldiers once destroyed our capitol.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_528" id="Page_528">[528]</a></span></p> - -<p>They could do it now, and think of the vast amount of -money in the treasury at Washington which would fall into -their hands, and the value of the property that would be destroyed, -and of the valuable papers that would be lost.</p> - -<p>“There is no insurance against the great evils of war so -certain and <span class="smcapuc">CHEAP</span> as the preparations for defense and offense.”</p> - -<p>We are less likely to be attacked if our great seaboard and -lake cities are defended by heavy rifled guns, by ironclads and -torpedoes, and if we have enough cruisers to threaten an enemy’s -commerce, and can take the offensive at once.</p> - -<p>Offense, with the proper weapons, is the best kind of defense.</p> - -<p>We must have a suitable navy to attack our enemy before he -can get to our coast, and before he can either destroy or blockade -our ports.</p> - -<p>Our policy being a peaceful one, we are not going to engage -in war except in self defense, and we do not need to keep up a -large naval establishment in time of peace, <i>but what we have -should be the very best that can be obtained, and each individual -ship and gun, and the personnel, should be of the most effective -kind</i>.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="ASTRONOMY_OF_THE_HEAVENS">ASTRONOMY OF THE HEAVENS FOR JUNE.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Prof. M. B. GOFF</span>.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE SUN</h3> - -<p>In the northern hemisphere the longest day of this year is -the 20th of this month; though in many places it would be difficult -to notice that there was really any difference between the -length of this day and that of a few of those preceding and succeeding. -The sun has reached his farthest point northward, -and, although he travels about his usual distance each day, he -moves in a part of his orbit which is, for all practical purposes, -parallel to the equator, and hence must rise about the same -place and hour each morning, and set at the same place and -hour every evening. About the 21st of December of each year -we have the shortest day, with several of the neighboring days -but very little longer; for the reason that at that date the sun -reaches its southern limit and moves almost parallel to the -equator.</p> - -<p>It may be interesting to see how our neighbors fare in regard -to longest days. By the working of a few problems in spherical -trigonometry we find that our friends living on the equator -have all their days the same length, namely, twelve hours. So -that there is in that region no looking forward to the long winter -evenings, nor any hoping for the shortening of summer’s -sultry days. They have, however, this advantage: If the sun’s -rays do sometimes “come down by a straight road,” they do -not continue so long at a time as with us. As we proceed -north, we find in latitude 30° 48′ that the longest day is -fourteen hours, in latitude 49° 2′, sixteen hours; in 58° 27′, -eighteen hours; in 63° 23′, twenty hours; in 65° 48′, twenty-two -hours; in 66° 32′, twenty-four hours, no night at all; and -51′ further north, that is, in latitude 67° 23′, the longest day -begins about the fifth of June, and lasts till about the fourth of -July, and is about thirty days long; in 73° 40′, it is three -months long; in 84° 5′, it is five months; and at the north pole -six months. Practically the days are longer than here represented; -for we have natural light enough to pursue most vocations -both before sunrise and after sunset. In latitude 63° -23′, for example, where the day’s extreme length is twenty -hours, on account of the twilight the remaining four hours -might as well be called daylight, for the sun descends only a -few degrees below the horizon, and though hidden from sight, -still through the medium of the atmosphere affords almost the -usual light of day.</p> - -<p>Of course our friends in the corresponding latitudes of the -southern hemisphere are enjoying correspondingly short days -and long nights. In 63° 23′ south latitude the day is only four -hours long, and the night twenty hours. No wonder people -sometimes say, “This is a queer world.” Its mechanism is -certainly very wonderful. If we wished to be somewhat exact, -we would say that the sun enters <i>Cancer</i> and summer begins -on June 20th, at 7:51 p. m., Washington mean time, and continues -ninety-three days, fourteen hours twenty-two minutes. -Other items are as follows: On the 1st, 15th, and 30th, -the sun rises at 4:31, 4:28, and 4:29 a. m.; and on the same dates -sets at 7:24, 7:32, and 7:34 p. m. During the month our days -vary in length from fourteen hours fifty-three minutes to fifteen -hours five minutes; and on the 20th, the time from early -dawn till the end of twilight is nineteen hours thirty minutes. -On the 3rd, at 4:00 p. m., the sun is in conjunction with -Saturn; on the 14th, at 3:00 p. m., 90° west of Uranus; on -the 30th, at midnight, farthest from the earth; greatest elevation, -in latitude 41° 30′ north, 71° 57′. Diameter decreases -from 31′ 36″ on the 1st, to 31′ 32″ on the 30th.</p> - -<h3>THE MOON’S</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Phases occur in the following order: Full moon on the 8th, at -2:41 p. m.; last quarter, on 16th, at 9:26 a. m.; new moon, -on 23rd, at 12:25 a. m.; first quarter, on 30th, at 1:06 a. m. On -the 1st, the moon sets at 12:38 a. m.; on the 15th, rises at 11:45 -p. m.; and on the 29th, sets at 11:42 p. m. Is farthest from -the earth on the 16th, at 10:18 p. m.; nearest to earth on 21st, -at 10:30 p. m. Least meridian altitude on 9th, 29° 41′; greatest -altitude on the 22nd, amounting to 67° 18⅓′.</p> - -<h3>MERCURY.</h3> - -<p>A pair of good sharp eyes looking out sufficiently early in -the morning, can almost any day during the month get a view -of this planet; especially will this be the case near the 12th, -the day on which it reaches its greatest western elongation, -amounting to 23° 19′. On the 1st, 15th, and 30th, the time -of rising is 3:51, 3:23, and 3:37 a. m. On the 21st, at 12:41 p. -m., it will be 1° 39′ north of the moon, and on the 26th, at 6:00 -p. m., one minute of arc north of Saturn.</p> - -<h3>VENUS.</h3> - -<p>This planet which has for several months been so conspicuous -in the western sky, reaches its greatest brilliancy on the -3rd, after which it will decrease in interest, and continue to appear -each day smaller, until its light is again obscured by the -sun, and after remaining for a short time hidden from view, -again appears in the eastern horizon as the <i>Lucifer</i> (light-bearer) -of the ancients. It will set at 10:24, 9:40, and 8:21 p. -m., respectively, on the evenings of the 1st, 15th, and 30th. Its -diameter will increase from 35.8″ to 55.2″; but as it “turns -its back upon us,” its increasing diameter will not add to the -amount of light furnished the earth.</p> - -<h3>MARS.</h3> - -<p>On the 1st Mars will be found quite close to, and a little to -the east of the star Regulus, in the constellation <i>Leo</i>, and will -move east somewhat rapidly, making a direct movement of 14° -31′ 55.5″ from the 1st to the 30th. His diameter decreases -from 6.6″ to 5.8″, indicating his continually increasing distance -from the earth. He rises during the day and sets at the -following hours: On the 2nd at 12:07 a. m.; on the 15th at -11:30 p. m.; and on the 30th at 10:49 p. m.</p> - -<h3>JUPITER</h3> - -<p class="unindent">During the month moves about six degrees eastwardly from a -point a little west of <i>Præsepe</i>, in <i>Cancer</i>, leaving the Nebula a -little to the north, and reaching, on the 30th, a point a little northeast -of <i>Delta Cancri</i>. He comes to the meridian on the 1st, 15th, -and 30th, at 3:34.6, 2:50.2, and 2:03.5, p. m., and sets on the -same days at 10:49, 10:01, and 9:12 p. m., respectively.</p> - -<h3>SATURN,</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Who has for several months been making of himself such a -fine display, exhibiting to those who were fortunate enough to -possess a moderately good telescope, a splendid view of his -rings, now retires abashed before the “King of Day;” during -the first of the month, not even deigning “to put in an appearance.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_529" id="Page_529">[529]</a></span> -But he only “bides his time.” For during the succeeding -months he will be cheerfully “at home” to early -risers. It will be observed that on the 1st he rises after and sets -before the sun, namely, at 4:51 a. m. and 7:23 p. m.; on the -15th, rises at 4:02, twenty-six minutes before the sun, and sets -at 6:36 p. m., some fifty-six minutes earlier than the sun; and -on the 30th rises at 3:11 a. m., and sets 5:47 p. m. On the 3rd, -at 4:00 p. m. he is in conjunction with and about 1° 23′ south -of the sun; and on the 21st, at 10:30 p. m., 2° 46′ north of the -moon. Diameter, 15.6″.</p> - -<h3>URANUS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Makes an advance movement of 22′ 30″, presenting a diameter -of 3.7″. Is evening star during the month, setting at the -following times: On the 2nd at 1:07 a. m.; on the 16th at 12:12 -a. m.; and on the 30th at 11:14 p. m. On the 14th at 3:00 p. -m., is 90° east of the sun; on the 1st at 3:54 p. m., is 3° 21′ -north of the moon, and again on the 28th at 11:42 p. m., 3° -21′ north of the moon.</p> - -<p>One of the odd things in astronomy is the story of the satellites -of Uranus. In a work published as recently as 1852, we -are gravely told that Uranus “is attended by <i>six</i> moons or satellites, -which revolve about him in different periods, and at various -distances. Four of them were discovered by Dr. Herschel -and two by his sister, Caroline Herschel, with the promise -of more to be discovered;” and then we are given their distances -from the planet, and also their times of revolution, which -vary from 224,000 to 1,556,000 miles as to distance, and from -five days, twenty-one hours, twenty-five minutes, twenty seconds -to one hundred and seven days, sixteen hours, thirty-nine -minutes, fifty-six seconds, as to times of revolution. But now -we are told Herschel’s “satellites have been sought for in -vain, both with Mr. Lassell’s great reflectors and with the -Washington twenty-six inch refractor, all of which are optically -more powerful than the telescopes of Herschel. There may be -additional satellites which have not yet been discovered; but -if so, they must have been too faint to have been recognized -by Herschel.” Our latest information on this subject gives four -satellites named Ariel, Umbriel, Titania, Oberon, in order outwardly -from the planet, and their periodic times, respectively, -2.52, 4.14, 8.7, and 13.46 days; the credit of discovering the -two outer ones being given to Herschel and that of the two -inner being divided between Mr. Lassell and Mr. Struve.</p> - -<h3>NEPTUNE</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will be one of our morning stars, rising at 3:35, 2:45, and 1:48 -a. m., on the 1st, 15th, and 30th, respectively. His motion, -58′ 39″ direct; diameter, 2.5″.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="TO_BLOSSOMS">TO BLOSSOMS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By R. HERRICK.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Fair pledges of a fruitful tree,</div> -<div class="verse i4">Why do ye fall so fast?</div> -<div class="verse i4">Your date is not so past,</div> -<div class="verse">But you may stay yet here awhile</div> -<div class="verse i4">To blush and gently smile,</div> -<div class="verse i8">And go at last.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">What, were ye born to be</div> -<div class="verse i4">An hour or half’s delight,</div> -<div class="verse i4">And so to bid good-night?</div> -<div class="verse">’Twas pity Nature brought ye forth</div> -<div class="verse i4">Merely to show your worth,</div> -<div class="verse i8">And lose you quite.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">But you are lovely leaves, where we</div> -<div class="verse i4">May read how soon things have</div> -<div class="verse i4">Their end, though ne’er so brave:</div> -<div class="verse">And after they have shown their pride</div> -<div class="verse i4">Like you, awhile, they glide</div> -<div class="verse i8">Into the grave.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="THE_SOLDIERS_HOME">THE SOLDIERS’ HOME.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By OLIVER W. LONGAN,<br /> -Adjutant General’s Office, War Department.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Visitors to Washington, whether for the purpose of meeting -friends, or, as strangers to “see the sights,” are moved by -common impulse to find their greatest gratification in all day -tours from building to building, and from point to point, where -the wonders of the place are to be found, and no ordinary -matter can distract the attention from the one object which is -the topic for discussion and arrangement through all the indoor -hours of morning and evening while the visit lasts. Even -the dreary drizzling rain which fairly divides the time with the -sunshine of this weather-wise day can not dampen the ardor -of the tourist, and on foot or on wheel the round is pursued -regardless of fatigue and discomfort. Indeed, there is something -of heroism both in the appearance and feeling manifest -in the mien and move of the travelers as they walk about the -streets or “climb to the dome,” and after the wearied guest -has departed and the family physician is called in to prescribe -a tonic or stimulant for an exhausted nature upon which the -duty of guide has been imposed in the days just past, he will -invariably remark with exasperating irony which almost makes -the patient determine never again to truthfully reveal the cause -of infirmity, “of course you climbed to the dome.”</p> - -<p>The purpose being to invite the reader to the “dome” as -the first point of view, a few words of description are offered. -The dome of the capitol building is a conspicuous object from -all parts of the city and affords a standpoint from which to -obtain the best prospect of all the city and surrounding country. -This fact, and because it fills a picture of beauty in a -vista from a particular spot in the grounds of the Soldiers’ -Home, introduces it into this article.</p> - -<p>From a balcony on the top of the dome, two hundred and -sixteen feet from the ground, on the eastern front of the capitol, -the eye takes in a scene of which Humboldt remarked, “I -have not seen a more charming panorama in all my travels.” -West at a distance of nearly three miles is Arlington. The -mansion, which was once the home of Robert E. Lee, resembles, -in the distance, the “Hall in the Grove.” Behind it is -the city of the dead, a <i>home</i> for the remains of about 15,000 -soldiers. North a little more than three miles is the home of -the living soldier. The clock tower appears to be the only sign -of habitation upon a well wooded hill.</p> - -<p>As one of the many places of interest which receives the attention -and merits the praise of visitors as a spot “beautiful -for situation,” a brief history and description is offered to the -readers of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, but in neither will there be -found any of the mellowness of age which is possessed by old-world -places nor of the power which belongs to</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Things of earth, which time hath bent,</div> -<div class="verse i1">A spirit’s feeling; and where he hath lent</div> -<div class="verse i1">His hand, but broke his scythe.</div> -<div class="verse i1">…</div> -<div class="verse i1">For which the palace of the present hour</div> -<div class="verse i1">Must yield its pomp, and wait till ages are its dower.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The credit of the origin of the movement to establish a retreat -for the old and disabled soldiers of the United States -army, appears to be due to Hon. James Barbour, Secretary of -War under John Quincy Adams. In a report dated November -26, 1827, he suggests the founding of an army asylum. A report -was made upon the subject by the Committee on Military -Affairs in the House of Representatives May 21, 1828, and -another February 27, 1829. Except the collection of some -data upon the subject nothing further appears to have been -done until in 1839 General Robert Anderson, “the hero of -Fort Sumter,” reviewed the work and submitted his plans and -views to a number of older and more experienced officers of -the army. Their responses indicate the high degree of favor -with which they looked upon the project, but their words of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_530" id="Page_530">[530]</a></span> -foreboding in pointing out the difficulties to be surmounted in -bringing a measure through the Congress to give it a legal -status gave evidence that their estimate of strategy did not -confine its use to the military department. Receiving but little -more than good wishes for his encouragement, the dauntless -captain (such was the rank then held by General Anderson) -went knocking at the doors of Congress, and a communication -addressed by him February 12, 1840, to Hon. John -Reynolds, M. C., embodying the details of his plan became -the basis of a favorable report by the House Military Committee -January 7, 1841, in which, after setting forth the usage -of the service and the improvement which would follow an act -which should give the faithful soldier “the confidence of comfortable -provision for his old age when he shall be worn out -in his country’s service,” the committee declare it to be a -“high gratification” to recommend to the “favorable consideration -of Congress the admirable plan submitted by Captain -Anderson—a plan which imposes no additional burden on the -community, but merely provides that the savings of the soldier, -in the vigor of his age, may afford him a shelter in the -times of his infirmity or old age.”</p> - -<p>Never did an apple afloat more provokingly elude a youth, -as with hands resolutely clasped behind him, he bent over the -tub of water and endeavored to take it with his teeth, than did -the object of Captain Anderson play away from successful accomplishment. -The experience of people who have sought -the favor of the law-making or executive powers to obtain an -object of personal good for themselves or others has taught -them that, as old people look over their spectacles to see the -movement on the other side, so do the servants of the public -over the object presented to measure the strength of the impelling -power, and that attitude is apt to remain unchanged -until the impulsion becomes dynamic when the direction of -view is turned into, and through the matter urged upon them. -Something of this character must have been the experience of -those pleading the cause of the “old soldier” for about twelve -years. General Winfield Scott made special mention of the -subject and strongly recommended it in his annual report -dated November 20, 1845, and again in a report dated November -3, 1849, he says:</p> - -<p>“While the army under my command lay at Pueblo a part -of the summer of 1847, an humble petition to Congress in favor -of an asylum … for the benefit of <i>enlisted</i> men was -drawn up and signed by, I believe, every commissioned -officer.… In connection with that petition I beg to -add the following facts: On the capture of the city of Mexico, -by the same army, I levied a contribution upon the inhabitants -of $150,000, in lieu of pillage, to which the city, by the -usages of war, was, under the circumstances, liable.” The -disposition of this money was accounted for in a letter to the -Secretary of War, dated at Mexico February 6, 1848, in which -was enclosed a draft for $100,000, concerning which the letter -says: “I hope you will allow the draft to go to the credit of an -<i>army asylum</i>, and make the subject known, in the way you -deem best, to the military committee of Congress. That sum -is, in small part, the price of the American blood so gallantly -shed in this vicinity.” Quoting again from the report of November -3, 1849: “The draft was made payable to me; and, -in order to place the deposit beyond the control of any individual -functionary whatever, I endorsed it, ‘The Bank of -America will place the within amount to the credit of <i>army -asylum, subject to the order of Congress</i>.’” The remainder of -the report is an earnest protest against the disposition of the -draft (which the Secretary of War had caused to be turned into -the United States treasury), and a renewed “petition that Congress -may appropriate the whole to an <i>army asylum</i> for the -worn out or decayed <i>enlisted</i> men (regulars and volunteers) -yet in service, or who may have been honorably discharged -therefrom.” Thus, all along the line the history shows the -difficulties which confronted the friends of the soldier, while -within the citadel the feeling of opposition was strong enough -to evoke the following from a member of the House of Representatives, -in a letter to General Anderson, dated January 31, -1851:</p> - -<p>“The prejudices of the House against the army are strong, -and stupid and undiscriminating opposition is made to all -changes which do not propose to cut down the army. I am not -hopeful of the success of any measure—of the number in contemplation—that -looks to the improvement of the army.” This -language was descriptive of a most remarkable state of feeling, -else the honorable member erred greatly in thinking that -in the face of the recent achievements in Mexico the national -legislature would strike down the bruised and broken battalions -which had brought untold wealth to the people, as well as -glory to the national standard. The action of a few weeks -later indicated that however strong was the prejudice against -the army there was a power somewhere which operated to -protect and advance the interests so long and faithfully urged -upon Congress in favor of the “army asylum,” and on the 3d -of March, 1851, the approval of the President was given to -“An Act to found a military asylum for the relief and support -of invalid and disabled soldiers of the army of the United -States.” The law constituted the general-in-chief commanding -the army and seven other general officers a board of commissioners -with the necessary powers for carrying out the purposes -of the act, and provided for the detail of officers from the -army for the position of governor, deputy governor, and secretary -and treasurer, for each site which should be established. -It gave the right of admission to benefit in the asylum to all -discharged soldiers of twenty years’ service, and all disqualified -by wounds received or disease contracted in the service -and in the line of military duty—excepting deserters, mutineers, -habitual drunkards and convicted felons—and required -the discharge from the asylum of those who, being under fifty -years of age, should recover their health so as to be fit again -for military duty. By the same act a specific appropriation of -money (including the levy made by General Scott upon Mexico), -amounting to $183,110.42, was made to establish the asylum, -and for its future maintenance provision was made to -devote all monies derived from stoppages and fines by courts-martial, -from pay forfeited by deserters, and from the effects -of deceased soldiers unclaimed for three years—the latter to -be subject to demand of legal heirs at any time—also from a -deduction of twenty-five cents per month from each enlisted -soldier, giving the volunteers or those belonging to organizations -raised for a limited period the option of permitting the -deduction from their pay to be made or not, as they chose, but -making it obligatory in effect upon the <i>regular</i> soldier. An -amendment to this law was made March 3, 1859, which -changed the name of the institution to the “Soldiers’ Home,” -reduced the number of commissioners to <i>three</i>, reduced the -monthly deduction from the pay of the soldiers to twelve and -one-half cents per month, and required pensioners to surrender -their pensions to the Home while they should remain in and -receive its benefits. Another amendment was made March 3, -1883, which made the Board of Commissioners to consist of -the general-in-chief commanding the army, the commissary -general, the adjutant general, the judge advocate general, the -quartermaster general, the surgeon general, and the governor -of the Home (all <i>ex-officio</i>), and provided for the pensions of -inmate pensioners to be held in trust for their benefit, or to be -paid to their parents, wives or children. With the exception -of these amendments the provisions of the original law remain -in force.</p> - -<p>The first commissioners, with General Scott as the senior -officer, lost no time in selecting a location for the “asylum.” -Parcels of ground on every side in the immediate vicinity of -Washington City were offered at prices varying from $50 to -$350 per acre. A portion of Mount Vernon was also offered at -$1,333.33 per acre. Two tracts north of the city, containing a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_531" id="Page_531">[531]</a></span> -total of 256 acres, were purchased for $57,500. On one of -these tracts were good buildings, one of which, “the mansion,” -is now a summer residence for the President of the United -States. Additions of ground since made to the original purchase -have increased the number of acres to 500. The tract is -nearly seven-eighths of a mile wide for about half its length -from the southern boundary, which is irregular. The north -half is reduced in width by a change of direction of the eastern -boundary running westward about 400 yards. The western -boundary nearly opposite the same point changes its course -and runs northeast until it meets the eastern boundary at a -point about one mile and three-eighths from the south line. -In this north point nearly all of the buildings are situated. -The ground is nearly level, being the broad top of a ridge -which, upon the east side just outside the Home grounds, is of -quite abrupt descent. A public road cuts off about fifteen -acres, a portion of which is devoted to a national cemetery, -while the remaining portion is a hillside grove in which, within -a year past, a platform and seats have been erected for use on -“decoration day.” Within the main grounds a pear orchard -covers the “point,” and the first building near it is the library. -The building was originally intended for a billiard room and -bowling alley, and is the only building upon the grounds upon -which the genius of the architect “run to waste.” The main -building a few yards south of the library was the first one erected -after the purchase of the grounds for an asylum. It was -commenced in 1852 and completed in 1857. It is of white -marble, the front structure 151⅓ feet long by 57 feet wide, four -stories high, with a clock tower in the center of the south front. -A rear wing from the center covers nearly equal ground with -the front. In the basement are the kitchens, store rooms, -offices, smoking rooms, etc. Upon the first floor is the dining -room, large enough to seat 340 men. The remainder of this -floor, and all the other floors, is devoted to sleeping rooms, -and of these—except in the matter of ventilation of a few of -the upper rooms—it may be said that they are as nearly perfect -for the uses intended as can well be made. Single beds, -wire and hair mattresses, clean and comfortable clothing of -woolen and linen, clean uncarpeted floors and pure air, a box -or locker for each man, make up a sum of comfort for the -lodging of one accustomed only to the blanket and the bunk, -which is well nigh perfect, and not to be found for the same -person in the most luxurious bed-chamber wealth could provide. -On the east of the main building is the annex used principally -as a dormitory. On the same side are the stables and -shops, the former too close for a well regulated institution. -Upon the west and next the main building is the mansion, the -dwelling of the former proprietor, and now the summer residence -of the President. It has been remodeled, and very little -of the original appearance of the building which a few -years since was almost buried in vines, is left. Directly south -from the mansion and main building the ground falls off gradually -for half a mile, while on either side the ridge extends in -a graceful sweep for about five hundred yards to bluffs somewhat -abrupt, but not enough so to mar the beauty of rounded -form. Upon the western ridge going southward from the mansion -are the following objects in their order: The office building, -a one story brick structure, where the commissioners meet -at least once every month; the governor’s residence, and next -the deputy governor’s residence, both large, roomy, and comfortable -double houses of the same material as the “main -building,” and of design in harmony with it. Next is a double -building of brick occupied by the treasurer and the attending -surgeon. These buildings all have a back-ground of woods -which extends with the gradually sloping hill to the highway -which here forms the western boundary of the grounds. The -next object upon the western avenue is a portrait statue of -General Scott, which was erected in 1874 upon a point of the -ridge, which here extends to the east so as to make one side -of a basin formed with the lower ground south of the mansion. -The statue is bronze, ten feet high, upon a granite pedestal -placed in the center of a mound, around which is a circular -drive for carriages. The figure is represented in uniform, with -a military cloak, fastened at the throat and thrown back from -the right shoulder; head uncovered, left arm slightly bent and -the hand resting on the thigh, the right hand upon the breast -and thrust under the partly open coat. The position is one of -dignified repose. No strain of feeling is aroused in the observer, -such as is felt in looking upon the various equine figures -in the city, upon which is perpetuated in the figure of the -officer, the tension of nerve and alertness which almost -prompts an effort to break the spell and give the dead their -rest.</p> - -<p>Standing beside the statue, or seated upon the rustic -bench close by, a view may be obtained which the visitor who -has leisure may enjoy for an indefinite time. The city lies not -far below. The eye can cover it all at one gaze. The dome -of the capitol stands high above every other object—except -that shaft of marble which bids fair to soon become the Washington -monument—and far beyond is the broad Potomac, -whose course is in the direction of view, and carries the eye on -and on until objects become indistinct. Perhaps an officer close -by may be observed lazily reclining upon the grass, while a -soldier stands near him waving in various directions a white -flag with a square block of color in the center. Presently the -officer takes a small telescope from the earth beside him, and -leveling it in a direction west of the city, looks steadily for a -minute or two, lowers the glass and apparently writes down -the result of his observation in a memorandum book. Looking -in the same direction as did the officer the sight will be just -strong enough to discern a flag-staff upon the top of the hills -on the other side of the Potomac, perhaps five or six miles -away. Curiosity may be gratified by a few questions, and from -the answers it will be learned that the flag-staff marks the spot -known as Fort Meyer, Virginia, the station of the United States -signal corps, and the operation just witnessed was simply a -practice lesson in transmitting a message by the use of the -small flag, the motions of which to right, to left, to front, or by -circle, indicated the letters or words of the message. A practice -day upon this spot, by the signal men, is a diversion for -many an old soldier whose monotonous life is greatly relieved -even by a pantomime. A little east of south from the statue, -about 400 yards distant, is Barnes’ Hospital, named for General -Joseph K. Barnes, deceased, late surgeon-general of the -army, who was the senior officer of the commissioners of the -Home, when the hospital was built nearly eight years ago. It -is a model hospital in every respect, and has received unqualified -approval from the foremost medical men of Europe, as -well as of America. It is full of patients all the time. It was -intended to accommodate sixty, but the average number is -about eighty. Some are ailing, some are waiting, some of -sight or limb are wanting, all are forever done with the fullness -of physical life, and the surgeon looks upon them as his children, -whose every want he must attend. Three hundred yards -farther south is the portion of the grounds known as “Harewood,” -an estate of 191 acres added to the Home by purchase -in 1872. A good portion of it is woods, through which are -beautiful drives winding into labyrinths for one unaccustomed -to them, for at three different points a stranger will be bewildered -by following a well-worn track which returns upon itself, -and may be traversed many times before some objects -begin to have a familiar look. One of these places is bounded -by a drive which is as irregular as would be the loop of a lasso -thrown from the hand and permitted to drop upon the ground, -an oblong irregular figure, from the northern end of which is -the capitol “vista.” Through the woods for a distance of 500 -or 600 yards an opening has been cut just wide enough, and -trimmed just high enough to admit a view of the dome of the -capitol, which is invisible from points a step or two on either -side of a particular spot. With the aid of very little imagination<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_532" id="Page_532">[532]</a></span> -one may think the eye rests upon the temple in the new -city which has been pictured in misty glory by so many artists.</p> - -<p>Upon the “Harewood” grounds are the principal farm and -dairy buildings. The cottage now occupied by the farmer -was, in some of the years of war, the summer home of the -“great war secretary,” Edwin M. Stanton, the man who in -the war times inspired more fear amongst his subordinates by -the promptness and severity of his punishments for delinquencies -than ever visited the same persons in the presence of an -active foe. And yet when he stood upon the steps of the north -front of the old War Department building, now gone down with -him to the dust, and tried on that memorable 3d of April, 1865, -to speak congratulatory words concerning the news which had -come over the wires from the hand of President Lincoln, at -City Point, Va., of a broken Rebellion and an evacuated Confederate -capitol, his eyes were so full of tears that he did not -see that the crowd which stood about and before him was composed -of his apparently demoralized officers and clerks who -had abandoned their desks and swarmed from the building by -the windows as well as the doors; or, if he did see them, his -voice was too much broken with the emotions, which were -stronger than his stout heart, to permit him to administer a -rebuke to those who almost without exception, at some time in -the months and years just past, contributed their share to the -result, and many had brought away the marks of the sacrifice.</p> - -<p>The work of farming is confined to the products of a market -garden, which can not be purchased for the purposes of the -Home in as good condition as they can be raised upon the -ground. The dairy is the most important institution of the Home, -and the herd of from forty to fifty Alderney and Holstein cattle is -by no means the least amongst the matters of interest to be -seen upon the grounds. The work of the dairy is done by men. -The cooking for the inmates, nursing the sick, and indeed all -the indoor work usually done by women is done by men. Some -of the employes are “civilians,” so called to distinguish them -from inmates who are employed upon light work.</p> - -<p>There are five principal gates or entrances to the Home -grounds; two upon the east side and three upon the west side. -At each is a lodge and a gate-keeper. The first on the east is -the Harewood gate, entering upon the grounds already mentioned, -of the same name. From it the “East drive,” after a -serpentine course westward for about 500 yards up a pretty -sharp grade, turns northward, and as it passes along east of -the central portion of the grounds affords the finest view of the -open country, the drive being upon high ground and the view -unobstructed across the entire place. From the same gate -“Corcoran Avenue,” flanked on both sides by magnificent -rows of shade trees, leads into the woods. “Sherman” gate -is near the north point opposite the cemetery; “Scott” gate, -or as familiarly known, “Eagle” gate because of the immense -iron eagles upon the gate pillars, is directly opposite “Sherman” -gate, and both lead to the buildings only a few steps -distant. There is a large gate a few steps west of the Scott -statue so little used as not to be dignified with a name. The -most important gate is one nearest the city upon the west side. -It is reached by an avenue from “Seventh Street Road,” a -continuation of the most important street running north and -south in Washington. The avenue is the property of the -Home, although the land on either side is owned by private -parties. It is called “Whitney Avenue,” and the gate bears -the same name. The ornaments upon the gate pillars or -piers, which are of brick capped with stone, are large vases -said to be copies of a vase designed by Thorwaldsen. The -first view upon entering this gate is the one which may properly -be called the “prettiest” when the word is used as meaning -an appearance which gives momentary pleasure, but may not -be remembered as one would remember the scenery and lake -at Chautauqua. About two hundred feet from the gate are -two little lakes which serve to assure the visitor that there really -is real water on the place. By artificial means one of these -lakes is held at a level about ten feet above the other, and by -pipes carried to the center of the lower, a pretty, single jet -fountain is formed. The north end of the upper lake is crossed -by a substantial iron bridge, and the south end of the lower one -is covered by a short granite span. Between the two all effort -to find any satisfaction in the waste (?) of water is futile. But -for miniatures they are really pretty, and with the three swans -bumping up against the green shore as they float backward and -swim forward, the half dozen white ducks with their heads in -the mud and their dozen red legs and feet in the air in active -effort to kick themselves farther into the mud, and the two -wild geese, domesticated by the loss of part of a pinion each, -as they stand sullenly by looking like fettered savages, all -combine to afford a diversion which may not be found anywhere -else by the visitor.</p> - -<p>The drives throughout the grounds will afford a ride of ten -or eleven miles without going twice over the same spot, except -at crossings. They are beautiful, hard, well kept, graveled -courses. The gutters are models, and of themselves works of -beauty, as they are paved with selected stone, nearly white, -nearly of a size, and none much larger than a large egg, all in -their natural form or shape. But it all affords but little genuine -good to the old soldier. If he ventures out upon the road his -walk is beset with dangers, and a sudden fright from a dashing -team almost upon him drives away all gratification he -might receive by looking from a place of safety upon the handsome -equipages whirling by. Except the “short cuts” through -the grass—and these are few and under prohibition—there is -but one foot-path of any length in the grounds, and that is of -brick, between the main building and the hospital. In most -cases, to traverse this, is not even a matter of melancholy -pleasure. The many privileges ready made for the citizens of -Washington, without care or cost to them, are no doubt appreciated -by them, but if a due weight of appreciation could -be given to the cost, both original in money and cumulative in -deprivation to those whose right it is to use them, the use of -extended drives in a beautiful park away from the heat and -dust of the streets, and yet so near as to be at the door, would -lead all the rest.</p> - -<p>The Soldiers’ Home in the District of Columbia is unquestionably -a grand institution, and in providing creature comforts, -can probably not be improved upon, but it fails to meet a want -which is known and recognized by the authorities having it in -charge. Perhaps the one word which will best express it is -<i>diversion</i>, not in the sense of amusement, but to take one -away from his melancholies and permit no reaction. The inmates -are men who have formed habits which grew under -circumstances of constantly recurring excitement.</p> - -<p>They are able to understand that the best years of their lives -have passed, and that the best powers of their bodies have -been used, while nearly half of the allotted time of life, as -measured by the number of their years, ought to still be to -their credit, but they feel in some way that their hands are -empty. True, they have every comfort for animal life, and in -the little red stone chapel, the three services every Sunday are -more than they ever knew before as a provision for their spiritual -welfare, and they have the same freedom from care to -which they have been accustomed through their military life, -but each one sees that all he has is shared by five hundred -others, and in it all he has no single part over which he can -exercise individual control, not even himself. Everything tells -him his work is done, and there is no more in the give and take -of life over which he can plan and work. Discontent is inevitable, -and until some plan is devised for bringing the military -service, or most of its features, to the Home, and having there -a counterpart of the camp and its duties, not to be imposed as -set tasks, but to be taken up and directed by the men who all -their lives have been under direction, and ought now to enjoy -the privilege of apparent control, a remedy will probably not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_533" id="Page_533">[533]</a></span> -be found. It took years to overcome in a measure the dislike -and suspicion with which the old soldier regarded the Home. -It was a manifestation of interest in him which was new and -unusual, and by him untried. Progress has been made in the -past years toward overcoming the matters which may be mentioned -as difficulties in the problem of how to take care of -men who ought to be simply aided in taking care of themselves -by supplying them to a proper extent with means or material, -and throwing upon them sufficient responsibility to create the -<i>occupation</i>, which is the greatest need of the institution. This -will gradually be worked out, and then the Home will be what -it should, a place for work and life, and less of a place for waiting -and death.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="EIGHT_CENTURIES_WITH_WALTER">EIGHT CENTURIES WITH WALTER -SCOTT.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By WALLACE BRUCE.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>It has been truly said that Walter Scott’s novels have done -more to warm the hearts of the English people toward their -northern brethren than any other influence during the last century. -The two races, unlike in national traditions and social -characteristics, differing as to climatic influence and formation -of country, with a blood-stained record since the days of Keneth -Mac Alpine, were not naturally allied, or well prepared for -immediate and lasting friendship. To borrow the language of -surgery: It was not a national break to be easily “knitted,” -but a sort of compound fracture.</p> - -<p>For thirty generations English and Scot had literally “glowered” -across the border. Constrained in the narrow island of -Britain, they had struggled like Roman gladiators in a wave-washed -Coliseum, from which there was no escape. In the -world’s history there is no other record of two races, with so -many divergent points, and so much ancestral hatred, solidifying -into one harmonious nation; and it is to the glory of -Scott to have contributed to so grand a consummation. “All -war,” Bulwer says, “is a misunderstanding.” It seemed to be -the mission of our novelist to introduce England and Scotland -to each other, and to make future misunderstanding impossible. -Some of the volumes and characters, which we are to -consider in this and in the following paper, emphasize and -illustrate this conclusion.</p> - -<p>“The Pirate,” next in historic sequence, has little to do with -the history of reigns and dynasties. With the exception of a -single paragraph, which refers incidentally to the commotion -between Highlanders and Lowlanders, between Williamites -and Jacobites, one would not dream that there was such a -thing as a government in the world. The reader, in spite of -the warlike title, finds himself in a northern Arcadia. In the -hospitable home of Magnus Troil we have a picture of a Norwegian -Udaller—one of the last survivors, who kept alive the -customs of Scandinavia in the Orkney and Zetland Islands. -What Cedric, the Saxon, was to his people, as a prototype of -antique manners in the reign of Richard, the Lion Hearted, -Magnus Troil is to the few surviving Norwegians at the close -of the last century in the stormy islands of the north. We sit -at his board, and hear Sagas rehearsed by fishermen, who preserved -among themselves the ancient Norse tongue. We listen -to the dark romance of other days when the black raven -banner ruled the seas. We are taken back in fancy to -moonlit bays, where mermaids mingle their voices with the -moaning waves. The monstrous leviathans of the deep again -seem real, and the sea-snake, with towering head, girdles with -its green folds the misty islands of Shetland. We find captains -negotiating for favorable voyages with weird hags and -insane witches—antique insurance brokers, who were willing -to take payment without giving indemnity. We find in Norna—the -wild prophetess—who half believed her own divinations, -a legitimate descendant of the Voluspæ, or divining women, -who, from Hebraic and Delphic times, have wielded power -through centuries of superstition. We find Christian inhabitants -of well governed and hospitable villages, who regard the -spoils of the sea, and castaway wrecks, as kindly dispensations -of Providence. We are introduced to a primitive people -still clinging to the belief that a supernatural race, allied to the -fairies, sometimes propitious to mortals, but more frequently -capricious and malevolent, worked below the earth as artificers -of iron and precious metals. We see lovers still pledging -their troth and taking the Promise of Oden at the Standing -Stones of Stennis, and note the patriotism and proud spirit of -Minna Troil, as she responds to her lover’s description of other -lands of palm and cocoa,</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Fair realms of continual summer,</div> -<div class="verse">And fields ever fragrant with flowers.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“No,” she answers, “my own rude country has charms for -me, even desolate as you think it, and depressed as it surely -is, which no other land on earth can offer to me. I endeavor -in vain to represent to myself those visions of trees and of -groves, which my eye never saw; but my imagination can conceive -no sight in nature more sublime than these waves, when -agitated by a storm, or more beautiful, than when they come, -as they now do, rolling in calm tranquility to the shore. Not -the fairest scene in a foreign land—not the brightest sunbeam -that ever shone upon the richest landscape, would win my -thoughts for a moment from that lofty rock, misty hill and wide -rolling ocean. Haitland is the land of my deceased ancestors, -and of my living father, and in Haitland will I live and die.”</p> - -<p>The Bride of Lammermoor reveals the iniquitous administration -of law in Scotland during the closing years of King -William’s reign. The Scottish vicegerents, raised to power -by the strength of faction, had friends to reward and enemies -to humble. The old adage was literally verified: “Show me -the man, and I will show you the law.” It is said that officers -in high stations affected little scruple concerning bribery. -“Pieces of plate, and bags of money, were sent in presents to -the King’s counsel, to influence their conduct, and poured -forth,” says a contemporary writer, “like billets of wood upon -the floors, without even the decency of concealment.” The -story opens with a burial and its attendant ceremony; and this -key-note of sadness gives the tone or concert pitch to the sorrowful -drama. The ready wit and crafty subterfuges of the -old butler, Caleb Balderstone, somewhat relieve and lighten -up the somberness of the tragedy. But it is not our purpose -to trace the plot, or to point the moral of the swift and awful -punishment which follows pride and injustice.</p> - -<p>As in “The Pirate,” we find but one paragraph relating to -concurrent history, so in the “Bride of Lammermoor” we -have but one historic glimpse of passing events, when the -Tory party obtained, in the Scottish, as in the English councils -of Queen Anne, a short lived ascendancy. There were at this -time three parties in Scotland: the Unionists, who were destined -providentially to triumph; the Jacobites, who desired the -national independence of the kingdom; the third party, who were -waiting to see the course of events. The reign of William, -just completed, was not favorably regarded by the Scottish nation. -His memory was justly honored in England, and revered -by the Protestants of Ireland as a deliverer from civil -and religious servitude. In Scotland he had likewise rendered -great service to the right of worshiping God according -to the dictates of one’s own conscience, but in civil matters he -had infringed upon the prerogatives of the people—an infringement -not speedily to be forgotten. Scott, in his “Tales of a -Grandfather,” calls attention to this long cherished national -resentment in the following paragraph: “On the fifth of November, -1788, when a full century had elapsed after the Revolution, -some friends to constitutional liberty proposed that the -return of the day should be solemnized by an agreement to -erect a monument to the memory of King William, and the -services which he had rendered to the British kingdoms. At<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_534" id="Page_534">[534]</a></span> -this period an anonymous letter appeared in one of the Edinburgh -newspapers, ironically applauding the undertaking, and -proposing as two subjects of the entablature, for the base of -the projected column, the massacre of Glencoe, and the -distresses of the Scottish colonies at Darien. The proposal -was abandoned as soon as the insinuation was made public.”</p> - -<p>When Queen Anne came to the throne it was thought prudent -to make some provision which would insure a Protestant -government for all time to Britain. The English Parliament -therefore passed an Act of Succession in June, 1700: “Settling -the crown, on the failure of Queen Anne and her issue, -upon the grand-daughter of King James the First, of England—Sophia, -Electress Dowager of Hanover, and her descendants. -Queen Anne, and her statesmanlike adviser, Godolphin, -saw the necessity of uniting Scotland in this agreement; but -the Scottish people complained that they were not only required -to surrender their public rights, according to the terms -proposed, but also to yield them up to the very nation who had -been most malevolent to them in all respects; who had been -their constant enemies during a thousand years of almost continual -war; and who, even since they had been united under -the same crown, had shown in the massacre of Glencoe, and -the disasters of Darien, at what a slight price they held the -lives and rights of their northern neighbors.”</p> - -<p>“The Tale of the Black Dwarf” is related to the time of this -fierce discussion in Scotland, as to the adoption or rejection of -this proposed union; when mobs and rabbles crowded High -Street; when the hall of meeting, contrary to the privileges of -Edinburgh, was surrounded by guards and soldiery; when the -debaters were often “in the form of a Polish Diet, with their -swords in their hands, or at least their hands on their swords.” -After a vain struggle the Scottish commissioners were compelled -to submit to an incorporating union, and on the twenty-second -of April the Parliament of Scotland adjourned forever. -For the moment all parties were indignant. Papists, Prelatists, -and Presbyterians were united in the common feeling that -the country had been treated with injustice. Lord Belhaven, -in a celebrated speech, which made the strongest impression -on the people, declared that he saw, in prophetic vision, “The -peers of Scotland, whose ancestors had raised tribute in England, -now walking in the Courts of Requests, like so many -English attorneys, laying aside their swords, lest self-defense -should be called murder—he saw the Scottish barons with their -lips padlocked to avoid the penalties of unknown laws—he -saw the Scottish lawyers struck mute and confounded at being -subjected to the intricacies and technical jargon of an unknown -jurisprudence—he saw the merchants excluded from -trade by the English monopolies—the artisans ruined for want -of custom—the gentry reduced to indigence—the lower ranks -to starvation and beggary. ‘But above all, my lord,’ he continued, -‘I think I see our ancient mother Caledonia, like Cæsar, -sitting in the midst of our senate, ruefully looking around -her, covering herself with her royal mantle, awaiting the fatal -blow, and breathing out her last with the exclamation, “And -thou too, my son.”’” These prophetic words made the deepest -impression, until the effect was in some degree dispelled by -Lord Marchmount, who rising to reply, said: “I have been -much struck with the noble lord’s vision, but I conceive that -the exposition of it might be given in a few words: I woke, -and behold it was a dream.”</p> - -<p>If in these critical times the King of France had kept his -promise to the son of James the Second, or if his Scottish -friends had been more united or possessed a leader of distinguished -talent, the House of Stuart might have repossessed -their ancient throne of Scotland. The French fleet indeed -brought the Pretender with an army of five thousand men to the -Frith of Forth, but, frightened by the English fleet, returned to -France without landing. It was an enterprise entirely devoid -of spirit, and the closing chapters of the “Black Dwarf” reveal -a pitiful picture of the apathy of the movement, and the -indecision and incapacity of the Pretender’s adherents.</p> - -<p>“Rob Roy” introduces us to the wild fastnesses which lie -between Loch Lomond and Loch Katrine. The state of the -country is still unsettled. The Highlanders have been kept -comparatively quiet since the days of King William by giving -pensions to the leading chiefs, upon the principle of feeding -the wilder and fiercer animals in order to keep them tractable; -but, like a rock poised on a precipice, the clans seem ready at -an instant to break loose and precipitate themselves upon the -lowlands; the Jacobites still retain hope of restoring the Stuart -line. The Whigs, continually on the alert, anticipate every -movement; the slightest whisper in Paris is heard at the London -Court; it also appeared that Louis the Fourteenth was nowise -disposed to encourage any plot to disturb the reigning -monarch of England; the Pretender hastened to Paris upon -receiving tidings of the death of Queen Anne, but his reception -was so unfavorable that he returned to Lorraine, “with the sad -assurance that the monarch of France was determined to adhere -to the treaty of Utrecht, by an important article of which -he had recognized the succession of the House of Hanover to -the Crown of Great Britain.”</p> - -<p>George the First landed at Greenwich, September seventeenth, -1714, and quietly assumed the government; but the seething -plot of Macbeth’s witches was not yet skimmed. The rebellion -known as “The Affair of 1715” was organized and guided by -the Earl of Mar. The clans were again in arms, and the Pretender -again hailed as king. In the battle of Sheriffmuir, -which followed soon afterward, an outlawed clan whose name -for generations was only mentioned in whisper, “nameless by -day” and fierce through oppression, remained inactive upon -the field. They were ordered by the Earl of Mar to charge -the enemy, but the bold chieftain answered with haughty indifference: -“If you can not win without us you will not with -us.” The speaker was Robert Mac Gregor, more generally -known as Rob Roy. Like Robin Hood of England he is said -to have been a kind and gentle robber, who harried the rich -and relieved the poor. As Scott says in his introduction to -the romance: “He maintained through good report and bad -report a wonderful degree of importance in popular recollection. -He owed his fame in a great measure to his residing on -the very verge of the Highlands, and playing such pranks in -the beginning of the eighteenth century as are usually ascribed -to the freebooters of the middle ages—and that within forty -miles of Glasgow, a great commercial city, the seat of a learned -university. Thus a character like his, blending the wild virtues, -the subtle policy, and unrestrained license of an American -Indian, was flourishing in Scotland during the Augustan -age of Queen Anne and George the First—the sept of Mac Gregor -claimed a descent from Alpin, King of Scots, who ruled -about 787. Hence their original patronymic is Mac Alpine. -They occupied at one period very extensive possessions in -Perthshire and Argyleshire, which they imprudently continued -to hold by the right of the sword. Their neighbors, the Earls -of Argyle and Breadalbane, managed to have this property -engrossed in deeds and charters, which they easily obtained -from the crown.” In plain English, they stole it, and obtained -a commission by an Act of Privy Council in 1563 to pursue the -claim with fire and sword. No wonder that the Mac Gregors -came to have little regard for the law which had little regard -for them. In sympathy for the oppressed outlaw, Wordsworth -breaks out in enthusiastic tribute:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Say then that he was wise as brave,</div> -<div class="verse i2">As wise in thought as bold in deed;</div> -<div class="verse">For in the principles of things</div> -<div class="verse i2">He sought his moral creed.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Said generous Rob, “What need of books?</div> -<div class="verse i2">Burn all the statutes and their shelves!</div> -<div class="verse">They stir us up against our kind,</div> -<div class="verse i2">And worse, against ourselves.</div><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_535" id="Page_535">[535]</a></span> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The creatures see of flood and field,</div> -<div class="verse i2">And those that travel on the wind;</div> -<div class="verse">With them no strife can last; they live</div> -<div class="verse i2">In peace and peace of mind.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">For why? because the good old rule</div> -<div class="verse i2">Sufficeth them; the simple plan,</div> -<div class="verse">That they should take who have the power,</div> -<div class="verse i2">And they should keep who can.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Blackstone would probably have regarded this as a feeble -tenure of property, and Scott was too good a lawyer to excuse -the robber and blackmailer on such primitive and poetic -principles. He puts a more natural and sensible excuse in the -mouth of the honest bailie, Nicol Jarvie: “Robin was anes -a weel-doing, pains-taking drover, as ye wad see amang ten -thousand. It was a pleasure to see him in his belted plaid and -brogues, wi’ his target at his back, and claymore and dirk at -his belt. And he was baith civil and just in his dealings; and -if he thought his chapman had made a hard bargain, he would -gie him back five shillings out o’ the pund sterling. But the -times came hard, and Rob was venturesome, and the creditors, -mair especially some grit neighbors o’ his, grippit to his living -and land; and they say his wife was turned out o’ the house -to the hillside, and sair misguided to the boot. Weel, Rob -cam hame, and fand desolation, God pity us! where he left -plenty; he looked east, west, south, north, and saw neither -hauld nor hope—neither beild nor shelter, sae he e’en pu’d the -bonnet ower his brow, belted the broadsword to his side, took -to the brae-side, and became a broken man.”</p> - -<p>He had indeed suffered, and the harsh treatment which his -wife had received from the soldiery was enough to have roused -a less ferocious man to revenge. Her spirit seems to have been -cast in the same mould, and Scott presents her in heroic guise, -assuming the command of the clan in her husband’s absence. -“Stand,” she said, with a commanding tone to the English -soldiers, “and tell me what ye seek in Mac Gregor’s country?” -“She wore her plaid, not drawn around her head and shoulders, -as is the fashion of the women in Scotland, but disposed around -her body, as the Highland soldiers wear theirs. She had a -man’s bonnet, with a feather in it, an unsheathed sword in her -hand, and a pair of pistols at her girdle.”</p> - -<p>“What seek ye here?” she asked again of Captain Thornton, -who had himself advanced to reconnoiter. “We seek the outlaw, -Rob Roy Mac Gregor Campbell,” answered the officer, -“and make no war on women; therefore offer no vain opposition -to the king’s troops, and assure yourself of civil treatment.”</p> - -<p>“Ay,” retorted the Amazon, “I am no stranger to your tender -mercies. You have left me neither name nor fame—my -mother’s bones will shrink aside in their grave when mine are -laid beside them—ye have left me neither house nor hold, -blanket nor bedding, cattle to feed us, or flocks to clothe us—ye -have taken from us all—all! The very names of our ancestors -have ye taken away, and now ye come for our lives.”</p> - -<p>There is another character which lives long and pleasantly -in the reader’s memory—the warm hearted bumptious bailie, -Nicol Jarvie, a Scotchman profoundly impressed with a sense -of his own extraordinary ability, who never forgot to quote -from his father, the deacon, and never lost his appreciation of -the “siller.” Scott has drawn this character with marvelous -art. It stands out like a living portrait, and the reader loves -him because he is as brave as he is canny. The scene in the -Highland inn, where he found his sword rusted fast in the -scabbard, and seized the red hot poker for a weapon, is at once -dramatic and humorous.</p> - -<p>The shifting of the scene of the story from the north of -England to Glasgow, and thence to the Highlands, is naturally -done, and without creaking of machinery. We have just -enough of the villain Rashley and his nefarious plotting to give -the continuous interest of uncertainty; and Die Vernon (pardon -me, reader, for compressing her in a closing paragraph), -with ready wit and sterling sense, flits about like a hoydenish -angel—but in spite of eccentricities a ministering angel of -peace and comfort. In the happiness of Frank Osbaldistone, -who wins her hand in the closing chapter, we forget the defeat -of the Jacobite party, or the fact that the Pretender is -again an exile from the throne of his fathers.</p> - -<p>“The Heart of Midlothian” opens with a description of the -celebrated Porteous Mob at Edinburgh, in 1736. Two smugglers, -Wilson and Robertson, who were reduced to poverty, -robbed the collector to make good their own loss. They were -arrested, tried, and condemned to death. As the Parliament -was endeavoring to make the income of Scotland a source of -revenue to the common exchequer, smuggling was not looked -upon by the people as a very heinous offense. In fact, it was -almost universal in every port north of the Tweed during the -reigns of George the First and George the Second. The people, -unaccustomed to duties, considered them in the light of -national oppression; and the sentence of death pronounced -against Wilson and Robertson was considered severe and unjust. -The prisoners attempted an escape, but were discovered. -The day of execution came. It was customary for persons -sentenced to death to attend preparatory service at the kirk. -On this occasion the church was thronged. Wilson, who was -a very powerful man, at the conclusion of the exercises seized -two of the guards with his hands, at the same time catching -the collar of the third with his teeth. He cried to his companion -to run, and the crowd, whose sympathies were with the -prisoners, allowed Robertson to mix with the people and escape. -Wilson was executed. The City Guard, under the command -of Porteous, was insulted by the citizens. The Guard -fired upon them with deadly aim. Porteous was tried and condemned -for murder. King George at this time was on the -Continent, and Queen Caroline, acting in his absence, sent a -reprieve to Porteous. Edinburgh was now thoroughly aroused. -They asked if a poor smuggler, accused of stealing, should -hang without a reprieve, while a hard hearted and despised -man, who shot down the people of their chief city without -mercy, should go scathless. A mob, apparently of the better -class of citizens, too orderly to need even a leader, attacked -the Tolbooth. Porteous was taken by force and hung at night -in the Grassmarket.</p> - -<p>The Queen was incensed. “A bill was prepared and brought -into Parliament for the punishment of the city of Edinburgh, -in a very vindictive spirit, proposing to abolish the city charter, -demolish the city walls, take away the town guard, and -declare the provost incapable of holding any office of public -trust.” Scotland was fortunate at that time in possessing a -great leader, John, Duke of Argyle and Greenwich. His -talents as a statesman and a soldier were generally admitted; -he was not without ambition, but “without the illness that attends -it”—that irregularity of thought and aim which often excites -great men to grasp the means of raising themselves to -power, at the risk of throwing a kingdom into confusion. Pope -has distinguished him as</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Argyle, the state’s whole thunder born to wield,</div> -<div class="verse i1">And shake alike the senate and the field.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Soaring above the petty distinctions of faction, his voice was -raised, whether in office or opposition, for those measures -which were at once just and lenient. His independent and -haughty mode of expressing himself in Parliament, and acting -in public, were ill calculated to attract royal favor; but his -high military talents enabled him, during the memorable year -1715, to render such services to the House of Hanover, as, -perhaps, were too great to be either acknowledged or repaid. -His spirited and witty reply to the queen was quoted and -chuckled over from Berwick to Inverness: “Sooner than submit -to such an insult as this Porteous Mob,” said the Queen to -the Duke, “I will make Scotland a hunting field.” “In that -case,” answered Argyle, “I will take leave of your Majesty, -and go down to my own country to get my hounds ready.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_536" id="Page_536">[536]</a></span></p> - -<p>His speech in Parliament in reference to the dismantling of -Edinburgh reveals the straightforward character of the man. -He retorted upon the Chancellor, Lord Hardwick, the insinuation -that he had stated himself in this case rather as a party -than as a judge: “I appeal,” said Argyle, “to the House—to -the nation, if I can be justly branded with the infamy of being -a jobber or a partisan. Have I been a briber of votes? a -buyer of boroughs? the agent of corruption for any purpose, -or on behalf of any party? Consider my life, examine my actions -in the field and in the cabinet, and see where there lies a -blot that can attach to my honor. I have shown myself the -friend of my country—the loyal subject of my king. I am -ready to do so again, without an instant’s regard to the frowns -or smiles of a court. I have experienced both, and am prepared -with indifference for either. I have given my reasons for -opposing this bill, and have made it appear that it is repugnant -to the international treaty of union, to the liberty of Scotland, -and, reflectively, to that of England, to common justice, to common -sense, and to the public interest. Shall the metropolis of -Scotland, the capital of an independent nation, the residence of -a long line of monarchs, by whom that noble city was graced -and dignified—shall such a city, for the fault of an unknown -body of rioters, be deprived of its honors and privileges—its -gates and its guards? And shall a native Scotsman tamely -behold the havoc? I glory, my lords, in opposing such -unjust rigor, and reckon it my dearest pride and honor to -stand up in defense of my native country, while thus laid open -to undeserved shame and unjust spoliation.” In this tribute -of Scott, and this speech, which he has recorded in one of his -best known novels, Argyle stands out as a noble representative -of a family powerful through centuries; ay, so thoroughly -revered to-day in Scotland that an old Scotch woman on a -comparatively recent wedding morn remarked that the Queen -must be a happy woman noo, since her daughter has married -the son of Argyle.</p> - -<p>So much for the historic setting of this well known story, -which makes the reader acquainted with Arthur’s Seat, -with High Street, the Old Tolbooth, the Grassmarket and the -Church of St. Giles. We see in the unbending and uncompromising -character of David Deans a descendant of the Covenanters, -who could hardly understand how a Presbyterian -could acknowledge a government that did not acknowledge -the Solemn League and Covenant. We see his house made -desolate by the misfortune and misguidance of his daughter -Effie. We trace the unswerving rectitude of Jeanie’s character, -destined to triumph at last over all obstacles. We witness -the dramatic scene in the court room, and read her eloquent -appeal before the Queen in the great park of Richmond. We -go with her through strange villages, and over solitary heaths. -But through insult and disaster we find her serenely relying -upon that Providence which she knew was all-kind and all-powerful.</p> - -<p>She accomplished her mission and lived to enjoy the blessedness -of well doing. And Effie, ah! poor Effie! she inherited -wealth and possession, but lived to see her husband shot -by a Gypsy band; while her son, reared among outlaws, became -a wanderer, lost to the view of herself and the world. -In the contrast of these sisters’ lives we recognize the truth of -the oft-quoted lines:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse i8">“’Tis better to be lowly born</div> -<div class="verse">And range with humble livers in content,</div> -<div class="verse">Than wear a golden sorrow.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Scott closes this dramatic story with these words: “This -tale will not be told in vain, if it shall be found to illustrate the -great truth, that guilt, though it may attain temporal splendor, -can never confer real happiness; that the evil consequences -of our crimes long survive their commission, and like the -ghosts of the murdered, forever haunt the steps of the malefactor; -and that the paths of virtue, though seldom those of -worldly greatness, are always those of pleasantness and peace.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="SOME_LONDON_PREACHERS">SOME LONDON PREACHERS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Canon Liddon and the Bishop of Peterborough stand out as -unquestionably the two first preachers of the Established -Church of England. There is a story of a private soldier having -gone to St. Paul’s on an afternoon when Dr. Liddon was to -preach. The printed paper with the hymn was handed to him, -but not understanding that it was offered gratis he refused it -with a shake of the head, saying: “You don’t suppose I should -be here if I had got any money?” Most of the people who go -to hear the eloquent Canon are different from this soldier, for -they would pay—and very liberally—to get seats near the pulpit. -On the afternoons of the Sundays when Dr. Liddon is in -residence, the Cathedral presents an extraordinary sight with -its huge nave and aisles densely thronged. So far as the -preacher’s voice will reach people stand, straining eyes and -ears, and fortunately Dr. Liddon’s voice resounds well under -the dome; though now and then it becomes indistinct through -the preacher’s speaking too fast in his excitement. Two other -things occasionally mar Dr. Liddon’s delivery. Shortness of -sight makes him often stoop to consult Bible or notes, and -again he bows the head in a marked manner when he utters -the holy name; but when he thus bends he goes on speaking, -so that his words fall on the pulpit cushion and are deadened, -which produces upon people who are at a little distance off, the -effect of continual stoppages and gaps in the sermon. No other -defects beside these, however, can be noted in orations which -for beauty of language, elevation of thought and lucidity in -reasoning, could not be surpassed. We have heard Dr. Liddon -many times at Oxford and in London, and have observed -that the impression produced by his eloquence was always the -same, no matter who might be listening to him. We remember, -in particular, a sermon of his on the text: “The kingdom -of God cometh not with observation.” It was absolutely magnificent -to hear him prophesy the gradual progress of the -world toward a higher state. Every man, from the greatest to -the least, was made to feel his share of responsibility in advancing -or retarding the evolution of mankind, and while the -consequences of evil were pointed out as extending to incalculable -lengths, there was a sublime hopefulness in the promise -that the smallest good offering brought to the Creator would be -multiplied by Him as the “five loaves were multiplied.”</p> - -<p>Optimism—which is nothing but great faith—pervades Dr. -Liddon’s preaching. He never leaves his hearers under the -apprehension that in any struggle between the good and the -bad forces of this world, the bad are going to get the best of it. -He knows human nature too well, however, to exaggerate what -can be done by any single human being. “The first lesson in -true wisdom”—he said in one of his most recent sermons—“is -the limited nature of our faculties, the reality and extent of our -ignorance;” and there is a curious mixture of religious and -mundane philosophy in the following remarks about the presumption -of St. Peter, a few minutes before he denied his Master:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>We only weaken ourselves by dwelling upon mischiefs which we can -not hope to remedy. We have only a certain amount of thought, of -feeling, of resolve, each one of us, to dispose of. And when this has -been expended unavailingly on the abstract, on the intangible, it is expended; -it is no longer ours, and we can not employ it when and where -we need it close at home.… Peter failed as he did, because he -had expended his moral strength in words, and had no sufficient force to -dispose of when the time came for action and for suffering.</p> - -</div> - -<p>These observations made in a grand sermon, “The Lord was -not in the fire,” may also be quoted:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Religious passion carried to the highest point of enthusiasm is a great -agency in human life; but religious passion may easily be too inconsiderate, -too truculent, too entirely wanting in tenderness and in charity, to -be in any sense divine. Christendom has been ablaze again and again -with fires: and those fires are not extinct in our own day and country, -of which it may certainly be said that the Lord is not in them.</p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_537" id="Page_537">[537]</a></span></p> - -<p>The Bishop of Peterborough has not often been heard in -London of late years, but whenever he is advertised to preach, -crowds flock to hear him. He need not be compared with -Liddon, for the personal appearance, style, and opinions of the -two men are quite different. But whereas the Canon sometimes -preaches above the understanding of dull men, the -Bishop’s eloquence never soars much above earth. It is a -rousing eloquence, spirited, combative, often sarcastic and always -directed against some evil which is preoccupying public -attention at the time being. Dr. Magee is not merely a hater, -but an aggressive enemy of “humbug,” clothe itself in what -garb it may. With his animated Celtic features, long upper -lip, large mouth, energetic nose and shaggy eyebrows, with -his gruffness and broad smile which breaks up the whole of his -face into comical lines, he has all the look of a humorist. The -glance all round which he takes at his congregation when he -has got into the pulpit, is that of a master. His first words arrest -attention, and if some unlucky man drops a book during -his exordium, that man will stare hard at the pulpit and pretend -to have no connection whatever with the book, lest his -lordship’s eyes should suddenly be turned upon him like two -fiery points of interrogation. Presently, when the Bishop -warms to his work, his arms hit out from the shoulder like -piston-rods wrapped in lawn; down come his large hands with -great slaps on his book or cushion, and if he is preaching in a -church where the beadle has not heard of his little ways and -has not been careful to give the cushions a beating, enough -dust will be raised to make a fine powdering for the heads of -the people in the pew beneath.</p> - -<p>Plainspoken and shrewd, discussing all questions with easy -arguments, never stooping to subtleties, clear in his delivery, -happy in the choice of words, he keeps his hearers bound like -Ogmius, that god of eloquence among the Gauls who used to -be represented with chains flowing out of his mouth. On occasions -he rises to the highest flights of oratory, but never loses -sight of his congregation, who have always been carried along -by him through the successive degrees of his own enthusiasm. -He should be heard delivering a charity sermon, for this is a -duty which he discharges in no perfunctory fashion. He masters -his subject thoroughly; speaks of the poor or afflicted for -whom he is pleading like one who knows them; and his advice -as to supplying their wants is never dictated by eccentric -philanthropy, but springs from that true benevolence which -has common sense for its source. He was being asked to interest -himself in a carpenter’s clever young apprentice whom -some good people wanted to send to college. “Let him first -graduate as a good carpenter,” said the Bishop; “when he has -become a skilled craftsman, so that he is proud of his trade -and can fall back upon it if others fail, then will be the time to -see if he is fit for anything better.”</p> - -<p>A popular vote would probably give the position of third -amongst the best preachers of the day to Archdeacon Farrar. -In his own church of St. Margaret, the Archdeacon shines -with a subdued light. Those who have chatted with him by -his own fireside, and know him to be the most amiable, unaffected -of <i>causeurs</i>, those who remember him at Harrow as a -most genial boy-loving master, will miss nothing of the good-natured -simplicity which they liked in him, if they hear him in -his own church discoursing about matters that concern his -parish. But in the Abbey he is different. There, his massive -face settles into a hard, expressionless look; his voice, which -is loud and roughish, is pitched in a monotonous key; and his -manner altogether lacks animation, even when his subject imperatively -demands it. To illustrate any common reflection -on the vicissitudes of life, the Archdeacon drags in the destruction -of Pompeii with the latest mining accident; the overthrow -of Darius with that of Osman Digna, the rainbow that appeared -to Noah with Mr. Norman Lockyer’s explanations of recent -glorious sunsets; and all these juxtapositions come down so -pat as to suggest the irreverent idea that the book which the -venerable preacher was studying during the prayers must have -been an annotated copy of Maunders’s “Treasury of Knowledge.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Spurgeon stands head and shoulders above all the Non-conformist -preachers. Somebody once expressed a regret -that the great Baptist minister was not a member of the Establishment, -to which the late Bishop of Winchester answered by -quoting a portion of the tenth commandment. But Mr. Spurgeon -was much more aggressive in those days than he is now; -he has softened much of late years, and churchmen can go to -hear him without fear of being offended. On the days when -he preaches his Tabernacle holds a multitude. It is a huge -hall, and to see gallery upon gallery crowded with eager faces—some -six thousand—all turned toward the pastor whose voice -has the power of troubling men to the depths of their hearts, is -a stirring sight. Mr. Spurgeon’s is not a high-class congregation, -and the preacher knows that its understanding can best -be opened by metaphors and parables borrowed from the customs -of the retail trade, and with similes taken from the colloquialisms -of the streets. Laughter is not forbidden at the -Tabernacle, and the congregation often breaks into titters, but -the merriment is always directed against some piece of hypocrisy -which the preacher has exposed, and it does one good -to hear. He says:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“You are always for giving God short measure, just as if He had not -made the pint pot.”</p> - -<p>“You don’t expect the Queen to carry your letters for nothing, but -when you are posting a letter heavenward you won’t trouble to stick a -little bit of Christian faith on the right-hand corner of the envelope, -and you won’t put a correct address on either, and then you wonder the -letter isn’t delivered, so that you don’t get your remittance by next post.”</p> - -<p>“You trust Mr. Jones to pay you your wages regularly, and you say -he’s a good master, but you don’t think God can be trusted like Mr. -Jones; you won’t serve him because you don’t believe in the pay.”</p> - -<p>“You have heard of the man who diminished his dose of food every -day to see on how little he could live, till he came to half a biscuit and -then died; but, I tell you, most of you have tried on how little religion -you could live, and many of you have got to the half-biscuit dose.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>These whimsicalities, always effective, constitute but the foam -of Mr. Spurgeon’s oratory; the torrent which casts them up is -broad, deep and of overwhelming power. Mr. Spurgeon is among -preachers as Mr. Bright among parliamentary orators. All desire -to criticise vanishes, every faculty is subdued into admiration, -when he has concluded a sermon with a burst of his truly -inspired eloquence, leaving the whole of his congregation -amazed and the vast majority of its members anxious or hopeful, -but in any case roused as if they had seen the heavens -open. We are compelled to add that Mr. Spurgeon has in the -Baptist communion no co-minister wielding a tenth of his -power, and that those who, having gone to the Tabernacle to -hear him, have to listen to some other man, will be disappointed -in more ways than one.—<i>Temple Bar.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="THE_PRAYER_OF_SOCRATES">THE PRAYER OF SOCRATES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By JOHN STUART BLACKIE.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Grant, O Olympian gods supreme,</div> -<div class="verse">Not my wish, and not my dream;</div> -<div class="verse">Grant me neither gold that shines,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor ruddy copper in the mines,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor power to wield the tyrant’s rod</div> -<div class="verse">And be a fool, and seem a god,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor precious robe with jeweled fringe</div> -<div class="verse">Splendid with sea-born purple tinge,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor silken vest on downy pillow,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor hammock hard on heaving billow;</div> -<div class="verse">But give all goodly things that be</div> -<div class="verse">Good for the whole and best for me.</div> -<div class="verse">My thoughts are foolish, blind and crude;</div> -<div class="verse">Thou only knowest what is good.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_538" id="Page_538">[538]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="C_L_S_C_WORK">C. L. S. C. WORK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By Rev. J. H. VINCENT, D. D., <span class="smcap">Superintendent of Instruction</span>.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>To a correspondent who forwards some poetry for personal -examination and criticism, and who wants to know how she -can get her production before the public. <i>Answer</i>:</p> - -<p>One of the most difficult things in literature is to give a fair -judgment of poetry. There is one invaluable test by which a -writer may know concerning the estimate of competent critics, -and that is by sending poems or other contributions to such -magazines as <i>The Century</i>, <i>Harper’s</i>, <i>Atlantic Monthly</i>, etc., or -to such weekly papers as the <i>New York Independent</i>, the -<i>Christian Advocate</i>, <i>The Christian Union</i>, the <i>Evangelist</i>, etc. -If the editors of these publications approve sufficiently to publish -and pay for a poem, the writer may congratulate herself. -The commendations of friends who hear a thing read, or who -have a bias in favor of the author, or who, as in my case, have -sympathy with young persons who are attempting to make -fame and financial compensation for themselves, are not -always entirely trustworthy, and I therefore commend you to -one of the most invaluable tests of real poetic ability: Submit -your productions to the severest critics.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Phœbe S. Parker, of Roscoe, Ill., has recently joined the -C. L. S. C. She will be 89 years old May 30, 1884. She joined -the Methodist Episcopal Church in the year 1810, is a great -reader, and has no difficulty in keeping up with the class, and -she enjoys the work heartily. May she live to graduate.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A lady from the West, residing in a city where there is “a -public library, in which is an excellent collection of standard -works of all kinds, the current literature of the day and all the -leading periodicals, reviews,” etc., finds it difficult “to read -all the other good things she would like to read and, at the -same time, keep up the C. L. S. C. course.” For example, -she “cares nothing about ‘Easy Lessons in Vegetable Biology,’ -and would rather spend her time reading something she enjoys, -such as Farrar’s ‘Life of Christ,’ Mackenzie’s ‘Nineteenth -Century,’ Kingsley’s ‘Life and Letters.’” She says: “Having -begun this work, I do not want to turn back, yet I -am very much inclined sometimes to drop a book I am -reading, and take up one I would much rather read, not in the -course.”</p> - -<p>In answer to this devoted friend of the C. L. S. C., a member -of the class of 1887, I desire to say:</p> - -<p>(1.) That the greater range of literature with which one is familiar, -the greater the desire to read widely, and one may be -tempted, while reading anything, to wish that she had undertaken -something else, and it will be a good discipline of the -will, having begun a course, to carry it through, since there is -nothing in the course that can be pronounced “trash,” or be -considered useless.</p> - -<p>(2.) The aim of the C. L. S. C. is not merely to give pleasant -or classic reading, although the style or character of the -reading should be worthy of commendation by the most cultivated -taste. The object of the C. L. S. C. is to give the “college -student’s outlook”—to present in a series of brief readings -the whole world of history, literature, science and art. -This is for the benefit of college graduates, who in college -spent so much time with the languages and mathematics, for -purposes of mental discipline, that they failed to enjoy the -charms of the literature itself. It is also for the benefit of -others, who, having studied the physical sciences years before, -desire now to review, seeing that so many changes are -continually taking place in the hypotheses and settled conclusions -of the scientists. The course is also designed for -people who have never enjoyed college training, that they may -have the benefit of the outlook which is to be enjoyed by their -children later on.</p> - -<p>(3.) A course so wide-reaching will embrace many topics -about which certain people care nothing; but one of the -greatest advantages of reading is the training of one to read -because he ought to know rather than because he has a particular -aptitude or delight in that direction.</p> - -<p>I hope that my genial, candid, “enthusiastic” Chautauquan -of the class of 1887, from beyond the Mississippi, will continue -in the ranks of the C. L. S. C.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>“Has any plan been devised by which graduates may go -on with the regular classes as long as they wish, reading new -and re-reading old subjects?” <i>Answer</i>: We give a seal for -the re-reading of former years, and also a special seal for -those who continue year after year to read.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Our excellent Canadian friend, Mr. James L. Hughes, writes: -In answer to your query respecting the origin of the name -“Canada,” I have the honor to state that the best authorities -agree in deriving it from an Indian word “Kan-na-ta,” meaning -a village. It is certain that Stadacona (Quebec) was -spoken of as “Kan-na-ta,” and Champlain found it to be a -common name applied to Indian villages. This is the received -origin of the name. Some attribute its origin to the -Spaniards, who first visited the country in search of mines, but -finding none frequently exclaimed, “Aca Node,” “here is -nothing.” This is not now accepted as reliable. Several -others have been given, only one of which may be mentioned -to show its absurdity. Some one claimed that the French supplied -their workmen in the colony with canned food, and that -each man was allowed a can a day! Hence the name.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">A question.</span>—“Some of our class reject the pronunciation -of Goethe’s name as given by Prof. Wilkinson in the Latin -Course. Please confirm—in the next number of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>—the -Professor, or give us the <i>correct</i> pronunciation -according to the highest standard.”</p> - -<p><i>An Answer</i>:—The Rev. Dr. Jos. A. Seiss, of Philadelphia, -pastor of the leading Lutheran Church in Philadelphia, gives -the following clear and satisfactory answer to the question, -“How shall we pronounce the word <span class="smcap">Goethe</span>?”</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“There can be no doubt about the pronunciation of the name -of <i>Goethe</i> to those familiar with the sounds and powers of the -German alphabet, which are always and in all relations the -same. The diphthong <i>oe</i>, often written <i>ö</i>, has the sound and -force of <i>a</i> in <i>gate</i>. The remainder of the name, <i>the</i>, has the -sound of <i>teh</i>, pronounced nearly the same as the English <i>ty</i>, -with a slight vergence toward <i>ta</i> as in <i>take</i>. Giving to the letters -these sounds, the pronunciation of <i>Goethe</i> would be represented -by <i>Gateh</i> in English phonography, or <i>Gayty</i>. It is -hard for any other than a German tongue to give exactly the -sound of <i>oe</i>; the above is as nearly as it can be represented in -English letters.</p> - -<p class="center">“Yours truly,</p> - -<p class="sig">“<span class="smcap">Jos. A. Seiss</span>.”</p> - -</div> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p class="right">“45 East 68th St., <span class="smcap">New York</span>, 17th April, ’84.</p> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>:—In the name of Goethe the <i>oe</i> is pronounced -like the <i>u</i> in the words “but,” “hut,” “rut,” only long. You -stretch the <i>u</i> in those words and you will have the vowel of the -German <i>oe</i> as nearly as you can get it. The <i>th</i> is pronounced -like <i>t</i>, and the <i>e</i> at the close has the sound of the <i>e</i> in “let,” -“get,” etc., but is half swallowed. You see that it is very -difficult to express in English letters the pronunciation of the -name of Goethe.</p> - -<p class="center">“Very truly yours,</p> - -<p class="sig">“<span class="smcap">J. H. Vincent, Esq.</span> <span class="spacer"> </span> -<span class="smcap">C. Schurz</span>.”</p> - -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>If members of the C. L. S. C. fail to receive prompt reply to -their letters addressed to the Superintendent of Instruction, -they will please remember the multitude of duties which crowd -upon him, especially at this time. He will, as soon as practicable, -reply to every letter on his table.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_539" id="Page_539">[539]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="OUTLINE_OF_C_L_S_C_READINGS">OUTLINE OF C. L. S. C. READINGS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>JUNE, 1884.</h3> - -<p>The Required Readings for June include the second part of -“Pictures from English History,” Chautauqua Text-Books—No. -4, English History, and No. 43, Good Manners, and the -Required Readings in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>First Week</i> (ending June 9).—1. Pictures from English History, -from chapter xxi, page 139 to page 175.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in Roman History in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for June 1.</p> - -<p>4. Sunday Readings in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for June 8.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Second Week</i> (ending June 16).—1. Pictures from English -History, from page 175 to page 207.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in Art in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for June 15.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Third Week</i> (ending June 23).—1. Pictures from English -History, from page 207 to page 241.</p> - -<p>2. Criticisms on American Literature in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for June 22.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p><i>Fourth Week</i> (ending June 30).—1. Pictures from English -History, from page 241 to page 273.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in United States History in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings for June 30.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="LOCAL_CIRCLES">LOCAL CIRCLES.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Letter-writing, that is genuine letter-writing, where one fills -a half-dozen sheets with happy thoughts, spicy comments and -fresh ideas has become, if not a lost art, at least an old-fashioned -accomplishment. We lose much, both of culture and -pleasure, when we neglect our letters. Animated, interested, -breezy letter-writing produces almost the same feeling of sympathy -and good fellowship as a face-to-face visit, and no means -of social intercourse quicker brings into activity our best mental -gifts. We fancy that among the many good works of the -C. L. S. C. must be included as one of the first, the incentive -which it has given to letter-writing in its “Correspondence -Circle.” It may surprise some of our readers to know that -already this circle numbers several hundred members. Our -first report from a local circle of correspondents comes from -<b>Jersey City, N. J.</b>, and is very suggestive of what may be done. -The secretary writes: “Our little circle thinks it time to claim a -place in the family. We are septangular, perfect in number -if in no other respect. We can not strictly be called ‘local,’ -as our angles are far reaching. Three of our members live on -Staten Island, one at Spring Valley, one at Tappan, one in -New York City, and one in Jersey City. Our communication -is maintained by correspondence. We commenced our reading -in October, 1882, and for one year plodded along without -the help to be gained from association. Then it was agreed -to carry on the work of a circle by correspondence. This -plan has been in successful operation for six months, and it -has proved of great benefit and interest to us all. The object -of the circle is to awaken a more active interest in and incite -to a more thorough study of the course of readings prescribed -by the C. L. S C., therefore it is resolved: First, that on -the first day of every month each member shall prepare a list -of questions (containing not less than ten nor more than twenty) -on the prescribed readings of the preceding month, and forward -as many copies of the list as there are members in the circle to -the secretary, who shall distribute them to the members. These -questions must be answered and returned to the secretary -within two weeks of the time of reception, after which the collection -of answered questions must be passed from one member -to another throughout the entire circle. Second—The -questions must be such as will admit of answers which can be -written on two lines of common note paper. We are seven -busy people, our president is an active business man, three of -our members are teachers, and we have all to use the corners -of time to keep up with our studies. The preparation and -answering of our lists of questions and answers adds greatly to -our labor, but we all agree that <i>it pays</i>. We are all loyal -Chautauquans. Please count us in.”</p> - -<p>The wonderful class of ’87 is doing a great deal of enthusiastic -work, if one is to judge from the throngs of reports that -come to us. We have never had as many new circles to report -as we have this month, and at no time have the reports -been more enthusiastic and suggestive. <b>Biddeford, Me.</b>, starts -the list with a circle of nearly fifty. They have a capital idea -in their “German evening,” in which the history, literature -and music of the “Fatherland” was honored by carefully selected -exercises. Very similar to this must have been the -“Tour through Germany” which the <b>Knoxville, Tenn.</b>, circle -took one evening not long ago. They had a delightful time, as -their letter shows: “One member conducted the party from -Knoxville to New York, across the ocean to Bremen, and then -to Frankfort. Another member took us to a German hotel, then -sightseeing in Frankfort, and to a German home, where our -hostess kindly showed us over her house and explained many -of their customs. This member of the circle was also our -guide on all our journeys, and pointed out many of the peculiarities -of the customs and people, and called our attention to -many amusing incidents. Other members of the circle described -the principal cities which we visited, government -buildings, art galleries, pictures, etc. Altogether, the evening -we spent in Germany was one of the most delightful of the -year.”</p> - -<p>From the hill town of <b>East Barrington, N. H.</b>, a friend sends -a most interesting account of the founding of their circle. -“This is a scattered farming community,” she writes, “containing -an unusual number—for its population—of people desirous -of more intellectual advantages than have heretofore -been within their reach. We are too far from the cities to derive -much benefit from lectures, libraries, etc., and are not rich -enough to have them at home. Chautauqua offers just what we -need. My oldest son is a member of the class of 1886. The -other children are ‘picking up’ a great deal, and will join as -soon as they are old enough. I did not join with him—for I -feared with my many cares I should not find the requisite time; -but I can not let the books alone, and have kept step with him -so far. He read alone the first year. Every one to whom he -recommended the course—and that was every acquaintance—shook -their heads doubtfully. ‘Greek, Russian History, -Geology? O, no! we are not “up” to that.’ I did not like -that. I knew better, and procured a copy of ‘Hall in the -Grove’ and sent it on its mission. Result—a C. L. S. C. organized -January 1, 1884. Four regular members, and a number -of local ones, which increased with every meeting, and -who all announced their determination to ‘begin squarely -next October.’ Many of our members are in my Bible class, -and I can see the fruits of their reading every week. At home -I see it every day. I would not have dared to report our little -band as a circle, were it not for the notice in the March number -of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>—‘If there are but two members -associated in study, report as a circle.’ You may judge of -our enthusiasm when I say that some members drive four -miles in a New Hampshire winter to attend the meetings.” It -takes a great deal of pluck, as well as enthusiasm, for people -to brave New Hampshire winters, but no more, perhaps, than -the little circle at <b>North Weymouth, Mass.</b>, has to exercise in -carrying out all the work of a full-grown circle while numbering -but <i>two</i>. In spite of numbers they meet on Monday evening -of each week, and look forward with great deal of pleasure -to those meetings. They generally question each other on the -studies of the previous week, and sometimes read essays on -what has been studied. On the memorial nights they invite -in some of their friends, varying the order of exercises, and -doing their best to entertain. What a lesson to some of us -who adjourn if the leader is absent, and who enforce but one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_540" id="Page_540">[540]</a></span> -parliamentary rule—that of requiring a quorum to have a -meeting!</p> - -<p>From <b>Brighton</b>, <b>Beverly</b>, <b>Melrose</b> and <b>Shirley</b>, <b>Mass.</b>, we hear -of new classes. At <b>Roxbury</b> a circle of twenty-three was organized -in November last. One of their members declares -that he never enjoyed anything more. Twelve busy people -form the “Pansy” Circle, of <b>Chelsea</b>, the second circle of that -city, organized last October. They write that they are obliged -to plan a great deal to find time to accomplish their readings, -but that they are so interested that they do not often fail.</p> - -<p>The “Raymond Circle” formed on January 1st, and composed -of eighteen members, is the third class now in active -operation at Lynn. <i>Eight</i> new circles from <b>Massachusetts</b> in -one report!</p> - -<p>At <b>Greenwich, Conn.</b>, the members of the class of ’87 have -organized the “Sappho Circle.”</p> - -<p><b>Babylon, R. I.</b>, has a circle of over thirty, which has been -in operation since last October. It is said that a dozen circles -were formed in <b>Providence, R. I.</b>, last fall; if this be true they -have not all reported, although we have three reports of new -organizations before us: The “Clio Circle” numbering forty-two, -the “Whittier Circle” of thirteen, and the “Milton Circle” -with twenty-two members. These circles all mention as -one of their greatest social pleasures, the interchange of courtesies -by the circles on Memorial Days. On Longfellow’s Day, -“Milton Circle” entertained their C. L. S. C. friends in the -city.</p> - -<p>To the already goodly list of <b>New York</b> circles we have six -new ones to add from the following towns: <b>Bath</b>, <b>Cicero</b>, <b>Manchester</b>, -<b>Pultney</b>, <b>West Galway</b>, and <b>Gouverneur</b>. The circle -at Bath has a membership of thirty, a full corps of officers, and -a prepared program, which they find both pleasant and profitable. -At Cicero the circle was not formed until January 1, but -the reading has been so enjoyable that they have done double -work to “catch up.” The circle of fourteen at Manchester -have honored themselves by giving their class the name of the -“Mary A. Lathbury Circle.” Miss Lathbury’s birthplace and -early home was Manchester. At Gouverneur the circle has increased -to thirty-eight members since its organization, and -they seem particularly interested. The work has been done so -willingly that the secretary writes: “It has been pleasant to -note how ready the members are to respond when called upon -to prepare articles for the society, and what thorough work they -are willing to do, though they are all busy people.” In the report -of their Longfellow memorial we were pleased to notice -that they had a paper on “Longfellow’s prose-writings,” a -subject which was almost entirely neglected in most of the -programs. There are many fine things in Longfellow’s prose. -An evening spent with the poet is hardly complete if it neglects -“Outre-Mer,” “Hyperion,” and “Kavanagh.” The experience -of the Gouverneur circle is that of many others when -it writes: “One of the chief benefits which we derive from our -meetings is that which comes from knowing each other better. -Our circle is made up of people who would not often be called -together by other interests, so that beside the benefit that -comes from the reading and study, we have each added to our -list of friends many whom we can not lose.”</p> - -<p>The secretary writes from the circle of fifteen at <b>Tunkhannock, -Pa.</b>: “I can say, not boastingly, but confidently, that but -few, if any, circles are more wide awake or thorough in the -course;” while from <b>West Middlesex</b>, of the same state, they -send word that they are trying by careful study to hail their -fellow students from the top round of the ladder.</p> - -<p>A vigorous, growing circle exists at <b>Reading, Pa.</b> In March -they held a public meeting which did much to extend public -interest in the C. L. S. C. They prepared an excellent program, -taking care to select subjects which would show the -scope of the Chautauqua work, and presented it so entertainingly -that many were aroused to interest in the work.</p> - -<p>From <b>Corry, Pa.</b>, the “Omega” is reported, and from <b>Troy -Center</b>, of the same state, a member of the new circle organized -there in January, 1884, writes of the influence of their -reading: “Though we are country people we find both enjoyment -and improvement in our reading. The meager knowledge -of the farmer has widened into that of their more fortunate -brethren. I doubt if some of the hopes, inspirations -and longings that have been kindled by this winter’s studies -will be satisfied by the old ways of spending the few leisure -moments that come to us.”</p> - -<p><b>Lancaster, Pa.</b>, organized a circle in December, the first in -the city, and so called “No. 1.”</p> - -<p>The Asbury C. L. S. C. in <b>Wilmington, Del.</b>, numbering -about twenty-five members, was organized September last. -They write: “Our meetings, held semi-monthly, are exceedingly -interesting, being conducted on the conversational plan, -affording us an opportunity of hearing the opinions and ideas -of the different members, giving us new thoughts, as well as -impressing what we have read more indelibly upon our memories; -we also have questions prepared by different members -on some particular branch of our studies.”</p> - -<p>We are always glad to hear of new circles in the South. -This month we have an excellent item from <b>Richmond, Va.</b> -A circle was formed there last November with a membership -of six, and it has steadily increased, until they now have a -membership of thirty, which comprises nearly all of the male -teachers in the city and three of the principals. They have -given two public entertainments, both of which met with -marked success.</p> - -<p>At <b>Media, Ohio</b>, there is a C. L. S. C. “Olive Branch” of ten -members, which so arranges its programs that each member -has something to do at each meeting—a most excellent plan -to insure interest and attention. At <b>Springboro, Ohio</b>, is another -new circle of four members, but so zealous that in spite -of numbers they have observed all the “Days.” <b>Saint Paris, -Ohio</b>, reports a class of fourteen, organized in October last, -most of whom, they write, are reading the White Seal Course -in addition to their regular work. At <b>Franklin, Ohio</b>, is a -quartette of readers, brought together by one lady’s visit last -summer to the Monteagle Assembly, and she now writes of -their circle: “We meet once a week. Read and talk, and -query and give information most informally, and always have -delightful times. We have decided that outside of our Chautauqua -work we are the four <i>busiest people in town</i>, yet we find -time to do our work. Not so thoroughly as we would like, but -in such a way as to derive much benefit from it.”</p> - -<p>At both <b>Franklin</b> and <b>Crawfordsville, Ind.</b>, there are new circles, -each numbering twenty-eight members. The circle at -<b>Marion</b> (a beautiful town of about 5,000 inhabitants in central -<b>Indiana</b>), is the result of the efforts of a few ladies who, after -much thought, and many misgivings, started out one afternoon -to try and interest the ladies of their town in the good work. -The time was surely just right for such an enterprise, for they -met with a success beyond their most sanguine expectations. -Fortunately they succeeded in enlisting many of their friends, -who were ladies of influence, and now have a flourishing organization -known as the “Marion C. C.” They have a membership -of twenty-three, an average attendance of about twenty, -and all so deeply interested, that they write that there is not -one but anticipates the four years’ course.</p> - -<p><b>Preston</b>, <b>Carbondale</b> and <b>Tuscola</b>, towns of Illinois, have each -formed new circles this year. The Tuscola circle rejoices in -a member who, having traveled through Europe, delights them -by picturing St. Peter’s, St. Paul’s, the Appian Way, the Coliseum, -Westminster Abbey, and many other places of historic -interest.</p> - -<p>A new circle which was formed last October at <b>Kalamazoo, -Mich.</b>, reports a very promising outlook in the growth of the -work there; while the circle at <b>Erie, Mich.</b>, organized in the -fall, and now numbering twenty-eight members, says: “We -have every reason to hope for a large addition to our membership<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_541" id="Page_541">[541]</a></span> -in October next.” Perhaps the secret is to be found in -the interest they are taking in their work, for they write: “We -congratulate ourselves on the pleasure afforded us by our -studies, and on the improvement from month to month in the -work of individual members.”</p> - -<p>We like that sort of interest in the C. L. S. C. which leads -members to do everything in their power to follow the methods -outlined by the leaders. It is such interest that makes the -Circle grow—a case to the point comes from <b>Winfield, Mich.</b>, -from a member, who writes: “I have secured a student to join -in the studies of the C. L. S. C. for the class of ’87, and so am -able to report as a circle from this place, though only two of -us.” Too often “only two of us” is made an excuse for not -joining the Plainfield office.</p> - -<p>“We are doing very thorough work, not only reading, but -studying,” writes the secretary of the <b>Litchfield, Mich.</b>, circle. -<b>Howell, Mich.</b>, has a circle of thirty-five ’87s. They had the -privilege of welcoming the president of the class of ’87, the -Rev. Frank Russell, on the 20th of February last, on the evening -of which day he delivered his popular lecture on the “Man -Invisible,” there under the auspices of their local circle. They -took occasion to celebrate his coming with a reunion of the -Chautauqua circles of the county. A most excellent idea, and -one that evidently did both the fortunate hosts and guests -much good, for they declare that they feel sure that all present -were encouraged to press on to help swell the “Pansy” class -of ’87 to 20,000.</p> - -<p>The “Flour City,” <b>Minneapolis, Minn.</b>, circle, commenced -work the first of November. “Our number,” they write, -“does not exceed twenty. We meet every Monday night for -two hours, even when the thermometer has been on its way -from twenty-five to thirty-five below zero. There is a great -deal of pressure upon our lives in this thriving city, and we -have not attempted to follow out attractive lines of study suggested, -but have followed the course carefully, varying our exercises -from time to time. We get up maps and charts, and -exhibit pictures of places that we study about. Recently we -spent the evening with the German authors from whose pens -extracts have appeared. Each member present had a character, -and all were well prepared. It proved one of our most delightful -evenings.”</p> - -<p>A “Chautauqua Triangle” meets weekly at <b>Grinnell, Iowa</b>. -From <b>Brighton, Iowa</b>, a class of nine is reported, and from -<b>Ackley</b>, of the same state, a lady writes: “Our circle of about -a dozen members has just been organized, what it lacks in -numbers being made up in enthusiasm. We are to meet -weekly. We have considerable variety among our members, -some being college graduates, and others wishing they were; -some being C. L. S. C. graduates, and others hoping to become -such in ’86 or ’87, and still others, knowing that they can not -pass through the ‘beautiful golden gate’ before ’88. For the -sake of such we unite in reading the ‘Bryant Course’ for the -rest of this C. L. S. C. year, the old C. L. S. C.ists taking -that work in addition to the regular reading, on which all will -enter in the fall.”</p> - -<p>A little company of readers have formed a new circle at <b>Davenport, -Iowa</b>. The interest in the C. L. S. C. course is increasing -constantly, there being now over fifty persons who are -taking the whole or parts of the course.</p> - -<p>Our friends at <b>Corydon, Iowa</b>, have been experiencing the -effects of being too social. Their club of fifteen was organized -last fall. Their meetings were always pleasant, but as -they had no plan in their work they often found themselves -unwittingly off the topic. Fortunately they discovered their -mistake, and voted to reform. They write: “The two most -profitable meetings we have yet had, were the two since ‘the -change.’ Now we think we have the ‘Chautauqua Idea.’”</p> - -<p><b>Kansas</b> sends word of two new clubs; one at <b>Elk Falls</b>, of -nine members, and another at <b>Andover</b>, of seven.</p> - -<p>From <b>New Market, Platt County, Mo.</b>, we have received the -program of the exercises held on Longfellow’s Day by the circle -of four there.</p> - -<p>The teachers of the Natchez union schools, at <b>Natchez, Missouri</b>, -were formed into a circle in December.</p> - -<p>In Southern <b>Dakota</b>, at <b>Bijou Hills</b>, the circle of ’87 has -been holding weekly meetings all winter, and writes that notwithstanding -the limited advantages on the frontier they are not -discouraged, but live in hopes of having a larger circle next -year.</p> - -<p>In January there was formed a circle at <b>McGregor, Texas</b>. -Two of the members are of the class of ’82, and until recently -lived in New York state, having spent nine happy summers at -Chautauqua. One of the beautiful things about Chautauqua -is that you can carry it with you—even as far as Texas, and -that, as these two friends have done, you can impart its -strength and inspiration to others.</p> - -<p>The first report which <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> has received from -<b>Wyoming Territory</b> comes from <b>Cheyenne</b>, where, in February, -a circle was organized consisting of eight active members, who -pledged themselves to complete the four years’ course of study. -With true Western vim they write: “Although small in numbers, -we are earnest in purpose, and are determined to be in -the front ranks among the classes of 1887.”</p> - -<p><b>Canon City, Col.</b>, has organized a circle of ten busy housekeepers, -who, though they have long been away from the discipline -of the school room, yet find that it becomes continually -easier to master the readings.</p> - -<p><b>Linden, California</b>, has a class of seven regular members, -with a few “socials.”</p> - -<p>There is a great deal of genuine, healthy, social life in the -C. L. S. C., and a great many pleasant plans followed by different -circles, which can not fail to be suggestive to others. -The “Alpha” circle, of <b>Lewiston, Maine</b>, closed the year of -1882-3 with a social at the home of one of the members. While -making merry over cake and ice cream, the writing of a book -by the circle, each member contributing one chapter, was proposed. -The idea was at once accepted by all. The plan of -the book, subject, etc., was decided upon, two of the members -volunteering to write a poem. The first meeting of the circle -this Chautauqua year was a lakeside picnic, at which the party -added to the usual picnic sports the election of officers for this -year, and the reading of the first chapter of their book. We -hope that book will be finished and reported. They are not -alone in their “Chautauqua picnic.” The <b>Galesburg, Ill.</b> -circle kept alive their enthusiasm last summer by holding one -in the vacation, to which all Chautauquans of the city were invited, -whether graduates or not.</p> - -<p>Perhaps the chief social event in the C. L. S. C. world so far -this year has been the Alumni banquet held by the classes of ’82 -and ’83, in <b>Boston</b>, on February 23d, in honor of Dr. Vincent, -and Dr. Hurlbut. The <i>Boston Journal</i> gave a full account of -the event, and from it we quote: “The ladies and gentlemen -who by virtue of their diplomas became members of the ‘Hall -in the Grove’—so the <i>menu</i> announced—were presided over -for the day by Rev. O. S. Baketel. Prof. W. F. Sherwin acted as -toastmaster, and never did a more humorous or genial master -call for responses. He wanted a short, pleasant, instructive, -amusing, cheerful, delightful, jocose, scientific speech from -every one, and thought that five or six minutes’ speaking would -surely not take ten minutes’ time. The class representatives -called upon endeavored to follow out this request, the first one, -Rev. George Benedict, of Hanson class, of ’87, condensing -his short, pleasant, etc., oration to half a dozen words uttered -in one minute. As soon as the toastmaster realized that ’87’s -speech was disposed of, he called upon him ‘who had been under -the snow so long,’ Rev. B. P. Snow, of Biddeford, Me., class -of ’86, and Mr. Snow described in glowing colors the work of -the C. L. S. C. in popularizing culture for older people, declaring -that it was not a college of universal smatter, but one of -real work and progress. Rev. J. E. Fullerton, of Hopkinton,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_542" id="Page_542">[542]</a></span> -who responded for the class of ’85, spoke of the Chautauqua -movement as Christian, popular, progressive and peculiarly -American. For the classes of ’84 and ’83, Rev. W. N. Richardson, -of East Saugus, and Rev. Alexander Dight, of Holliston, -respectively, responded. Each speaker had naturally -spoken in immeasurably high terms of the ability and wisdom -of his own particular class, but it remained for the final class -representative, Rev. Dr. J. L. Hurlbut, of ’82, to put the climax -on humorous mock modesty and class exaltation by eulogizing -the first graduating class of the Circle to the very highest -skies, declaring that it possessed so much knowledge that -there was scarcely enough left to go around among the other -classes, and, moreover, it had laid the foundation of the great -people’s college. A few hearty words laudatory of the founder -of the Chautauqua movement, Dr. Vincent, and then the -speaker announced that henceforth that day, February 23d, -the anniversary of the birthday of the beloved Superintendent -of Instruction, was to be recognized and celebrated as ‘Founder’s -Day.’ When the applause which greeted this announcement -had subsided, toastmaster Sherwin bade the assembly -‘do just as I do,’ and then taught them the ‘Chautauqua salute’ -with variations, consisting of fifteen waves of the handkerchief -in front and above the head. Dr. Vincent arose after this -salute, and having expressed his appreciation and thanks, spoke -to his pupils on the distinctive character of the C. L. S. C. ‘A -short dialogue,’ announced toastmaster Sherwin, ‘will now be -given,’ and in accordance with this instruction Rev. Mr. Full, -of South Framingham, recited his prepared part, which closed -with a presentation to the Superintendent of two valuable sets -of books, the works of Hawthorne and Oliver Wendell -Holmes, as a slight token of the admiration of the alumni. -The second part of the dialogue came from Dr. Vincent, who, -although entirely unprepared and taken completely by surprise, -yet acknowledged in graceful terms the gift of his friends. -A final prayer, and then the alumni of C. L. S. C. separated -for their homes.”</p> - -<p>The class of ’82 has set an excellent example to all succeeding -classes by the way in which they have kept up their “class -feeling”—especially has the New England Branch been faithful -in paying allegiance to their Alma Mater, and in holding -fast to the class bonds. Last August, at Framingham, they -held a very pleasant reunion. The president of the N. E. branch -of class of ’86, Mr. Pike, presided. Speeches were made by -many gentlemen, well-known workers in the C. L. S. C. Songs -were sung and a class poem read. A delightful affair in every -respect, and one that they should try to repeat each summer.</p> - -<p>We do not often find new Memorial Days being added to -the list, but the “Merrimac” C. L. S. C. of <b>Newburyport, Mass.</b>, -has added one. “Although Whittier’s birthday is not a ‘Memorial,’ -yet we felt we must observe it, as he belongs almost -to us, living just across ‘Our River,’ which he has enshrined -in verse, and from which we receive our title.” This class is -enjoying some excellent “helps” in their work. Quite recently -a gentleman, well fitted for the work, kindly favored -them with an address on Biology, supplementing his words -with microscopic views. They have now, in prospectus, a -whole evening with the microscope, through the courtesy of an -educated German resident, and also hope from him a “Talk” -on his nation’s customs and ceremonies.</p> - -<p>From the list of special occasions we must not omit the entertainment -which the circle of <b>Hampshire, Ill.</b>, held at the -close of their last year of study. They had a Chautauqua banquet, -each member having the privilege of inviting one guest. -A very interesting literary program was prepared by the members, -consisting of essays, recitations and music, followed by -toasts. All present declared the evening delightful. The -circle has increased this year from twelve to twenty-three.</p> - -<p>Not many lectures have been reported as yet. Under the -auspices of the C. L. S. C. of <b>Nashville, Tenn.</b>, Dr. J. H. Worman, -the well known German professor in the C. S. L., lectured -March 3rd, at the Nashville College for Young Ladies, -on “Modern Art.” The society is to be congratulated on securing -so able a speaker as Prof. Worman. At <b>Milwaukee, -Wis.</b>, the six circles, Alpha, Beta, Grand Avenue, Delta, Iota, -and Bay View, had a delightful entertainment the 29th of -March, when President Farrar, of the Milwaukee College, devoted -an hour and a half to “Views of Architecture” from the -earliest Egyptians down to the present time, given with the -fine stereopticon which he uses every week in the Ladies’ Art -Class of over two hundred members.</p> - -<p>The old circles seem to be doing splendid work. <b>Richford, -N. Y.</b>, reports a steadily increasing interest and determination. -A member of the “Harlem” Circle, <b>New York City</b>, describes -in an entertaining letter their method of quizzing. It is good. -The quizzing forms a regular feature of the program, and is -limited to fifteen minutes. It is conducted by some one previously -appointed. After that any member may question the -quizzer for a few minutes longer. Our correspondent has been -doing some useful C. L. S. C. work. He sent one of his old -copies of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> home, and the people there were -so much pleased with its plan, that they are planning for some -similar organization in their midst.</p> - -<p>At <b>Ithaca, N. Y.</b>, the circle is fortunate enough to be in reach -of Cornell University and its professors. They are improving -their opportunities, too, having recently had lectures on “Architecture” -and “Political Economy.”</p> - -<p>We like the ring of the report from <b>South Lansing, N. J.</b> It -is worth while to belong to a circle of two if it can be as pleasant -as this one: “In number we are but two (sisters)—the only -C. L. S. C. in this place. The duties of the usual officers of -circles are borne by either member, as opportunity seems to -favor. Examinations, reviews, exercises in pronunciation and -definition are held at the most unconscionable hours by a self-constituted -leader. Suddenly a member, inspired by some -new reading, or a suggested thought, resolves into an animated -question box; or perhaps, presumes to criticise some notable -book. In this systemless manner we conduct our unadjourned -meeting, and though our method, or rather, lack of method, -may not be commendable to other circles, it certainly helps to -meet the exigencies of ours. As we take leave of the regular -course—for we are ’84s—we would join our voices to the chorus -of Chautauqua enthusiasts.”</p> - -<p><b>Naples, N. Y.</b>, has a circle of twelve, of the class of ’86, -the fruit of the zealous work of one lady. This same -friend was instrumental in arousing interest in the reading at -<b>West Bloomfield</b>, where now there is a class of thirty. She -accomplished this, she writes, while visiting the town, by introducing -the C. L. S. C. into every tea party she attended while -there.</p> - -<p>A two-year-old club exists at <b>New Wilmington, Pa.</b>, from -which we have never before heard. There are twenty-four members. -“As a rule,” writes the secretary, “our members are -teachers and business men and women who have little spare -time, but that little is enthusiastically and profitably employed. -We are fortunate in possessing several members who are graduates -of Westminster and other colleges. The studies are -made interesting by a thorough recitation in each study. Obscure -points are brought out and discussed freely and searchingly. -The exercises are spiced by essays on, and recitations -from favorite authors and subjects. Also by question box, debates, -and music.”</p> - -<p>The pleasant circle at <b>Hillsboro, O.</b>, is enjoying the reading -and doing very thorough work.</p> - -<p>There are two excellent features in the report received from -the society at <b>South Toledo, O.</b> The members hand in a list -of words to the vice president to be corrected—including -mispronounced words, or those about whose pronunciation they -are undecided, and they are at once corrected—the discussion -over points doing much toward fixing the correct forms in -their minds. Their city, on the banks of the Maumee River,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_543" id="Page_543">[543]</a></span> -historical ground, with old Fort Miami and Meigs standing -sentinel over their respective charges, South Toledo and Perrysburg, -and these enterprising students have wisely made the -most of their location. They write: “In connection with our -reading of Canadian and American History, in which the -greatest interest was taken, ‘we dived down deep’ into the -subject, had the history of this memorable spot written by our -secretary, who gave an account of the battle of Fallen Timbers -in 1794, fought between General Wayne, accompanied by -General Scott and their forces, and Indians under command -of Blue Jacket and Little Turtle, with their Canadian allies. -The points of interest mentioned being so familiar to us; also -gave the history of the settlement of Maumee (now South -Toledo), with the progress of the place, and difficulties encountered, -mentioning old pioneers, interesting events, etc. A -newspaper sketch of a celebration held here in 1840 in honor -of ‘Old Tippecanoe’ was read by our vice president. On -this occasion we had an informal meeting, inviting guests to -participate in our pleasure.”</p> - -<p>The Alpha and Beta circles of <b>Quincy, Ill.</b>, are doing enthusiastic -work. On Longfellow’s day they joined their forces, -carrying out an appropriate program.</p> - -<p>An effort to increase the membership has resulted in nearly -doubling the numbers at <b>Petersburg, Ill.</b> The circle is in its -second year, and rejoices in a wide awake president, who does -his best to make this circle a success, and to extend its influence.</p> - -<p><b>Nashville, Tenn.</b>, boasts a live circle of thirty-seven members -and many friends under the auspices of the Y. M. C. A. -Recently at their regular session in the parlors of the Association -they executed a series of exercises which were as thoroughly -produced as they were appreciatively listened to. Roman -literature was the theme of the hour, and most luminous -lights were glanced at in essays short, concise and pointed. -Fifteen essays were read, and reports were read on facts, on -pronunciation of names, and on general pronunciation.</p> - -<p>We have already heard good things of the C. L. S. C. at -<b>Niles, Mich.</b> There are some zealous members in the circle, one -of whom, a teacher, has been utilizing her reading very successfully -in her school room. Hawthorne’s biographical stories -have been adopted for the Friday reading, and each pupil is -expected to reproduce orally, if called upon, the whole sketch. -The reading has been found very attractive to the pupils.</p> - -<p>At <b>Sheboygan, Wis.</b>, the circle still flourishes. They have -been having delightful evenings this year over their studies. -The secretary writes: “At our last meeting we had for our lesson -the first half of French History in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> and -the first part of the Latin Preparatory Course in English. One -of the ladies furnished a paper on the ‘Siege of Calais,’ and -another gave a talk upon the ‘Massacre of St. Bartholomew.’ -One of our members who spent last year abroad brought a -most excellent map of Rome and many fine photographs of -the Coliseum, the Pantheon, and other places of interest, -which helped us greatly in our study of the seven-hilled city. -We spent several delightful evenings upon Political Economy, -one of the gentlemen who has given much study to the subject -acting as leader.”</p> - -<p>At <b>Faribault, Minn.</b>, they are dividing their time between Art -and American Literature. Though there are many letters before -us still untouched, we must close the box, taking just a -glance from a letter lately received from far away <b>Honolulu</b>, in -which a lady writes: “After enjoying five months’ reading -with Dr. Wythe’s circle, of Oakland, California, I found I had -become quite a Chautauqua enthusiast. So after moving here -I sought out a few to start a circle. I succeeded in finding four -willing to try, and so we begun; we have now doubled in -numbers, but have not succeeded in finding a permanent -leader, but for all our drawbacks we enjoy it <i>immensely</i>, and -intend to keep on, hoping some one will come to the rescue.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="CHAUTAUQUA_FOR_1884">CHAUTAUQUA FOR 1884.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Many of our friends, planning for their summer trips just -now, are wondering, no doubt, what good things Chautauqua -will have to offer this season. For their sakes we give just a -glimpse of what is being prepared for the Chautauqua School -of Languages and Chautauqua Teachers’ Retreat. With the -July number of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, we shall forward to each -of our subscribers a copy of the Advance Number of the -<i>Assembly Herald</i>, which will contain full information about -Chautauqua for 1884.</p> - -<p>The Chautauqua School of Languages will open on Saturday, -July 12th, and continue for six weeks. It is the aim of -the school to illustrate the best methods of teaching languages -and to furnish instruction in languages for students.</p> - -<p>The Teachers’ Retreat will open Saturday, July 12th, and -continue three weeks. It is the aim of the Retreat to benefit -secular teachers by combining with the recreative delights of -the summer vacation, the stimulating and quickening influence -of the summer school.</p> - -<p>Following are the departments of the C. S. L. for 1884:</p> - -<p><i>1. German.</i> Prof. J. H. Worman, Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, -Nashville, Tenn. Three classes: Beginners, Middle and -Advanced.</p> - -<p><i>2. French.</i> Prof. A. Lalande, Louisville, Ky. Three classes: -Beginners, Intermediate and Advanced.</p> - -<p><i>3. Spanish.</i> Prof. J. H. Worman, Ph.D., Nashville, Tenn. -Beginners class only.</p> - -<p><i>4. Greek.</i> Henry Lummis, A.M., Stoneham, Mass. Three -classes: Beginners, Intermediate and Advanced.</p> - -<p><i>5. Latin.</i> E. S. Shumway, A.M., Rutger’s College, New -Brunswick, N. J. Five classes: Teachers’ Method class, College -class, Preparatory, Beginners, Circles and Colloquia.</p> - -<p><i>6. English Language and Literature.</i> W. D. MacClintock, -3 Winthrop Place, New York City. Anglo-Saxon, Shakspere -and Chaucer.</p> - -<p><i>7. The Chautauqua School of Hebrew.</i> William R. Harper, -Ph.D., Morgan Park, near Chicago, Ill. Four classes: Elementary, -Intermediate, Progressive and Exegetical. Four -weeks—July 21st, August 16th.</p> - -<p><i>8. New Testament Greek.</i> Rev. A. A. Wright, Boston, Mass. -Two divisions: 1. Grammatical; 2. Lexicographical and Exegetical. -Four weeks—July 25th, August 22nd.</p> - -<p>The rate of admission to all the exercises of the C. S. L. and -C. T. R. for the session of six weeks will be $12.00. Arrangements -have been made for special classes in several branches. -We give a list of these classes and their cost:</p> - -<p>Elocution, fifteen lessons, $5.00; Elocution, ten lessons, -$4.00; Elocution, five lessons, $3.00; Elocution, private, per -hour, $3.00. Clay Modeling, per hour, $0.40. Drawing, fifteen -lessons, $5.00; Drawing, ten lessons, $4.00; Drawing, five lessons, -$3.00. Phonography, twenty lessons, $10.00. Voice culture, -ten lessons, $10.00. Harmony, ten lessons, $10.00. Music -in day school eight lessons free to C. S. L. and C. T. R. -Mineralogy and Lithology, ten lessons, $2.00. Botany, ten lessons, -$2.00.</p> - -<p>The rate of admission to the grounds will be, in July, twenty-five -cents a day; in August, forty cents a day. A week ticket -in July, $1.00; a week ticket in August, $2.00. Tickets for the -entire term in July, $2.00; tickets for the August Assembly -meetings, $3.00. An arrangement is made by which full course -tickets may be secured for July and August for $4.00.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>It is incredible how important it is that the corporeal frame -should be kept under the influence of constant, continuous, and -unbroken order, and free from the impressions of vicissitude, -which always more or less derange the corporeal functions. -After all, it is continued temperance which sustains the body -for the longest period of time, and which most surely preserves -it free from sickness.—<i>Von Humboldt.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_544" id="Page_544">[544]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="hanging">FIFTY QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON PICTURES FROM ENGLISH -HISTORY—FROM PAGE 145 TO THE END OF THE BOOK.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By A. M. MARTIN, <span class="smcap">General Secretary C. L. S. C.</span></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>1. Q. What were the “Wars of the Roses?” A. They were -civil conflicts between the Yorkists and Lancastrians, the -former having for their emblem a white rose and the latter a -red rose.</p> - -<p>2. Q. How many kings had the House of York and how -many the House of Lancaster? A. Each House had three -kings.</p> - -<p>3. Q. During the reign of Henry VII. who led the French to -victory against the English, and was afterward burned at the -stake on a charge of heresy? A. Joan of Arc, the “Maid of -Orleans.”</p> - -<p>4. Q. Who were the three sovereigns of the House of York? -A. Edward IV., Edward V., and Richard III.</p> - -<p>5. Q. Who was the first sovereign of the House of Tudor? -A. Henry VII., who descended from Edward III. He married -Elizabeth, daughter of Edward IV., and so the Houses of York -and Lancaster were united.</p> - -<p>6. Q. During the reign of Henry VII. what great geographical -discovery was made? A. The discovery of America by -Christopher Columbus.</p> - -<p>7. Q. How has Henry VIII., the successor of Henry VII., -been characterized? A. As “the most tyrannical of kings, -and the most bloodthirsty of husbands.”</p> - -<p>8. Q. How many wives did Henry VIII. marry? A. Six.</p> - -<p>9. Q. What two great events in England mark the reign of -Henry VIII.? A. The beginning of the English Reformation, -and the publication of the Bible in English.</p> - -<p>10. Q. What three children of Henry VIII. succeeded him -in succession to the English throne? A. Edward VI., Mary -and Elizabeth.</p> - -<p>11. Q. How is the character of Mary described by Motley? -A. “As bloody Queen Mary she will ever be remembered with -horror and detestation in Great Britain.”</p> - -<p>12. Q. What religion did Mary attempt to restore in England? -A. The Roman Catholic religion.</p> - -<p>13. Q. What are the names of three prominent Protestant -martyrs who were burned at the stake during Mary’s reign? -A. Latimer, Cranmer and John Rogers.</p> - -<p>14. Q. What religion did Elizabeth reëstablish upon her accession -to the throne? A. The Protestant religion.</p> - -<p>15. Q. What rival to the throne was executed during Elizabeth’s -reign? A. Mary, Queen of Scots.</p> - -<p>16. Q. What great fleet sent by Spain to establish Catholicism -in England, during Elizabeth’s sovereignty, met with a -disastrous defeat? A. The Spanish Armada.</p> - -<p>17. Q. How many years did Elizabeth reign? A. Forty-five -years.</p> - -<p>18. Q. What great English dramatist lived during her reign? -A. William Shakspere.</p> - -<p>19. Q. What noted poet wrote during her reign? A. Edmund -Spenser.</p> - -<p>20. Q. What prominent favorite of the Queen was executed -during the reign of Elizabeth? A. Lord Essex.</p> - -<p>21. Q. Who succeeded Elizabeth to the throne? A. James -I., son of Mary Queen of Scots.</p> - -<p>22. Q. Of what House was the first sovereign? A. The -House of Stuart.</p> - -<p>23. Q. From the time of the accession of James I., what two -crowns were united? A. Those of England and Scotland.</p> - -<p>24. Q. What great conspiracy was discovered during the -reign of James I.? A. The gunpowder plot, a conspiracy to -destroy both Houses of Parliament, the king and the royal -family.</p> - -<p>25. Q. What noted publication occurred during the reign -of James I.? A. The authorized version of the Bible.</p> - -<p>26. Q. Name four prominent men of letters who lived during -the reign of James I.? A. Ben Jonson, poet; Beaumont and -Fletcher, dramatists; and Francis Bacon, jurist, statesman -and philosopher.</p> - -<p>27. Q. Who was the successor to James I. on the throne of -England? A. His son, Charles I.</p> - -<p>28. Q. What noted Parliament was summoned by King -Charles? A. The Long Parliament.</p> - -<p>29. Q. How long did this Parliament continue in session? -A. Thirteen years.</p> - -<p>30. Q. What was the fate of Charles I.? A. He was tried, -condemned and executed on a charge of treason in levying -war against the Parliament.</p> - -<p>31. Q. After the execution of Charles what form of government -was proclaimed in England? A. A Commonwealth.</p> - -<p>32. Q. Who was made the first Lord Protector of the Commonwealth? -A. Oliver Cromwell.</p> - -<p>33. Q. Give the names of three illustrious persons who lived -about this time. A. Milton, Bunyan and Dryden.</p> - -<p>34. Q. Upon the death of Oliver Cromwell, who was proclaimed -Protector of the Commonwealth? A. His son, Richard -Cromwell.</p> - -<p>35. Q. Eight months afterward, upon Richard Cromwell -resigning the Protectorate, who became king of England? A. -Charles II., son of Charles I.</p> - -<p>36. Q. What two great calamities occurred in London during -the reign of Charles II.? A. The great plague and the -great fire. By the former a hundred thousand people -perished, and by the latter the greater part of the city was -burned.</p> - -<p>37. Q. Who was the successor of Charles II.? A. His -brother, James II.</p> - -<p>38. Q. What was the result of the revolution of 1688. A. -James II. abdicated the throne, and William and Mary jointly -reigned.</p> - -<p>39. Q. What historic battle occurred in 1609? A. The battle -of the Boyne.</p> - -<p>40. Q. Mention the names of three great persons who lived -during this reign? A. John Locke, Sir Isaac Newton and Sir -Christopher Wren.</p> - -<p>41. Q. Who was the next English sovereign on the throne? -A. Anne, daughter of James II.</p> - -<p>42. Q. What age of literature is the reign of Anne called? -A. The Augustan age of English literature.</p> - -<p>43. Q. What are five of the illustrious names of this age? -A. Addison, Steele, Swift, Watts and Pope.</p> - -<p>44. Q. With the reign of George I., grandson of James I., -and successor of Anne, what House acceded to the throne? -A. The House of Hanover.</p> - -<p>45. Q. What great speculation impoverished thousands during -this reign? A. “The South Sea Bubble.”</p> - -<p>46. Q. What are the names of the three sovereigns who successively -reigned after George I.? A. George II., George III., -and George IV.</p> - -<p>47. Q. Whose reign was the longest in English history? A. -That of George IV., extending over sixty years.</p> - -<p>48. Q. What colonies revolted during the reign of George -IV. and obtained their independence? A. The American -colonies.</p> - -<p>49. Q. What two great statesmen lived during the reign of -George IV.? A. Pitt and Fox.</p> - -<p>50. Q. Who is the present sovereign of England? A. Queen -Victoria, granddaughter of George III.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p>Death is a mighty mediator. There all the flames of rage -are extinguished, hatred is appeased, and angelic pity, like a -weeping sister, bends with gentle and close embrace over the -funeral urn.—<i>Schiller.</i></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_545" id="Page_545">[545]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAUTAUQUA_NORMAL_COURSE">CHAUTAUQUA NORMAL COURSE.</h2> - -<p class="center smaller">Season of 1884.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>LESSON X.—BIBLE SECTION.</h3> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h4><i>The Doctrines of the Bible.</i></h4> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Rev. J. L. HURLBUT, D.D., and R. S. HOLMES, A.M.</span></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><i>Doceo</i> means I teach. <i>Doctum</i>, a teaching. <i>Doctrina</i>, the -result of teaching—<i>learning</i>. The doctrines of the Bible are -simply its teachings. They are the teachings of God to the -race, contained in the record of his dealings with the race. -These dealings of God produced a supernatural history, in the -course of which man originated and fell, the nature and character -of the Creator appeared, the presence, power and effects of -sin were made known, and the original and ultimate purposes -of God with the race were declared. The outline of these -teachings or doctrines is not designed to be exhaustive, nor is -it formed on the model of any treatise on systematic theology. -It aims to prompt to further study in the classics of theology, -and to plainly state a few essential truths. These doctrines of -the Bible are:</p> - -<p><i>1. The Doctrine Concerning Beginnings.</i> (<i>a</i>) God was without -beginning—Genesis 1:1. First fact—“The Eternal God.” -(<i>b</i>) The Holy Spirit was without beginning—Gen. 1:2. Second -fact—“The Eternal Spirit.” (<i>c</i>) The Word was without beginning—John -1:1. Third fact—“The Eternal Son.” Essential -doctrine: the Triune God; unbegun, coequal, eternal. (<i>d</i>) -All else, the whole vast universe, began by the power of God—Gen. -1:1—through the Son—John 1:3. Fourth fact—“Man -God’s offspring.” Essential doctrine: The Fatherhood of God; -his sovereignty and right to demand obedience of his creatures.</p> - -<p><i>2. The Doctrine Concerning Relations.</i> (<i>a</i>) God <i>is Creator</i>: -hence <i>powerful</i>; <i>a spirit</i>—John 4:24—hence unseen; <i>without -beginning or ending, hence infinite and eternal</i>—Ps. 90:1. -Formula: “God is a spirit, infinite, eternal and unchangeable -in his being, wisdom, power, holiness, justice, goodness and -truth.” (<i>b</i>) <i>Man is the creature.</i> Essentially a thing created; -he dies daily, to be recreated daily. What of himself man destroys, -the Creator by daily sustenance replaces. He is therefore -the bread-giver, <i>Hlaf-ford</i>—<i>Lord</i>. The gifts of the Creator -are beneficent; so he is the Good-One, God. The Creator -is also guardian, protector—that is, <i>Father</i>.</p> - -<p>Relation restated. The Creator, Lord, God, Father. The -creature—a dependent child. The law of paternity—like produces -like. Essential doctrine—man was originally like God, -in harmony with him and at peace with him—Gen. 1:27.</p> - -<p><i>3. The Doctrine Concerning Positions.</i> (<i>a</i>) Man supreme in -creation. God calls himself Father of no other created thing. -<i>Man a thinker, hence supreme.</i> (<i>b</i>) <i>Man free in the midst of -creation.</i> No other power to dispute his right. In fellowship with -God, his Father. In a place of his Father’s choice, under -rules of his Father’s making; with a work of his Father’s -planning—Gen. 2:15-16—with power to follow his own will—(Gen. -2:17, last clause)—answerable to no one but his Father. -Essential Doctrines—The sovereignty of God—the freedom -of man. (<i>c</i>) <i>Man confronted by a foe</i>—Gen. 3:1—A sinful -power in the universe: sin before man—2 Peter 2:4, 1 John 3:8. -<i>Picture</i>—The Almighty Father—the boundless earth—the wide -permission; the single restraint; the only child; the tempter; -the fall; sin’s victory—Romans 5:12. Essential doctrine: By -man sin entered the world, and death by sin, imparting to -man a sinful nature, and separating man from God.</p> - -<p><i>4. The Doctrine Concerning Results.</i> (<i>a</i>) Separation from -God; Eden lost; toil, pain and death—Gen. 3:17-19:23. (<i>b</i>) -The kingdom of death—Romans 5:14; its prince, Satan; its -subjects unclean—Job 15:14-16; its history a record of “sin, -schism, and the clash of personalities.” (<i>c</i>) Eternal punishment -probable from analogy, reasonable, just. Let the student -carefully examine the testimony.</p> - -<p><i>5. The Doctrine Concerning Rescue.</i> (<i>a</i>) Promised early in -history—Gen. 3:15. (<i>b</i>) <i>Divine</i>—John 3:16. (<i>c</i>) Yet <i>human</i>—Gen. -3:15; Romans 5:18; Luke 3:23 and ff. Central fact of -history, the God-man. (<i>d</i>) Restoration to God’s likeness—1 John -3:2. (<i>e</i>) A life-giving rescue—Romans 6:23. (<i>f</i>) A cleansing -rescue; find the symbolic use of water in Bible. (<i>g</i>) Obtained -through suffering and propitiatory death—Isaiah 53. (<i>h</i>) -Established by resurrection—Ps. 16:10, 49:15; Hosea 13:14. -Essential doctrine: Salvation from God as a free gift of his -grace for all who believe in the Lord Jesus Christ.</p> - -<p><i>6. The Doctrine Concerning Instruction.</i> (<i>a</i>) God himself -the teacher of the race. <i>Adam</i>—<i>Abel</i>—the Altar and Sacrifice. -Note: <i>service</i> and <i>sacrifice</i>, man’s first lesson; the ark and -Noah; rescue from sin’s penalty through obedience, man’s -second lesson; Abraham—reckoned as righteous, because believing, -man’s third lesson. (<i>b</i>) Moses the teacher of the race; -the tabernacle in the wilderness; the same lessons repeated; -God using his servant by direct instruction and communion. -(<i>c</i>) The prophets the teachers of the race—Samuel—Malachi—the -same lesson repeated; God teaching by inspiration; the -home; the church; holy men speaking as moved by the Holy -Ghost. (<i>d</i>) God by his Son the teacher of the race; Jesus -Christ, Galilee, Samaria, Judea, the manger, the desert, the -cross, the Easter morn, lessons, service, obedience, sacrifice, -victory. (<i>e</i>) God by his teacher of the race.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>SUNDAY-SCHOOL SECTION.</h3> - -<h4>LESSON X.—THE TEACHING PROCESS.—ILLUSTRATION.</h4> - -<p>[This lesson is adapted from the outline of Dr. Vincent, in -the Chautauqua Normal Guide.]</p> - -<p><i>I. There are four Uses of Illustrations.</i></p> - -<p>1. They win and hold <i>attention</i>. The ear is quickened to -interest by a story; the eye is arrested by the picture or the -chalk mark. Nothing awakens and retains the interest more -than the illustration, whether heard or seen.</p> - -<p>2. They aid the <i>apprehension</i>. The statement of a truth is -made plain where it is illustrated, as the rule in arithmetic is -seen more clearly in the light of an example; and the definition -of a scientific word in the dictionary by the picture accompanying -it.</p> - -<p>3. They aid the <i>memory</i>. It is not the text, nor the line of -thought, but the illustrations, which keep the sermon or the -lesson from being forgotten.</p> - -<p>4. They awaken the <i>conscience</i>. How many have been -aroused to conviction of sin by the parable of the Prodigal Son; -and what is that but an illustration? So, many, like Zinzendorf, -have been awakened by some picture of a Bible scene. -Mr. Moody’s stories have sent the truth home as deeply as his -exhortations.</p> - -<p><i>II. There are four Classes of Illustrations.</i></p> - -<p>1. Those which depend upon the <i>sight</i>, and derive their interest -from the pupil’s delight in seeing. Such are maps, pictures, -diagrams, etc., and when drawn in presence of the -scholar, though ever so rudely, they have an increased interest -and power.</p> - -<p>2. Those which depend upon the <i>imagination</i>. At no period -in life is the imagination as strong as in childhood, when a -rag doll can be a baby and a picture has real life. Thence -come “word-pictures,” fairy stories, imaginary scenes, etc., as -illustrations of the lesson.</p> - -<p>3. Those which depend upon <i>comparison</i>. To see resemblance -in things different, or the correspondence between the -outward and the spiritual, is as old as the parable of the sower, -and the miracle of the loaves. “The likes of the lesson” -form a fruitful field for the use of illustration.</p> - -<p>4. Those which depend upon <i>knowledge</i>. More than for -anything else children are eager to know; and the story has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_546" id="Page_546">[546]</a></span> -an added value which is true. History, science, art, and indeed -every department of knowledge will furnish illustrations -of spiritual truth.</p> - -<p><i>III. How to obtain Illustrations.</i></p> - -<p>1. By gaining knowledge, especially Bible knowledge. The -wider the teacher’s range of thought, the more readily will he -find illustrations to fit his thought. Particularly will the incidents -of Bible story be found to furnish the frame for his -thoughts in the class. Know the stories of the Bible, and you -will have an encyclopædia of illustration in your mind.</p> - -<p>2. By the habit of observation. People find what they are -seeking for, and the teacher who is looking for illustrations -will find them everywhere, in books, among men, on the railway -train, and in the forest.</p> - -<p>3. <i>By the preservation of illustrations.</i> The scrap book for -clippings, the blank book for stray suggestions, the envelope, -will all have their uses. Plans innumerable have been given, -but each worker’s own plan is the best for himself.</p> - -<p>4. <i>By practice in the use of illustrations.</i> The way to use -them is to <i>use</i> them, and use will give ease. The teacher who -has once made the experiment will repeat it, and find that his -rough drawing, or his map, or his story will always attract the -eager attention of his scholars.</p> - -<p><i>IV. A few hints as to the use of Illustrations.</i></p> - -<p>1. Have a clear idea of the subject to be taught. Learn the -lesson first of all, and know what you are to teach, before you -seek for your illustration.</p> - -<p>2. Use illustrations only in the line of the teaching. Never -tell a story for the sake of the story, but always to impress a -truth; and let the truth be so plain that the story must carry its -own application.</p> - -<p>3. Obtain the help of the scholar in illustration. Let the pupils -suggest Bible incidents or Bible characters which present -the traits of character which the lesson enforces. Never add -a feature to the portrait which the scholar can himself give -from his own knowledge.</p> - -<p>4. Do not use too many illustrations. Let not the lesson -serve merely as a vehicle for story-telling, or picture drawing, -or blackboarding; but keep <i>the truth</i> at all times in the foreground.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="EDITORS_OUTLOOK">EDITOR’S OUTLOOK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>TO THE CLASS OF 1884—GREETING.</h3> - -<p>The completing of a course of study affords one of the few -unalloyed satisfactions of life. It is an end reached—and it -has been reached by personal effort. The class is at the goal, -and it is there because it chose to be there, and resolutely and -persistently labored to be there. We get many good things -without effort, but they give us less satisfaction than meaner -things which we have earned. There is a charm in winning a -race, which does not consist either in being at the end of it, or -in getting a prize. The victory is “our very own,” as the children -say. But in a course of study completed one feels that -the prize is worth his pains. He may feel discontented with -the imperfections of his knowledge, but he would not for the -world be put back where he began. We hold many things -only with our hands; the fruits of a course of study are more -secure—they are in our minds and hearts, and therefore can -not fall out of our possession, or be wrested from us.</p> - -<p>It is a good thing for the student to take the refreshment of -looking back to the place of beginning. “What was I when -I began?” This sense of gain is apt to be supplanted by discontent -and looking forward; but the student should give himself -the comfort of the backward glance. No one has pursued -our course of reading and study to the end without very great -improvement in mental power and method, or without large -additions to his knowledge. “Look to the hole of the pit.” -Take a long look at your old self and do not hesitate to prefer -the new self. You are wiser, stronger, better. Allow yourself -the luxury of fully realizing that. And how little it has cost -you! A piecing together of fragments of time that would otherwise -have been wasted, that is the greater part of the cost of -your course. Whatever else you have spent you would have -spent less wisely if you had not been in the course. You have -sacrificed nothing of any moment to this object. All else that -you had you keep still; this fruit of patient study you have -as a clean and pure gain. It is a matter to be happy about. -A good hour of self-complacency will do you no harm. Indulge -your self-respect a little. All might do what you have -done; most of them have not done it. Your graduation is of -itself a proof that you have pluck, constancy, and self-control.</p> - -<p>It is worth while to consider the elements of this victory. -You have mixed time and method with reading and study. -Hap-hazard study would not yield the fruit; it could not be -ripened in a day. “Four months—and harvest.” Nor could -method be left out. There is method in any work; method -distinguishes work from play. There is method on the farm, -in the mill, in the store. There must be method in gaining -knowledge. Method makes tasks easy and combines many -strokes into one result. In this combination of time and -method lies the power of a course of study. All the mental -effort is probably put forth by others spasmodically and unmethodically. -You are at the end simply because you harnessed -your efforts with years and system. Only stable and earnest -characters are capable of the patient continuance in well-doing -which is necessary to the completion of a course of study. -College men say that the majority of those who begin a course -fall out by the way; and they add that, whatever pretexts are -used, the real reason is usually defective character. It is a rule -in all undertakings of mankind; holdfast is the master quality. -The men and women who complete the C. L. S. C. course do so -on purpose and because they are capable of tenacity of purpose, -and it is an education in tenacity. The man who has run -such a race <i>through</i> is capable of running other races. He has -learned how to “keep pegging away,” as Lincoln put it. He -knows how to run—how to study. He likes to study. He has -only begun in the great museum of knowledge, but he will go -on searching its shelves until he is graduated into the large -university of immortality. Ingratitude to our past selves is a -human frailty which is often displayed, even ostentatiously, by -men and women. Many there are who boast that they learned -nothing at school; there are more who complain that they were -taught nothing. Dr. Samuel Johnson was truer to himself in -saying that he had learned nothing since. We hope that C. L. -S. C. graduates will never fall into this cant. Be just now -and always to yourselves and to those who have guided you -through this journey. You have not learned everything, but -you have learned how to learn. What you build yourself into -hereafter will be built on this foundation. If you come to -more wisdom do not be guilty of the meanness of despising -these foundations. If the building rises high and stands firm, -the glory of it will be these well-laid stones. If the building -does not rise, yours the fault, for you will have neglected the -solid base which invites you to build. Go on with the building; -but do not forget now and again to bless the years when -you were laying the first blocks of a studious life. In short,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_547" id="Page_547">[547]</a></span> -we have read you a little homily on self-respect. Take an -honest satisfaction in your course; keep a just respect for your -tenacity and application; cherish your love for those who have -helped and inspired you in the good work.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE DECLINE OF OUR WORKMAN.</h3> - -<p>The manufacturing classes of this country doubtless present -a much more favorable condition of the workmen than prevails -in other countries. The men who are generally described as -laborers—whether they work isolated or in bodies—occupy a -higher level of life than the same class in the old world. We -may pass by, as being, in dispute, the question of the protective -system’s relation to this fact. The higher condition of -workmen is partly a result of democratic institutions and the -absence of social grades in society; partly also of the youth of -this country and its abundance of natural bounties. We have -had the unexampled good fortune to be a young country rapidly -developing wealth. A democratic level, a republican -simplicity, vast stores of undeveloped natural wealth, and a -system of free schools and free churches, have probably conspired -to produce a high grade of workmen. We naturally desire -to keep this feature of American society and industry. -We note with alarm any sign that workmen are dropping to a -lower level. It is not exclusively a humanitarian feeling -which prompts us to maintain our workmen on a high level. -We have all come to be interested in the prosperity of this section -of the community. The economic usefulness of a man -may be as conveniently measured by what he consumes as by -what he does. In fact, his consuming power is the more accurate -measure of his value. It is not so much a question of -the number of strokes per day of which he is capable, as of -the power he has to buy and use what his fellows produce. In -this country the workman’s consuming power is probably at -least twice as great as it is in Europe. This means that forty -per cent. of our people buy twice as much as the corresponding -forty per cent. buy in Europe. The effect is to greatly enlarge -the market which we are all supplying with various -kinds of goods. The reduction of this growing section of our -population to the European condition would cause a contraction -of the market, and an arrest of our industrial development, -such as we have never experienced. We should be able to -<i>make</i> just as many goods as now, but the people who now -buy them would be obliged to reduce their buying, and this reduction -would make an appalling aggregate. If twenty millions -of people should at once reduce their annual purchases -by one-half, the effect would be a more complete bankruptcy -of us all than we have ever dreamed of. The reduction might -come about slowly and with less peril; but even then the stagnation -would be fatal to a large portion of the community. -The truth is that we have a new factor in our industrial life, a -new economic co-efficient. It is the well-paid workman, who -is a relatively large consumer. Relatively to population the -market we are all engaged in supplying is a much larger market -than exists in Europe. We are built upon a foundation of -which this well-paid laborer is an important part. We added -an immense mass to this foundation when we emancipated the -slaves. We increased the demand for goods by the difference -between the cost of supporting a slave and that of supporting -a free man. The new factor is a sum to be estimated only by -the study of our own country. It never before existed in any -country. It is a fact without a precedent; and it is so large -that the whole fabric of our prosperity rests upon it. Gradgrind -may persuade himself that he does not care whether poor -men can buy goods or not; but his persuasion to that indifference -will give way just as soon as the poor cease to buy his -goods. In short, Gradgrind can not afford to see the buying -power of workmen reduced with complacency. It means, -whenever it becomes a <i>general</i> fact, ruin for Gradgrind. Whoever -has anything or produces anything has given bonds for -the maintenance of workmen’s wages.</p> - -<p>Well, then, the alarm has already been sounded. We do -not refer to the “tariff reform”—though that <i>may</i> be fatal—but -to more certain matters over which the tariff laws have no -power. It is affirmed that the character, social status, aspirations -and self-respect of workmen in this country has already -fallen. An observer in a manufacturing center recently said: -“The change in ten years is frightful. The old hands have -risen in life or gone west. The new hands live in smaller -quarters, care less for the comfort of their families, and buy -fewer goods of any kind. They read less, take newspapers -more rarely, are less careful to dress well on Sunday, and see -their children in rags with a complacency which was unknown -ten years ago. The new people are from Europe, and nine in -ten of them have brought their old habits with them. Higher -wages mean to them only more rum and more idleness.”</p> - -<p>We hope that this is an exaggeration. But even if it be only -very partially true, it opens an unexpected vista, and an alarming -one. The only way to maintain workmen’s wages is to -keep up workmen’s characters. If the character grows debased -the wages will drop to that lower level. A higher grade -of living is the only possible security for higher wages. Workmen -can not long get high wages to spend in rum shops. -Wages will sink to the level of their life. But if the common -market is to suffer so great a loss as this fall in wages and consuming -power would occasion, then we must all suffer. Nor -is this all. The failure would be that of our civilization. We -are, every way, in all sources, most deeply interested in arresting -the threatened decline of the American workman.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>EFFICIENCY AND TENURE.</h3> - -<p>The tenure of office in this country will be the subject of animated -discussion for some years. Civil Service Reform aims -to correct an abuse, and will probably achieve that end; but -it is not certain that the right method of reform has been found. -The ideal of good service is presented by a bank in which men -serve indefinitely, and yet must serve efficiently. They are -removed if they fail; they are not removed if they succeed. -The difficulty in applying this rule to any form of public service -lies in removals for cause. How to secure the removal of -the man who fails? In the bank it is a simple thing to discharge -a clerk. In public life it is not at all simple or easy. -The clerk has no vested right to his place in the bank; in a -department at Washington, a clerk has a vested right to his -place. The bank removes because it chooses to do so. The government -must invent some pretext or <i>prove</i> inefficiency. Tenure -during good behavior makes a <i>quasi</i> property of the office.</p> - -<p>The ministry presents a good example of the workings of -office tenure. Thousands of churches are without installed -pastors, and one of the reasons given is that churches find it -easier to install a man than to dismiss him. In the Methodist -Church a hot discussion over the rule which limits continuous -service in one church to three years has afforded good observers -a fine opportunity to see the play of feeling and motive -around the tenure principle. The change proposed has met -with a crushing defeat, because Methodists are more anxious to -keep the power to get rid of a poor pastor than they are to get -the power to keep a good one. Why? Because they have -much more experience of inefficient men than of efficient men. -In short, the church says to itself: “Pastors usually fail; they -rarely succeed; it is best to be able to send them away quietly.” -This is not complimentary to the ministry, but it is the -substance of the argument which has defeated a plan which -had the sympathy of the best men in Methodism. The fact -that in other denominations changes of pastors are about as -frequent as among Methodists has the same explanation. For -some reason the inefficient ministers are believed to be more -numerous than the efficient. There is a suspicion in the general -mind that this is true all round the circle of salaried life, -and that we need swift and easy and decorous means of removing -our public and semi-public servants more than we need to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_548" id="Page_548">[548]</a></span> -fortify the good men in their positions. In the large view, what -ails us is poor work; and people in general think that the poor -work is already tied fast to us. The human nature of the public -has been too much overlooked. The human nature of the -employed has hardly ever received appropriate attention. -There are two kinds of persons to be considered in estimating -the effect of time limits in any service. To one kind of man -security of tenure is a means of increased efficiency. He is -zealous and enterprising in his vocation. He is acutely conscientious -toward his employers, the more so the less they are -visible and near to him. To be secure in his place is to this -man freedom to do good work and conduct his career to fruitful -issues. Any other tenure means to him a harassing uncertainty -in all plans and wearying anxieties about bread and butter -questions. Such a man can not serve a cause of any kind -well on an uncertain or limited tenure of office. The only possible -uncertainty for him—the only one consistent with good -work—is that which concerns the quality of his work. That -species of uncertainty is one which he feels to be in his power. -He will do his work so well that no uncertainty shall exist. But -at the other extreme is a man to whose success the sense of security -is fatal. He works best under the whip of uncertainty. -He becomes lazy when the fear of removal does not exist. -Between the two extremes—conscientious enthusiasm at one end -and place-keeping inefficiency at the other—are men of a variety -of tendencies to one or the other character. Colleges -probably present the best view of the effect of security of tenure. -The general public does not possess intimate knowledge -of the results of the system in seats of learning; but now and -then an intestine broil uncovers the college life, and invariably -discloses an unsatisfactory condition. For a good professor -fixed tenure is most wholesome; for a poor one it is unwholesome -in its effects on his character and work. A man of wide -experience in colleges tells us that there is not a college in the -country but is lugging inefficient men; and he expresses the -opinion that less than half of the college men are the best -men for their places. In short, even in the college, unfit men get -places and keep them, to the great detriment of the college. In -an average institution four thoroughly good men carry six other -men. A few give the college its character; the majority are a -burden, and some men in this majority gloat over their supposed -right to be lugged by the college. Any rule which should -rid colleges of mere place-holders, of men weak in character, -negligent in work, and far behind the times in scholarship -would double the usefulness and the patronage of colleges in -ten years. But if certainty of tenure is bad in college, it must -be worse elsewhere.</p> - -<p>What is generally desired in the matter of tenure in service -of any sort is to cut off the chances for the purchase and sale -of places, and for the capricious and interested removal of -good men. The scandals growing up in public life from this -base caprice in the appointing power have sickened the popular -stomach. Take, for example, the forced resignation of a -stenographer, at the end of a session, in order that the speaker -of the House of Representatives might appoint his own nephew -to the place <i>for the vacation</i>, during which there were no duties. -The filthiness of the proceeding surpasses belief; and yet it -seems not to have provoked any proper indignation in Congress. -But fixed tenure has more evils than it cures, and some -middle way should be found. We can not afford to ignore the -fact that average men need the spur. The highly conscientious -and enterprising servant is yet too rare in the world for it -to be safe to adjust the terms of service to his character and -to leave the majority free from the whip.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>An English magazine writer on Egypt points out the difficulty -which is encountered in all the public life of the Nile country—it -is the habit of submission to personal despotic authority. -The only system of government which is possible is the -old, old one—for it has unfitted the people for any other. An -enlightened despotism might give the country rest and prosperity. -But western Europe, now master in Egypt, has -outgrown the capacity to administer a despotism.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Professor Goldwin Smith has recently stated that Canada is -becoming more French. The French not only gain in population -faster than the English in what was once called New -France, but they are spreading out into the Canadian New -England. In Quebec there are only 7,000 British people. The -Canadian Frenchmen are cultivating, he says, the relations to -France with increasing zeal. The sober truth is, we believe, -that the English in Canada never had a chance of salvation -except through annexation to the United States. We were -never anxious about that; but they ought to have been.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Smuggling is not altogether a lost art. It is said that it is -practiced for a livelihood on the Maine coast with some success. -The fishermen are said to be experts in the business. -But it is not a large business, and our government does not -lose much, nor does any one get rich by breaking the revenue -laws.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Somebody says that a ranch in Texas has 25,000 more acres -than the state of Rhode Island. But don’t infer that this country -is going to be a land of large farms. We have always had -some such farms; but the number of them is decreasing. They -never <i>pay</i>, and no social distinction attaches to their proprietors.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>In Boston, Easter morning, Dr. Withrow dwelt upon the -overwhelming evidence of the fact of Christ’s resurrection. -Rev. Minot J. Savage said, at the same hour in the same city, -that we have not the slightest evidence that any Apostle ever -saw Christ after he was crucified and buried. It seems that -there is at least one theological difference of creed extant -in our harmonious time. Mr. Savage might profitably read -Paul’s testimony on this subject.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Mr. W. S. Hallock, the editor of the <i>Christian at Work</i>, -has been in Bermuda this season, and in a letter to his paper -recalls the fact that the first settlers of that island were a drove -of hogs who escaped thither from a wrecked vessel. They -thrived so well that the next comers found the land filled with -swine. Mr. Hallock adds: “It is probably the only successful -instance of the commune to be found in all history.” The -point scored is that communism is good for hogs.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>This spring the West Indian war is in Cuba. It is commonly -held in Hayti. An expedition headed by one Aguero escaped -from Key West in April and, being joined in Cuba by many -dissatisfied persons, made some headway as a revolution. Our -government promptly issued orders to prevent the reënforcement -of Aguero from this country. The hot weather will suppress -the revolutionists—if they are natives of the United -States.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Waiters on roller-skates is a novelty introduced into an -Omaha hotel. Labor-saving contrivances in the household<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_549" id="Page_549">[549]</a></span> -seem to have stopped with the sewing machine—and it is denied -by husbands that this machine saves labor. It is rather -a means of putting more work on a dress with the same amount -of labor of the hand.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Herbert Spencer has been trying to prove that slavery is little -different from our ordinary social freedom. A man must -work, he says, most of the time for another person in either -case. Yes, but it is a great satisfaction to select the man you -will work for. And, in freedom, the workman is always working -<i>for</i> himself. Mr. Spencer should try being a slave for a -length of time sufficient to teach him the moral distinction between -that state and freedom.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>One of the papers, noticing the death of a fast trotting horse, -says that he was ill only fifteen minutes. Similar statements -are frequently made respecting distinguished men; and the -prayer book contains a petition to be delivered from sudden -death. We note the facts for the sake of remarking that sudden -death by disease, either in horses or men, never happens. -Diseases act much more slowly, and the man who dies of a -fever has probably been ill for months. The moral is, attend -to the first symptoms of illness.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The United States recently transferred a prisoner from the -north to the south <i>for the benefit of his health</i>. He was a -“moonshiner,” and had killed several men who had attempted -to arrest him. The solicitude for his health shows that we are -not wanting in philanthropy toward prisoners.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The native Christians of India are taking the intellectual lead -in that country. At the University examinations in Madras -there were 2,702 Brahmans, 1,303 non-Brahman-Hindoos, 107 -Mohammedans, and 332 Christians. Forty-five per cent. of the -Christians passed, and only thirty-five per cent. of the Brahmans, -while the other classes were still lower. In India there -are seventeen million Brahmans and two million Christians. -The former increase at the rate of six per cent. in ten years, -and the latter at the rate of eighty-five per cent. These facts -furnish a very striking proof of Christian progress in India.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Reminiscences of Anthony Trollope continue to appear in -English periodicals. Two manly traits of his character are -dwelt upon. He was punctual in keeping his literary engagements, -and he never pretended to be indifferent about his pay -for work. He made a bargain and kept his promise—and did -both like a man. The traditional literary man did neither; he -was always behind with his copy, and always pretended that he -did not care for remuneration. Trollope’s example deserves -all the good things that are said of it.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The <i>Edinburgh Review</i> expresses the opinion that the novels -written by girls must be unreal and insubstantial. The -girls <i>ought</i> not, it thinks, to know anything about life, and -probably do not know anything about it. The girl knows less -of the world than the boy of her own age, and nobody expects -the boy to write a novel. Yes, but then the girl often does -produce a good story and the boy never does.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Art is <i>still</i> long. Steam has not yet been successfully applied -to it. A parent said to a teacher of music: “How long -will it require to fit my daughter to appear in public? Will -nine months do?” The teacher replied: “Nine years, -madam. Even a boot-maker takes seven.” Hurrying to the -front inflicts upon society a great deal of very poor art.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The vexed question has set in with great vigor in the coal -country. Some very “heathenish and filthy” people, called -Hungarians, have come in and are competing with low wages. -They use no soap, and save all the cost of cleanliness. The -question we refer to is whether American labor is to keep its -high level of decency, comfort and education. It is noticeable -that the Chinese are rapidly climbing to that level. Perhaps -these Hungarians will.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Russia finds it increasingly difficult to live in the same house -with modern civilization. Count Ignatief killed five newspapers -during a year when he was Minister of the Interior. -Count Tolstoi has killed nine in two years. Nihilist plots have -made some sympathy for Russia; but the fatal disease of that -country is despotism.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Our medical colleges, in some sections if not everywhere, -need an improvement in the standard of requirements. A -story is told of a western one at whose examinations a student -answered correctly only three out of twenty-five questions, and -was affably informed that his examination was “entirely satisfactory.” -It is intimated, too, that the questions were very -easy.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Dr. James A. H. Murray, the editor of the new English Dictionary, -is a hard worked teacher in a non-conformist school -in the suburbs of London. His good work on the first part of -the dictionary, recently published, has attracted attention, and -it is said that Oxford will give him a good place, and that Mr. -Gladstone will add a government pension. The British eye is -very quick to detect rare merit.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The British press is dealing severely with this country for -tolerating dynamite conspirators. But up to this date no proof -is furnished that there is any dynamite conspiracy here. Some -indolent gentlemen in New York raise money for use against -England and profess to be at the bottom of the dynamite business. -But it is plain enough that they would not boast of it if -they were really guilty, and that they collect the money for -their own use. “Liberating Ireland” by taking up collections -is an easy mode of gaining a livelihood.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The French have won another victory over the Black Flags -in Tonquin. A very gratifying fact is that thus far the Chinese -have not turned upon and maltreated the foreigners within -their gates. A general massacre of traders, travelers and missionaries -was feared when this trouble began; but it would -seem that contact with Europeans has modified the Chinese -feeling toward foreigners. It is reported that high officials -have lost their offices, perhaps also their heads, but the foreign -population has not been disturbed.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The political cauldrons are boiling. But an acute observer -still sees that the general public is less partisan than it was ten -years ago, or even four years ago. It is a wholesome state of -things. Good men will stand the best chance of election, provided -that they have some capacity to win popular affection. -In politics, at least, there are no good icebergs.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A city marshal was shot dead in Dakota last month by a -liquor dealer resisting an attempt to close his place at midnight. -Lawlessness and recklessness are becoming more and -more prominent characteristics of the liquor traffic; and this is -a good sign in a bad situation. The decent men got out of the -traffic some time ago; the semi-decent men followed them. -The class remaining in the business can not have many friends, -and will be disposed of by and by as nuisances.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>It is said that the educated Chinese are rapidly becoming -materialists. They have lost their old religion and are taking -refuge in European scientific materialism. The meaning of -this fact is that in Japan, as in America, the fight is between -Christianity and materialistic dogmas. It is the same the world -over, where enlightenment exists. These two struggle for the -dominion of the world.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Actors and actresses have made a scandalous record on the -question of marriage during the last four years. Any newspaper -reader can make his own catalogue. That theater life is a -terrible one for a virtuous woman. The horrible surroundings -of an actress—the trial by fire which she undergoes, and so -rarely survives, is a crushing argument against the stage.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_550" id="Page_550">[550]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>One of the striking things to an American traveling in Europe -is the cheap cab. After many trials and failures that -great convenience has been introduced into New York under -very promising conditions. A new company has organized -the system and seems to be on a solid foundation. The cheap -cab is a sign of civilization which has hitherto been wanting in -our large cities. The world moves.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A relic of the battle of the Boyne appeared in Newfoundland -last month. Orangemen were fired upon by Catholics. It is -a pity that the battle of the Boyne can not be confined to Ireland. -There seems to be no propriety in transporting it to this -continent every year.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>New York and Brooklyn are to be the Chinese center in this -country. The yellow men are not persecuted there. The -number of them now in those cities is estimated at from 3,500 -to 5,000. Christian schools among them are growing rapidly. -There are now twenty-two schools, with 910 scholars. Most of -these schools were organized last year; only three of them are -more than four years old.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Prince Bismarck recently said: “The telegraph fearfully -multiplies my work.” Does it not multiply the work of all men -in public positions? The telegraph travels fast and helps to -make us work fast.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A correspondent asks us to make an itinerary for six months’ -travel in Europe. Such a plan of travel would require too -much space. Write to a New York publisher for a small book -on the subject. There are many such books. To “read up” -for the journey, procure two or three of the best books on the -subject of European travel. Harper & Brothers publish a good -one; there are several others. If you are about to invest from -$600 to $1,000 in such a journey, you will do well to begin with -an outlay of from ten to twenty dollars for special books.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The French have spent four years and $20,000,000 on the -Panama Canal, and have not made great progress. An American -who worked for a year on the canal, and got off with his -life, reports that fever is the great enemy of the undertaking. -He says that five thousand deaths of workmen occurred in -three months. The company kept fifteen thousand men at -work by bringing in shiploads of new men as fast as death -destroyed its workmen. If the canal is ever finished it will have -cost a hundred and fifty millions of dollars, and as many -thousand lives.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>General Gordon is at this writing still shut up in Khartoum, -and England seems to be doing nothing to save him. Egypt -is politically and financially bankrupt, and Mr. Gladstone’s -ministry is threatened with overthrow because it has not managed -the unmanageable Nile question. There is only one -easy settlement of Egyptian affairs, and that is an English -government of Egypt.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The drunken man is an increasing nuisance. Recently, in -a Brooklyn, N. Y. theater, he cried “fire,” and caused a frightful -panic. In a New York City theater he was an alderman, -and interrupted the performance long enough to get arrested -and marched off to the lock-up. He is always engaged in -quarrels in which blood is drawn. In a western city, last -month, he killed his best friend. We all have other business, -but we ought not to neglect this drunken man, or the places -where he is manufactured.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Something new in the matter of mixed metaphor appears in -the New York <i>Times</i>. A correspondent, writing of a political -organization, described some elements of it as “cancerous barnacles.” -We notice, too, a new verb in politics. A dreary -and egoistic speaker at a convention is said to have “pepper-sauced -himself over an impatient audience.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A wealthy New Yorker, recently deceased, disposed by will -of some two millions of property which he had gained chiefly -through the rewards and opportunities of public position. He -bequeathed only $15,000 to benevolent causes. A man has -the right to dispose of his estate as he will; but then the public -has a judgment as to whether he disposes of it in the right -way. And less than one per cent. to benevolence is not the -right proportion.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>There is a bad type of independence in politics. It is that -whose shape is made by personal malignity, and whose method -is slander and vituperation. Just at this season this sort of independence -is noisy. It is a kind of politics which should have -little influence.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>A recent writing criticises the wealthy men of the country -for negligence in the matter of making their wealth minister to -philanthropy. Probably most of our millionaires are too busy -to see the point, but the point is sharp and will stick in the -world’s remembrance of many of them. The only moral justification -for holding a large property is philanthropic use of it. -Neglect of the kind mentioned breeds socialists and weakens -the moral safeguards of all private property.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>For two years, Mrs. Carrie B. Kilgore, a lady holding a diploma -as bachelor of laws, granted her by the University of Pennsylvania, -has been endeavoring to gain admittance to the bar, but has -been refused, on the ground that the law was out of woman’s -sphere, that it had been put there by custom, and that the -aforesaid “sphere” could only be enlarged by action of the -legislature. A Pennsylvania judge with a different idea has, -however, been found. He declares, and very correctly: -“If there is any longer any such thing as what old-fashioned -philosophers and essayists used to call the sphere of -woman, it must now be admitted to be a sphere with an infinite -and indeterminable radius.” Mrs. Kilgore can, at last, use her -hard-earned right to practice.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>The late A. F. Bellows excelled in landscape, and the value -of his productions has doubled since his lamented death last -year. Four charming landscapes from his brush are among -Prang’s forthcoming publications. They are in his happiest -manner, with the tender poetic treatment that especially distinguished -his work. Essentially American in feeling, his -choice of subjects was always of quiet home scenes, and he is -without a rival in the delineation of landscape, seeking his -theme among quiet meadows and in pastoral districts, in preference -to the wilder mountain views which tempt so many of -our American artists. The house which is sending out this -artist’s work has given us this year a large amount of very -valuable productions. Their Easter cards, we remember, -were unusually fine; among them the mediæval cards printed -in red and black, and the prints and cards on old hand-made -paper, encased in parchment paper, were the most attractive -novelties.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Mr. Matthew Arnold had some unpleasant journalistic experiences -in his late American trip. Flippant newspaper men -punned and joked and told malicious stories about this dignified -and scholarly gentleman until he has been driven to the opinion—and -perhaps it is a correct one—that “mendacious personal -gossip is the bane of American journalism.”</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>An unavoidable delay prevented our getting the following -names into the list of graduates of the class of ’83. We are -glad to be able to insert them now: Mrs. Sarah McElwain, -Martin, Kansas; John R. Bowman, Iowa; Mrs. Matilda J. -Hay, Pennsylvania; Mary S. Fish, California; Lucyannah -Morrill Clark, Wisconsin; Annie M. Botsford, New York; -Frances W. Judd, New York.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_551" id="Page_551">[551]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_JUNE">C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR JUNE.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>PICTURES FROM ENGLISH HISTORY.</h3> - -<p>P. 141.—“Erpingham.” An English general, distinguished for personal -courage, a chief excellence in feudal times.</p> - -<p>“Truncheon,” trŭnˈshun. A baton or military staff, employed in -directing the movements of troops.</p> - -<p>P. 143.—“Three French Dukes.” Since the fourteenth century the -eldest son of the king of France, and heir apparent to the crown, is surnamed -Dauphin. “Count” (from which comes companion) is one of -the imperial court, a nobleman in rank, about equal to an English earl. -Dukes (from <i>dux</i>, leader, or <i>duco</i> to lead) were princes in peace, and -leaders of clans in war.</p> - -<p>P. 145.—“Jack Cade.” A man of low condition; Irish by birth; -once an exile because of his crimes, but having returned to England he -became the successful leader in riotous demonstrations of most disastrous -consequences. He had great power of control over a turbulent -crowd, but the rioters became insubordinate, and the injuries were such -that a price was offered for the leader’s head, and Jack was assassinated.</p> - -<p>“Cheapside.” Part of a principal thoroughfare in London, -north of the Thames, and nearly parallel with it. If the name, as is -supposed, at first marked the locality where shop-keepers, content with -small profits, sold their goods cheap, it is less appropriate now. As the -city extended new names were given to the same street passing through -the successive additions to the city. Going west on Cheapside the -avenue widens, and is in succession called New Gate, Holborn Viaduct, -New Oxford, Uxbridge and High Street.</p> - -<p>P. 146.—“Duke of Somerset,” sŭmˈūr-sĕt. Edward Seymour, Lord -Protector of England, was uncle to Edward VI, during whose minority -he acted as regent of the realm—a most powerful nobleman. His brilliant -victory over the Scots at Pinkey greatly strengthened his influence. -There was much in his administration to be commended, but the -execution of his own brother, and that of the accomplished Earl of Surrey, -left a stain on his otherwise fair record. Through the machinations -of his rival, he was deprived of his high office, and perished, -on Tower Hill in 1552.</p> - -<p>“Earl of Warwick,” wŏrˈick. Richard Neville, a powerful chief -at that time, and a cousin of King Edward IV. He was a most -remarkable man, and his character and methods are a study. A -powerful antagonist, and brave in battle, he was also a shrewd politician, -and was much concerned with the affairs of the government. He -does not seem to have coveted civic honors for himself, or to have had -any aspirations for regal authority. His ambition was rather to make -kings, and to unmake them when their character or policy did not suit. -By marriage he succeeded to the earldom, and the vast estates of Warwick. -He fell at the battle of Barnet.</p> - -<p>P. 149.—“Margaret of Anjou,” ănˈjoo. Daughter of a French -count, and Queen of England—a woman of fine talents, well educated, -and full of energy. She became unpopular with the English and was -forced to flee from the country. She may have lacked womanly delicacy, -but did not deserve the adverse criticism received. Her circumstances -justified many of her seeming improprieties.</p> - -<p>P. 150.—“Towton,” often written Touton. The scene of the bloodiest -battle of English history. A hundred thousand were engaged, and the -carnage was terrible.</p> - -<p>“Vimeira,” ve-miˈrä. A town in Portugal where, during the same -campaign, the French were again repulsed with great loss.</p> - -<p>“Talavera,” tä-läˈva-rä. In the province of Toledo, Spain. The -battle referred to took place in 1809, when Sir Arthur Wellesley defeated -the French.</p> - -<p>“Albuera,” ăl-boo-āˈrä. A small town in the province of Estremadura, -Spain, where the English were victorious in 1811. This victory -cost them nearly four fifths of the men engaged.</p> - -<p>“Salamanca,” sal-â-mancˈâ. The capital of a province of the same -name in Spain, on the river Tormes, 120 miles northwest from Madrid. -Wellington defeated the French here in 1812—a victory which put -southern Spain into England’s power.</p> - -<p>“Vittorea,” ve-toˈre-ä. On the road from Bayonne to Madrid, where -Wellesley defeated Joseph Bonaparte, in 1813, capturing 150 guns and -$5,000,000 of military and other stores, the accumulations of five years’ -occupation of the place.</p> - -<p>P. 152.—“Montagu,” mŏnˌta-gūˈ. The orthography is not uniform. -He was of the powerful family of Nevilles, and brother of the Earl of -Warwick. They fell together on the bloody field at Barnet.</p> - -<p>“Gloucester,” glŏsˈter. This was Richard, brother of the king.</p> - -<p>“Coniers,” konˈi-ers.</p> - -<p>P. 153.—“Cognizance,” kŏgˈnĭ-zans. A badge to indicate a person -of distinction, or the party to which he belongs. Flags are used for the -same purpose on modern battlefields.</p> - -<p>P. 154.—“D’Eyncourt,” dāˌin-courˈ.</p> - -<p>“Cromwell.” Not Oliver, of course, but one of his ancestors, -probably Thomas, who afterward became widely known as a -statesman and politician in the service of Henry VIII.</p> - -<p>P. 155.—“Redoubted.” Regarded with fear, dreaded.</p> - -<p>P. 156.—“Exeter,” Earl of. The Earl was brother-in-law to Edward, -and fought with the Lancastrians in the civil war.</p> - -<p>P. 157.—“The Destrier’s Breast,” dāsˌtre-āˈ. A French word meaning -charger or war horse.</p> - -<p>P. 158.—“Victorious Touton.” On the bloody field of Towton, or -Touton, at a crisis in the battle, Warwick had killed his favorite steed -in the sight of his soldiers, kissing and swearing by the cross on the -hilt of his sword to share with them a common fate, whether of life or -death. He was victorious then.</p> - -<p>P. 160.—“Casque,” cäsk. A piece of defensive armor to protect the -head and neck in battle.</p> - -<p>P. 162.—“Tewksbury,” tukesˈbĕr-e. A town in Gloucestershire, on -the Avon and Severn. Edward there defeated the Lancastrians.</p> - -<p>“Mirwall Abbey.” A quiet retreat not far from Leicester, north-northwest -from London.</p> - -<p>P. 163.—“Fleshed,” flesht. Used murderously on human flesh, especially -for the first time.</p> - -<p>“Harquebuse,” härˈkwe-bŭse. An old-fashioned gun resembling a -musket, and supported, when in use, upon a forked stick.</p> - -<p>“Morris pike.” An obsolete expression for a Moorish pike.</p> - -<p>P. 164.—“Frushed,” frusht. Trimmed, adjusted.</p> - -<p>P. 166.—“Tournay,” toorˌnāˈ. A city of some historic importance in -Belgium, on the river Scheldt, near the French border. It was the -birthplace of Perkin Warbeck.</p> - -<p>P. 169.—“Beaulieu,” bū-lĭ. A secluded place, sought for refuge.</p> - -<p>P. 171.—“Ardres,” ārdr; “Francois,” frŏnˈswäˌ.</p> - -<p>“St. Michael,” mīˈkāl. Jews, Mahomedans, and Romanists reverence -St. Michael as their guardian angel. A favorite symbol of protection -was an image of the saint, with drawn sword in hand, conquering -the dragon.</p> - -<p>P. 172.—“Duprat,” du-präˈ. A French minister of state, and a -diplomat of ability.</p> - -<p>“Louise of Savoy,” savˈoy or sa-voiˈ. Once a sovereign duchy, since -a department of France, south of Switzerland, and west of Italy.</p> - -<p>P. 173.—“Sieur de Fleuranges,” sēˈurˌ deh fluhˈrŏngˌ.</p> - -<p>P. 174.—“Guisnes,” gheen. In France, not far from Ardres.</p> - -<p>P. 175.—“Almoner.” An officer connected with religious houses, -intrusted principally with the distribution of alms, and also serving -as chaplain to the sick, or those condemned to die.</p> - -<p>P. 181.—“Prebendary,” prebˈend-a-ry. A clergyman attached to -a collegiate or cathedral church, who has his prebend or maintenance -in consideration of his officiating at stated times in the church services.</p> - -<p>“Caermarthen,” kar-marˈthen. The chief town in Caermarthenshire, -South Wales, a beautifully situated parliamentary borough, on the river -Towy, a few miles from the bay. Caermarthen was the scene of the final -struggle for Welsh independence under Llewellyn, the last of the princes.</p> - -<p>P. 187. “Babington conspiracy.” Anthony Babington, a gentleman -of ancient and opulent family, when young became a leader of a band of -zealous Catholics who were smarting under the persecutions to which the -members of that communion were exposed in the days of Elizabeth. -Their primary object was to promote the Catholic cause. When Mary, -Queen of Scots, was forced to flee to England as a suppliant, Babington<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_552" id="Page_552">[552]</a></span> -and his associates became interested in her. They conspired to rescue -Mary and assassinate Elizabeth. The conspirators, when arrested, -rather gloried in the undertaking; as to the fate intended for Elizabeth, -Babington declared it no crime, in his estimation, to take the life of a sovereign -“who had stript him and his brethren of all their political rights -and reduced them to the condition of helots in the land of their fathers.” -They were sentenced and executed.</p> - -<p>P. 192.—“In manus, Domine tuas, commendo animam meam,” Into -thy hands, O Lord, I commit my spirit.</p> - -<p>P. 193.—“Fotheringay.” A town in Northamptonshire. Its famous -castle was the birthplace of Richard III. Here Mary, Queen of Scots, -was imprisoned and executed. The Dukes of York, Richard and Edward, -are buried at Fotheringay.</p> - -<p>P. 194.—“The Lizard.” The extreme southern point of land in -England, on the British Channel.</p> - -<p>“Looe.” A town of the Cornish mining region in the southern part -of Cornwall.</p> - -<p>P. 195.—“Drake,” Sir Francis. A most daring and efficient naval -officer, and one of the founders of the naval greatness of England. In -1587 he was sent in command of a fleet to Cadiz, where, by a bold dash, -he destroyed one hundred ships destined for the invasion of England, -and the next year he commanded as vice-admiral in the victory obtained -over the Spanish Armada.</p> - -<p>“Frobisher,” frŏbˈish-er, Sir Martin. An English navigator of the -fifteenth century, who made many discoveries in the arctic regions, and -was the first explorer for a northwest passage. He had a command in -the great sea fight against the Spaniards in 1588.</p> - -<p>“Hawkins,” Sir John. He was previously associated with Drake -in several important expeditions, and served as rear-admiral in the fight -that, together with the elements, destroyed the Armada.</p> - -<p>“Weathergage.” The position of a ship to the windward of another. -Hence a favorable position for making an attack with sailing vessels.</p> - -<p>“Medina Sidonia,” ma-deˈnä se-doˈne-ä. Shortly before the time fixed -for the sailing of the fleet and army for the invasion of England, owing to -the death of the admiral Santa Cruz, and also his rear-admiral, the Duke -of Medina Sidonia, the extreme southern province of Spain, a man unacquainted -with naval matters, was made captain-general of the fleet. He -had, however, for his rear-admiral, Martinez Recalde, an expert seaman.</p> - -<p>“Recalde,” rā-kälˈdä.</p> - -<p>P. 196.—“Oquendo,” o-kānˈdo; “Pedro de Valdez,” peˈdro da väldĕthˈ.</p> - -<p>“Andalusian,” anˌda-luˈshi-an. The southern part of Spain. It -was formerly called Vandalusia, because of the Vandals who settled -there. It is a delightful country, having a mild climate, and generally a -fertile soil. Cadiz is the principal seaport and commercial city.</p> - -<p>P. 197.—“Guipuzcoan,” ge poosˈko-an. The smallest but most -densely populated of what are known as the Basque provinces; three -Spanish provinces distinguished from all other divisions, in the character, -language, and manners of the people. They have few of the characteristics -of Spaniards, and acquired political privileges not enjoyed by -others, and a form of government nearly republican.</p> - -<p>P. 198.—“Gravelines,” grävˈlēnˌ. A small fortified and seaport town -of France, in a marshy region at the mouth of the river Aa.</p> - -<p>“Galleons.” Ships of three or four decks, used by the Spaniards -both for war and commerce.</p> - -<p>“Galleasses.” A kind of combination of the galleon and the galley; -propelled both by sails and oars.</p> - -<p>“Sir Henry Palmer;” “Sir William Winter.” English officers who -were active in the attack on the Spanish fleet.</p> - -<p>P. 199.—“Alonzo de Leyra,” a-lonˈzo dā leiˈrä; “Diego Flores de -Valdez,” de-āˈgo floˈreth dā välˈdeth; “Bertendona,” bĕrˈtān-doˌnä; -“Don Francisco de Toledo,” don fran-chesˈko dā to-lāˈdo; “Pimental,” -pe-manˈtäl; “Telles Enriquez,” telˈleth än-reˈketh.</p> - -<p>“Luzon,” loo-thonˈ; “Garibay,” gä-re-biˈ.</p> - -<p>P. 200.—“Borlase,” bor-lazˈ. A captain in the fleet of Van der Does.</p> - -<p>“Admiral Van der Does,” doos. A Hollander.</p> - -<p>P. 201.—“Ribadavia,” re-bä-däˈve-ä. A kind of Spanish wine.</p> - -<p>“Lepanto.” A seaport town of Greece, on the Gulf of Lepanto. -In 1571 it was the scene of one of the greatest and most important -naval battles ever fought. The Turkish sultan, Selim, with two hundred -and fifty royal galleys and many smaller vessels, engaged the allied forces -of Spain, Italy and the Venetian Republic, and was defeated with loss -in killed and prisoners of thirty thousand men. The decline of the -Turkish empire dates from the battle of Lepanto.</p> - -<p>P. 203.—“Essex.” (1567-1601.) Essex’s career had been a romantic -one. From his first appearance at court at 17, he captivated Elizabeth. -He was present at the battle of Zutphen, and joined an expedition -against Portugal in 1596. His position as court favorite caused many -intrigues to be formed against him, but he kept the queen’s favor, although -often offending her. Elizabeth had ordered him imprisoned after -the Ireland expedition, more to correct than to destroy him, but upon -being dismissed he attempted to compel the queen to dismiss his enemies -by raising a force against her. This led to his execution.</p> - -<p>P. 207.—“Walter Raleigh.” (1552-1618.) Navigator, author, courtier -and commander. His first public services were his explorations in -North America, during which he occupied the region named Virginia. -Having given up his patent for exploration in the New World, he became -interested in a project for the conquest of El Dorado. In pursuit -of this he sailed in 1595 to South America, but soon returned. He assisted -at the capture of Cadiz in 1596. After the death of Elizabeth he -lost favor with the throne and was accused of treason and convicted. For -thirteen years he was confined in the Tower, where he wrote his “History -of the World.” In 1615 he obtained his release to open a gold mine in -Guinea. The search was unsuccessful. Having encountered in battle -at St. Thomas a party of Spaniards, on his return the Spanish court demanded -that he be punished, and the king, James I., resolved to execute -the sentence passed on him fifteen years before.</p> - -<p>“Coke,” kŏōk. (1549-1634.) An eminent English judge and jurist. -At the trial of Raleigh in 1603 his position was that of attorney-general. -During the trial he showed the greatest insolence to Raleigh.</p> - -<p>“Yelverton,” yĕlˈver-ton. (1566-1630.) An English statesman and -jurist.</p> - -<p>P. 208.—“Distich,” dĭsˈtik. A couple of verses or poetic lines -making complete sense.</p> - -<p>P. 209.—“St. Giles.” A favorite saint in France, England and -Scotland. Many localities and public places were named from the -saints. The reference here is to a drinking place named in honor of St. -Giles. It was situated near Tyburn, which, until 1783, was the chief -place of execution in London. Since that date Old Bailey, or Newgate, -has been the place of execution.</p> - -<p>“Oldys,” ōlˈdis. (1687-1761.) An English biographer and bibliographer. -He wrote a life of Sir Walter Raleigh, prefixed to Raleigh’s -“History of the World.”</p> - -<p>P. 210.—“Arundel,” arˈun-del. (1540?-1639.) The first Lord Arundel. -He had served in the war against the Turks under the German emperor, -and from him had received the title of Count of the Roman Empire.</p> - -<p>P. 211.—“Naunton,” naunˈton. An English statesman, who died -in 1635. He was secretary of state under James I., and the author of -an account of the court of Queen Elizabeth.</p> - -<p>“Paul’s Walk,” Bond Street, London, was known as St. Paul’s, -before the commonwealth. Here crowds of loungers used to collect to -gossip. They soon became known as <i>Paul’s Walkers</i>; now they are -called <i>Bond Street Loungers</i>.</p> - -<p>“Mantle.” According to this old story, as the queen was going from -the royal barge to the palace she came to a spot where the ground was -so wet that she stopped. Raleigh immediately covered the spot with his -rich cloak, on which she stepped. For his gallantry he is said to have -received his knighthood and a grant of 12,000 acres of forfeited land in -Ireland.</p> - -<p>P. 212.—“Spanish Main.” The circular bank of islands forming -the northern and eastern boundaries of the Caribbean Sea. It is not the -sea that is meant, but the bank of islands.</p> - -<p>P. 213.—“Roundheads.” The Puritans, so called because they wore -their hair short, while the Royalists wore long hair covering their -shoulders.</p> - -<p>“Cavaliers.” The adherents of Charles I. were members of the -royal party, knights or gentlemen, to whom the name cavaliers was ordinarily -applied.</p> - -<p>P. 214.—“Janizaries,” jănˈi-za-ries. A Turkish word. “A soldier<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_553" id="Page_553">[553]</a></span> -of a privileged military class which formed the nucleus of the Turkish -infantry, but was suppressed in 1826.”</p> - -<p>P. 215.—“Turenne,” tū-rĕnˈ. (1611-1675.) A famous general -and marshal of France, who during his whole life was actively engaged -in the French wars.</p> - -<p>“Counterscarp,” counˈter-scärp. The exterior slope of a ditch, made -for preventing an approach to a town or fortress.</p> - -<p>P. 216.—“Pelagian.” Holding the doctrines of Pelagius, who denied -the received tenets in regard to free will, original sin, grace, and -the merit of good works.</p> - -<p>“Bulstrode,” bulˈstrode. (1588-1659.) An English jurist.</p> - -<p>P. 217.—“Sidney.” (1622-1683.) An eminent English patriot. He -belonged to the army of parliament, but held no office under Cromwell. -When Charles II. was restored he was on the continent, where he remained. -In 1666 he solicited Louis XIV. to aid him in establishing a -republic in England, and having returned to England he joined the -leaders of the popular party. In 1683 he was tried as an accomplice in -the Rye House plot, and executed.</p> - -<p>“Ludlow.” (1620-1693.) A republican general who assisted in -founding the English republic, but was opposed to Cromwell’s ambition. -He had been commander of the army, but his opposition to -Cromwell lost him the position. On Oliver’s death he was replaced, but -at the Restoration escaped to France, where he spent the remainder of -his life.</p> - -<p>P. 227.—“O. S.” Dates reckoned according to the calendar of Julius -Cæsar, who first attempted to make the calendar year coincide with -the motions of the sun, are said to be <i>Old Style</i> as contrasted with the -dates of the Gregorian calendar. This latter corrected the mistake of -the former, and was adopted by Catholic countries about 1582, but Protestant -England did not accept it until 1752.</p> - -<p>P. 228.—“Shomberg,” shomˈberg. (1616-1690.)</p> - -<p>P. 233.—“Jeffreys.” (1648-1689.) A lawyer of great ferocity. In -1685 he caused 320 of Monmouth’s adherents to be hung, and 841 to be -sold as slaves.</p> - -<p>P. 234.—“South Sea Bubble.” This scheme was proposed in 1711, -by the Earl of Oxford, in order to provide for the national debt. The -debt was taken by prominent merchants, to whom the government agreed -to pay for a certain time six per cent. interest, and to whom they gave a -monopoly of the trade of the South Seas. From 1711 to 1718 the -scheme was honestly carried out, but after that time all scruples were -thrown aside, and the rage of speculation here described followed.</p> - -<p>P. 235.—“The Rue Quincampoix.” A street of Paris where John Law -developed his South Sea Bubble. He was a Scottish financier (1671-1729), -who had won a place in London society, and supported himself -by gaming. In 1715 he persuaded the Regent of France to favor his -schemes, obtained a charter for a bank, and in connection with it -formed this company, which had the exclusive right of trade between -France and Louisiana, China, India, etc. The stock rose to twenty -times its original value. He was appointed minister of finance in 1720, -but confidence was soon lost in his plan, and notes on his bank rapidly -fell. Law was obliged to leave France, and finally died poor.</p> - -<p>P. 236.—“Scire Facias.” Cause it to be known.</p> - -<p>P. 237.—“Walpole.” (1676-1745.) Walpole had been prominent in -politics since the accession of George I., and in 1715 was made first lord -of the treasury.</p> - -<p>P. 241.—“Lord Mahon.” The fifth Earl of Stanhope. He was -prominent in public affairs during his life, but his fame rests upon his -historical works, of which he published several. “A History of England, -from the Peace of Utrecht to the Peace of Versailles,” is the best known.</p> - -<p>“Maxima rerum Roma.” Rome greatest of all things.</p> - -<p>P. 242.—“Newcastle.” (1693-1768.) An English Whig.</p> - -<p>P. 243.—“Pelham.” (1694-1754.) A brother of the above, who in -1742 succeeded Walpole as chancellor of the exchequer. He was one -of the chief ministers of state 1743-1744.</p> - -<p>“Godolphin,” go-dolˈphin. An eminent English statesman, in the -service of Charles II., afterward retained in office under James II., and -made first lord of the treasury under William and Mary. Under Queen -Anne he was again put in this position, from which he had been removed -in 1697, and retained it until 1710. He died in 1712.</p> - -<p>P. 244.—“Aix,” āks; “Rochefort,” rotchˈfort, or roshˈfor; “St. -Malos,” or St. Malo, mäˈloˌ; “Cherbourg,” sherˈburg, or sherˈboorˌ. -See map of France in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for March.</p> - -<p>“Kensington.” A palace at Kensington, a western suburb of London, -the birthplace of Queen Victoria.</p> - -<p>“Grand Alliance.” An alliance formed in 1689 by England, Germany, -the States-General, and afterward by Spain and Savoy, to prevent -the union of Spain and France.</p> - -<p>“Goree,” goˈrāˌ. An island on the west coast of Africa belonging to -France.</p> - -<p>“Guadaloupe,” gwăd-loop. The most important island of the French -West Indies.</p> - -<p>“Toulon,” tooˈlōnˌ. A seaport of southern France, at the head of a -bay of the Mediterranean. It is the largest fort on the Sea, covering -240 acres.</p> - -<p>“Boscawen,” bosˈca-wen. (1711-1761.) An English admiral.</p> - -<p>“Lagos,” lâˈgoce. On the coast of Portugal.</p> - -<p>P. 245.—“Conflans,” kon-flon. (1690-1777.) At this time marshal -of France.</p> - -<p>“Hawke,” hawk. (1715-1781.) An English admiral. In 1765 he -became first lord of the admiralty, and in 1776 was raised to the peerage.</p> - -<p>“Chandernagore,” chanˌder-na-gōreˈ; “Pondicherry,” ponˈde-shĕrˌree.</p> - -<p>“Clive.” The founder of the British empire in India.</p> - -<p>“Coote.” A British general who distinguished himself in wars of India.</p> - -<p>“Bengal,” ben-galˈ; “Bahar,” ba-harˈ; “Orissa,” o-risˈsa; “Carnatic,” -car-natˈic. Divisions of India at the time of the struggle of the -English for possession.</p> - -<p>“Acbar,” ac-barˈ; “Aurungzebe,” ōˈrŭng-zābˌ. Emperors of Hindoostan.</p> - -<p>P. 247.—“Guildhall,” guildˈhall. A public building of London -which serves as a town hall. All important public meetings, elections -and city feasts are held here. Monuments of several statesmen adorn -the hall.</p> - -<p>P. 248.—“Sackville.” The offense referred to was this: At the battle -of Minden, in 1759, Lord Sackville commanded the British troops -under Prince Ferdinand of Brunswick, but refused to obey orders. On -return to England he was tried for this and dismissed from service.</p> - -<p>P. 251.—“Mecklenburg Strelitz,” meckˈlen-burg strelˈitz. The eastern -division of the two parts into which the territory of Mecklenburg is -divided.</p> - -<p>P. 254.—“Landgravine,” lăndˈgra-vïne. The wife of a landgrave, a -German nobleman holding about the rank of an English earl or French -count.</p> - -<p>“Hesse Homburg,” hess homˈburg. A former German landgraviate -now belonging to Prussia.</p> - -<p>P. 255.—“Les Miserables,” the poor. A popular novel by Victor -Hugo.</p> - -<p>“Austerlitz,” ausˈter-lits. A town of Moravia, where in 1805 Napoleon -had gained a brilliant victory over the Prussian and Russian -forces.</p> - -<p>“Waterloo.” A village of Belgium, about eight miles southeast of -Brussels.</p> - -<p>“Blucher,” blooˈker. (1742-1819.) A Prussian field-marshal, sent to -the aid of Wellington.</p> - -<p>P. 256.—“Nivelles,” neˈvĕlˌ. A road running to Nivelles, a town -about seventeen miles south of Brussels.</p> - -<p>“Genappe,” jāˈnäpˌ; “Ohaine,” ōˌhānˈ; “Braine l’Alleud,” brān -läl-leuˈ.</p> - -<p>“Mont St. Jean.” A village near Waterloo.</p> - -<p>“Hougomont,” ooˌgō-mŏnˈ. A château and wood.</p> - -<p>“Reille,” räl. (1775-1860.) A French general, who was at this time -an aid-de-camp of Napoleon. In 1847 he was made marshal of France.</p> - -<p>“La Belle Alliance,” lä bĕl älˈleˌŏnsˌ. A farm near Waterloo.</p> - -<p>“La Haye Sainte,” lä ai sānt. A farm house.</p> - -<p>P. 258.—“Milhaud,” milˌhōˈ.</p> - -<p>“Lefebvre Desnouettes,” lĕhˈfāvrˌ dāˌnoo-ĕtˈ. (1773-1822.) A -French general.</p> - -<p>“Gendarme,” zhŏng-därmˈ. An obsolete name for heavy cavalry.</p> - -<p>“Chasseurs,” shăsˈsûr. Light cavalry.</p> - -<p>“Veillons au Sainte,” etc. Guard the welfare of the empire.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_554" id="Page_554">[554]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Ney,” nā. (1769-1815.) One of the most prominent of Napoleon’s -generals. After Napoleon’s abdication Ney joined Louis XVIII., but -on the return of Napoleon, rejoined him. After the battle of Waterloo -he was arrested, condemned, and shot.</p> - -<p>P. 259.—“Moskova,” mos-koˈva. A river of Russia, on which the -French defeated the Russians.</p> - -<p>“Hippanthropist,” hip-panˈthro-pist. A fabulous animal whose -body was partly like a man and partly like a horse.</p> - -<p>P. 262.—“Pibrock,” pīˈbrock. Bagpipe.</p> - -<p>P. 263.—“Chevau-legers.” The French for light cavalry.</p> - -<p>“Badajoz,” bad-a-hōsˈ. A fortified town, capital of a province of the -same name in Spain. Wellington carried it by assault in 1812, and -sacked the city.</p> - -<p>P. 264.—“Alava,” äˈlä-vä, (1771-1843.) A Spanish general and -statesman.</p> - -<p>“Frischemont,” freshˈā-mŏnˌ.</p> - -<p>“Grouchy,” grooˌsheˈ. (1766-1847.) A French general and marshal.</p> - -<p>P. 265.—“Denouement,” de-nōōˈmong. The discovery of the end -of a story, the catastrophe of a drama or romance.</p> - -<p>“Friant,” freˈōngˌ; “Michel,” meˈshĕlˌ; “Roguet,” rōˌguāˈ; -“Mallet,” mäˌlaˈ; “Pont de Morvan,” pon deh morˈvonˌ.</p> - -<p>P. 266.—“Sauve qui peut.” Let each save himself.</p> - -<p>“Vive l’Empereur.” Long live the emperor.</p> - -<p>“Drouet d’Erlon,” droˌāˈ dĕrˈlōnˈ. (1765-1844.) Marshal of France -and governor-general of Algeria.</p> - -<p>P. 267.—“Guyot,” gēˌoˈ; “Ziethen,” tseeˈten. A Prussian general.</p> - -<p>P. 268.—“Menschikoff,” menˈshiˌkoff. (1789-1869.)</p> - -<p>“Raglan,” (1788-1855.) Served in the Peninsula War under Wellington, -and lost his arm at Waterloo; was afterward Wellington’s -military secretary. He commanded the British army in the Crimean -War, and died in camp in 1855.</p> - -<p>P. 271.—“Tumbril,” tŭmˈbril. A two-wheeled cart which accompanies -artillery, for carrying tools, etc.</p> - -<p>P. 272.—“Punctilio,” punc-tĭlˈyo. Exactness in forms or ceremony.</p> - -<p>“Ouglitz,” ougˈlitz; “Kourgané,” kour-gä-nāˈ.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<h2 id="NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN">NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.”</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>READINGS FROM ROMAN HISTORY.</h3> - -<p>P. 497, c. 1.—“Cisalpine.” On the hither side of the Alps, with -reference to Rome, that is, on the south side of the Alps, opposed to -<i>transalpine</i>.</p> - -<p>“Doria Baltea,” doˈri-a bal-teˈa. Formerly called the <i>Duria</i>. It is -a river which rises in the south of the Alps, and flows through the -country to the Salassi, into the Po. It is said to bring gold dust with it.</p> - -<p>“Salassians,” sa-lasˈsi-ans. A brave, fierce people, formerly living at -the foot of the Pennine Alps.</p> - -<p>P. 497, c. 2.—“Insubrians,” in-suˈbri-ans. A Gallic people who had -crossed the Alps and settled in the north of Italy. They had become -one of the most powerful and warlike of the Gallic tribes in Cisalpine -Gaul.</p> - -<p>“Leptis,” lepˈtis. An important place on the coast of northern Africa, -now in ruins.</p> - -<p>“Adrumetum,” or Hadrumetum, adˈri-mēˌtum. A large city founded -by the Phœnicians in northern Africa. It is now called <i>Hammeim</i>.</p> - -<p>“Polybius,” po-lybˈi-us. A Greek historian, born about 206 B. C.</p> - -<p>P. 498, c. 1.—“Masinissa,” mas-i-nisˈsa. The Numidians were divided -into two tribes, of the easternmost of which the father of Masinissa -was king. He was an ally of the Carthagenians, and for many years -warred with them against Syphax, the king of the other Numidian tribe. -Masinissa remained friendly to the Carthagenians until Hasdrubal, who -had betrothed his daughter to him, broke his promise, marrying her to -Syphax. Masinissa then joined the Romans, to whom he rendered valuable -service both before and at this battle. He was rewarded with -much territory, which he ruled in peace until the breaking out of war -between him and Carthage in 150. This outbreak led to the Third Punic -War. Masinissa died, however, soon after the beginning of the -trouble.</p> - -<p>“Lælius,” læˈlĭ-us. Sometimes called <i>Sapiens</i> (the wise). Was an -intimate friend of Scipio Africanus, the younger, while his father had -been the companion of the elder Scipio. Polybius was his friend, and -probably gained much help from him in writing his history. Lælius -had a fine reputation as a philosopher and statesman, and it was Seneca’s -advice to a friend “to live like Lælius.”</p> - -<p>“Maniples,” manˈi-ples. Literally a handful, from the Latin words -for hand and full. A name given to a small company of Roman soldiers.</p> - -<p>“Ligurians,” li-guˈri-ans. Inhabitants of Liguria. A name given to -a district of Italy which at that time lay south of the river Po.</p> - -<p>P. 498, c. 2.—“Metaurus,” me-tauˈrus. A small river of northern Italy -flowing into the Adriatic Sea, made memorable by the defeat and death -of Hannibal on its banks in 207 B. C.</p> - -<p>“Euboic.” Pertaining to Eubœa. An island east of Greece, the -largest of the archipelago, lying in the Ægean Sea.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>SUNDAY READINGS.</h3> - -<p>P. 500, c. 1.—“Savonarola,” sä-vo-nä-roˈlä. (1452-1468.) A celebrated -Italian reformer. In his early ministry he effected important reforms -and gained great political influence. Being sent to Florence he became -the leader of the liberal party which succeeded the expulsion of the -Medici. Having refused to submit to papal authority he was excommunicated, -and popular favor leaving him he was executed. Savonarola -published several works in Latin and Italian, among which was the -one here quoted from, <i>De Simplicitate Christianæ Vitæ</i>, “On the Simplicity -of the Christian Life.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>READINGS IN ART.</h3> - -<p>P. 500, c. 2.—“St. Bees.” A college in the village of Cumberland. -St. Bees was so called from a nunnery founded here in 650, and dedicated -to the Irish saint, Bega.</p> - -<p>“Ship Court.” A part of the district known as Old Bailey, near -Ludgate Hill, in London. The house in which Hogarth was born was -torn down in 1862.</p> - -<p>P. 501, c. 1.—“Hudibras.” See page 306 of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, -note on Samuel Butler.</p> - -<p>“Thornhill.” (1676-1734.) He was a historical painter of some -celebrity. His chief productions are the cupola of St. Paul’s cathedral, -which Queen Anne commissioned him to paint, and the decoration of -several palaces. He was the first English artist to be knighted, and he -sat in Parliament several years. No doubt his greatest honor was to be -Hogarth’s father-in-law.</p> - -<p>“Watteau,” vätˌtōˈ. (1684-1721.) A French painter of much original -power, who holds about the same place in the French schools as Hogarth -in the English. His subjects were usually landscapes, with gay -court scenes, balls, masquerades, and the like, in the foreground. The -brilliancy of his coloring and the grace of his figures are particularly -fine.</p> - -<p>“Chardin,” sharˈdănˌ. (1701-1779.) An eminent French painter. -His pictures were mainly domestic scenes, executed with beauty and -truth.</p> - -<p>“Walpole,” Horace. (1717-1797.) A famous literary gossip and -wit of Hogarth’s time. Although highly educated and given an opportunity -for a political career, he preferred his pictures, books, and curiosities. -Among his many works were “A Catalogue of Royal and Noble -Authors,” and “Anecdotes of Painting in England.” Walpole was no -admirer of Hogarth, for he says of him: “As a painter he has slender -merit.”</p> - -<p>“Churchill.” Called “The Great Churchill.” (1731-1764.) A popular -English poet and satirist. In youth he was fitted for a curate’s -place, but after ordination and two years of the profession he abandoned -his position and began his career as a writer, producing several popular<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_555" id="Page_555">[555]</a></span> -poems and satires. He was accused of profligacy, but Macaulay says: -“His vices were not so great as his virtues.”</p> - -<p>“Wilkes,” John. (1727-1797) A friend of the former, and a celebrated -English politician. Well educated, clever, bold and unscrupulous. -In his second term in Parliament he was obliged to resign from -his indiscreet attack on Lord Bute, in a journal which he had founded. -The next year he accused the king of an “infamous fallacy,” which so enraged -the administration that Wilkes was finally outlawed. Returning -to England he was elected to Parliament, but arrested. He was repeatedly -expelled from the House, a persecution which secured the favor -of the people. In 1774 he was made lord mayor of London, and was -afterward a member of Parliament for many years.</p> - -<p>“Sigismunda.” Daughter of Tancred, prince of Salerno. She fell -in love with a page, to whom she was secretly married. Tancred discovering -this put Guiscardo, the husband, to death, and sent his heart in -a golden cup to his daughter.</p> - -<p>“Pinegas,” pinˈe-gas.</p> - -<p>“Zuccarelli,” dzook-ä-rĕlˈee. (1702-1788.) An eminent landscape -painter of Tuscany. His scenery is pleasing and pictures well finished. -He visited England in 1752, where he was very popular, being one of -the original members of the Royal Academy. It is said that all his -pictures are marked with a pumpkin growing on a vine or stuck with a -stick on a rustic’s shoulder as the rebus of his name, which means in -Italian <i>little pumpkin</i>.</p> - -<p>P. 501, c. 2.—“Royal Academy.” The most influential and oldest -institution in London connected with painting and sculpture. It was -founded in 1768. It consists of 40 academicians, 18 associates, 6 associate -engravers, and 3 or 4 honorary members. It holds annual exhibitions -of modern and ancient art, and has organized classes for art -instruction.</p> - -<p>“Llanberis,” llanˈbe-ris.</p> - -<p>“Carnarvon.” A northwest county of Wales, bordering on Menai -Straits, famous for its slate.</p> - -<p>“Avernus.” A lake of Italy, near Naples, which fills the crater of -an extinct volcano. Near its banks was the cave of the Cumæan Sybil, -through which Æneas descended to the lower world.</p> - -<p>“Barry.” (1741-1806.) A British historical painter. He was a -pupil of West. His best pictures are a series in the Adelphi theater, -London.</p> - -<p>“Richardson.” (1665?-1745.) An English portrait painter and -writer on art. His reputation is founded on his “Essay on the whole Art -of Criticism as it relates to Painting.”</p> - -<p>P. 502, c. 1.—“Ramsay.” (1713-1784.) Son of the poet, Allan -Ramsay. He was one of the best portrait painters of his time. Walpole -praises highly some of his portraits. He was also a man of literary -tastes and of great accomplishments.</p> - -<p>“Giorgione,” jor-joˈnā. (1477-1511.) The founder of the Venetian -school of painting. A pupil of Bellini, and a rival of Titian. Before -him, it is said that no one possessed so rich a coloring and so free a -touch. His pictures are rare.</p> - -<p>“Correggio,” kor-ĕdˈjo. (1494-1534.) An illustrious Italian painter. -His real name was Antoine Allegri, his popular name being taken from -his birthplace—Correggio. The chief charms of his pictures were their -exquisite harmony and grace. His principal work is the great fresco -painting in the cupola of the Cathedral at Parma.</p> - -<p>“Tintoretto,” Il, ēl tin-to-rĕtˈo. (1512-1594.) His real name was -Giacomo Robusti. The name of Tintoretto, by which he is generally -known, was derived from the fact that he was the son of a dyer. A -pupil of Titian, who was said to have been so jealous of him that he -turned him from his studio. He conceived the idea of forming a new -school of art, which should unite the beauties of Titian’s style with the -dignity of Michael Angelo’s. His plan was never carried out fully because -of his lack of patience. The “Martyrdom” at Venice is one of -his best known paintings.</p> - -<p>“Gainsborough,” gānzˈb’ro.</p> - -<p>“Gravelot,” grävˈloˌ. (1699-1773.)</p> - -<p>“Hayman.” (1708-1776.) An English artist who acquired considerable -reputation as a landscape painter. He was one of the first members -of the Royal Academy.</p> - -<p>“Kew.” A pleasant village of Surrey, about 7 miles from London, -distinguished for its botanical gardens, said to be the richest in the -world. They extend over 75 acres, are beautifully laid out, and contain -many rare and exotic plants and trees.</p> - -<p>P. 502, c. 2.—“Girtin.” (1773-1802.) He had found a friend in -Dr. Monro, who helped him in many ways. Girtin is said to have -revolutionized the technical practice of his forerunners. Most of his -pictures were landscapes. A panorama of London was one of his most -admired works.</p> - -<p>“Somerset House.” Now occupied as public offices. The present -building was erected in 1786, on the site of the palace of the protector -Somerset. Nine hundred officials are employed in the various public -offices in the building.</p> - -<p>“Lambeth.” Lambeth palace, the London residence of the archbishops -of Canterbury, is on the Surrey bank of the Thames. It has -been in the possession of the archbishops since 1197. Several portions -of the palace are of historical interest.</p> - -<p>“Ramsgate,” ramsˈgate; “Margate,” marˈgate. Seaports of Kent, -England, on the island of Thanet. Both are fashionable watering -places.</p> - -<p>“A. R. A.” Associate of the Royal Academy.</p> - -<p>“Liber Studiorum.” Book of studies. A series of prints or drawings -issued by Turner, and which became very popular.</p> - -<p>“School of Water-color Painting.” That school of painting in which -thin and delicate colors are applied to paper, on which a drawing of -the picture has been made. It is a style carried to a greater perfection -in England than any other country.</p> - -<p>“Charterhouse.” Formerly a Carthusian monastery. In 1611 it -was turned into a school for forty boys, and an “asylum for eighty -indigent and deserving gentlemen.” In 1872 this school was removed -into the country.</p> - -<p>P. 503, c. 1.—“Dentatus.” A favorite hero of the Roman republic, -living in the third century, and celebrated for his valor and virtue.</p> - -<p>“Anno Santo.” In the sacred year.</p> - -<p>“New Palace of Westminster.” Was finished in 1867 for the Houses -of Parliament. It cost £3,000,000, and was built on the site of the old -palace burned in 1835. The palace covers about eight acres.</p> - -<p>“Shee.” (1769-1850.) An eminent British portrait painter, a pupil -of West. It was customary for the honor of knighthood to be conferred -on the party elected to the presidency of the Academy.</p> - -<p>“Kugler,” kōogˈler. (1808-1858.) An eminent German critic and -writer on art.</p> - -<p>“St. Gothard,” gotˈhard. The central group of all the Alpine chains.</p> - -<p>“Haydon.” (1786-1846.) An English historical painter who painted -without success in his lifetime, and died broken-hearted. He is now -considered to have been an artist of ability.</p> - -<p>“Chevy Chase.” The hunting of Chevy Chase is the account of a -raid which Percy of Northumberland made on the territory of his rival -Douglas, vowing to hunt there three days without asking leave. Chevy -Chase means the hunt or chase among the Cheviot Hills.</p> - -<p>P. 503, c. 2.—“Sheepshanks Collection.” A large collection of the -pictures of British artists made by John Sheepshanks, a collector of -books and pictures, and presented by him to the English nation in 1857.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>CRITICISMS ON AMERICAN LITERATURE.</h3> - -<p>P. 504.—“Shakerism.” The principles of the Shakers, a sect taking -their name from the peculiar motions which characterize their worship. -They call themselves “United Society of Believers in Christ’s Second -Appearing,” and believe in an eternal Father and Mother in the Deity, -in a dual Christ, a community of property, and celibacy. Sometimes -called <i>Shaking Quakers</i>.</p> - -<p>“Pantagamy.” Plural marriage.</p> - -<p>P. 505, c. 1.—“Malebranche,” mälˌbrŏnshˈ. (1638-1715.) A French -philosopher.</p> - -<p>P. 505, c. 2.—“Peter Plymley.” The <i>nom de plume</i> under which -Sidney Smith published a pamphlet entitled “Letters on the Subject of -the Catholics, to my Brother Abraham who lives in the Country.”</p> - -<p>“Anti-Jacobin,” anˈte jacˈo-bin. Opposed to the Jacobins, a society -of French revolutionists who in 1789 held secret meetings to direct the -National Assembly.</p> - -<p>“Canning,” kănˈing. (1770-1827.) An English statesman.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_556" id="Page_556">[556]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS">TALK ABOUT BOOKS.</h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The new “Epitome of Universal History,”<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a> by Dr. Carl Ploetz, the -veteran German scholar and teacher, is just what it proposes to be—an -“epitome,” giving no descriptions or detailed accounts, but a summary -of the more important facts of ancient, mediæval and modern history. -The facts are grouped in a comprehensive manner, yet so skilfully as to -indicate their relationship. For the teacher it will be a valuable help; -and students will find it a hand-book very serviceable in their reviews. -The compressed statements are as clear and intelligible as can be desired, -and may serve as models for notes to be taken in the lecture room; -such facts as an attentive listener can jot down without loss of interest -in the animated discourse. The attempt to report a lecture in full may -so engross the attention that the impressions naturally received from the -voice and manner of an earnest instructor are nearly lost. The learned -author, as class lecturer, deprecates a too free use of the pencils in his -lecture room, and when as epitomist he conducts us over fields once -familiar he does not multiply landmarks beyond what are needed, or -burden us with details when a word is sufficient.</p> - -<p>The translator’s work is valuable not only for his faithful rendering -of the original, but for the additions made; none the less valuable because, -as he modestly tells us, “they are only compilations from reliable -sources.” A very full index gives the book somewhat the character of -a historical dictionary, and increases its value.</p> - -<p>We commend this “epitome” to those pursuing, or having occasion -to review historical studies, as a vade mecum that they will not likely -part with, if it is once possessed.</p> - -<p>A most interesting series of “Health Primers”<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a> has just come to our -notice. There are twelve manuals in the series, each of about 150 -pages. They have been written by as many different authors, all well -qualified to discuss the subjects treated by them severally. Some of -them, as specialists, have attained much celebrity in their profession, -and in these admirable monograms show familiarity both with the elementary -principles of their science, and with the results of the latest researches -having a bearing on the topics discussed. Here is certainly -much knowledge, important for the masses, and the writers, avoiding -technical terms, have presented it in a manner intelligible to all classes. -The twelve volumes, carefully edited, are now published in four. The -first contains “Winter and Its Dangers,” by Hamilton Osgood, M.D.; -“Summer and Its Diseases,” by Jas. C. Wilson, M.D.; and “Sea Air -and Sea Bathing,” by J. H. Packard, M.D.</p> - -<p>Many publishers are wisely putting some of their best books, as well -as reprints of standard works, into cheap editions. To be sure they are -paper bound, the covers will tear, will come off, will grow limp, if wet, -but still they are almost without exception well printed. They contain -the much desired <i>book</i> in a shape that suits even the shallowest purses. -Among the most valuable which have reached us is “The Intellectual -Life.”<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a> It is a genuine public benefaction for a publisher to put such -a book at twenty-five cents. Mr. Hamerton has so many true and strong -thoughts on the training and habits of the intellect expressed plainly and -pleasantly in it, that it is a matter for congratulation that anybody may -own a copy of “The Intellectual Life.”</p> - -<p>Two cheap editions of Edward Everett Hale’s “In His Name,”<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> -have recently appeared. The story gives a chapter of the fascinating -history of the Waldenses<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a> seven hundred years ago.</p> - -<p>In an unpretentious but well written and neatly published little volume, -W. C. Wilkinson, already known to Chautauquans, discusses with -becoming earnestness one of the living questions of the day, “The -Dance.”<a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a> The dance confessedly has many apologists among reputable -people, who think it a harmless amusement, but it is here arraigned -and held to answer sundry charges of most damaging character. The -author writes with the vigor of his convictions, but is calm—does not -dogmatise or indulge in ranting invectives. The arguments, in themselves -strong and convincing, gain in force because free from violent or -indiscriminate abuse of those who see neither danger nor impropriety in -the amusement condemned. The book will do good. Most persons -who read it with candor, and dispassionately examine the case as presented, -will feel that the several counts in the indictment are sustained, -and unite in the verdict, “The dance of modern society should be dropped -from our list of innocent or harmless amusements.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>BOOKS RECEIVED.</h3> - -<p>“Tip Lewis and His Lamp.” By Pansy. Boston: D. Lothrop and -Company.</p> - -<p>“An Hour with Miss Streator.” By Pansy. Boston: D. Lothrop -and Company.</p> - -<p>“The Riverside Literature Series,” “Studies in Longfellow,” “Outlines -for Schools, Conversation Classes, and Home Study.” By W. C. -Gannett. Houghton, Mifflin and Company. 1884.</p> - -<p>“Methods of Teaching Geography,” “Notes of Lessons.” By Lucretia -Crocker, member of the Board of Supervisors of Boston Public -Schools. Boston, Mass.: Boston School Supply Company. 1884.</p> - -<p>“Intellectual Arithmetic upon the Inductive Method of Instruction.” -By Warren Colburn, A.M. Revised and enlarged edition with an appendix. -Boston: Houghton, Mifflin and Company.</p> - -<p>“Light Ahead.” By Cecelia A. Gardiner. New York: Phillips & -Hunt. 1884.</p> - -<p>A series of excellent low priced books comes from Funk & Wagnalls, -New York:</p> - -<p>“Christianity Triumphant; Its Defensive and Aggressive Victories.” -By John P. Newman, D.D., LL.D. Price, 15 cents.</p> - -<p>“The Clew of the Maze and The Spare Half-Hour.” By Rev. Chas. -H. Spurgeon. Price, 15 cents.</p> - -<p>“My Musical Memories.” By H. R. Haweis. Price, 25 cents.</p> - -<p>“Story of the Merv.” By Edmond O’Donovan. Price, 25 cents.</p> - -<p>“Mumu and The Diary of a Superfluous Man.” By Ivan Turgenieff. -Price, 15 cents.</p> - -<p>“Archibald Malmaison.” By Julian Hawthorne. Price, 15 cents.</p> - -<p>“In the Heart of Africa.” Condensed from the works of Sir Samuel -W. Baker, M.A., F.R.G.S. Price, 25 cents.</p> - -<p>“Memorie and Rime.” By Joaquin Miller. Price, 25 cents.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> Epitome of Ancient, Mediæval and Modern History. By Carl Ploetz. Translated -with extensive additions by William H. Tillinghast. Boston: Houghton, -Mifflin and Co. 1884.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a> The American Health Primers. Health Manuals. Edited by W. W. Keen, D.D., -Fellow of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston, -Son & Co.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a> The Intellectual Life. By Philip Gilbert Hamerton. Author’s edition. Boston: -Roberts Brothers. 1884.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a> In His Name. By E. E. Hale. Boston: Roberts Brothers. 1884. Price, 30c.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[E]</span></a> A Story of the Waldenses, seven hundred years ago. In His Name. By Edward -E. Hale. Boston: J. Stilman Smith & Co. 1884. Price, 25c.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[F]</span></a> The Dance of Modern Society. By William Cleaver Wilkinson. New York: -Funk & Wagnalls. 1884.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 187px;"> -<img src="images/royalpowder.jpg" width="187" height="333" alt="Royal Baking Powder. Absolutely Pure" /> -</div> - -<p>This powder never varies. A marvel of purity, strength and wholesomeness. -More economical than the ordinary kinds, and can not be -sold in competition with the multitude of low test, short weight, alum or -phosphate powders. <i>Sold only in cans.</i> <span class="smcap">Royal Baking Powder Co.</span>, -106 Wall Street, New York.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<div class="tnote"> - -<p class="center"><b>Transcriber’s Notes:</b></p> - -<p>Obvious punctuation errors repaired.</p> - -<p>Page 502, “1879” changed to “1789” (In 1789 the failure of his sight)</p> - -<p>Page 502, “St.” changed to “Sir” (Sir Christopher Wren)</p> - -<p>Page 506, “effect” changed to “affect” (had, meanwhile, begun to affect)</p> - -<p>Page 508, “coersive” changed to “coercive” (more violent coercive measures)</p> - -<p>Page 528, “furnishedthe” changed to “furnished the” (the amount of light furnished the earth)</p> - -<p>Page 532, “Perphaps” changed to “Perhaps” (Perhaps the one word which will)</p> - -<p>Page 533, “Dephic” changed to “Delphic” (from Hebraic and Delphic times)</p> - -<p>Page 542, “the yshould” changed to “they should” (one that they should try to repeat)</p> - -<p>Page 548, illegible (possibly “sut”) changed to “but” (but now and then an intestine broil)</p> - -<p>Page 554, “Dorea” changed to “Doria” (Doria Baltea)</p> - -<p>Page 554, “Masinisssa” changed to “Masinissa” (Masinissa died, however)</p> - -<p>Page 554, “cathredral” changed to “cathedral” (St. Paul’s cathedral)</p> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, June 1884, -No. 9, by The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHAUTAUQUAN, JUNE 1884 *** - -***** This file should be named 55194-h.htm or 55194-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/1/9/55194/ - -Produced by Emmy, Juliet Sutherland and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/55194-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55194-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5379c38..0000000 --- a/old/55194-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55194-h/images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg b/old/55194-h/images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d05b181..0000000 --- a/old/55194-h/images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55194-h/images/royalpowder.jpg b/old/55194-h/images/royalpowder.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e2c3849..0000000 --- a/old/55194-h/images/royalpowder.jpg +++ /dev/null |
